UL White Book

Transcript

1 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THE WHITE BOOK 2015-16 UL PRODUCT CATEGORIES CORRELATED TO THE 2011 AND 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE® UL’s General Guide Information is updated daily. To confirm the current status of any UL record, consult UL’s Online Certifications Directory at www.ul.com/database. To access the White Book information in a web compliance tool, try UL Produce Spec at www.ul.com/productspec and save it to your home screen or bookmark it. Corporate Headquarters 333 Pfingsten Rd. Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 Phone: +1.847.272.8800 Phone: Customer Service: +1.877.UL.HELPS (1.877.854.3577) E-mail: [email protected] (For a list of UL Worldwide locations, please visit: http://ul.com/global/eng/pages/corporate/contactus/.) Founded in 1894, UL is dedicated to working for a safer world. UL operates facilities throughout the world for the testing, certification and quality assessment of products, systems and services. With an unwavering commitment to public safety and societal well-being, UL provides the highest level of conformity assessment services to its global clients. © 2015 UL LLC

2 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 2 Guide Information for Electrical Equipment THE WHITE BOOK Table of Contents Introduction Look for the UL Mark ... 37 Identification of UL Listed and Classified Products ... 38 UL Certification Services and Marks UL Certification Mark ... 38 Listing Service ... 38 Classification Service ... 39 Component Recognition Service ... 39 Field Evaluation Service ... 40 Field Inspection Service ... 40 Installation and Use of Products Bearing the UL Mark ... 41 ... 42 Practical Application of the White Book in the Field ... 44 Anatomy of the Enhanced UL Certification Mark Field Modifications ... 46 ... 46 Field Labeling CE Marking Information ... 46 ... 34 Over 600 Volts Rated Equipment and Devices Category List Distributed Power Generation Equipment Category List ... 35 Light Emitting Diode (LED) Category List ... 36 Indexes: ... 627 Index of UL Product Categories Correlated to the 2014 NEC® Index of UL Product Categories Correlated to the 2011 NEC® ... 676 AppendixA-ULMarking and Application Guides ... 729 ... 731 Dead-Front Switchboards Electrical Heating and Cooling Equipment ... 757 ... 789 Luminaries Molded Case Circuit Breakers ... 825 ... 851 Panelboards Swimming Pool Equipment, Spas, Fountains and Hydromassage Bathtubs ... 883 Wire and Cable ... 917 Alternative Energy Equipment and Systems ... 947 Lighting Protection Application Guide ... 975 ... 999 Green Construction Application Guide Appendix B - Online Certifications Directory Quick Guide ...1035 ...1045 Appendix C - Index of Product Categories and Industry Terms Membership Application for international Association of Electrical Inspectors (IAEI) ...1121

3 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 3 Other UL Services ... 722 Specialized Services Local Engineering Services Fact-finding Investigations Research Services Verification Services — Commercial Inspection, Testing and Auditing UL Information Services ... 723 UL’s Technical Information Services Online Certifications Directory UL’s Website UL Standards Development Process – Potential Roles for AHJs 24 ... 7 Background Content/Scope of a UL Standard for Safety ... 724 ... 724 Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs) and Consumer Involvement Essential Elements of the STP Process for Consensus Standards ... 725 Roles of STP Members ... 726 UL CSDS Participation ... 726 UL Standards Publications To Order Standards Services ... Regulatory Services Staff 728

4 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 4 UL Product Categories by Category Code ... 47 Building Materials (AABM) ... 47 Fire Protection Equipment (AAFP) ... 48 Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equipment (AAHC) Equipment for Use in and Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ) ... 49 Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ) ... 53 ... 55 Mechanical Equipment and Associated Products (AAME) Equipment for Use in and Relating to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ) ... 56 ... Plumbing and Associated Products (AAPP) ... 60 ... 61 Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases Equipment (AAPQ) ... 62 Access Control System Units for Use in Hazardous Locations (AATF) ... 62 Advertising Displays, Nonilluminated (AAVU) Air Conditioning Equipment (AAYZ) ... 70 Accessories, Air Conditioning Equipment (ABFY) ... 63 Accessories, Air-duct Mounted (ABQK) ... 64 Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal (ACKZ) ... 64 Air Conditioners, Room (ACOT) ... 65 Air Conditioners, Special Purpose (ACVS) ... 66 Commercial/Industrial Indoor Air Quality Systems, Ozone-generating Type (ACVZ) ... ... 66 Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners, Replacement (ADAU) ... 67 Air Filtering Appliances (AEDX) ... 67 Dehumidifiers, Refrigeration Type (AFFT) ... 67 Electrostatic Air Cleaners (AGGZ) ... 68 Evaporative Cooler Retrofit Pumps (AGIS) ... 68 Evaporative Coolers (AGNY) ... 69 Humidifiers (AHIV) ... 69 Thermal Aisle Containment Systems (AHJG) ... 69 Elevator and Escalator Systems, Subsystems, Components and Functions ... ... 70 (AECO) Air Conditioning Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (AHSY) ... 71 Air Conditioners for Use in Hazardous Locations (AIDR) ... 71 Room Air Conditioners for Use in Hazardous Locations (AINU) ... 71 Air-filtering Appliances for Use in Hazardous Locations (AISX) ... 71 ... 72 Air-sampling Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (ALOA) Alarm System Units for Use in Hazardous Locations (ALSY) ... 72 Intrusion-detection Units for Use in Hazardous Locations (ARCX) ... 72 ... 72 Alternators for Use in Hazardous Locations (ARDK) Amusement and Gaming Machines (ASMU) ... 73 Antenna-discharge Units (ASWA) ... 73 Appliance Controls (ATNZ) ... 73 Appliance Outlet Centers (AUJZ) ... 74 Commercial Appliance Outlet Centers (AUUZ) ... 74 Residential Appliance Outlet Centers (AVGQ) ... 74

5 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 5 Arc-detection and -Mitigation Equipment (AVWD) ... 75 Arc-mitigation Equipment (AVWP) ... 75 ... 75 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters (AVYI) Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Branch/Feeder Type (AVZQ) ... 76 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Combination Type (AWAH) ... 76 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Cord Type (AWAY) ... 77 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Outlet Branch Circuit Type (AWBZ) ... 77 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Outlet Branch Circuit Type for Use in System Combination Arc-fault Circuit Protection (AWCC) ... 78 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Outlet Circuit Type (AWCG) ... 78 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Portable Type (AWDO) ... 79 Architectural and Floating Fountains (AWEG) ... 79 Armored Cable (AWEZ) ... 79 Armored Cable Connectors, Type AC (AWSX) ... 80 Attachment Plugs (AXGV) ... 80 Attachment Plugs, Fuseless (AXUT) ... 81 Attachment Plugs with Switches (AYIR) ... 82 Attachment Plugs with Overload Protection (AYVZ) ... 82 Audio and Radio Equipment, Commercial (AZCY) ... 83 Commercial Audio and Radio Equipment, Systems and Accessories (AZJX) ... 83 Audio/Video Apparatus (AZSQ) ... 83 ... 84 Audio and Video Equipment (AZUJ) Audio and Video Equipment Certified for Use in Specified Equipment (AZVG) . 85 Automotive Lift and Suspension Equipment (BAAC) ... 86 Automotive Lifts (BACL) ... 86 Bank Equipment (BALT) ... 86 Lubricant-dispensing Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (BAYZ) ... 86 Batteries for Use in Electric Vehicles (BBAS) ... 87 Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail and Stationary Applications (BBFX) ... 87 Battery Chargers for Engine-driven Emergency and Standby Power System ... 88 Generators (BBHH) Battery-powered Portable Land Mobile Radio Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (BBRX) ... 88 Boat Cable (BDFX) ... 88 Boilers, Electric (BDJS) ... 89 Boxes, Enclosures, Handholes and Vaults, Underground, Utility Specification ... 89 ... (BGHL) Boxes, Junction and Pull (BGUZ) ... 90 Outlet and Junction Boxes for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... (BGYM) ... 91 ... 91 Brakes, Electric for Use in Hazardous Locations (BHIX) Building Materials (BHWV) ... 92 Discrete Products Installed in Air-handling Spaces (BHZF) ... 92 Fire-resistance Ratings (BXRH) ... 92 Fire-resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) ... 93

6 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 6 Ceiling Dampers (CABS) ... 105 Luminaires, Luminaire Assemblies and Luminaire Enclosures Certified for Fire ... 105 Resistance (CDHW) Outlet Boxes and Fittings Certified for Fire Resistance (CEYY) ... 106 ... 107 Speaker Assemblies for Fire Resistance (CHML) ... 107 Wall-opening Protective Materials (CLIV) ... 108 Busways, Metal Enclosed, Over 600 Volts (CVZW) ... 108 Busways and Associated Fittings (CWFT) Busways and Associated Fittings Certified to IEC Publications (CWTN) ... 109 ... 109 Cabinets and Cutout Boxes (CYIV) Cable Assemblies and Fittings for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution (CYJV) ... ... 110 Cable Assemblies for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution for Use in Hazardous Locations (CYJX) ... 110 Cable Assemblies for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (CYJZ) ... 111 ... 112 Cable Fittings for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (CYMJ) Cable Sealing Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations (CYMX) ... 112 Cable Trays (CYNW) ... 113 Cable Trays, Nonmetallic (CYOV) ... 113 ... 113 Camera Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (CYPB) Camera Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (CYPH) ... 114 Capacitors (CYWT) ... 114 Carbon Monoxide Alarms, Single and Multiple Station (CZHF) ... 114 Casters, Rubber, Electrically Conductive, Relating to Hazardous Locations ... 115 (CZXZ) ... ... 115 Centrifuges for Use in Hazardous Locations (DAZV) ... 116 Motor-operated Check-out Stands (DBNT) ... 116 Seasonal and Holiday Decorative Products (DGVT) Seasonal and Holiday Decorative Product Accessories (DGWU) ... 116 Electric Ornaments (DGXC) ... 116 Lamps, Decorative (DGXO) ... 117 Outfits, Decorative (DGXW) ... 117 Strings, Decorative Lighting (DGZZ) ... 117 Circuit Breakers (DHJR) ... 118 Adapters, Circuit Breaker (DHWZ) ... 118 Circuit-breaker Accessories (DIHS) ... 118 Circuit Breakers and Surge-protective Devices (DIMV) ... 119 Circuit-breaker High-fault Protectors and High-fault Modules (DIRW) ... 119 Circuit Breakers for Use in Communications Equipment (DITT) ... 120 Circuit-breaker Accessories for Use in Communications Equipment (DITX) ... 120 Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (DIUR) ... 120 Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ) ... 121

7 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 7 Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Classified for Use in Specified Equipment ... 123 (DIXF) ... Circuit Breakers, Molded-case Circuit Breakers and Molded-case Switches for Use in Wind Turbines (DIXM) ... 123 Circuit Breakers with Equipment Ground-fault Protection (DIYA) ... 124 Circuit Breakers with Ground-fault Circuit Interrupter and Combination-type Arc-fault Circuit Interrupter Protection (DIYG) ... 124 Fused Circuit Breakers (DIYV) ... 125 Circuit Breaker and Ground-fault Circuit Interrupters (DKUY) ... 125 Commercial Off-the-Shelf Molded-case Circuit Breakers for Use on Non-Nuclear U.S. Naval Combatant Ships (DKWA) ... 125 Commercial Off-the-Shelf Molded-case Circuit-breaker Accessories for Use on Non-Nuclear U.S. Naval Combatant Ships (DKWE) ... 126 ... 126 Circuit Breakers for Use in Hazardous Locations (DKAR) Branch Circuit and Service Circuit Breakers for Use in Hazardous Locations (DKNZ) ... ... 127 ... 127 Circuit Breakers for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (DKPA) Branch Circuit and Service Circuit Breakers for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (DKPN) ... 127 Circuit Breakers and Metal-clad Switchgear Over 1000 Volts (DLAH) ... 127 Circuit Breakers, Medium Voltage, Certified for Use in Specified Equipment (DLBC) ... ... 129 Circuit-breaker Switchgear, Metal Enclosed, Over 1000 Volts (DLBK) ... 129 Circuit Protectors (DLBX) ... 131 ... 131 Class 2 and Communication Cable Management Systems (DLPV) Cleaning Machines (DMDT) ... 131 Cleaning Machines, Motor Operated (DMGK) ... 132 Dishwashers, Commercial (DMGR) ... 132 Dishwashers, Household (DMIY) ... 132 High-pressure Cleaning Machines, Electrically Operated (DMKK) ... 133 Vacuum Cleaning Machines and Blower Cleaners (DMLW) ... 133 ... 134 Cleaning Machines for Use in Hazardous Locations (DMRR) Coaxial Fault Protectors for Network-powered Broadband Communication Systems (DUAA) ... 134 ... 134 Cold Cathode Transformers and Power Supplies (DUEC) ... 135 Combustion-detection Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (DUFK) Combustion-detection Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (DUFQ) ... 135 ... 136 Communication, Coaxial and Broadband Cable Assemblies (DUNH) Communications-, Audio/Video-, Data- and Other Signaling-circuit Accessories ... 136 ... (DUXR) Communications Service Equipment (DUZO) ... 137 Communications Cable (DUZX) ... 138 Communications Cable Verified in Accordance with National or International Specifications (DVBG) ... 139 Local Area Network Cable Verified for Transmission Performance in Accordance with National or International Specifications (DVBI) ... 139 Community Antenna Television Cable (DVCS) ... 140

8 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 8 Computer Interconnection Cable Assemblies (DVPJ) ... 140 Conductor Termination Compounds (DVYW) ... 141 Conduit and Fittings (DWFV) ... 141 Conduit and Cable Hardware (DWMU) ... 141 Conduit Fittings (DWTT) ... 141 Retrofit Fitting Kits Certified for Use with Extruded Rigid PVC Conduit (DWUC) ... ... 143 Flexible Conduit, Liquid-tight (DWWY) ... 143 Flexible Metal Conduit Assemblies, Liquid-tight (DXAS) ... 143 Flexible Metal Conduit, Liquid-tight (DXHR) ... 143 Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit, Liquid-tight (DXOQ) ... 144 Flexible Metal Conduit (DXUZ) ... 144 Intermediate Ferrous Metal Conduit (DYBY) ... 145 Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit (DYIX) ... 145 Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit with Polyvinyl Chloride Coating Verified for PVC Adhesion Performance (DYJC) ... 146 Rigid Nonferrous Metallic Conduit (DYWV) ... 146 Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (DZKT) ... 146 Rigid Nonmetallic Cellular Core Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC Conduit ... 147 (DZLR) ... Rigid Nonmetallic PVC Conduit (DZYR) ... 147 Rigid Nonmetallic High-density-polyethylene Underground Conduit (EAZX) ... 148 ... 148 Conduit Fittings for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (EBMB) Conduit Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations (EBNV) ... 149 Connectors, Special Purpose (ECIS) ... 150 Containment Products for Flammable and Combustible Liquids (ECPR) ... 150 Fixed and Stationary Storage Tanks (EDQX) ... 151 Aboveground Flammable-liquid Tanks (EEEV) ... 151 Protected Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids ... 152 (EELU) ... Fire-resistant Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids (EEZI) ... 152 Special-purpose Tanks (EFVT) ... 153 Underground Tank Lining Systems (EGAY) ... 154 Underground Tanks (EGHX) ... 155 Underground Tank Upgrade Systems (EGSJ) ... 156 Below-grade Vaults for Flammable-liquid Storage Tanks (EHOJ) ... 157 Control Dampers (EIMZ) ... 158 ... 158 Conveyors (EJJR) ... 158 Cord Sets and Power-supply Cords (ELBZ) Cord-restraint Devices (ELDW) ... 160 Outdoor Seasonal-use Cord-connected Wiring Devices (ELEI) ... 160 Seasonal-use Cord Sets (ELEV) ... 160 Utility-service Cord Sets (ELFT) ... 160 Cord Sets with Leakage-current Detection and Interruption (ELGN) ... 161 Corrosion-measuring Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous ... 161 Locations (ELHN) Corrosion-measuring Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (ELHS) ... 162 Crane and Hoist Electrification Systems (ELPX) ... 162 Current Taps and Adapters (EMDV) ... 162

9 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 9 Custom-built Kiosks (EMHH) ... 163 Dampers for Fire Barrier and Smoke Applications (EMME) ... 163 ... 165 Data Processing Cable (EMRB) ... 165 Data Processing Equipment, Electronic (EMRT) Electric Signs Certified for Energy Efficiency to California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6, Section 148 (ENVS) ... 166 Data Processing Equipment, Electronic for Use in Hazardous Locations (ENWS) ... ... 166 Data Processing Equipment, Electronic for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (ENYB) ... 167 Dielectric Mediums (EOUV) ... 167 Transformer Fluids (EOVK) ... 168 ... 168 Dimmers (EOVZ) Dimmers, Commercial (EOXT) ... 168 Dimmers, General-use Switch (EOYX) ... 169 Dimmers, Theater (EPAR) ... 169 Dimmers, Theater, Controls (EPCT) ... 170 Direct-plug-in and Cord-connected Class 2 Power Units (EPBU) ... 170 ... 171 Dispensing Devices (EPWR) Dispensing-device Accessories (EQJZ) ... 171 Control, Monitoring and Auxiliary Equipment (EQXX) ... 171 Retrofit Assemblies (ERKQ) ... 171 Power-operated Dispensing Devices (EWFX) ... 172 Flammable Liquid Dispensing Devices, Power Operated (EWTV) ... 172 LP-Gas Dispensing Devices, Power Operated (EXHT) ... 172 Commercial Lamp Disposal Systems (EUYQ) ... 173 Distributed Generation Power Systems Equipment for Use in Hazardous ... 173 Locations (FCHD) Photovoltaic Charge Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (FCJC) ... 173 Photovoltaic Modules and Panels for Use in Hazardous Locations (FCJU) ... 173 ... 174 Distribution Equipment, Rack Mounted (FCKA) Door Operators for Use in Hazardous Locations (FCQU) ... 175 ... 175 Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window Operators and Systems (FDDR) ... 176 Door Holders for Use in Hazardous Locations (FDGF) ... 176 Door Panel Assemblies (FDIT) ... 176 Drilling Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (FDJJ) Drilling Instrumentation and Control for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (FDJN) ... . 176 Marine Shipboard Cable Fittings for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous . 177 Locations (FDJR) ... Drilling Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (FDJZ) ... 177 Drilling Instrumentation and Control for Use in Hazardous Locations (FDKX) ... 177 Marine Shipboard Cable Sealing Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations (FDLW) ... ... 178 Earthquake-actuated Equipment (FFPC) ... 178 Earthquake-actuated Shutoff Systems (FFPH) ... 178

10 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 10 Electric Vehicle Systems (FFQM) ... 179 Electric Vehicle Cable (FFSO) ... 179 Electric Vehicle Charging System Equipment (FFTG) ... 179 Electric Vehicle Service and Production Chargers (FFVW) ... 180 Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (FFWA) ... 180 ... 180 On-board Electric Vehicle Equipment (FFZA) Electric Vehicle Battery Packs (FFRW) ... 180 Traction Motors (FFWT) ... 181 Power Converters/Inverters for Use in Electric Land Vehicles (FFZS) ... 181 Electrical Circuit Integrity Systems (FHIT) ... 181 Electrical Circuit Protective Materials (FHIY) ... 182 Fire-resistive Cable (FHJR) ... 182 Electrical Drives and Controls for Folding and Telescopic Seating (FHJU) ... 183 ... 183 Electrical Metallic Tubing (FJMX) Electrical Metallic Tubing Fittings (FKAV) ... 183 ... 184 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (FKHU) Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing Fittings (FKKY) ... 184 ... 185 Electric Discharge Lamp Control Equipment (FKOT) Drivers for Light-emitting-diode Arrays, Modules and Controllers (FKSZ) ... 185 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts (FKVS) ... 185 High-intensity-discharge Lamp Ballasts (FLCR) ... 186 Holders for Automatic Starters (FLPZ) ... 187 Starters, Automatic (FMDX) ... 187 Starters, Manual (FMRV) ... 187 Electric Discharge Lamp Control Equipment, Specialty (FNFT) ... 188 Electric Lamp Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (FNTR) ... 188 Ballasts for Use in Hazardous Locations (FOGZ) ... 188 Drivers for Light-emitting-diode Arrays, Modules and Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (FOHB) ... 188 ... 189 Electrically Conductive Corrosion-resistant Compounds (FOIZ) Electromagnetic Interference Filters (FOKY) ... 189 Electromagnets for Use in Hazardous Locations (FOOM) ... 189 ... 190 Elevator Equipment (FQKR) Dumbwaiters (FQMA) ... 190 Elevator Controls and Accessories (FQMW) ... 190 Elevator Control Panels (FQPB) ... 190 Elevator-door-locking Devices and Contacts (FQXZ) ... 191 Elevator Oil Buffers (FQZD) ... 191 Elevator Switches (FRAH) ... 192 Passenger Elevator Car Enclosures (FRBK) ... 192 ... 192 Elevator Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (FRZV) Elevator Control Panels for Use in Hazardous Locations (FSNA) ... 192 Elevator Door-locking Devices and Contacts for Use in Hazardous Locations ... 193 (FSNT) ... Functional Safety Certificates Only (FSCO) ... 193 ... 195 Energy and Industrial Systems Certified for Functional Safety (FSPC) Elevator Equipment Relating to Hazardous Locations (FSRA) ... 197 Elevator Control Panels Relating to Hazardous Locations (FSSA) ... 197

11 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 11 Emergency Call Systems for Assisted Living and Independent Living Facilities ... 197 ... (FSZO) Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment (FTBR) ... 198 Emergency Light-emitting-diode Drivers (FTBV) ... 199 ... 199 Energy Storage Systems and Equipment (FTBW) Engine Generators (FTCA) ... 200 Engine Generators for Portable Use (FTCN) ... 200 Engine Generators for Recreational Vehicles (FTCZ) ... 200 Emergency Lighting Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (FTEV) ... 201 Emergency Lighting Equipment Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations (FTGT) ... ... 201 Emergency Lighting Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... 201 ... (FTHR) ... 202 Enclosures for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (FTQH) Enclosures for Metering Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (FTRQ) ... 202 ... 202 Enclosures for Use in Hazardous Locations (FTRV) Enclosure Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (FTRX) ... 203 ... 203 Enclosure Accessories for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (FTRY) ... 203 Energy Usage Monitoring Systems (FTRZ) ... 204 Engine Generators (FTSR) Controls for Stationary Engine-driven Assemblies (FTPM) ... 204 Engine Generator Enclosures, Construction Only (FTPP) ... 205 Engine Generators Fueled by Biogas or Raw Natural Gas (FTPU) ... 206 Equipment Ground-fault Protective Devices (FTTE) ... 206 Engine Control Equipment and Engine Generators for Use in Hazardous ... 207 Locations (FTVV) Engine Controls for Use in Hazardous Locations (FTWD) ... 207 Engine Generators for Use in Hazardous Locations (FTWG) ... 207 Ignition Controls for Use in Hazardous Locations (FTWL) ... 208 ... 208 Exit Signs and Exit Appliances (FUDQ) 8 Exit Doors (FUXV) ... 20 Panic Hardware (FVSR) ... 208 Exit Fixtures (FWBO) ... 209 ... 209 Exit Signs, Self-luminous and Photoluminescent (FWBX) Exit Sign Conversion Kits (FWCF) ... 210 ... 210 Exit Fixture to Exit Light Conversions, Retrofit (FWCN) Exit Signs and Exit Appliances for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... 210 (FWDD) ... Exit Signs and Markers for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (FWDJ) ... ... 210 ... 211 Exit Sign Retrofit Kits (GGET) Factory Automation Equipment (GPNY) ... 211 Factory Automation Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (GPOB) ... 212 Factory Automation Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (GPOD) ... ... 212

12 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 12 Fan Parts (GPPF) ... 212 Fans, Ceiling Suspended (GPRT) ... 213 Fans, Electric (GPWV) ... 213 ... 214 Fans, Electric, Permanently Installed Type (GPWX) Rangehood Cord-connection Kits (GQFM) ... 215 ... 215 Fan-speed Controls (GQHG) Fans, Electric for Use in Hazardous Locations (GQJA) ... 215 ... 216 Fans, Electric for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (GQJK) Fans, Portable Pneumatic for Use in Hazardous Locations (GQJX) ... 216 ... 216 FC Cable (GQKT) FC Cable Fittings (GQRS) ... 216 ... 217 Fence Controllers, Electric (GQYR) ... 217 Fire Doors (GSNV) ... 218 Fire Alarm Cable (HNGV) Nonpower-limited Fire Alarm Cable (HNHT) ... 218 Power-limited Fire Alarm Cable (HNIR) ... 219 Luminaires and Fittings (HYXT) ... 219 Luminaires and Fittings, Special Purpose, Miscellaneous (IETR) ... 220 Luminaire Conversions, Retrofit (IEUQ) ... 220 Luminaire Poles (IEUR) ... 221 Fluorescent-lamp-type Luminaires (IEUT) ... 221 Fluorescent Surface-mounted Luminaires (IEUZ) ... 222 Fluorescent Recessed Luminaires (IEVV) ... 222 Light Diffusers and Lenses for Air-handling Luminaires, Fluorescent (IEWR) . 223 High-intensity-discharge-lamp-type Luminaires (IEWX) ... 223 High-intensity-discharge Surface-mounted Luminaires (IEXT) ... 223 High-intensity-discharge Recessed Luminaires (IEXZ) ... 224 Incandescent-lamp-type Luminaires (IEYV) ... 224 Incandescent Surface-mounted Luminaires (IEZR) ... 225 Incandescent Recessed Luminaires (IEZX) ... 225 Incandescent Recessed Luminaires, Convertible, Non-IC/IC (IFAH) ... 226 Light-emitting-diode Luminaires (IFAK) ... 227 Light-emitting-diode Surface-mounted Luminaires (IFAM) ... 227 Light-emitting-diode Recessed Luminaires (IFAO) ... 227 Light-emitting-diode Luminaire Retrofit Kits (IFAR) ... 228 Light-emitting-diode Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits for Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers (IFAS) ... 229 Special-purpose Luminaires (IFAT) ... 230 Canopy Luminaires (IFAW) ... 230 Electric-discharge Lighting Systems, Cold Cathode (IFAY) ... 230 Landscape Lighting Systems, Low Voltage (IFDH) ... 231 Luminaires, Luminaire Assemblies and Luminaire Enclosures Certified for Fire Resistance (IFDL) ... 231 Low-voltage Luminaires for Recreational Vehicle Use (IFDQ) ... 232 Low-voltage Lighting Systems, Power Units, Luminaires and Fittings (IFDR) . 232 Medical/Dental Luminaires (IFDT) ... 233 Stage and Studio Luminaires, Accessories and Connector Strips (IFDZ) ... 233 Light-emitting-diode Stage and Studio Luminaires and Accessories (IFEC) ... 234 Retrofit Low-voltage-luminaire Conversion Kits (IFES) ... 234

13 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 13 Submersible Luminaires (IFEV) ... 235 Suspended-ceiling-grid Low-voltage Systems (IFFA) ... 236 Suspended-ceiling-grid Low-voltage System Accessories (IFFC) ... 237 Track Lights and Tracks (IFFR) ... 238 Luminaire Fittings (IFFX) ... 238 Fixture Fittings for Track Lighting (IFGT) ... 239 Recessed Luminaire Trims (IFGW) ... 239 ... 239 Luminaires and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations (IFGZ) Light-emitting-diode Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits for Use in Hazardous Locations (IFUL) ... . 239 Luminaires for Use in Hazardous Locations (IFUX) ... 240 Luminaires, Paint Spray Booth for Use in Hazardous Locations (IFYJ) ... 240 Luminaires, Recessed Type for Use in Hazardous Locations (IGBW) ... 241 Luminaire Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations (IGIV) ... 241 Luminaire Fittings for Use with Specified Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations (IGMX) ... 242 Lighting Unit Fittings, Auxiliary for Use in Hazardous Locations (IGOY) ... 242 ... 243 Luminaires, Marine (IGQY) Luminaires, Underwater, Marine (IHQM) ... 243 Luminaires and Fittings for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (IHRV) ... 244 ... Luminaire Fittings for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (IHSN) ... 244 Luminaires for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (IHTF) ... 244 Flashlights and Lanterns for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (IJRF) ... ... 244 ... 245 Flashlights and Lanterns for Use in Hazardous Locations (IKBR) Flat Conductor Cable, Type FCC (IKKT) ... 245 Flat Conductor Cable Fittings (IKMW) ... 245 ... 246 Garment-finishing Appliances (IKOZ) ... 246 Flexible Lighting Products (ILGJ) ... 246 Flexible Metallic Tubing (ILJW) Fittings, Flexible Metallic Tubing (ILNR) ... 247 Flexible Stage and Lighting Power Cable (ILPH) ... 247 Floor Cleaners for Use in Hazardous Locations (ILQV) ... 247 ... 248 Flooring, Electrically Conductive, Relating to Hazardous Locations (INFZ) Flooring, Static Dissipative, Relating to Hazardous Locations (INTX) ... 248 ... 249 Food-preparing Machines (IPNX) Food-preparing Machines, Commercial (IPST) ... 249 Food-preparing Machine Accessories, Commercial (IPUW) ... 249 ... 250 Fuel Cell Equipment (IRGN) Fuel Cell Power Systems for Use in Industrial Trucks (IRGQ) ... 250 Hand-held or Hand-transportable Fuel Cell Power Units and Disposable Fuel Cartridges (IRGU) ... 250 Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems (IRGY) ... 251 Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems (IRGZ) ... 251 Fuel Gas Booster Compressor Equipment (IUXX) ... 252 Furnishings (IYMR) ... 252

14 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 14 Building Components (IYMT) ... 253 Commercial Displays (IYMX) ... 253 Decorative Furnishings (IYNA) ... 254 Furniture, Powered and Nonpowered (IYNE) ... 254 Motorized Furnishings (IYNG) ... 255 Powered Table Systems (IYNI) ... 255 ... 255 Furniture Power Distribution Units (IYNC) ... 256 Furnishings, Household and Commercial (IYQX) Fused Power-circuit Devices (IYSR) ... 256 Fuseholders (IYXV) ... 257 Fuseholders, Cartridge Fuse (IZLT) ... 257 Fuseholders, Photovoltaic (IZMR) ... 258 Fuseholders, Special Purpose (IZND) ... 258 Fittings for Fuseholders (IZZR) ... 258 Fuseholders, Plug Fuse (JAMZ) ... 259 ... 259 Fuses (JCQR) Branch-circuit Fuses (JCSA) ... 259 Cartridge Fuses, Nonrenewable (JDDZ) ... 259 Cartridge Fuses, Renewable (JDRX) ... 262 Plug Fuses (JEFV) ... 262 Defined-use Fuses (JDUA) ... 262 Cable Limiters (CYMT) ... 263 Fuses, Automobile (FHXT) ... 263 Fuses for Photovoltaic Systems (JFGA) ... 263 Special-purpose Fuses (JFHR) ... 264 Fuse Accessories (JDVS) ... 265 Fuses, Supplemental (JDYX) ... 265 Fuses Over 600 Volts (JEEG) ... 266 Garage Equipment (JGWV) ... 267 Gas Appliance Electric Accessories (JHYR) ... 268 ... 268 Gas Detectors, Residential and Recreational Vehicle (JKIS) Gas and Vapor Detection Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous ... 268 Locations (JLVV) ... 269 Gas and Vapor Detection Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (JTNQ) Gas and Vapor Detection Equipment Enclosures for Use in Hazardous Locations (JTOL) ... . 269 Gas and Vapor Detection Equipment Classified for Use in Hazardous Locations ... 269 (JTPD) ... Gas and Vapor Detection Equipment Listed for Use in Hazardous Locations ... 270 (JTPX) ... Generators (JZGZ) ... 270 Ground-fault Circuit Interrupters (KCXS) ... 271 Special-purpose Ground-fault Circuit Interrupters (KCYC) ... 271 Ground-fault Circuit Interrupters for Use in Hazardous Locations (KCYN) ... 272 Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment (KDAX) ... 272 Grounding and Bonding Equipment (KDER) ... 273 Grounding and Bonding Equipment, Communication (KDSH) ... 274 Grounding Equipment, Neutral Grounding Devices, Over 600 Volts (KDZC) ... 275

15 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 15 Health Care Facilities Equipment (KEVQ) ... 275 Hospital Ground Jacks and Grounding Cord Assemblies (KEVX) ... 275 Isolated Power Systems Equipment (KEWV) ... 275 Isolated Power Wall Modules (KEXS) ... 276 Prefabricated Medical Headwalls and Medical Supply Units (KEZR) ... 276 Medical Waste Disposal Systems, Equipment and Accessories (KFCC) ... 277 Power Supplies for Use in Health Care Facilities (KFCG) ... 277 Television/Video Equipment for Use in Health Care Facilities (KFCV) ... 278 Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Use in Health Care Facilities (KFFG) ... 278 ... 278 Heaters for Use in Hazardous Locations (KFHT) Heaters, Air for Use in Hazardous Locations (KFVR) ... 278 Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing Cable Systems for Use in Hazardous Locations (KGFR) ... 279 Heaters, Industrial and Laboratory for Use in Hazardous Locations (KGIZ) ... 279 Heaters, Miscellaneous for Use in Hazardous Locations (KGWX) ... 279 Surface Heaters for Use in Hazardous Locations (KHCM) ... 280 ... 280 Heaters for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (KHTG) Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing Cable Systems for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (KIHP) ... 280 Heaters, Industrial and Laboratory for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (KIQU) ... 280 Heaters and Heating Equipment (KKBV) ... 280 Air Heaters, Movable and Wall or Ceiling Hung (KKPT) ... 281 Air Heaters, Room, Fixed and Location Dedicated (KKWS) ... 281 Baseboard Heaters (KLDR) ... 281 Baseboard Heater Accessories (KLQZ) ... 282 Clothes Dryers (KMEX) ... 282 Clothes Dryer Transition Ducts (KMIK) ... 283 Control Panels, Remote, for Electric Duct Heaters (KMLW) ... 283 Heaters, Cooking Appliances (KMSV) ... 284 Commercial Cooking Appliances (KNGT) ... 284 Commercial Cooking Appliance Assemblies Certified for Use with Other Manufacturers’ Appliances (KNJA) ... 284 Commercial Cooking Appliances with Integral Recirculating Ventilation Systems (KNKG) ... 285 Commercial Cooking Appliances with Integral Systems for Limiting the Emission of Grease-laden Air (KNLZ) ... 285 Custom-built Food Service Equipment (KNNS) ... 286 Filters for Cooking Oil, Commercial (KNRF) ... 286 Household Cooking Appliances (KNUR) ... 287 De-icing and Snow-melting Equipment (KOBQ) ... 287 Duct Heaters, Electric (KOHZ) ... 288 Heaters, Sauna and Steam Bath (KPJV) ... 289 Sauna Heating Equipment (KPSX) ... 289 Steam Bath Equipment (KQBZ) ... 289 Hospitality-use Appliances (KQDA) ... 290 Hospitality-use Drip-type Coffee Makers (KQDJ) ... 290 Immersion-type Liquid Heaters, Industrial (KQGV) ... 290 Heaters, Industrial and Laboratory (KQLR) ... 290 Microwave Cooking Appliances (KQSQ) ... 291 Pipe-heating Cable (KQUF) ... 291 Mobile/Manufactured Home Pipe-heating Cable (KQVU) ... 292

16 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 16 Industrial and Commercial Pipe-heating Cable (KQXR) ... 292 Residential Pipe-heating Cable (KQYI) ... 293 Radiant Heating Equipment (KQYZ) ... 293 Ranges, Household Electric (KRMX) ... 293 Water Heaters (KSAV) ... 295 Commercial Storage Tank and Booster Water Heaters (KSBZ) ... 295 Water Heaters, Space Heating (KSDR) ... 295 Household Water Heaters, Storage Tank (KSDT) ... 295 Immersion Water Heaters (KSFX) ... 296 Miscellaneous Water Heaters (KSGR) ... 296 Heaters, Waterbed (KSHU) ... 296 Heaters, Specialty (KSOT) ... 297 Heaters, Emitter Type, Certified for Use in Specified Equipment (KSSG) ... 297 ... 298 Heating Appliances (KTCR) Boiler Assemblies (KVFT) ... 298 Field-erected Boiler Assemblies (KVQE) ... 299 Heating and Cooling Equipment (LZFE) ... 300 Ductless Heating and Cooling Equipment, Large, Open Building (LZPG) ... 304 Heating and Cooling Equipment Retrofit Assemblies Certified for Use with Other Manufacturers’ Equipment (LZPK) ... 305 Heating and Cooling Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (LZHA) ... 305 Heating, Cooling and Ventilating Equipment (LZLZ) ... 306 Electric Heater Assemblies Certified for Use on Specified Equipment (LZPU) ... 306 Heat-recovery Ventilators, Ducted (LZTW) ... 307 Heat-recovery Ventilators, Nonducted (LZUU) ... 307 Heating and Heating-Cooling Appliance Accessories for Use in Hazardous ... 307 Locations (LZZA) Controls, Primary Safety for Use in Hazardous Locations (LZZG) ... 307 Heating and Heating-Cooling Appliance Accessories (LZZX) ... 308 Controls, Limit (MBPR) ... 308 ... 309 Heavy-duty Flexible Power Cable (MNVD) ... 309 Hoists (MSXT) ... 309 Hoistway Cable (MSZR) Hospital Signaling and Nurse Call Accessory Equipment (NBQW) ... 309 ... 310 Hospital Signaling and Nurse Call Equipment (NBRZ) Hydrogen Generators (NCBD) ... 311 Hydrogen Generators, Water-reaction Type (NCBR) ... 311 Water-driven Ventilators for Use in Hazardous Locations (NCGV) ... 312 Hydromassage Bathtubs (NCHX) ... 312 Industrial Control Equipment (NIMX) ... 313 Electro-sensitive Protective Equipment (NIOZ) ... 313 Active Opto-electronic Protective Devices (NIPF) ... 314 Active Opto-electronic Protective Devices Employing Vision-based Protective Devices (NIPJ) ... 3 14 Active Opto-electronic Protective Devices Responsive to Diffuse Reflection ... 314 (NIPM) ... Emergency Stop Devices (NISD) ... 315 Equipment Used for System Isolation and Rated as a Single Unit (NISI) ... 315

17 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 17 Industrial Control Panels (NITW) ... 316 Medium-voltage Equipment (NJAM) ... 317 Motor and Resistive-load Controllers Over 1500 Volts (NJHU) ... 317 Power Conversion Equipment, Medium Voltage (NJIC) ... 318 Motor Controller Accessories Over 1500 Volts (NJIJ) ... 319 Motor Control Centers (NJAV) ... 319 Motor Control Center Accessories (NJAX) ... 320 Retrofit Motor Control Center Units Certified for Use in Specified Equipment ... 320 (NJBR) ... Motor Controllers (NJOT) ... 320 Adjustable-speed Power Drive Systems with Integral Supply Engine Generators (NKBA) ... 321 Auxiliary Devices (NKCR) ... 321 Combination Motor Controllers (NKJH) ... 322 Motor Controllers, Float- and Pressure-operated (NKPZ) ... 323 Motor Controllers, Magnetic (NLDX) ... 323 Motor Controllers, Manual (NLRV) ... 323 Motor Controllers, Mechanically Operated and Solid-state (NMFT) ... 324 Power Conversion Equipment (NMMS) ... 324 Photovoltaic Manual-disconnect Switches (NMSJ) ... 325 Power Circuit and Motor-mounted Apparatus (NMTR) ... 325 Programmable Controllers (NRAQ) ... 325 Programmable Controllers, Retrofit, Certified for Use in Specified Equipment (NRCQ) ... ... 326 Programmable Safety Controllers (NRGF) ... 326 Protective Relays (NRGU) ... 327 Proximity Switches (NRKH) ... 327 Switches, Industrial Control (NRNT) ... 328 Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (NNGZ) ... 328 Control Panels and Assemblies for Use in Hazardous Locations (NNNY) ... 328 Control Assembly Covers for Use in Hazardous Locations (NNRL) ... 329 Flame-control Panels for Use in Hazardous Locations (NNTE) ... 329 Enclosed Slip Rings for Use in Hazardous Locations (NNTR) ... 330 Motor Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (NNUX) ... 330 Auxiliary Devices for Use in Hazardous Locations (NOIV) ... 330 Combination Motor Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (NOTH) ... 331 Float- and Pressure-operated Motor Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (NOWT) ... 331 Magnetic Motor Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (NPKR) ... 331 Manual Motor Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (NPXZ) ... 332 Motor Controllers, Mechanically Operated and Solid-state for Use in Hazardous Locations (NQLX) ... 332 Power Conversion Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (NQMD) ... 332 Motor Controllers Over 1500 Volts for Use in Hazardous Locations (NRAA) ... 333 Power Circuit and Motor-mounted Apparatus for Use in Hazardous Locations (NRAD) ... ... 333 Programmable Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (NRAG) ... 333 Industrial Control Equipment Relating to Hazardous Locations (NRAW) ... 334 Industrial Control Panels Relating to Hazardous Locations (NRBX) ... 334 Motor Controllers Relating to Hazardous Locations (NRCY) ... 334 Auxiliary Devices Relating to Hazardous Locations (NRDZ) ... 335

18 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 18 Industrial Control Equipment Relating to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... 335 ... (NRFA) Industrial Control Panels Relating to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... 335 (NRFG) ... Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... ... 336 (NWEX) Control Panels and Assemblies for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWFA) ... ... 336 Enclosed Slip Rings for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWFC) ... 336 Motor Controllers for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWFE) ... 337 Auxiliary Devices for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWFN) ... 337 Combination Motor Controllers for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWFP) ... 337 Magnetic Motor Controllers for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... 338 (NWFR) ... Manual Motor Controllers for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWFU) ... ... 338 Power Circuit and Motor-mounted Apparatus for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWGA) ... 338 Programmable Controllers for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWGD) ... ... 339 Information Technology Equipment Including Electrical Business Equipment (NWGQ) ... 339 ... Information Technology Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (NWHC) ... 341 ... 342 Information Technology Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (NWHP) Audio/Video, Information and Communication Technology Equipment Cabinet, Enclosure and Rack Systems (NWIN) ... 342 Inspection and Measuring Electrical Equipment (NYOK) ... 344 Inspection and Measuring Electrical Equipment for Use in Zone Classified ... 344 Hazardous Locations (NYPA) Inspection and Measuring Electrical Equipment, Special Inspection Equipment (NYQD) ... ... 344 Instrumentation Tray Cable (NYTT) ... 345 Insulating Devices and Materials (NYYV) ... 345 Insulating Bushings (NZMT) ... 345 Insulating Tape (OANZ) ... 346 Insulating Devices and Materials, Miscellaneous (OCDT) ... 346 ... 346 Intercommunication Systems for Use in Hazardous Locations, Marine (ODJV) Telephones for Use in Hazardous Locations, Marine (OEPX) ... 346 ... 347 Equipment and Systems for Use in Hazardous Locations (OERX) Ion Generators (OETX) ... 347 Intrinsically Safe Equipment and Systems for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous ... 348 Locations (OEVX) ... 348 Irrigation Cable (OFFY) Laboratory Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (OGNA) ... 348 Laboratory Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... ... 349 (OGNM)

19 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 19 Laboratory Hoods and Cabinets (OGOY) ... 349 Laboratory-use Electrical Equipment (OGTK) ... 350 Laboratory Electrical Equipment for Use in Health Care Applications (OGUI) ... 350 Laboratory-use Electrical Equipment, Special Laboratory Equipment (OGVH) ... 351 ... 352 Lampholders (OIMZ) Lampholders, Electric Discharge (OJAX) ... 352 Lampholders, Electric Discharge, Over 1000 Volts (OJOV) ... 352 Lampholders, Electric Discharge, 1000 Volts or Less (OKCT) ... 352 Lampholders, Fittings (OKQR) ... 353 Lampholders, Incandescent (OLDZ) ... 353 Lampholders, Adapters (OLRX) ... 353 Lampholders, Candelabra and Miniature (OMFV) ... 353 Lampholders, Intermediate Base (OMTT) ... 353 Lampholders, Medium Base (ONHR) ... 354 Lampholders, Mogul Base (ONUZ) ... 354 Lampholders, Miscellaneous (OOIX) ... 354 ... 355 Lamps (OOKH) Lamps, Self-ballasted and Lamp Adapters (OOLR) ... 355 Lamps, Self-ballasted, Light-emitting-diode Type (OOLV) ... 355 Lamps, Specialty (OONB) ... 356 Lamps, Tungsten Halogen (OOOJ) ... 356 Organic Light-emitting-diode Panels (OOQS) ... 356 Solid-state Light Engines (OORA) ... 357 ... 357 Leak-detection Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (OPDH) ... 357 Lighting and Power Equipment, Auxiliary (OUST) Lighting and Power Equipment, Auxiliary for Use in Hazardous Locations (OUSZ) ... ... 358 ... 358 Lightning Protection (OVGR) Lightning Conductors, Air Terminals and Fittings (OVTZ) ... 358 Lightning Protection System Installations (OWAY) ... 358 ... 359 Surge-protective Devices Certified for Use in Specified Equipment (OWIW) Line Isolation Monitors (OWLS) ... 359 ... 359 Low-voltage AC Power-switching Devices (PAPU) Accessories, Low-voltage Power-switching Devices (PAQF) ... 360 Adapters, Low-voltage AC Power-switching Devices (PAQQ) ... 360 Retrofit Low-voltage AC Power-switching-device Adapters Certified for Use in Specified Equipment (PAQR) ... 360 Low-voltage AC Fuse Draw-outs (PAQT) ... 361 Low-voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers (PAQX) ... 361 Secondary Network Protectors (PARZ) ... 362 Retrofit Low-voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Certified for Use in Specified Equipment (PASD) ... 362 Low-voltage AC Integrally-fused Power Circuit Breakers (PASQ) ... 362 Low-voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers (PAXW) ... 363 Trip Devices Certified for Use in Low-voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers (PAYK) ... ... 363 Low-voltage Distribution Systems and Equipment for Desk and Similar Work- ... 363 surface Installations (PAYN) Management Equipment, Energy (PAZX) ... 364

20 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 20 Manufactured Home Kitchen Cabinetry and Bathtub and Shower Units (PDLT) ... 365 ... ... 365 Manufactured Homes (PDOV) ... 365 Marina and Boatyard Cable (PDYQ) ... 366 Marking and Coding Equipment, Electronic (PGBE) Mattresses and Pads, Electrically Conductive, Relating to Hazardous Locations (PHLV) ... ... 366 Measuring, Testing and Signal-generation Equipment (PICQ) ... 366 Measurement Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (PICX) ... 367 Medical Equipment (PIDF) ... 367 Medical Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (PINR) ... 369 ... 369 Medium-voltage Power Cable (PITY) Medium-voltage Cable Certified to UL 1072, with Metric Conductor Sizes ... (PIVW) ... 369 Metal-clad Cable (PJAZ) ... 370 ... 371 Metal-clad Cable Connectors, Type MC (PJOX) ... 371 Metal-clad Cable Certified to UL 1569, with Metric Conductor Sizes (PJPJ) Cable for Use in Hazardous Locations (PJPP) ... 372 Meter-mounting Equipment (PJSR) ... 372 Meter Fittings (PJVV) ... 373 Meter-socket Bases (PJWT) ... 373 Metering Transformer Cabinets (PJXS) ... 373 Meter Sockets (PJYZ) ... 374 Meter-socket Accessories (PKAX) ... 374 Meter-socket Adapters for Communications Equipment (POBN) ... 374 Meters, Electric Utility (POCZ) ... 375 ... 375 Microwave and Cable Communication Equipment (POFV) Microwave Communication Equipment Certified for Use in Specified Equipment (POVJ) ... 37 6 Mineral-insulated Cable Assemblies for Use in Hazardous Locations (POWD) ... 376 Mineral-insulated Cable Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations (POWX) ... 376 ... 376 Mineral-insulated Metal-sheathed Cable (PPKV) Mineral-insulated Cable Fittings (PPYT) ... 377 ... 377 Modular Data Centers (PQVA) Motor-Generator Sets (PQYW) ... 378 Motors (PRGY) ... 379 Motors, Inverter Duty (PRHJ) ... 380 ... 381 Servo and Stepper Motors (PRHZ) Motors and Generators for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (PRSN) ... ... 381 Motors for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (PRZA) ... 381 Motors, Specialty for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (PRZM) ... 382 Motors and Generators for Use in Hazardous Locations (PSBV) ... 382 Generators for Use in Hazardous Locations (PSPT) ... 382

21 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 21 Motors for Use in Hazardous Locations (PTDR) ... 382 Motors, Division 2 for Use in Hazardous Locations (PTHE) ... 383 Motors and Generators, Rebuilt for Use in Hazardous Locations (PTKQ) ... 383 Motors, Specialty for Use in Hazardous Locations (PUCJ) ... 383 Mounting Posts and Pedestals for Distribution Equipment (PUPR) ... 384 ... 384 Multioutlet Assemblies (PVGT) Multioutlet Assembly Fittings (PVUR) ... 385 Multi-point Interconnection Power Cable Assemblies for Industrial Machinery ... 385 (PVVA) ... Multi-point Interconnection Power Cable Assemblies for Industrial Machinery for Use in Hazardous Locations (PVVJ) ... 386 Multi-point Interconnection Power Cable Assemblies for Industrial Machinery for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (PVVM) ... 387 ... 388 Musical Instruments (PWHZ) ... 388 Neon Transformers and Power Supplies (PWIK) ... 389 Network-powered Broadband Communications Cable (PWIP) ... 389 Nonmetallic-sheathed Cable (PWVX) Nonmetallic-sheathed-cable Connectors (PXJV) ... 390 Nonmetallic Extensions (PXXT) ... 390 Concealable Nonmetallic Extensions (PXYC) ... 390 Nonmetallic-extension Fittings (PYYZ) ... 391 Nonmetallic Surface Extensions (PZMX) ... 391 ... 391 Nonmetallic-sheathed Cable Interconnectors (QAAV) ... 392 Commercial Seating Systems (QAHU) Office Appliances and Business Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations ... 392 (QAVS) ... ... 392 Office Furnishings (QAWZ) Office Furnishing Lights (QAXB) ... 393 Office Furnishing Accessories Certified for Use with Specified Equipment ... (QAXE) ... 394 Optical Fiber Cable (QAYK) ... 394 Optical Fiber Cable, Field Assembled (QAZD) ... 395 Optical Fiber Cable Verified in Accordance with National or International ... 395 Specifications (QAZI) ... 396 Optical Fiber/Communications/Signaling/Coaxial Cable Raceway (QAZM) Optical Fiber Raceway Assemblies (QAZQ) ... 396 ... 397 Optical Fiber/Communications/Signaling/Coaxial Cable Outlet Boxes (QAZR) Outlet Box Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (QAZV) ... 397 ... 398 Cable Routing Assemblies (QBAA) Outlet and Junction Boxes for Use in Hazardous Locations (QBCR) ... 398 Active Optical Cable Assemblies (QBDV) ... 399 Optical Fiber Branching Devices (QBEA) ... 400 Optical Fiber Branching Devices Verified in Accordance with National or ... 400 International Specifications (QBEN) Optical Fiber Cable Assemblies and Connectors (QBFA) ... 400

22 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 22 Optical Fiber Cable Assemblies and Connectors Verified in Accordance with ... 401 National or International Specifications (QBFN) ... 401 Outlet Boxes and Fittings (QBPZ) Illuminated Cover Plates for Flush-mounted Wiring Devices (QBSA) ... 401 Outlet Boxes and Fittings Certified for Fire Resistance (QBWY) ... 401 Metallic Outlet Boxes (QCIT) ... 402 Conduit Bodies and Covers Certified for Use with Specified Equipment ... 403 (QCKW) ... Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes (QCMZ) ... 404 Outlet Bushings and Fittings (QCRV) ... 405 Wall Opening Protective Materials (QCSN) ... 405 ... 406 Outlet Circuit Testers (QCYU) Packaged Pumping Systems (QCZJ) ... 406 Painting Equipment, Air Compressors and Vacuum Pumps (QDFT) ... 407 Compressors, Vacuum Pumps and Pneumatic Paint Sprayers (QDGS) ... 407 Painting Equipment (QDIQ) ... 407 .. 408 Paint Spray and Finishing Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (QEEA) Paint-spray Booths Without Fire-protection Systems for Use in Hazardous Locations (QEFA) ... 408 Paint-spray Booths with Fire-protection Systems for Use in Hazardous ... 408 Locations (QEFY) Panelboards (QEUY) ... 409 Panelboards for Use in Hazardous Locations (QFIW) ... 410 Panelboards, Light and Power for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... 411 (QFKR) ... ... 411 Panelboards, Modular (QFOF) ... 411 Passenger Boarding Bridges (QGLA) Personal Grooming Appliances (QGRQ) ... 412 Personal Grooming Appliances, Commercial (QGRT) ... 412 Personal Sun and Heat Equipment (QGRX) ... 412 ... 413 Personal Hygiene and Health Care Appliances (QGRZ) Personal Protective Equipment (QGSY) ... 413 Industrial Workers’ Protective Apparel (QGVW) ... 413 Protective Clothing for Electrical Workers (QGVZ) ... 413 Distributed Generation Power Systems Equipment (QHWJ) ... 414 AC Modules (QHYZ) ... 414 Building-integrated Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (QHZK) ... 414 Building-integrated Photovoltaic Mounting Systems (QHZQ) ... 415 Distributed Generation Wiring Systems and Harnesses (QHZS) ... 416 Flat-plate, Low-concentration Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (QHZU) ... 416 Photovoltaic Charge Controllers (QIBP) ... 417 Concentrator Photovoltaic Modules and Assemblies (QICP) ... 417 Photovoltaic DC Arc-fault Circuit Protection (QIDC) ... 418 Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (QIGU) ... 418 Photovoltaic Modules and Panels, Remanufactured (QIGZ) ... 419 Photovoltaic Modules and Panels with System Voltage Ratings Over 600 Volts (QIIA) ... ... 420 Distributed Generation Power Systems Accessory Equipment (QIIO) ... 420

23 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 23 Distributed Resource Power Systems (QIJL) ... 420 Photovoltaic Rapid Shutdown Systems (QIJS) ... 421 Photovoltaic Rapid Shutdown System Equipment (QIJW) ... 422 Photovoltaic Solar Trackers (QIKA) ... 422 Special-purpose Inverters, Converters and Accessories for Use in Electric Power .. 423 Systems (QIKF) ... Static Inverters, Converters and Accessories for Use in Independent Power 424 Systems (QIKH) ... Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping Devices and Ground Lugs for Use with Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (QIMS) ... 426 Photovoltaic Lanterns, Portable Solar, Certified for the PV GAP Mark (QIMV) ... 427 Photovoltaic Modules and Panels Certified for the PV GAP Mark (QIMY) ... 427 Photographic Equipment (QINT) ... 427 Pin-and-Sleeve-type Plugs, Receptacles and Cable Connectors (QLGD) ... 428 Attachment Plugs, Pin-and-Sleeve Type (QLHN) ... 428 Receptacles, Pin-and-Sleeve Type (QLIW) ... 429 Receptacle-Plug Combinations, Pin-and-Sleeve Type, Certified for Use in Specific Combinations (QLKH) ... 429 ... 429 Plastics Used in Semiconductor Tool Construction (QMTW) Plumbing Accessories (QMTX) ... 430 ... 431 Plumbing Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (QNHV) Portable Electric Hand Lamps (QORX) ... 431 ... 431 Portable Lighting Products (QOTU) Portable Cabinet Light-emitting-diode Luminaires (QOVA) ... 431 Portable Cabinet Luminaires (QOVJ) ... 432 Light-emitting-diode Luminaires, Portable (QOVZ) ... 432 Luminaires, Portable (QOWZ) ... 433 3 Nightlights (QOYX) ... 43 Portable Luminaire Accessories, Kits and Subassemblies (QPAU) ... 434 Portable Work Lights (QPCJ) ... 434 Sun and Heat Lamps (QPDY) ... 434 ... 435 Portable Luminaires for Use in Hazardous Locations (QPKX) Portable and Power Feeder Cable for Use in Mines and Similar Applications (QPMP) ... 435 ... ... 436 Portable Power Cable (QPMU) Power and Control Tray Cable for Solar Trackers (QPNY) ... 436 ... 436 Power and Control Tray Cable (QPOR) Power and Control Tray Cable Connectors (QPOZ) ... 437 Power Converters/Inverters and Power Converter/Inverter Systems (QPPY) ... 437 Power Distribution Blocks (QPQS) ... 438 ... 438 Power Distribution Centers for Communications Equipment (QPQY) Power-distribution Equipment, Portable (QPRW) ... 439 Portable Power-distribution Units and Devices (QPSH) ... 440 Portable Power-distribution Panels (QPSM) ... 440 Power-limited Circuit Cable (QPTZ) ... 441 Power Outlets and Power-outlet Fittings (QPYV) ... 441

24 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 24 Power Supplies (QQAQ) ... 442 Power Supplies, General Purpose (QQFU) ... 442 Power Supplies, Information Technology Equipment Including Electrical Business Equipment (QQGQ) ... 442 Power Supplies, Specialty (QQIJ) ... 443 Power Supplies, Telephone (QQJE) ... 444 Power Supplies for Use with Audio/Video, Information and Communication Technology Equipment (QQJQ) ... 444 Nonmetallic Underground Conduit with Conductors (QQRK) ... 444 Prefabricated Assemblies (QQRX) ... 445 Manufactured Wiring Systems (QQVX) ... 445 Sections and Units (QQXX) ... 445 Wiring Assemblies (QQYZ) ... 446 ... 446 Prefabricated Buildings (QRAR) Composite Panels (QRSY) ... 447 ... 447 Commercial and Industrial Prefabricated Buildings and Units (QRXA) ... 448 Press and Other Power-operated Machine Controls and Systems (QUEQ) Presence-sensing Devices (QUHP) ... 448 Press Controls (QUKQ) ... 448 Process Control Equipment, Electrical (QUYX) ... 448 ... 449 Process Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (QUZW) Process Control Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... ... 449 (QVAJ) Protectors (QVGK) ... 450 Primary Protectors for Communications Circuits (QVGV) ... 450 Primary Protectors for Coaxial Communications Circuits (QVKC) ... 451 Protectors for Antenna Lead-in Conductors (QVLA) ... 451 Secondary Protectors for Communications Circuits (QVRG) ... 452 ... 452 Protectors for Use in Hazardous Locations (QVSC) Isolated Loop Circuit Protectors for Use in Hazardous Locations (QVSI) ... 452 Pumping Equipment for Fire Service (QVUT) ... 452 Battery Chargers for Use with Internal Combustion Engines Driving Centrifugal Fire Pumps (QWIR) ... 452 Fire Pump Motors (QXZF) ... 453 Pump Controllers, Fire (QYZS) ... 453 Pump Controllers, Fire, Over 600 Volts (QZGR) ... 454 Pump Controllers, Fire, Residential (QZKE) ... 454 .. 454 Pumping Equipment for Fire Service for Use in Hazardous Locations (RAHW) Fire Pump Controllers for Use in Hazardous Locations (RCYW) ... 454 Pumps, Electrically Operated, Liquid (REUZ) ... 455 Purging and Pressurizing Controls and Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (RFPW) ... 455 Purging and Pressurizing Controls and Accessories for Use in Zone Classified ... 456 Hazardous Locations (RFPZ) Electrical Quick-connect Terminals (RFWV) ... 456 Raceway (RGKT) ... 457 Cellular Concrete Floor Raceway (RGYR) ... 457 Cellular Concrete Floor Raceway Fittings (RHLZ) ... 457

25 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 25 Cellular Metal Floor Raceway (RHZX) ... 457 Cellular Metal Floor Raceway Fittings (RINV) ... 458 Cellular Metal Floor Raceway Fitting Cover Assemblies Certified for Use with Specified Equipment (RIOJ) ... 458 Strut-type Channel Raceway (RIUU) ... 458 Strut-type Channel Raceway Fittings (RIYG) ... 459 Surface Metal Raceway (RJBT) ... 459 Surface Metal Raceway Fittings (RJPR) ... 459 Surface Nonmetallic Raceway (RJTX) ... 460 Surface Nonmetallic Raceway Fittings (RJYT) ... 460 Surface Raceway Transition Fittings Certified for Use with Specified Products ... 460 (RKBA) ... Underfloor Raceway (RKCZ) ... 461 Underfloor Raceway Fittings (RKQX) ... 461 Radio Devices for Use in Hazardous Locations (RMGR) ... 461 Radio Devices, Rebuilt for Use in Hazardous Locations (RMGZ) ... 462 ... 462 Radio Devices for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (RMJA) ... 462 Radio Head Cable (RMJH) ... 463 Receptacle Closures (RQYF) Receptacle-Plug Combinations for Use in Hazardous Locations (RRAT) ... 463 Receptacle-Enclosure Combinations with Plugs for Use in Hazardous Locations (RREG) ... ... 463 Receptacle-Plug Combination Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (RRHS) ... ... 464 Receptacles with Plugs for Use in Hazardous Locations (RROR) ... 464 Receptacles with Plugs Interlocked with Circuit Breakers for Use in Hazardous . 464 Locations (RSBZ) ... Receptacles with Plugs Interlocked with Switches for Use in Hazardous . 465 Locations (RSPX) ... Receptacle-Plug Combinations for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... (RSUN) ... 465 Receptacles with Plugs Interlocked with Switches for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (RSZD) ... 465 Receptacles (RTDV) ... 466 Receptacles for Plugs and Attachment Plugs (RTRT) ... 466 Receptacles with Integral Switching Means (RTXI) ... 468 Receptacles, Stage Type (RUFR) ... 469 Combination Receptacles with Switches (RUSZ) ... 469 Single-pole, Locking-type Separable Attachment Plugs, Panel Inlets, Panel Outlets, Adapters and Accessories (RUUS) ... 469 Utility-service Receptacles (RVNW) ... 470 ... 470 Reels, Cord for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (SAOD) Reels, Cord for Use in Hazardous Locations (SAOX) ... 471 Reels, Cord and Cable (SBCV) ... 471 Refrigeration Equipment (SCER) ... 471 Refrigeration Accessories (SCSQ) ... 472 Controllers, Refrigeration (SDFY) ... 472 Beverage Coolers and Beverage Cooler-Dispensers (SFWY) ... 472 Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers (SGKW) ... 473

26 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 26 Household Freezers (SHMR) ... 474 Household Refrigerators and Freezers (SHZZ) ... 475 Ice Cream Makers (SINX) ... 475 76 Ice Makers (SJBV) ... 4 Kitchen Units, Refrigerated (SJPT) ... 476 Recreational Vehicle Refrigerators and Freezers (SKKQ) ... 477 Refrigerant-containing Components (SKQZ) ... 477 Condensers, Refrigerant (SLSV) ... 477 Refrigerated Medical Equipment (SOPT) ... 478 Unit Coolers (SPLR) ... 478 Units, Refrigerating (SPYZ) ... 479 Vending Machines, Refrigerated (SQMX) ... 479 Walk-in Units, Commercial (SQTV) ... 480 Water Coolers (SRAV) ... 480 Drinking-water Coolers (SRJX) ... 480 Commercial Processing Liquid Coolers (SRFR) ... 481 Refrigeration Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (SSCR) ... 481 Accessories, Refrigeration for Use in Hazardous Locations (SSPZ) ... 481 Controllers, Refrigeration for Use in Hazardous Locations (STDX) ... 481 Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers for Use in Hazardous Locations (STRV) ... 482 ... Water Coolers for Use in Hazardous Locations (SUFT) ... 482 ... 482 Remote Racking Devices for Switchgear and Controlgear (SWJE) Signal and Fire Alarm Equipment and Services (SYKJ) ... 482 Audible-signal Appliances (ULSZ) ... 483 Control Units, System (UOJZ) ... 483 Emergency Communication and Relocation Equipment (UOQY) ... 485 Control Unit Accessories, System (UOXX) ... 485 Detectors, Automatic Fire (UPLV) ... 486 Smoke-automatic Fire Detectors (UROX) ... 486 Smoke-automatic Fire Detector Accessories (URRQ) ... 488 Smoke Detectors for Special Applications (URXG) ... 488 Fire Alarm Devices, Single and Multiple Station, and Accessories (UTER) ... 489 Single- and Multiple-station Heat Detectors (UTFS) ... 489 Single- and Multiple-station Smoke Alarms (UTGT) ... 489 Heat-actuated Devices for Special Application (UTHV) ... 491 Household Fire-warning System Units (UTLQ) ... 491 Control Units and Accessories, Household System Type (UTOU) ... 491 Power-supply Units (UTRZ) ... 492 Speakers and Amplifiers for Fire-protective Signaling Systems (UUMW) ... 493 Signal and Fire Alarm Equipment and Services for Use in Hazardous Locations (SYMA) ... ... 493 Detectors, Automatic Fire for Use in Hazardous Locations (SYNN) ... 494 Smoke-automatic Fire Detectors for Use in Hazardous Locations (SYNR) ... 494 Smoke Detectors for Special Applications for Use in Hazardous Locations (SYNT) ... . 495 ... 496 Releasing Device Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (TBCX) Heat Detectors for Releasing Device Service for Use in Hazardous Locations (TBGR) ... ... 496 Releasing Devices for Use in Hazardous Locations (TBJW) ... 496 Repackaged Electrical Construction Equipment (TEOZ) ... 497

27 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 27 Robots and Robotic Equipment (TETZ) ... 497 Rotary Automatic Product-filling Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations ... ... 497 (TONI) ... 498 Sanitation, Food Service Equipment (TSQS) Commercial Cooking, Rethermalization and Powered Hot-food-holding and -Transport Equipment (TSQT) ... 498 Food Equipment (TSQU) ... 498 Commercial Refrigerators and Storage Freezers (TSQV) ... 499 Doors and Door-operator Systems for Use in Meat and Poultry Plants (TSRC) ... 499 Freezers, Dispensing (TSRE) ... 500 Ice-making Equipment, Automatic (TSVG) ... 500 Food- and Beverage-dispensing Equipment, Manual (TSXL) ... 501 Milk-dispensing Equipment, Bulk, Commercial (TSXQ) ... 501 Air Curtains for Use in Commercial Food-service Entranceways (TSXT) ... 502 Residential Dishwashers (TSXU) ... 502 Commercial Warewashing Equipment (TSXV) ... 502 Shatter Containment of Lamps for Use in Regulated Food Establishments ... 503 (TSXX) ... Vending Machines for Food and Beverages (TSYA) ... 503 Water Heaters, Hot-water-supply Boilers and Heat-recovery Equipment (TSYO) ... ... 504 ... 504 Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment (TWKH) Automation and Wafer-handling Equipment (TWPV) ... 504 Control Panels (TWRF) ... 505 Liquid-chemical Distribution Systems (TWSP) ... 505 Miscellaneous Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment (TWTZ) ... 505 Process Equipment (TWWT) ... 506 Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment, Limited Production (TWWU) ... 506 ... 507 Service Cable (TXKT) Service-entrance Cable (TYLZ) ... 507 Service-entrance Cable Fittings (TYZX) ... 507 ... 508 Shipboard Cable, Marine (UBVZ) Shipboard Cable Fittings, Marine (UBWE) ... 508 ... 509 Shipboard Cable, Marine, Certified to International Specifications (UBWK) Signal Appliances (UCEV) ... 509 Audible-signal Appliances, General Signal (UCST) ... 509 Signal System Units (UDTZ) ... 509 Speakers (UEAY) ... 5 10 Visual-signal Appliances (UEES) ... 510 Signal Appliances, Miscellaneous (UEHX) ... 511 Signal Appliances for Use in Hazardous Locations (UFXR) ... 512 Audible-signal Appliances for Use in Hazardous Locations (UGKZ) ... 512 Extinguishing System Attachments for Use in Hazardous Locations (UGYX) ... 512 Fire Alarm Devices for Use in Hazardous Locations (UHMV) ... 512 Flame-automatic Fire Detectors for Use in Hazardous Locations (UIAZ) ... 513 Ground Indicators for Use in Hazardous Locations (UIOR) ... 513 Heat-actuated Devices for Special Application for Use in Hazardous Locations ... 513 (UIPV) ... Heat-automatic Fire Detectors for Use in Hazardous Locations (UIRV) ... 514 Signal System Units for Use in Hazardous Locations (UJFT) ... 514

28 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 28 Signal Appliances, Miscellaneous for Use in Hazardous Locations (UJPX) ... 515 Signaling Equipment Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (UJQO) ... 515 Visual-signal Appliances for Use in Hazardous Locations (UJTK) ... 515 ... 516 Signal Appliances for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (UXUQ) Audible-signal Appliances, Fire Alarm, for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous 16 Locations (UXVD) ... 5 Audible-signal Appliances for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... 516 (UXVF) ... Fire Alarm Devices for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (UXVI) ... 516 Visual-signal Appliances for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (UXVU) ... ... 516 Signaling Appliances and Equipment for the Hearing Impaired for Use in Hazardous Locations (UXWC) ... 517 Signs (UXYT) ... 517 Field-installed Neon Outline Lighting Systems (UYAM) ... 518 Signs, Changing Message (UYFS) ... 518 Sign Accessories (UYMR) ... 519 Sign Components Certified for Use with Specified Equipment (UYTA) ... 519 Sign Controllers, Message Centers (UYTQ) ... 520 Sign Conversions, Retrofit (UYWU) ... 520 Sign Flashers (UYZZ) ... 520 Skeletal Neon Sign and Outline Lighting Systems, Field Assembled (UZBL) ... 521 ... 521 Solenoids for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (VAMH) Solenoids for Use in Hazardous Locations (VAPT) ... 521 ... 522 Solenoid Pumps for Use in Hazardous Locations (VAWS) Solvent Distillation Units for Use in Hazardous Locations (VBFY) ... 522 Sound-metering Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (VBYC) ... 522 Sound-metering Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... (VBYX) ... 523 Sound-recording and -Reproducing Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations ... ... 523 (VCSV) Sprinkler System and Water Spray System Devices for Use in Hazardous ... 523 Locations (VQNT) Special System Water Control Valves and System Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (VQRZ) ... 523 Special System Water Control Valves for Use in Hazardous Locations (VQWV) ... ... 523 Switches, Pressure for Use in Hazardous Locations (VRBR) ... 524 Static Neutralizing Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (VXDY) ... 524 Static Neutralizing Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... (VXEO) ... 524 ... 525 Spill Containment for Stationary Lead-Acid Battery Systems (VXMB) Straps, Restraint, Electrically Conductive, Relating to Hazardous Locations (VZAR) ... ... 525 Surge-protective Devices (VZCA) ... 525 Surge Arresters Over 1000 Volts (VZQK) ... 526

29 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 29 Surge Protectors and Isolators for Use on Cathodically Protected Systems for ... 526 Use in Hazardous Locations (VZQO) Surface Vehicle Cable (VZSA) ... 527 Battery Lead Wire (VZSE) ... 527 Low-voltage Battery Cable (VZSL) ... 527 On-board Cable (VZSR) ... 527 Structured Cabling Programs (VZYY) ... 527 Proprietary Structured Cabling Programs (VZZX) ... 528 ... 528 Swimming Pool and Spa Equipment (WABX) 8 Blowers (WAGN) ... 52 Controls (WAWU) ... 529 Covers for Swimming Pools and Spas (WBAH) ... 529 Luminaires and Forming Shells (WBDT) ... 530 531 Heaters (WBRR) ... Hot Tub and Spa Equipment Assemblies (WBYQ) ... 531 Swimming Pool Junction Boxes (WCEZ) ... 532 Ozone Generators (WCKA) ... 532 Swimming Pool and Spa Equipment Certified to NSF 50 (WCNZ) ... 532 Potting Compounds (WCRY) ... 533 533 Pumps (WCSX) ... Self-contained Spas (WCZW) ... 534 Swimming Pool and Spa Cover Operators, Electric (WDDJ) ... 534 Swimming Pool and Spa Transformers (WDGV) ... 534 Water Treatment Equipment (WDLC) ... 535 Swimming Pool and Spa Equipment, Miscellaneous (WDUT) ... 535 Suction Fittings for Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs ... 535 (WEBS) ... ... 536 Switchboards (WEIR) Switchboards, Dead-front (WEVZ) ... 536 Switchboards, Special Purpose (WFJX) ... 537 Switches (WFXV) ... 538 Pullout Switches, Detachable Type (WGEU) ... 538 Switches, Automatic (WGLT) ... 538 Switches, Clock Operated (WGZR) ... 538 Switches, Open Type (WHTY) ... 539 Switches, Open Type for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (WHVA) ... 539 Switches, Dead-front (WHXS) ... 540 Switches, Dead-front for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (WHXX) ... 541 Switches, Enclosed (WIAX) ... 541 Switches, Enclosed for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (WIBC) ... 542 Switches, Knife (WIOV) ... 542 Switches, Load Interrupter and Isolating, Over 1000 Volts (WIQG) ... 543 Switches, Molded Case (WJAZ) ... 544 Switches, Molded Case, for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (WJBE) ... 544 Switches, Photoelectric (WJCT) ... 545 Photocontrols, Plug-in, Locking Type (WJFX) ... 545 Snap Switches (WJQR) ... 546 Switches, Door (WLFV) ... 546 Switches, Fixture, Socket and Special Mechanism Types (WMHR) ... 547 Switches, Flush (WMUZ) ... 547 Switches, Pendant (WNIX) ... 547

30 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 30 Switches, Surface (WOKT) ... 548 Transfer Switches (WPTZ) ... 548 Accessories, Transfer Switch (WPVQ) ... 549 Automatic Transfer Switches for Use in Emergency Systems (WPWR) ... 549 Automatic Transfer Switches for Use in Optional Standby Systems (WPXT) ... 549 Meter-mounted Transfer Switches (WPXW) ... 550 Transfer Switches Over 1000 Volts (WPYC) ... 550 Nonautomatic Transfer Switches (WPYV) ... 551 ... 551 Switches for Use in Hazardous Locations (WQNV) Switches, Clock Operated for Use in Hazardous Locations (WRBT) ... 551 Enclosed Switches for Use in Hazardous Locations (WRPR) ... 551 Snap Switches for Use in Hazardous Locations (WSQX) ... 551 Switches, Miscellaneous for Use in Hazardous Locations (WTEV) ... 552 Switches for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (WTSN) ... 552 Enclosed Switches for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (WUGF) ... 552 Switchgear Assemblies, Metal Enclosed, Low-voltage-power Circuit-breaker ... 552 Type (WUTZ) Switchgear Over 1000 Volts (WVDA) ... 553 Switchgear, Gas-insulated Type, Over 1000 Volts (WVEK) ... 554 Switchgear, Metal Enclosed, Over 1000 Volts (WVGN) ... 555 Switchgear, Pad Mounted, Subsurface and Vault Over 1000 Volts (WVHN) ... 556 Tables, Utility (WWJT) ... 557 ... 557 Tank-monitoring Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (WWQS) Tank-monitoring Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... ... 558 (WWQZ) Telecommunications Equipment (WYIE) ... 558 Custom-built Telecommunications Equipment (WYKM) ... 558 Telephones, Cellular (WYLR) ... 559 Telephone Appliances and Equipment (WYQQ) ... 560 Telemetering Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations ... ... 561 (WYMG) Telemetering Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (WYMV) ... 561 ... 561 Telemetering Equipment Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (WYOS) Telephone Equipment, Legacy Installations (WYXR) ... 562 Telephones for Use in Hazardous Locations (WZAT) ... 562 Telephone Accessories for Use in Hazardous Locations (WZOR) ... 562 Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use (XAAA) ... 563 Automatic Electrical Pressure-sensing Controls (XAAK) ... 563 Electric Actuators (XABE) ... 563 Humidity-sensing Controls (XACI) ... 564 Miscellaneous Controls (XACN) ... 564 Temperature-sensing Controls (XACX) ... 565 Temperature-indicating and -Regulating Equipment (XAPX) ... 566 Temperature-indicating and -Regulating Equipment, Electrical (XATJ) ... 567 Temperature-indicating and -Regulating Equipment for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (XBAI) ... 568

31 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 31 Temperature-indicating and -Regulating Equipment for Use in Hazardous ... 568 Locations (XBDV) Temporary-lighting Strings (XBRT) ... 569 ... 569 Relocatable Power Taps (XBYS) ... 569 Termination Boxes (XCKT) ... 570 Thermal Barrier Systems (XCLF) Batts and Blankets (XCLR) ... 570 ... 571 Thermal Protection for Motors (XCSZ) Electronically Protected Motors with Integral Controllers for Industrial Use (XDNZ) ... ... 571 Through-penetration Firestop Systems (XHEZ) ... 572 ... 573 Fill, Void or Cavity Materials (XHHW) ... 574 Firestop Devices (XHJI) ... 575 Forming Materials (XHKU) Through-penetrating Products (XHLY) ... 575 Time-indicating and -Recording Appliances for Use in Hazardous Locations (XIAZ) ... ... 576 Tires, Electrically Conductive Rubber, Industrial, Relating to Hazardous Locations (XJCV) ... 576 Tools (XJXX) ... 576 Electric Tool Accessories Certified for Use with Specified Equipment (XJYL) ... 576 Manual and Semiautomatic Metal-sawing Machines (XJYQ) ... 576 Portable Electric Tools (XJYW) ... 577 Chain Saws, Electric (XJZV) ... 578 Tools, Transportable and Special Purpose, Portable, Electric (XKFR) ... 579 Tools, Stationary (XKJU) ... 579 Tools for Use in Hazardous Locations (XKVL) ... 580 Portable Electric Tools for Use in Hazardous Locations (XKWH) ... 580 ... 580 Tradeshow Equipment (XNRI) Exhibition Display Units, Accessories (XNRU) ... 580 Exhibition Display Units, Attachment Plugs and Cord Connectors of the Assembled-on Type (XNRW) ... 581 Exhibition Display Units, Custom (XNSA) ... 581 Exhibition Display Units, Portable and Modular (XNSN) ... 581 Exhibition Display Units, Rebuilt (XNST) ... 582 Traffic Signal Cable Certified to IMSA Specifications (XNTL) ... 582 ... 583 Trailing Cable Certified to DIN VDE 0250 Part 813 (XNUA) Transfer Switches for Use in Fire Pump Motor Circuits (XNVE) ... 583 ... 584 Transformers (XNWX) Energy-monitoring Current Transformers (XOBA) ... 584 Transformers, Class 2 and Class 3 (XOKV) ... 584 Transformers, Dimmer (XOYT) ... 585 Transformers, Distribution, Dry Type, Over 600 Volts (XPFS) ... 585 Transformers, Distribution, Liquid-filled Type, Over 600 Volts (XPLH) ... 586 Transformers, General Purpose (XPTQ) ... 586 Transformers, Ignition (XPZZ) ... 587 Power and General-purpose Transformers, Dry Type (XQNX) ... 587

32 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 32 Transformers, Toy (XRBV) ... 588 ... 589 Transformers for Use in Hazardous Locations (XPAF) Transformers, General Purpose for Use in Hazardous Locations (XPJF) ... 589 Transformers, Distribution, Liquid-filled Type, Over 600 Volts for Use in Hazardous Locations (XPLP) ... 589 Surge-protective Device/Panelboard Extension Modules Certified for Use with ... 590 Specified Equipment (XUPD) Transit Application Equipment and Systems (XUPY) ... 590 Power Rectifiers (XUSP) ... 590 Switches, Isolating (XUTE) ... 590 Trash Compactors (XUTS) ... 591 Commercial Trash Compactors (XUUC) ... 591 Household Trash Compactors (XUUM) ... 591 ... 591 Trucks, Industrial for Use in Hazardous Locations (XVHY) Trucks, Industrial, Type EX for Use in Hazardous Locations (XXGV) ... 592 Storage Batteries, Trucks, Electric for Use in Hazardous Locations (XXIY) ... 592 ... 592 Trucks, Industrial (XVHZ) Storage Batteries, Trucks, Electric (XXHW) ... 592 Tubing and Hose, Electrically Conductive, Relating to Hazardous Locations ... (YDGZ) ... 593 ... 593 Tunnel-drilling Guidance Systems for Use in Hazardous Locations (YDUE) ... 593 Underground Feeder and Branch Circuit Cable (YDUX) ... 594 Uninterruptible Power-supply Equipment (YEDU) Maintenance Service for Uninterruptible Power-supply Systems (YEET) ... 594 Uninterruptible Power-supply Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations (YEEU) ... ... 595 ... 595 Unit Substations (YEFR) ... 596 Unit Substations Over 600 Volts (YEFV) ... 596 Valves, Electric for Use in Hazardous Locations (YTSX) Vending Machines (YWXV) ... 597 ... 597 Ventilating Equipment for Commercial Cooking Appliances (YXLT) Exhaust Hoods with Exhaust Dampers (YXZR) ... 597 Hoods/Recirculating Systems for Use with Specified Commercial Cooking 8 Appliances (YZCT) ... 59 Power Ventilators for Restaurant Exhaust Appliances (YZHW) ... 598 ... 599 Ventilators, Power (ZACT) Industrial-material Handlers (ZAJS) ... 599 Ventilators, Power for Use in Hazardous Locations (ZANE) ... 599 ... 600 Electrical Industrial Vibrators for Use in Hazardous Locations (ZBRX) Video and Audio Equipment, Professional (ZCBY) ... 600 Viscometers for Use in Hazardous Locations (ZCFV) ... 601 Waste Disposers (ZDHR) ... 601 Waste Disposers, Pulper Type (ZDIB) ... 601 Waste Disposers, Replacement Type, Household (ZDIF) ... 601 Waste Disposers, Sink Mounted (ZDII) ... 602 Wind Turbine Generating Systems (ZGAA) ... 602

33 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 33 Installation of Lightning Protection Systems for Wind Turbines (ZGBI) ... 602 Large Wind Turbine Generating Assemblies, Construction Only (ZGBP) ... 602 Lightning Protection Assemblies for Wind Turbines (ZGBS) ... 603 Wind Turbine Safety-related Control System Equipment (ZGCP) ... 603 Wind Turbine Drive-train Systems and Equipment (ZGDT) ... 604 Large Wind Turbine Generating Systems (ZGEA) ... 605 Small Wind Turbine Generating Systems (ZGEN) ... 606 Wind Turbine Inverters and Converters (ZGFA) ... 607 Wind Turbine Tower Assemblies (ZGTA) ... 608 Wind Turbine Generating System Subassemblies (ZGZJ) ... 609 Wind Turbine Tray Cable (ZGZN) ... 609 ... 610 Welding Machines (ZGLZ) Welding Machine Accessories (ZGPU) ... 610 Wheelchair Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts (ZGUW) ... 610 Wire (ZGZX) ... 611 Bus Drop Cable (ZIMX) ... 611 Festoon Cable (ZIPF) ... 611 Fixture Wire (ZIPR) ... 61 1 Flexible Cord (ZJCZ) ... 612 Flexible Motor Supply Cable (ZJFH) ... 612 Gas-Tube-Sign Cable (ZJQX) ... 613 Irrigation Feeder, Control and Signal Cable (ZJVK) ... 613 Machine-tool Wire (ZKHZ) ... 614 Pendant Cable (ZKKA) ... 614 Photovoltaic Wire (ZKLA) ... 614 Processed Wire (ZKLU) ... 615 Recreational Vehicle Cable, Low Voltage (ZKRU) ... 615 Telecommunication Central Office Power, Battery and Distribution Cable ... 615 (ZKSB) ... Telephone Service Drop Wire (ZKSG) ... 616 Thermoset-insulated Wire (ZKST) ... 616 Thermoplastic-insulated Wire (ZLGR) ... 617 Underground Low-energy Circuit Cable (ZLIA) ... 618 Welding Cable (ZMAY) ... 618 Wire, Special Purpose (ZMHX) ... 618 ... 619 Wire Connectors (ZMKQ) Bare and Covered Ferrules (ZMLF) ... 619 Crimp Tools Certified for Use with Specified Wire Connectors (ZMLS) ... 619 Multi-pole Splicing Wire Connectors (ZMNA) ... 620 Wire-connector Adapters (ZMOW) ... 621 Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs (ZMVV) ... 622 Sealed Wire-connector Systems (ZMWQ) ... 623 ... 624 Wire, Heat Resistant, for Ovens (ZNNA) Wired Cabinets (ZNXR) ... 624 Positioning Devices (ZODZ) ... 624 ... 625 Wire-pulling Compounds (ZOKZ) Wireway, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings (ZOYX) ... 626

34 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 34 Over 600 Volts Rated Equipment and Devices Category List Overcurrent Protection and Switchgear Fuses, Over 600 Volts (JEEG) ... 266 Circuit Breakers and Metal-clad Switchgear Over 1000 Volts (DLAH) ... 127 Circuit Breakers, Medium Voltage, Classified for Use in Specified Equipment (DLBC) ... ... 129 Circuit Breaker Switchgear, Metal Enclosed, Over 1000 Volts (DLBK) ... 129 Switchgear Over 1000 Volts (WVDA) ... 553 Switchgear, Gas Insulated Type, Over 1000 Volts (WVEK) ... 554 Switchgear, Metal Enclosed, Over 1000 Volts (WVGN) ... 555 Switchgear, Pad Mounted, Over 1000 Volts (WVHN) ... 556 Switches, Load Interrupter and Isolating, Over 1000 Volts (WIQG) ... 543 Transfer Switches (WPTZ) ... 548 Automatic Transfer Switches Over 1000 Volts (WPYC) ... 550 Power Distribution Equipment and Devices Grounding Equipment, Neutral Grounding Devices, Over 600 Volts (KDZC) ... 275 Surge Arresters 1000 Volts and Higher (VZQK) ... 526 Transformers, Distribution, Dry Type, Over 600 Volts (XPFS) ... 585 Transformers, Distribution, Liquid-filled Type, Over 600 Volts (XPLH) ... 586 Unit Substations Over 600 Volts (YEFV) ... 596 Wiring Methods and Devices Busways, Metal Enclosed, Over 600 Volts (CVZW) ... 108 Metal-clad Cable (PJAZ) ... 370 Metal-clad Cable Connectors, Type MC (PJOX) ... 371 Cable for Use in Hazardous Locations (PJPP) ... 372 Metal-clad Cable Classified in Accordance with UL 1569, with Metric Conductor Sizes (PJPJ) ... 371 Medium-voltage Power Cable (PITY) ... 369 Medium-voltage Cable Classified in Accordance with UL 1072, with Metric Conductor Sizes (PIVW) ... 369 Power and Control Tray Cable (QPOR) ... 436 Power and Control Tray Cable Connectors (QPOZ) ... 437 Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs (ZMVV) ... 622 Flexible Motor Supply Cable (ZJFH) ... 612 Thermoset-insulated Wire (ZKST) ... 616 Control Equipment Motor Controllers (NJOT) ... 320 Motor Controllers Over 1500 Volts (NJHU) ... 317 Motor Controller Accessories Over 1500 Volts (NJIJ) ... 319 Motor Controllers Over 1500 Volts for Use in Hazardous Locations (NRAA) ... 333 Power Conversion Equipment, Medium Voltage (NJIC) ... 318 Pump Controllers, Fire, Over 600 Volts (QZGR) ... 454

35 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 35 Distributed Power Generation Equipment Category List Distributed Generation Power Systems Equipment Distributed Generation Power Systems Equipment (QHWJ) ... 414 AC Modules (QHYZ) ... 414 Distributed Generation Wiring Systems and Harnesses (QHZS) ... 416 Distributed Resource Power Systems (QIJL) ... 420 Distributed Generation Power Systems Accessory Equipment (QIIO) ... 420 Special-purpose Inverters, Converters and Accessories for Use in Electric Power Systems (QIKF) ... .. 423 Static Inverters and Converters for Use in Independent Power Systems (QIKH) . 424 Energy Storage Systems and Equipment (FTBW) ... 199 Gas and Fuel Power Systems Engine Generators for Portable Use (FTCN) ... 200 Engine Generators (includes microturbines) (FTSR) ... 204 Controls for Stationary Engine-driven Assemblies (FTPM) ... 204 Engine Generator Enclosures, Construction Only (FTPP) ... 205 Engine Generators Fueled by Biogas or Raw Natural Gas (FTPU) ... 206 Fuel Gas Booster Compressor Equipment (IUXX) ... 252 Fuel Cell Equipment (IRGN) ... 250 Hand-held or Hand-transportable Fuel Cell Power Units and Disposable Fuel Cartridges (IRGU) ... 250 Stationary Fuel Cell Systems (IRGZ) ... 251 Hydrogen Generators, Water Reaction Type (NCBR) ... 311 Photovoltaic Power Systems Energy Storage Systems and Equipment (FTBW) ... 199 Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail and Stationary Applications (BBFX) ... 87 Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (DIUR) ... 120 Circuit Breakers, Molded-case Circuit Breakers and Molded-case Switches for Use in Wind Turbines (DIXM) ... 123 Fuseholders, Photovoltaic (IZMR) ... 258 Photovoltaic Manual-disconnect Switches (NMSJ) ... 325 Fuses for Photovoltaic Systems (JFGA) ... 263 Building-integrated Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (QHZK) ... 414 Building-integrated Photovoltaic Mounting Systems (QHZQ) ... 415 Distributed Generation Wiring Systems and Harnesses (QHZS) ... 416 Flat-plate, Low-concentration Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (QHZU) ... 416 Photovoltaic Charge Controllers (QIBP) ... 417 Concentrator Photovoltaic Modules and Assemblies(QICP) ... 417 Photovoltaic DC Arc-fault Circuit Protection (QIDC) ... 418 Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (QIGU) ... 418 Photovoltaic Modules and Panels with System Voltage Ratings Over 600 Volts (QIIA) ... ... 420 Photovoltaic Modules and Panels, Remanufactured (QIGZ) ... 419 Photovoltaic Solar Trackers (QIKA) ... 422 Photovoltaic Rapid Shutdownsystems (QIJS) ... 421 Photovoltaic Rapid Shutdown System Equipment (QIJW) ... 422 Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping Devices and Ground Lugs for Use with Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (QIMS) ... 426 Switches, Open Type for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (WHVA) ... 539 Switches, Dead-front for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (WHXX) ... 541 Switches, Enclosed for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (WIBC) ... 542

36 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 36 Switches, Molded Case, for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (WJBE) ... 544 Photovoltaic Wire (ZKLA) ... 614 Wind Power Systems Energy Storage Systems and Equipment (FTBW) ... 199 Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail and Stationary Applications (BBFX) ... 87 Wind Turbine Generating Systems (ZGAA) ... 602 Installation of Lightning Protection Systems for Wind Turbines (ZGBI) ... 602 Large Wind Turbine Generating Assemblies, Construction Only (ZGBP) ... 602 Lightning Protection Assemblies for Wind Turbines (ZGBS) ... 603 Wind Turbine Safety-related Control System Equipment (ZGCP) ... 603 Wind Turbine Drive-train Systems and Equipment (ZGDT) ... 604 Large Wind Turbine Generating Systems (ZGEA) ... 605 Small Wind Turbine Generating Systems (ZGEN) ... 606 Wind Turbine Inverters and Converters (ZGFA) ... 607 Wind Turbine Tower Assemblies (ZGTA) ... 608 Wind Turbine Generating System Subassemblies (ZGZJ) ... 609 Wind Turbine Tray Cable (ZGZN) ... 609 Light Emitting Diode (LED) Category List Emergency Light-emitting-diode Drivers (FTBV) ... 199 Light-emitting-diode Arrays, Modules and Controllers (FKSZ) ... 185 Luminaire Conversions, Retrofit (IEUQ) ... 220 Light-emitting-diode Luminaires (IFAK) ... 227 Light-emitting-diode Surface-mounted Luminaires (IFAM) ... 227 Light-emitting-diode Recessed Luminaires (IFAO) ... 227 Light-emitting-diode Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits (IFAR) ... 228 Light-emitting-diode Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits for Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers (IFAS) ... 229 Light-emitting-diode Stage and Studio Luminaires and Accessories (IFEC) ... 234 Retrofit Low-voltage-luminaire Conversion Kits (IFES) ... 234 Organic Light-emitting-diode Panels (OOQS) ... 356 Solid-state Light Engines (OORA) ... 357 Lamps, Self-ballasted, Light-emitting-diode Type (OOLV) ... 355 Portable Cabinet Light-emitting-diode Luminaires (QOVA) ... 431 Light-emitting-diode Luminaires, Portable (QOVZ) ... 432 Signs (UXYT) ... ... 517 Sign Conversions, Retrofit (UYWU) ... 520 Electric Signs Certified for Energy Efficiency in Accordance with California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6, Section 148 (ENVS) ... 166 Exit Sign Conversion Kits (FWCF) ... 210 Exit Sign Retrofit Kits (GGET) ... 211

37 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 37 Introduction The White Book contains the General Guide Information for UL’s Electrical Construction Equipment and Hazardous Locations Equipment product categories. In addition, General Guide Information for selected Electrical Appliance and Utilization Equipment; Fire Protection, Fire Resistance and Building Materials Equipment; Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equipment; Mechanical Equipment and Associ- ated Products; Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases Equipment; and Plumbing and Associated Products categories is also included in the White Book. Attention is directed specifically to the General Guide Information following the product category headings that describe limitations of the Certifications, such as current, voltage and horsepower and installation provisions. The scope and sizes and ratings specified in the General Guide Information is intended to indicate the current range of Certifications, and is not necessarily indicative of the limitations for Certification. The White Book includes ten UL Marking and Application Guides. UL developed these Guides to assist Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs) and installers in understanding the meanings and locations of markings associated with switchboards, panelboards, circuit breakers, luminaires, swimming pools and spas, electrical heating and cooling equipment, wire and cable, alternative energy and lightning protection. UL developed the Application Guides to assist code and inspection authorities, electric utilities, contractors, installers, users, system designers, and other interested parties in understanding the basic components of alternative energy systems and lightning protection systems and the applicable codes and standards in order to facilitate a reasonably safe and code-compliant installation. See Appendix A. The White Book does not contain the names of companies authorized to use the UL Mark, nor does it contain specific identification of products authorized to bear the UL Mark. Such information appears in the Online Certifications directory. Only those products bearing the appropriate UL Mark and the company’s name, trade name, trademark or other authorized identification should be considered as being covered by UL’s Certification, Listing, Classification and Follow-Up Service. The UL Mark provides evidence of listing or labeling, which may be required by installation codes or standards. Many of the products bearing the UL Mark incorporate components that bear the UL Recognized is applicable to components that are incomplete Component Mark. The Recognized Component Mark in construction features or limited in performance capabilities. The Recognized Component Mark does not provide evidence of listing or labeling, which may be required by installation codes or standards. Information on The White Book contains General Guide Information in effect as of April 27th, 2015. new or revised product categories established after the effective date will be found in UL’s Online Certifications Directory at www.ul.com/database and will appear in the next annual White Book. Look for the UL Mark Identification of UL Listed and Classified Products The symbol and the name ‘‘Underwriters Laboratories Inc.’’ in various forms and abbreviations are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and in numerous other countries. Subject to the or other terms of UL’s Follow-Up Service Agreement, companies are permitted to use the symbol specified forms of UL’s name as part of the UL Mark on products that are Certified, Listed or Classified and that comply with UL’s requirements. The product name as indicated in the General Guide Information for each product category is generally included as part of the UL Mark, but may be omitted when, in UL’s opinion, the use of the name is unnecessary and the UL Mark is directly and permanently applied to the product by stamping, molding, ink-stamping, silk screening or similar processes. A separable UL Mark (not part of a nameplate and in the form of decals, stickers or labels) will always , the word ‘‘LISTED’’ or ‘‘CLASSIFIED,’’ the product include the following four elements: UL’s symbol or category name, and a control number assigned by UL. The complete UL Mark will appear on the product unless otherwise indicated in the General Guide Information for a specific product category.

38 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 38 When a UL Certified or Listed product is of such a size, shape, material or surface texture that, in UL’s opinion, it is impossible to apply legibly the complete marking to the product, the complete UL Listing Mark will appear on the smallest unit container in which the product is packaged. In these cases UL may on the product in addition to the complete UL Mark on the package. authorize the use of the UL symbol When a UL Certified or Classified product is of such a size, shape, material or surface texture that, in UL’s opinion, it is impossible to apply legibly the complete marking to the product, the complete UL Classification Mark will appear on the smallest unit container in which the product is packaged. In these cases there shall be no reference to UL on the product. Refer to the General Guide Information for each product category for additional information on the specific UL Mark for the products in the category. UL Certification Services and Marks UL Certification Mark Launched in mid-2013, the enhanced UL Certification Mark can be used on both UL Listed and Classified products and is intended to make it easier and simpler for stakeholders to understand the scope of UL’s certifications of a specific product. The enhanced UL Certification Mark makes it possible to bundle multiple UL certifications for multiple geographies into a single Mark design. Today, this mark is used for products certified to U.S., Canadian, European and Japanese requirements. This Mark utilizes a unique identifier to enable stakeholders to search UL’s Online Certifications Directory at www.ul.com/database to quickly to review detailed certification information. All currently existing versions of UL’s Listing and Classification Marks remain valid and should continue to be accepted as an indication of certification. UL expects the transition to the enhanced Mark to happen over time, so you may not see it in the immediate future. For more information on this important development, please go to www.ul.com/ markshub > Resources. Access to the Marks Hub is free and open to all regulators, but registration to use it is required. Enhanced UL Certified Mark Enhanced UL Certified Mark Listing Service UL’s Listing Service is the most familiar form of UL’s product safety certification programs. The UL Listing Mark on a product means that the manufacturer has demonstrated the ability to produce a product that complies with appropriate requirements regarding reasonably foreseeable risks associated with the product. The UL Listing Mark for Canada is applied to products for use in Canada that have been investigated to Canadian safety requirements. The UL Listing Mark for Canada and the U.S. is applied to products for use in the U.S. and Canada that have been investigated to the requirements of both countries. UL conducts Follow-Up Service as an audit of the means the manufacturer uses to determine continued compliance of the product with UL’s requirements. UL Listing Mark for Canada UL Listing Mark UL Listing Mark for Canada and the United States

39 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 39 Classification Service With UL’s Classification Service, UL determines that a manufacturer has demonstrated the ability to produce a product that complies with its requirements for the purpose of classification or evaluation regarding one or more of the following: (1) specific risks only, such as casualty, fire or shock; (2) performance under specified conditions; (3) regulatory codes; (4) other standards, including international or regional standards; or (5) other conditions UL may consider desirable. UL conducts Follow-Up Service as an audit of the means the manufacturer uses to determine continued compliance of the product with UL’s requirements. UL Classification Mark for Canada and UL Classification Mark UL Classification Mark for Canada the United States UL’s Classification Mark includes a qualifying statement designated by UL. A UL Classification Mark for Canada is used for products intended for the Canadian marketplace. It indicates that UL has used Canadian standards to investigate the product for specific hazards or properties. A UL Classification Mark for Canada and the U.S. is used for products intended for the Canadian and U.S. marketplaces. This Mark indicates that UL has used the requirements of both countries to investigate the product for specific hazards or properties. Component Recognition Service Many UL investigations of equipment involve an evaluation of the suitability of components such as relays, thermostats, switches, etc. for specific applications. Where such components are designed to comply with all the construction and performance requirements of the category, they are eligible for UL Listing and suitable for either field or factory installation. In some situations, components of special design may be incomplete in construction or restricted in performance capabilities and not Recognized for use as field-installed components. These components may be entirely suitable for factory installation on other equipment where the limitations of use are known to the manufacturer and where their use within such limitations may be investigated by UL. With UL’s Component Recognition Service, UL determines that a manufacturer has demonstrated the ability to produce a component for use in an end product that complies with UL’s requirements. This type of investigation takes into account the performance and construction characteristics of the end product and how the component will be used in that product. UL conducts Follow-Up Service as an audit of the means the manufacturer uses to determine continued compliance of the component with UL’s requirements. UL Recognized Component Mark for UL Recognized Component Mark for UL Recognized Component Mark Canada and the United States Canada UL Recognized Components, or their packaging, are eligible to bear the UL Recognized Component Mark, the UL Recognized Component Mark for Canada, or the UL Recognized Component Mark for Canada and the U.S. The Recognized Component Mark does not provide evidence of listing or labeling, which may be required by installation codes or standards.

40 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 40 Field Evaluation Service This service covers on-site safety evaluations of installed products or systems, conducted by UL technical staff. UL’s Field Evaluated Product Mark (below) can be applied to the product in the field if the product complies with UL’s safety requirements. UL Field Evaluated Product Mark Field Inspection Service This service covers on-site safety inspections of products that were eligible to bear a UL Mark at the time of manufacture, but the UL Mark is not present on the product. A UL representative can perform an inspection and, if the product is determined to meet UL requirements, a UL Mark will be applied to the product.

41 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 41 INSTALLATION AND USE OF PRODUCTS BEARING THE UL MARK Use of the White Book The White Book includes the following: ■ A compilation of all product categories applicable to an electrical inspector arranged alphabetically by category code General Guide Information for each product category that includes references to the requirements ■ used for the investigation of the products and the UL Mark to be used on the product•Information relating to limitations or special conditions applying to the product•The titles and designations of standards or requirements that have been used for the investigation of products in a specific product category Index of UL Product Categories and Industry Terms ■ NEC® ■ Index of UL Product Categories Correlated to the 2014 ■ Index of UL Product Categories Correlated to the 2011 NEC® ■ UL Marking and Application Guides UL’s Online Certifications Directory Quick Guide (to assist in finding General Guide Information and ■ Listings online) UL Certification, Listing and Classification information is arranged alphabetically in the White Book by product category code. The four-letter code (shown in parentheses) following each category title is the product category code designation. This information may include the identification of published standards that have been used to investigate products in that category. There may not be a published standard against which a product can be tested and evaluated to determine its acceptability for the UL Mark. If no applicable standard is available, UL will exercise its judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from standards and other sources and will develop requirements to cover uses and conditions for which specific requirements did not previously exist. The scope of each UL Standard for Safety and Outline of Investigation can be accessed at http://ulstandards.ul.com/standards-catalog. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the White Book subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information must be presented in it’s entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data. 2. The statement ‘‘Reprinted from the White Book with permission from UL LLC.’’ must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: ‘‘© 2015 UL LLC.’’

42 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 42 Practical Application of the White Book in the Field Using the White Book in the field to help identify the intended use of a Listed product to assist in NEC® ), can determining compliance with Section 110.3(B) of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ ( be accomplished by at least two methods. Method 1 — NEC® for which you are seeking to determine compliance, If you know the Section in the 2014 or 2011 locate the NEC® in the back of the White Index of UL Product Categories Correlated to the 2014 or 2011 Book on page 627 for the 2014 or page 676 for the 2011 and search for the Code Section in question. The index may identify product categories applicable to the NEC® Section referenced if specific product categories exist for that Code Section. This index is a guide only and there may be other product categories for which Listed products are covered that may be applicable to the Code Section. Method 2 — This is a three-step process detailed below: Step 1 - Determine the Product Identity from the UL Listing Mark. For the Enhanced UL Certification Mark, see Anatomy of the Enhanced Certification mark on page 44. Step 2 - Locate the Product Identity in the Index of UL Product Categories and Industry Terms located in the back of the White Book in Appendix C. Once you have located the product identity, use the Index of UL Product Categories and Industry Terms in the back of the White Book in Appendix C to find the product category. The index will identify the product category and the page number for the product category Guide Information.

43 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 43 Step 3 - Access the product category Guide Information page identified in the Index of UL Product Categories and Industry Terms. Once you locate the page, you will be able to find the Guide Information for the product category, in this case Signs (UXYT). See the Guide Information for Signs (UXYT) below.

44 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 44 Anatomy of the Enhanced UL Certification Mark 1. BASIC UL CERTIFICATION MARK The basic UL Certification Mark consists of the UL Enterprise logo; the word “Certified” that describes the service UL delivered; and the registered trademark symbol. 2. ATTRIBUTES To describe a product’s UL Certification, the following attributes may now appear in the enhanced Mark. These designations detail the type of requirements for which the product has been certified. Depending on the product and its Certifications, one or more of these attributes may appear in the module of the Mark. In addition, some attributes are used in conjunction with the Safety attribute within the module. SAFETY HEALTH EFFECTS FUNCTIONAL SAFETY PERFORMANCE MARINE SANITATION SECURITY NEBS ENERGY SIGNALING 3. SERVICE DESCRIPTION This is the service that UL provided in order to receive the UL Certification Mark. 4. MODULE A module is added to the Basic UL Certification Mark to house attributes, country codes and unique identifiers.

45 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 45 5. COUNTRY CODES The UL Certification Mark design uses a two-digit ISO country code to indicate the geography whose standards are used for Certification. In some cases such as certification to ISO or IEC standards, a country code will not appear in the Enhanced Mark module. Please refer to the appropriate category for more information. EU = Europe JP = Japan US = United States CA = Canada 6. UNIQUE ID UL Certification Marks may have a unique identifier or a file number located in a module, others will have the product identity adjacent to the Certification Mark. This aids with traceability and provides more information about a product’s Certification. This information can be verified on UL’s Online Certifications Database at www.ul.com/database by entering the identifier in the File Number or Keyword Field. This will link you to the Certification information including the Product Category Guide Information and Certification record. See note 7 for more information on the product identity. 7. PRODUCT IDENTITY Adjacent to the UL Certification Mark may be a marking that indicates the Product Identity. The product identity may be either on the same label or adjacent to it. To verify the product category in the UL White Book, locate the product identity then use the Index of Product Categories and Industry terms in the back of the White Book in Appendix C to find the product category. This index will identify the product category and the page number for the product category Guide Information. See the Practical Application of the White Book in the Field, Method 2 on page 727 for more information on using the Index of UL Product Categories and Industry Terms in Appendix C.

46 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USERS OF THE WHITE BOOK 46 Field Modifications What happens to the Listing if a UL-Listed product is modified in the field? An authorized use of the UL Mark is the manufacturer’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured in accordance with the applicable requirements when it was shipped from the factory. When a UL-Listed product is modified after it leaves the factory, UL has no way to determine if the product continues to comply with the safety requirements used to certify the product without investigating the modified product. UL can neither indicate that such modifications ‘‘ void’’ the UL Mark, nor that the product continues to meet UL’s safety requirements, unless the field modifications have been specifically investigated by UL. It is the responsibility of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to determine the acceptability of the modification or if the modifications are significant enough to require one of UL’s Field Engineering Services staff members to evaluate the modified product. UL can assist the AHJ in making this determination. An exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when the product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switchboard may have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switchboard is marked with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investigated for use in that particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are included on the marking on the product have been investigated for use in that product. If a party wishes UL to determine if the modifications made to a UL Listed product comply with UL requirements, the appropriate Field Engineering Service can be initiated to investigate the modifications. This investigation will only be conducted after UL consults with the AHJ to ensure that UL’s investigation addresses all areas of concern and meets all of the AHJ’s needs. If you have any questions or would like to inquire about a Field Evaluation, contact Field Services at +1-877-UL-HELPS, prompt #2 (+1-877-854-3577) or visit http://www.ul.com/field/. Field Labeling Is it permissible to apply a UL Mark in the field? The application of a UL Mark in the field is only permitted when an inspection is conducted under one of UL’s Field Engineering Services in the presence of a UL representative. CE Marking Information A CE Marking is a European marking of conformity that indicates that a product complies with the essential requirements of the applicable European laws or Directives with respect to safety, health, environment and consumer protection. Generally, this conformity to the applicable directives is done through self-declaration. The CE Marking is required on products in the countries of the European Economic Area (EEA) to facilitate trade between the member countries. The manufacturer or his authorized representative established in the EEA is responsible for affixing the CE Marking to his product. The CE Marking provides a means for a manufacturer to demonstrate that his product complies with a common set of laws required by all of the countries in the EEA to allow free movement of trade within the EEA countries. Unlike the UL Mark, the CE Marking: Is not a safety certification mark, ■ ■ Is generally based on self-declaration rather than third-party certification, and Does not demonstrate compliance to North American safety standards or installation codes. ■ A product that bears a CE Marking may also bear a certification mark, such as UL’s Listing Mark; however, the CE Marking and the UL Mark have no association. The UL Mark indicates compliance with the applicable safety requirements in effect in North America and is evidence of UL certification, which is National Electrical Code® and the accepted by model North American installation codes, such as the Canadian Electrical Code® . The CE Marking on products is not a certification mark. AHJs should continue to look for the UL Mark on products in order to determine if a product complies with applicable safety requirements for North America.

47 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (AAFP) BUILDING MATERIALS (AABM) BUILDING MATERIALS (AABM) fire and emergency services protective clothing, and automotive fire appa- GENERAL ratus. Also included are furnishings in buildings investigated for combus- Building materials include adhesives, coatings, acoustical materials and tibility, such as upholstered furniture, mattresses, and warehouse pallets. the like, investigated for surface burning characteristics, such as flame This equipment is intended for use only as described in the general spread and smoke developed during fire exposure. Other building materials Guide Information for each product category and individual certifications. include prefabricated buildings, structural building products, gypsum This equipment has been investigated for use as described in the instruc- board, fireplaces and chimneys, elevator equipment, and exiting equipment, tions and markings provided with the equipment. The use of the equip- such as exit signs, exit appliances, and emergency lighting and power ment in conditions other than described in the instructions, markings and equipment. the general Guide Information for the applicable product category has not INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS been investigated by UL. The scope of product sizes and ratings appearing in the general Guide CERTIFICATE SERVICE Information for some product categories is intended to indicate the current Fire alarm systems require extensive installation work and maintenance range of certified products, however, it is not necessarily indicative of limi- by the certified installing company. UL’s Standards for these systems tations for those certified products. cover installation methods, extent of protection, and maintenance service, The standards used to investigate products are identified in the general PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE which are supervised under UL’s Certificate Service. Guide Information for each product category. There may not always be a Under Certificate Service, UL authorizes the issuance of UL’s certificates published standard for investigating a product to determine its acceptability for certification. If no applicable standard is available, UL will exercise its to installations which the certified installing company represents to be in judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from related standards compliance with requirements established for the product category. The and other sources to develop the requirements to cover uses and conditions certificate indicates the classification, extent, location of equipment, period for which specific requirements did not previously exist. covered by the certificate, and name of the installing company. Products, equipment and construction materials certified by UL in accor- UL conducts countercheck field examinations of representative installa- dance with international or regional standards only (e.g., products certified tions of the certified installing company. UL assumes no liability for any to an IEC or ISO standard) are intended for distribution, installation and loss that may result from failure of the equipment, incorrect certification use in areas of the world where the specified standards have been adopted or nonconformity with requirements. If installations not in compliance and are in effect as national or regional standards. with UL’s requirements are found as a result of field examinations, they INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS are subject to correction by the certified installing company or cancella- The limitations for the equipment as specified in the general Guide Infor- tion of the certificate. mation for each product category such as voltage and temperature limits, All of a company’s alarm system installations may not be covered markings, special descriptions and installation provisions need to be noted under UL’s Certificate Service. Only those installations for which a certifi- prior to installation and use. cate has been properly issued are covered under UL’s Certificate Service. Equipment has been investigated with reference to risks to life and prop- UL maintains a Certificate Verification Service (ULCVS) that allows erty and for potential conformity to the installation and use provisions of Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs) to verify up-to-date Certificate the applicable installation codes and standards of the National Fire Protec- information and identify companies eligible to issue Certificates as of the tion Association (NFPA), and applicable model codes identified in the gen- date of the inquiry. Only those alarm or signal system installations for eral Guide Information for each product category. which a Certificate has been issued are covered under UL’s Certificate Some products are certified for uses not within the scope of nationally rec- Service. The verification of a Certificate on ULCVS is the only method UL ognized installation codes and standards. Such products are investigated for provides to identify the Certificated alarm systems actively covered under the specifications or use conditions indicated in the general Guide Informa- its Certification and Follow-Up Service. tion for each product category. INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS These products are intended for installation subject to approval by the The scope of product sizes and ratings appearing in the general Guide Authority Having Jurisdiction. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be Information for some product categories is intended to indicate the cur- consulted before installation. rent range of certified products, however, it is not necessarily indicative of INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS limitations for those certified products. These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the instal- The standards used to investigate products are identified in the general lation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the caution- Guide Information for each product category. There may not always be a ary statements and installation and operating instructions on the product published standard for investigating a product to determine its accept- and in accompanying literature be followed. ability for certification. If no applicable standard is available, UL will FIELD MODIFICATIONS exercise its judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured when related standards and other sources to develop the requirements to cover shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the manufactur- uses and conditions for which specific requirements did not previously er’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured in accordance exist. with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what the effect of a Products, equipment and construction materials certified by UL in modification may have on the safety of the product or the continued valid- accordance with international or regional standards only (e.g., products ity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifications have been spe- certified to an IEC or ISO standard) are intended for distribution, installa- cifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a modified product, UL tion and use in areas of the world where the specified standards have cannot indicate that the product continues to meet UL’s safety requirements. been adopted and are in effect as national or regional standards. The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when the INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switchboard may The limitations for the equipment as specified in the general Guide have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switchboard is marked Information for each product category such as voltage and temperature with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investigated for use in that limits, markings, special descriptions and installation provisions need to particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are included on the prod- be noted prior to installation and use. uct have been investigated for use in that product. Equipment has been investigated with reference to risks to life and ************************* property and for potential conformity to the installation and use provi- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not sions of the applicable installation codes and standards of the National assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Fire Protection Association, and applicable model codes identified in the any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, general Guide Information for each product category. expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Some products are certified for uses not within the scope of nationally out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this recognized installation codes and standards. Such products are investi- Guide Information. gated for the specifications or use conditions indicated in the general Guide Information for each product category. FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT These products are intended for installation subject to approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be (AAFP) consulted before installation. INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS GENERAL These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the Fire protection equipment includes fire suppression equipment and sys- installation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the tems, fire alarm equipment and fire fighting equipment, such as fire hoses, LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT 47

48 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (AAFP) FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (AAFP) 48 cautionary statements and installation and operating instructions on the any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising product and in accompanying literature be followed. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this FIELD MODIFICATIONS Guide Information. The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured when shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the manufactur- er’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured in accordance with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what the effect of a modification may have on the safety of the product or the continued valid- HEATING, COOLING, VENTILATING ity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifications have been spe- AND COOKING EQUIPMENT (AAHC) cifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a modified product, UL cannot indicate that the product continues to meet UL’s safety requirements. GENERAL The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when the This equipment is intended for heating, cooling, refrigerating, ventilating product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switchboard may and cooking, and uses various energy sources including electricity, gas, petroleum-base liquid, solid fuel or solar energy. have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switchboard is marked Fuel-fired equipment is intended for use only with the fuels described in with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investigated for use in that the general Guide Information for each product category and individual cer- particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are included on the prod- tifications. This equipment has been investigated for use as described in the uct have been investigated for use in that product. instructions and markings provided with the equipment. The use of the INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USE equipment with other fuels, and in conditions other than described in the Unless outdoor use is specifically indicated in the general Guide Informa- instructions, markings and the general Guide Information for the applicable tion for the product category or included in the individual certifications of product category, has not been investigated by UL. the product, individual appliances have been investigated only for use INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS indoors, unless the product, by its inherent nature, is obviously intended for The scope of product sizes and ratings appearing in the general Guide use outdoors. Information for some product categories is intended to indicate the current ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS range of certified products, however, it is not necessarily indicative of limi- — The ampere or wattage marking on electrical power- General tations for those certified products. consuming equipment is valid only when the equipment is supplied at its The standards used to investigate products are identified in the general marked rated voltage. In general, the current input to electric heating appli- Guide Information for each product category. There may not always be a ances or resistance heating equipment will increase in direct proportion to published standard for investigating a product to determine its acceptability an increase in the supply voltage, while the current input to an induction for certification. If no applicable standard is available, UL will exercise its motor supplying a constant load will increase approximately in direct pro- judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from related standards portion to a decrease in the supply voltage. These increases in current can and other sources to develop the requirements to cover uses and conditions cause overcurrent protection devices to open even when these devices are for which specific requirements did not previously exist. properly selected on the basis of nameplate ratings. Products, equipment and construction materials certified by UL in accor- — Except as noted in the general Guide Information Supply Conductors dance with international or regional standards only (e.g., products certified for some product categories, most terminals are for use only with copper to an IEC or ISO standard) are intended for distribution, installation and wire unless marked otherwise. If aluminum or copper-clad aluminum wire use in areas of the world where the specified standards have been adopted can be used, marking to indicate this fact is provided. Such marking is and are in effect as national or regional standards. required to be independent of any marking on terminal connectors, such as INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS on a wiring diagram or other visible location. The marking may be in an The limitations for the equipment as specified in the general Guide Infor- abbreviated form, such as ‘‘AL-CU.’’ mation for each product category such as voltage and temperature limits, Except as noted below or in the general Guide Information for certain markings, special descriptions and installation provisions need to be noted product categories, the electrical termination provisions on equipment are prior to installation and use. based on the use of 60°C insulated conductors in circuits rated 100 A or less Equipment has been investigated with reference to risks to life and prop- and the use of 75°C insulated conductors in higher rated circuits. erty and for potential conformity to the installation and use provisions of If the electrical termination provisions on equipment are based on the use the applicable installation codes and standards of the National Fire Protec- of other conductors, the equipment is either marked with both the size and tion Association (NFPA), and applicable model codes identified in the gen- temperature rating of the conductors to be used or with only the tempera- eral Guide Information for each product category. ture rating of the conductors to be used. If the equipment is only marked In addition, certain products have been investigated with reference to for use with conductors having a higher (75 or 90°C) temperature rating environmental and public health effects and for potential conformity to the (wire size not specified), the 60°C ampacities (for circuits rated 100 A or installation and use provisions of applicable environmental and public less) and 75°C ampacities (for circuits rated over 100 A) specified in Table health requirements, if so indicated in the general Guide Information for 310.15(B)(16) of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), should each product category. be used to determine wire size. Conductors having a temperature rating Some products are certified for uses not within the scope of nationally rec- higher than specified may be used, though not required, if the size of the ognized installation codes and standards. Such products are investigated for conductors is determined on the basis of the 60°C ampacity (circuits rated the specifications or use conditions indicated in the general Guide Informa- 100 A or less) or 75°C ampacity (circuits rated over 100 A). tion for each product category. Copper-clad aluminum conductors are subject to the ampacity require- These products are intended for installation subject to approval by the ments applicable to aluminum conductors. Authority Having Jurisdiction. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be — Copper pigtail leads may be used with aluminum or Terminations consulted before installation. copper-clad aluminum supply wires in dry locations if 1) the splicing INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS devices are certified for use in joining copper to aluminum, 2) there is suffi- These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the instal- cient wiring space, and 3) the means provided for connecting the wiring lation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the caution- system are acceptable for the wire size used. ary statements and installation and operating instructions on the product Supply terminals of 15 A and 20 A switches and receptacles not marked and in accompanying literature be followed. ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors FIELD MODIFICATIONS only. Terminals marked ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with aluminum, copper and The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured when copper-clad aluminum conductors. shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the manufactur- Screwless pressure terminal connectors of the conductor push-in type are er’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured in accordance for use only with copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors, both solid with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what the effect of a and stranded unless otherwise limited by marking. modification may have on the safety of the product or the continued valid- Terminals of switches and receptacles rated 30 A and above not marked ity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifications have been spe- ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with copper conductors only. Terminals of switches cifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a modified product, UL rated 30 A and above marked ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with aluminum, copper cannot indicate that the product continues to meet UL’s safety requirements. and copper-clad aluminum conductors. The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when the Combination of dissimilar conductors in terminal or splicing connectors is product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switchboard may acceptable only in dry locations and when the connectors are identified as have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switchboard is marked suitable for such intermixing. with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investigated for use in that Hazardous Locations — Electrical equipment and appliances are not particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are included on the prod- intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations, as defined in the NEC, uct have been investigated for use in that product. unless specifically identified as suitable for use in hazardous locations. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USE ************************* Unless outdoor use is specifically indicated in the general Guide Informa- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not tion for the product category or included in the individual certifications of assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

49 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK HEATING, COOLING, VENTILATING AND COOKING EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II AND EQUIPMENT (AAHC) III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) 49 – General Requirements,’’ 46CFR112, ‘‘Emergency Lighting and Power the product, individual appliances have been investigated only for use indoors, unless the product, by its inherent nature, is obviously intended Systems,’’ and 46CFR113, ‘‘Communication and Alarm Systems and for use outdoors. Equipment.’’ Those products investigated for conformity to the installation ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS and use provisions of the USCG Regulations are identified in the general General — The ampere or wattage marking on electrical power- Guide Information for each product category or the individual certifica- consuming equipment is valid only when the equipment is supplied at its tions for the product. Attention is called to the limitations of the indi- marked rated voltage. In general, the current input to electric heating vidual certifications specified in the general Guide Information for each appliances or resistance heating equipment will increase in direct propor- product category, such as current, voltage, horsepower limits, markings, tion to an increase in the supply voltage, while the current input to an special descriptions and installation provisions. induction motor supplying a constant load will increase approximately in Unless equipment is identified in 1) the product category title as relating direct proportion to a decrease in the supply voltage. These increases in to hazardous (classified) locations or 2) the individual certifications as current can cause overcurrent protection devices to open even when these apparatus for use in unclassified locations, all product categories contain devices are properly selected on the basis of nameplate ratings. electrical equipment for use in Class I, II and III hazardous (classified) Supply Conductors — Except as noted in the general Guide Information locations. for some product categories, most terminals are for use only with copper Regarding electrical equipment for use in and relating to Zone classified wire unless marked otherwise. If aluminum or copper-clad aluminum locations, some general technical information is provided together with wire can be used, marking to indicate this fact is provided. Such marking the specific technical information provided regarding Division classified is required to be independent of any marking on terminal connectors, locations. For additional specific technical information regarding Zone such as on a wiring diagram or other visible location. The marking may PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE classified locations, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Zone Classi- be in an abbreviated form, such as ‘‘AL-CU.’’ fied Hazardous Locations (AANZ). Except as noted below or in the general Guide Information for certain Electrical equipment for use in and relating to hazardous (classified) product categories, the electrical termination provisions on equipment are locations must also comply with the applicable requirements for the same based on the use of 60°C insulated conductors in circuits rated 100 A or type of equipment for use in unclassified locations. For additional infor- less and the use of 75°C insulated conductors in higher rated circuits. mation, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). If the electrical termination provisions on equipment are based on the HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS — GENERAL use of other conductors, the equipment is either marked with both the INFORMATION size and temperature rating of the conductors to be used or with only the Hazardous (classified) locations, as defined in the NEC, are locations temperature rating of the conductors to be used. If the equipment is only where fire or explosion hazards may exist due to the presence of flam- marked for use with conductors having a higher (75 or 90°C) temperature mable gases, vapors or flammable liquids, combustible dusts, or ignitable rating (wire size not specified), the 60°C ampacities (for circuits rated 100 fibers or flyings. A or less) and 75°C ampacities (for circuits rated over 100 A) specified in There are two independent classification systems. One system, found in Table 310.15(B)(16) of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), Article 500 of the NEC, divides all hazardous (classified) locations into should be used to determine wire size. Conductors having a temperature Classes, Divisions and Groups. A Division 1 location is a location where rating higher than specified may be used, though not required, if the size an ignitable concentration of a flammable or combustible material is pres- of the conductors is determined on the basis of the 60°C ampacity (circuits ent under normal operating conditions. A Division 2 location is a location rated 100 A or less) or 75°C ampacity (circuits rated over 100 A). where an ignitable concentration of a flammable or combustible material is Copper-clad aluminum conductors are subject to the ampacity require- present only under abnormal operating conditions. ments applicable to aluminum conductors. The other classification system is found in Articles 505 and 506 of the Terminations — Copper pigtail leads may be used with aluminum or NEC: copper-clad aluminum supply wires in dry locations if 1) the splicing Article 505 divides locations having gases and vapors into Class I, devices are certified for use in joining copper to aluminum, 2) there is suf- Zones and Gas Groups. A Zone 0 location is a location where ignit- ficient wiring space, and 3) the means provided for connecting the wiring able concentrations are present continuously or for long period of system are acceptable for the wire size used. time. A Zone 1 location is a location where ignitable concentrations Supply terminals of 15 A and 20 A switches and receptacles not marked are likely to exist under normal operating conditions. A Zone 2 loca- ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with copper and copper-clad aluminum conduc- tion is a location where ignitable concentrations are not likely to tors only. Terminals marked ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with aluminum, cop- occur in normal operation and, if they do occur, will only persist for per and copper-clad aluminum conductors. a short period. Screwless pressure terminal connectors of the conductor push-in type are Article 506 divides locations having dusts, fibers or flyings into for use only with copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors, both Zones. A Zone 20 location is a location where ignitable concentrations solid and stranded unless otherwise limited by marking. are present continuously or for long periods of time. A Zone 21 loca- Terminals of switches and receptacles rated 30 A and above not marked tion is a location where ignitable concentrations are likely to exist ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with copper conductors only. Terminals of switches under normal operating conditions. A Zone 22 location is a location rated 30 A and above marked ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with aluminum, cop- where ignitable concentrations are not likely to occur in normal per and copper-clad aluminum conductors. operation and, if they do occur, will only persist for a short period. Combination of dissimilar conductors in terminal or splicing connectors Protection against explosion in hazardous (classified) locations requires is acceptable only in dry locations and when the connectors are identified that all equipment that could be exposed to the flammable or combustible as suitable for such intermixing. atmospheres be of a type suitable for installation in such locations. The Hazardous Locations — Electrical equipment and appliances are not Classes and Groups for which equipment has been certified are shown in intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations, as defined in the NEC, the individual certifications under the respective categories and are unless specifically identified as suitable for use in hazardous locations. marked on the equipment itself. In addition, intrinsically safe circuit- ************************* wiring terminals and intrinsically safe equipment is marked ‘‘Intrinsically UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Safe.’’ not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Gas, Vapor and Dust Groups turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for The following paragraphs group flammable and explosive mixtures of any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- specific gases, vapors and dusts in accordance with the NEC classifications ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- noted in Article 500. For a complete list of group classifications for Class I ance upon this Guide Information. and II materials where used within Divisions 1 or 2, see ANSI/NFPA 497, ‘‘Recommended Practice for the Classification of Flammable Liquids, Gases, or Vapors and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND Installations in Chemical Process Areas,’’ and ANSI/NFPA 499, ‘‘Recom- mended Practice for the Classification of Combustible Dusts and of Haz- RELATING TO CLASS I, II AND III, ardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Pro- cess Areas.’’ DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS Class I Equipment Equipment for use in Class I hazardous (classified) locations, as defined LOCATIONS (AAIZ) in the NEC, is tested with respect to acceptability of operation in the pres- ence of flammable and explosive mixtures of specific vapors and gases GENERAL with air. For purposes of location classification for Divisions 1 and 2, such Electrical equipment for use in and relating to Class I, II and III, Divi- mixtures have been grouped on the basis of their characteristics as fol- sion 1 and 2 hazardous (classified) locations has been investigated with lows: reference to risk to life and property and for potential conformity to the Class I, Group A — Atmospheres containing acetylene. installation and use provisions of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical — Atmospheres containing gases or vapors having Class I, Group B Code’’ (NEC), or United States Coast Guard (USCG) Electrical Engineering either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) less than or equal to Regulations 46CFR110, ‘‘General Provisions,’’ 46CFR111, ‘‘Electric Systems LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

50 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II AND AND III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) 50 0.45 mm or a minimum igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) less than or equal ignition of the specified explosive atmospheres. It is important that intrinsi- to 0.40. Examples of Group B materials are acrolein, butadiene, ethylene cally safe apparatus for locations containing metal dusts be constructed to oxide, propylene oxide, hydrogen, and fuel and combustible process gases exclude dust in order maintain the energy limitations by minimizing the containing more than 30% hydrogen by volume. possibility of circuit faults. To maintain the low energy levels, it is necessary — Atmospheres containing gases or vapors having Class I, Group C that the intrinsically safe and associated apparatus be installed and intercon- either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) greater than 0.45 mm and nected in accordance with Article 504 of the NEC and the instructions pro- less than or equal to 0.75 mm, or a minimum igniting current ratio (MIC vided with the equipment. ratio) greater than 0.40 and less than or equal to 0.80. Examples of Group C Associated apparatus is apparatus in which the circuits are not necessarily materials are ethyl ether and ethylene. intrinsically safe, but which affect the energy in the intrinsically safe circuits Class I, Group D — Atmospheres containing gases or vapors having and are relied upon to maintain intrinsic safety. Associated apparatus is not either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) greater than 0.75 mm or a intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations unless use in hazardous minimum igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) greater than 0.80. Examples of (classified) locations is specifically indicated. Group D materials are acetone, ammonia, benzene, butane, cyclopropane, When interconnecting associated apparatus with equipment for use in the ethanol, gasoline, hexane, methane, methanol, naphtha and propane. hazardous (classified) location, special attention should be paid to installa- Equipment for use in Class I, Zone 0, 1 and 2 hazardous (classified) loca- tion instructions, control drawings, or product markings which may limit tions, as defined in Article 505 of the NEC, is tested with respect to accept- the types of connections that are acceptable. ability of operation in the presence of flammable and explosive mixtures of Equipment Relating to Hazardous (Classified) Locations specific vapors and gases with air. For purposes of location classification, Equipment relating to hazardous (classified) locations includes 1) devices, such mixtures have been grouped on the basis of their characteristics as fol- products and materials for use in locations where it is necessary for safety lows: to avoid the accumulation of static electricity on personnel or equipment, 2) — Atmospheres containing hydrogen, acetylene, or Class I, Group IIC anesthesia equipment, 3) devices not intended for operation in hazardous gases or vapors having either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) (classified) locations, but which are designed to indicate certain potentially less than or equal to 0.50 mm or a minimum igniting current ratio (MIC dangerous conditions with respect to such locations, 4) electrical equipment ratio) less than or equal to 0.45. not intended for installation in hazardous (classified) locations except for Class I, Group IIB — Atmospheres containing acetaldehyde, ethylene, or provision of certain intrinsically safe (low energy) circuit extensions as indi- gases or vapors having either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) cated in the individual certifications, and 5) paint spray booths. greater than 0.50 mm and less than or equal to 0.90 mm, or a minimum Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Protection Techniques igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) greater than 0.45 and less than or equal to Equipment for use in Class I, II and/or III, Division 1 or 2 locations may 0.80. employ one or more of the following protection techniques, as applicable: Class I, Group IIA — Atmospheres containing acetone, ammonia, ethyl Protection Technique Location Classification alcohol, gasoline, methane, propane, or gases or vapors having either a Explosion-proof Class I, Division 1 maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) greater than 0.90 mm or a mini- Intrinsic safety mum igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) greater than 0.80. Purged and pressurized (Type X or Y) The following table compares Class I, Division 1 and 2 Gas Groups with Class I, Division 2 Hermetically sealed Class I, Zone 0, 1 and 2 Gas Groups. The gases shown are representative of Nonincendive others in the Group. Nonsparking Zone 0, 1 and 2 Division 1 and 2 Purged and pressurized (Type Z) A (acetylene) IIC (acetylene and hydrogen) Sealed B (hydrogen) IIC (acetylene and hydrogen) Class II, Division 1 Dust-ignition-proof C (ethylene) IIB (ethylene) Intrinsic safety IIA (propane) D (propane) Pressurized Class II, Division 2 Dust-tight Class I Equipment in Class II and III Locations Hermetically sealed Equipment certified for use in Class I locations is not necessarily accept- Nonincendive able for Class II or III locations as it may not be dust-tight or operate at a Pressurized safe temperature when blanketed with dust, fibers or flyings. Sealed Class II Equipment Intrinsic safety Class III, Division 1 Equipment for use in Class II hazardous (classified) locations, as defined Dust-tight Hermetically sealed in the NEC, is tested with respect to acceptability of operation in the pres- Sealed ence of combustible dusts in air. For purposes of location classification, the Class III, Division 2 Nonincendive NEC groups combustible dust-air mixtures as follows: Unclassified Associated apparatus with intrinsically safe circuit — Atmospheres containing combustible metal dusts, Class II, Group E connections for Division 1 including aluminum, magnesium, and their commercial alloys, or other combustible dusts whose particle size, abrasiveness, and conductivity pres- — Equipment enclosed in a case that is Explosion-proof equipment ent an equivalent hazard. capable of withstanding an explosion of a specified gas or vapor that may Class II, Group F — Atmospheres containing carbon black, charcoal, coal occur within it and of preventing the ignition of a specified gas or vapor or coke dusts which have more than 8% total volatile material, or atmo- surrounding the enclosure by sparks, flashes, or explosion of the gas or spheres containing these dusts sensitized by other materials so that they vapor within, and that operates at such an external temperature that a sur- present an explosion hazard. rounding flammable atmosphere will not be ignited thereby. — Atmospheres containing combustible dusts not Class II, Group G Intrinsically safe apparatus — Apparatus in which all the circuits are included in Group E or F, including flour, grain, wood, plastic and chemi- intrinsically safe. cals. — A circuit in which any spark or thermal effect Intrinsically safe circuit There are no dust groups for Zone 20, 21 or 22. In addition, Article 506 of is incapable of causing ignition of a mixture of flammable or combustible the NEC does not cover locations where metal dusts are present. material in air under prescribed test conditions. Class II Equipment in Class III Locations — An assembly of interconnected intrinsically Intrinsically safe system Equipment certified for Class II, Group G hazardous (classified) locations safe apparatus, associated apparatus, and interconnecting cable, in that is also suitable for use in Class III locations, except for 1) those products those parts of the system that may be used in hazardous (classified) loca- marked for Division 2 only, and 2) fan-cooled-type motors where there is a tions are intrinsically safe circuits. very large amount of lint or combustible flyings that are likely to choke or — The process of (1) purging, supplying an Purged and pressurized clog the air passages of the motor. enclosure with a protective gas at a sufficient flow and positive pressure to Class III Equipment reduce the concentration of any flammable gas or vapor initially present to Equipment for use in Class III hazardous (classified) locations, as defined an acceptable level; and (2) pressurization, supplying an enclosure with a in the NEC, is tested with respect to acceptability of operation in the pres- protective gas with or without continuous flow at sufficient pressure to pre- ence of easily ignitable fibers or flyings. These fibers or flyings are not likely vent the entrance of a flammable gas or vapor, a combustible dust, or an to be in suspension in the air in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable ignitable fiber. mixtures. Hermetically sealed — Equipment sealed against the entrance of an exter- There are no groups for fibers and flyings for Class III or for Zone 20, 21 nal atmosphere where the seal is made by fusion, for example, soldering, or 22. brazing, welding, or the fusion of glass to metal. Intrinsically Safe Circuits and Apparatus, and Associated Apparatus Nonincendive circuit — A circuit, other than field wiring, in which any Intrinsically safe circuits and apparatus may be investigated for any or all arc or thermal effect produced under intended operating conditions of the of the Classes and Groups as defined in the NEC. In an intrinsically safe equipment is not capable, under specified test conditions, of igniting the circuit, the energy level available in the hazardous (classified) location flammable gas-air, vapor-air, or dust-air mixture. under normal and abnormal conditions is sufficiently low as not to cause LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

51 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II AND AND III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) 51 For additional information on electrical equipment for use in unclassi- — A component having contacts for making Nonincendive component fied locations, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations or breaking an incendive circuit and the contacting mechanism is con- (AALZ). structed so that the component is incapable of igniting the specified flam- eb mable gas-air or vapor-air mixture. The housing of a nonincendive compo- TEMPERATURE CONSIDERATIONS nent is not intended to exclude the flammable atmosphere or contain an The marked temperature class (T-code) of the equipment is based on explosion. either the maximum external temperature or internal temperature of the Nonincendive equipment — Equipment having electrical/electronic cir- equipment, depending on the protection technique used. cuitry that is incapable, under normal operating conditions, of causing Equipment is required to be marked with the operating temperature or ignition of a specified flammable gas-air, vapor-air, or dust-air mixture due temperature class (T-code) if the maximum operating temperature is more to arcing or thermal means. than 100°C (212°F). The marking specifies the temperature class or operat- Nonincendive field wiring — Wiring that enters or leaves an equipment ing temperature based on a +40°C (+104°F) ambient temperature, or based enclosure and, under normal operating conditions of the equipment, is not on the higher ambient temperature if the equipment is rated and marked capable, due to arcing or thermal effects, of igniting the flammable gas-air, for an ambient temperature of greater than +40°C (+104°F). For equipment vapor-air, or dust-air mixture. Normal operation includes opening, short- rated and marked for an upper ambient temperature of less than +40°C ing, or grounding the field wiring. (+104°F), the operating temperature or temperature class is still based on Nonincendive field wiring apparatus — Apparatus intended to be con- +40°C (+104°F). nected to nonincendive field wiring. For Class I and II locations, this temperature marking should not exceed PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE the ignition temperature of the specific combustible material to be encoun- — Equipment or component constructed to minimize the Nonsparking tered. For organic dusts that may dehydrate or carbonize, the temperature risk of occurrence of arcs or sparks capable of creating an ignition hazard marking should not exceed the lower of either the ignition temperature or during conditions of normal operation. 165°C. Sealed device — A device so constructed that it cannot be opened dur- For Class III locations, the maximum permitted temperature is 120°C for ing normal operational conditions or operational maintenance; it is sealed equipment that is subject to overloading (such as motors) and 165°C for to restrict entry of an external atmosphere. equipment that is not subject to overloading. Dust-ignition-proof equipment — Equipment enclosed in a manner that AMBIENT TEMPERATURES excludes dusts and does not permit arcs, sparks, or heat otherwise gener- Unless the equipment is marked otherwise, it has been investigated only ated or liberated inside of the enclosure to cause ignition of exterior accu- for use under normal atmospheric conditions in an ambient temperature mulations or atmospheric suspensions of a specified dust on or in the within the range of -25°C (-13°F) to +40°C (+104°F). Equipment may be vicinity of the enclosure. investigated and marked for a lower ambient temperature that is greater — The process of pressurization, supplying an enclosure Pressurized than -25°C (-13°F). While equipment may be marked for an upper ambient with a protective gas with or without continuous flow at sufficient pres- temperature that is less +40°C (+104°F), equipment is always investigated sure to prevent the entrance of a flammable gas or vapor, a combustible for an upper ambient temperature of at least +40°C (+104°F). dust, or an ignitable fiber. Use of equipment under conditions of higher than normal atmospheric Suitability of Certified Equipment pressure or oxygen partial pressure, use in artificial atmospheres, and use Equipment intended for use in a hazardous (classified) location Class under conditions of excessively high ambient temperatures can increase and Group and marked ‘‘Division 1’’ (or ‘‘Div. 1’’) or without any Division the likelihood of ignition of flammable atmospheres. In addition, low indication is suitable for use in both Division 1 and 2 locations as defined ambient temperatures may increase explosion pressures developed within in the NEC, and in unclassified locations. Equipment marked ‘‘Division 2’’ explosion-proof equipment. (or ‘‘Div. 2’’) is suitable only for Division 2 and unclassified locations. ENCLOSURE MODIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE The NEC also permits the following: The integrity of an enclosure for explosion-proof or dust-ignition-proof Intrinsically safe equipment for Class I, Division 1 locations to be . equipment must be maintained. Making holes (other than conduit open- used in a Class I, Zone 0, 1 or 2 location of the same gas and with a ings specified in the instructions) or alterations in the enclosure during suitable temperature class. installation may compromise the ability of the enclosure to contain the . Equipment (other than intrinsically safe equipment) for Class I, Divi- explosion or to exclude dust. Holding bolts and threaded parts must be sion 1 locations to be used in a Class I, Zone 1 or 2 location of the screwed tight. The continued acceptability of the equipment will depend upon proper maintenance. same gas and with a suitable temperature class. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS . Equipment for Class I, Division 2 locations to be used in a Class I, Unless the equipment is marked otherwise, it is intended to be used Zone 2 location of the same gas and with a suitable temperature class. indoors where severe corrosive conditions are not likely to be present. Equipment for Class I, Zone 0 locations to be used in a Class I, Divi- . Equipment investigated for severe environmental conditions is marked sion 1 or 2 location of the same gas and with a suitable temperature with an enclosure type designation or other designation indicating the ENCLOSURE suitability of the equipment in different environments. See class. CONSIDERATIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT below for more informa- . Equipment for Class I, Zone 0, 1 or 2 locations to be used in a Class tion. I, Division 2 location of the same gas and with a suitable temperature ENCLOSURE CONSIDERATIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT class. 110.11 of the NEC directs that equipment shall not be used in damp or . Equipment for Class II, Division 1 locations to be used in a Zone 20, wet locations; locations where exposed to gases, fumes, vapors, liquids or other agents having a deteriorating effect on the equipment; or locations 21 or 22 location with a suitable temperature class. where exposed to excessive temperatures unless the equipment is identi- Equipment for Class II, Division 2 locations to be used in a Zone 22 . fied for use in such environments. 300.6 of the NEC provides guidance location with a suitable temperature class. regarding protection against corrosion. To assist Authorities Having Juris- Equipment for Zone 20 locations to be used in a Class II, Division 1 . diction, electrical equipment certified for use in and relating to hazardous location of the same dust and with a suitable temperature class. (classified) locations may be investigated for use in certain operating envi- ronments and marked with an enclosure type number or numbers. The . Equipment for Zone 20, 21 or 22 locations to be used in a Class II, following table summarizes the intended uses of the various enclosure Division 2 location of the same dust and with a suitable temperature types. class. Provides Type of Enclosure . Equipment for Zone 20 locations with a temperature class of not a Degree 3 6 6P 12 12K 13 5 4X 2 1 3R 3S 3X 3RX 3SX 4 greater than T120C for equipment subject to overloading or not greater of Protection than T165C for equipment not subject to overloading to be used in a Against Class III, Division 1 location. the Equipment for Zone 20, 21 or 22 locations with a temperature class . Following Environmental of not greater than T120C for equipment subject to overloading or not Condi- greater than T165C for equipment not subject to overloading to be used tions: in a Class III, Division 2 location. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Incidental contact In addition, equipment for use in hazardous (classified) locations is also with suitable for use in unclassified locations. the RELATED EQUIPMENT enclosed For additional information on electrical equipment for use in and relat- equip- ing to Zone classified locations, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to ment Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

52 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II AND EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II AND III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) 52 Provides Type of Enclosure Additionally or alternatively, IEC 60529, ‘‘Degrees of Protection Provided a Degree 1 2 3 3R 3S 3X 3RX 3SX 4 4X 5 6 6P 12 12K 13 by Enclosures (IP Code),’’ describes a system for classifying the degrees of of ingress protection (or IP Code) provided by the enclosures of electrical Protection equipment as follows: Against the • Degrees of Following Protection Against Environmental Ingress of Solid Condi- tions: Foreign Objects XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Falling • Degrees of dirt Protection Against Degrees of Protection —XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Dripping Access to Hazardous Against Ingress of and light First Characteristic Second Characteristic Parts Water Harmful Effects splashing Numeral Numeral of IPX0 • Nonprotected IP0X Nonprotected noncorrosive liquids • Nonprotected ——XXXXXXXX—XX——— Rain, Vertically dripping IP1X IPX1 • 50 mm diameter snow and greater and sleet • Back of hand ———— X —— X ———————— Rain, IPX2 • 12.5 mm diameter Dripping (15 IP2X snow degrees tilted) and greater and sleet • Finger (external IPX3 IP3X • 2.5 mm diameter Spraying mechanism and greater shall be operable • Tool when • 1.0 mm diameter IP4X IPX4 Splashing ice and greater covered) •Wire ——X—XX—XXX—XXXXX Circulating • Dust-protected Jetting IPX5 IP5X dust, •Wire lint, IP6X Powerful jetting • Dust-tight IPX6 fibers •Wire and IPX7 Temporary flyings ——X—XX—XXXXXXXXX Settling immersion airborne Continuous IPX8 dust, immersion lint, fibers FITTINGS AT SUPPLY ENTRIES and flyings Consideration should be given to the Type or IP rating of fittings used at Windblown ——X—XX—XXX—XX——— supply entries. When the manufacturer supplies a fitting with the enclosure, dust enclosures are to be connected to the wiring system using the fitting pro- Hosedown ———————— X X — X X ——— vided. If no fitting is provided by the manufacturer, the fitting employed and must meet or exceed the Type or IP rating of the enclosure, so that the splashing water assembly maintains its protection against contaminants. Oil and ————————————— X X X CABLE AND CONDUIT SEALS coolant Equipment with a factory-installed conduit seal is marked ‘‘Leads factory seepage sealed,’’ or equivalent wording. The absence of this marking indicates that Oil or ——————————————— X the need for a field-installed seal in accordance with 501.15 or 502.15 of the coolant spraying NEC should be determined. and PROCESS SEALS splashing Process-connected electrical equipment provided with seals to prevent the ————— X X X — X —— X ——— Corrosive migration of process fluids into the electrical system are either the single- agents seal or dual-seal types. The construction, testing and marking requirements Occasional ——————————— X X ——— temporary for process seals are found in ANSI/ISA-12.27.01, ‘‘Requirements for Process submer- Sealing Between Electrical Systems and Flammable or Combustible Process sion Fluids.’’ Occasional ———————————— X ——— WIRING METHODS prolonged Wiring methods permitted by the NEC for hazardous (classified) locations submer- sion are, in general, more restrictive than those permitted for unclassified loca- tions. Extra-hard-usage flexible cord is only permitted for connection of por- In addition to the above enclosure types that provide a degree of protec- table luminaires and other types of portable utilization equipment and the tion against environmental conditions other than explosive atmospheres, fixed portion of their supply circuit, or in other situations where flexibility is there are two additional enclosure-type numbers: 7 (Class I, Division 1, necessary for the installation as determined by the Authority Having Juris- Groups A, B, C and D involving air-break equipment) and 9 (Class II, Divi- diction. sion 1, Groups E, F and G involving air-break equipment). These two addi- REQUIREMENTS tional enclosure types provide a degree of protection against explosive The standards used to investigate these products address the risk of explo- atmospheres. The marking of enclosure-type numbers 7 and 9 is optional, as sion associated with installation in a hazardous (classified) location, as well the marking of Class and Group is required. The marking of Division 1 is as the risk of fire and electric shock associated with any electrical equip- optional for equipment suitable for Divisions 1 and 2. ment. Unless indicated otherwise in the Guide Information for the product Enclosures for indoor locations include Types 1, 2, 5, 7, 9, 12, 12K and 13; category, the basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investi- enclosures for indoor or outdoor locations include Types 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6 gate these products with respect to risk of explosion are referenced below and 6P. for the protection techniques shown. In some cases, individual appliances and equipment may be marked Note: The standard edition and any revision date, if applicable, of the basic haz- ‘‘Raintight’’ or ‘‘Rainproof’’ indicating that they have been subjected to a test designed to simulate exposure to beating rain. For equipment desig- ardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate products in this category nated as ‘‘Raintight’’ such exposure will not result in entrance of water. For is recorded in the Report and not in the Guide Information or individual certifica- equipment designated as ‘‘Rainproof’’ such exposure will not interfere with tions. the operation of the apparatus or result in wetting of live parts and wiring within the enclosure. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

53 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO CLASS I, II AND III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) AND III, DIVISION 1 AND 2 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AAIZ) 53 Protection Technique Location Classification Standard ANSI/UL 347, ‘‘Medium-Voltage AC Contactors, Controllers, and Control Explosion-proof Class I, Division 1 ANSI/UL 1203, Centers’’ for medium-voltage applications, unless otherwise specified in ‘‘Explosion-Proof and the general Guide Information for each product category. Dust-Ignition-Proof INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS Electrical Equipment for These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the Use in Hazardous installation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the (Classified) Locations’’ cautionary statements and installation and operating instructions on the Intrinsic safety ANSI/UL 913, product and in accompanying literature be followed. ‘‘Intrinsically Safe GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEMS Apparatus and Associated If provided as part of the equipment, global positioning system (GPS) Apparatus for Use in Class and/or enhanced 911 (E911) hardware, GPS and/or E911 operating soft- I, II and III, Division 1, ware, or other GPS-related and/or E911-related aspects of equipment have Hazardous (Classified) not been investigated for performance or reliability. The equipment has Locations’’ only been investigated for the explosion, fire, shock and casualty hazards ANSI/NFPA 496, ‘‘Purged Purged and pressurized required by the applicable hazardous (classified) locations standards. Cer- and Pressurized (TypeXorY) tification of the equipment does not cover the performance or reliability of Enclosures for Electrical any GPS and/or E911 hardware, GPS and/or E911 operating software, or Equipment’’ other GPS-related and/or E911-related aspects of the equipment. UL Hermetically sealed ANSI/ISA-12.12.01, Class I, Division 2 makes no representations, warranties or certifications whatsoever regard- Nonincendive ‘‘Nonincendive Electrical PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE ing the performance or reliability of any GPS-related and/or E911- Nonsparking Equipment for Use in related functions of the equipment. Sealed Class I and II, Division 2 FIELD MODIFICATIONS and Class III, Divisions 1 The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured and 2 Hazardous when shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the (Classified) Locations’’ manufacturer’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured Purged and pressurized ANSI/NFPA 496, ‘‘Purged in accordance with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what and Pressurized (Type Z) the effect of a modification may have on the safety of the product or the Enclosures for Electrical continued validity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifica- Equipment’’ tions have been specifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a Dust-ignition-proof Class II, Division 1 ANSI/UL 1203, modified product, UL cannot indicate that the product continues to meet ‘‘Explosion-Proof and UL’s safety requirements. Dust-Ignition-Proof The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when Electrical Equipment for the product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switch- Use in Hazardous board may have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switch- (Classified) Locations’’ board is marked with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investi- Intrinsic safety ANSI/UL 913, gated for use in that particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are ‘‘Intrinsically Safe included on the product have been investigated for use in that product. Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class OPEN-TYPE EQUIPMENT I, II and III, Division 1, Unless indicated otherwise in the Guide Information for the applicable Hazardous (Classified) hazardous (classified) locations product category, and where permitted for Locations’’ comparable unclassified locations products, open-type hazardous (classi- Pressurized ANSI/NFPA 496, ‘‘Purged fied) locations equipment is permitted when it is intended for installation and Pressurized within a suitable enclosure. Examples of installation issues to consider Enclosures for Electrical when determining the suitability of the equipment enclosure include, but Equipment’’ are not limited to, the following as applicable: 1) the involved area classifi- Dust-tight Class II, Division 2 ANSI/ISA-12.12.01, cation, 2) protection against any specific environmental conditions, 3) Hermetically sealed ‘‘Nonincendive Electrical thread engagement, and 4) whether a tool is required for opening of the Nonincendive Equipment for Use in enclosure. Installation requirements relating to the suitability of the enclo- Sealed Class I and II, Division 2 sure are specified in the instructions or markings for the open-type equip- and Class III, Divisions 1 ment. and 2 Hazardous MARINE EQUIPMENT (Classified) Locations’’ Certain equipment has been specifically investigated and certified for Pressurized ANSI/NFPA 496, ‘‘Purged use aboard marine vessels. Such equipment has been investigated in and Pressurized accordance with the applicable requirements of UL, the United States Enclosures for Electrical Coast Guard, the American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc., and the National Equipment’’ Fire Protection Association. For additional information, see the general ANSI/UL 913, Class III, Division 1 Intrinsic safety Guide Information for the specific product category. Equipment bearing ‘‘Intrinsically Safe UL’s Marine Mark is suitable for use only with stranded copper wire. Apparatus and Associated ************************* Apparatus for Use in Class UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does I, II and III, Division 1, not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Hazardous (Classified) turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Locations’’ any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ANSI/ISA-12.12.01, Dust-tight ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ‘‘Nonincendive Electrical Hermetically sealed ance upon this Guide Information. Equipment for Use in Sealed Class I and II, Division 2 and Class III, Divisions 1 and 2 Hazardous ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR USE (Classified) Locations’’ Class III, Division 2 ANSI/ISA-12.12.01, Nonincendive IN ORDINARY LOCATIONS (AALZ) ‘‘Nonincendive Electrical GENERAL Equipment for Use in Electrical equipment for use in unclassified (ordinary) locations is Class I and II, Division 2 intended to be installed in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National and Class III, Divisions 1 Electrical Code’’ (NEC). Electrical equipment for use in hazardous (classi- and 2 Hazardous fied) locations, as defined by the NEC, may also be used in ordinary loca- (Classified) Locations’’ tions. INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate these prod- Electrical equipment for use in ordinary locations has been investigated ucts with respect to risk of fire and electric shock is Part I of ANSI/UL with reference to risks to life and property and for potential conformity to 508, ‘‘Industrial Control Equipment,’’ ANSI/UL 61010-1, ‘‘Electrical Equip- the installation and use provisions of the NEC. ment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use – Part 1: General Some products are certified for uses not within the scope of the NEC. Requirements,’’ ANSI/UL 60950-1, ‘‘Information Technology Equipment – Such products are investigated for the specifications or the use conditions Safety – Part 1: General Requirements’’ for low-voltage applications, or indicated in the general Guide Information for each product category. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

54 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN ORDINARY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN ORDINARY LOCATIONS LOCATIONS (AALZ) (AALZ) 54 The standards used to investigate products are identified in the general Enclosures marked with a type may also be marked as follows: Guide Information for each product category. There may not always be a . A Type 1 enclosure may be marked ‘‘Indoor Use Only’’ published standard for investigating a product to determine its acceptability A Type 3, 3X, 3S, 3SX, 4, 4X, 6 or 6P enclosure may be marked ‘‘Rain- . for certification. If no applicable standard is available, UL will exercise its tight’’ judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from related standards A Type 3R or 3RX enclosure may be marked ‘‘Rainproof’’ . and other sources to develop the requirements to cover uses and conditions for which specific requirements did not previously exist. . A Type 4, 4X, 6 or 6P enclosure may be marked ‘‘Watertight’’ Products, equipment and construction materials certified by UL in accor- A Type 3X, 3RX, 3SX, 4X or 6P enclosure may be marked ‘‘Corrosion . dance with international or regional standards only (e.g., products certified Resistant’’ to an IEC or ISO standard) are intended for distribution, installation and A Type 2, 5, 12, 12K or 13 enclosure may be marked ‘‘Driptight’’ . use in areas of the world where the specified standards have been adopted . A Type 3, 3X, 3S, 3SX, 5, 12K or 13 enclosure may be marked ‘‘Dust- and are in effect as national or regional standards. tight’’ The general Guide Information for each product category describes the limitations relative to the products covered, such as current, voltage and For equipment designated ‘‘Raintight,’’ testing designed to simulate expo- horsepower limits, markings, special descriptions and installation provi- sure to a beating rain will not result in entrance of water. For equipment sions. designated ‘‘Rainproof,’’ testing designed to simulate exposure to a beating INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS rain will not interfere with the operation of the apparatus or result in wet- Ordinary locations, as defined in the NEC, include: ting of live parts and wiring within the enclosure. ‘‘Watertight’’ equipment — Partially protected locations under canopies, marquees, Damp Location is so constructed that water does not enter the enclosure when subjected to roofed open porches, and like locations, and interior locations subject to a stream of water. ‘‘Corrosion resistant’’ equipment is so constructed that it moderate degrees of moisture, such as some basements, barns, and cold- provides degree of protection against exposure to corrosive agents such as storage warehouses. salt spray. Dry Location — A location not normally subject to dampness or wetness. ‘‘Driptight’’ equipment is so constructed that falling moisture or dirt does A location classified as dry may be temporarily subject to dampness or wet- not enter the enclosure. ‘‘Dusttight’’ equipment is so constructed that circu- ness, as in the case of a building under construction. lating or airborne dust does not enter the enclosure. — Installations underground or in concrete slabs or Wet Location Sizes and Ratings masonry in direct contact with the earth, and locations subject to saturation The scope of product sizes and ratings appearing in the general Guide with water or other liquids, such as vehicle washing areas, and locations Information for some product categories is intended to indicate the current exposed to weather and unprotected. range of certified products, however, it is not necessarily indicative of limi- — In general, individual appliances and equipment have Outdoor Use tations for those certified products. been investigated only for use indoors, in dry locations. An exception is Marked ratings of utilization equipment include ampere, wattage or volt- where outdoor use is specifically permitted by the Article of the NEC con- ampere ratings. Motor-operated utilization equipment may also be marked cerned with the product installation. See also the general Guide Information with a horsepower rating. The actual marked ratings (other than the horse- for the product category or included in the individual certification. In some power rating) and other markings or instructions, if any, are to be used to cases the title (e.g., Snow Movers, Swimming Pool Fixtures) indicates the select branch-circuit conductors, branch-circuit overcurrent protection, con- conditions for which the product has been investigated. trol devices and disconnecting means. Cord- and plug-connected appliances obviously intended for outdoor use, The ampere or wattage marking on power-consuming equipment is valid such as gardening appliances, are not intended for use in the rain, and only when the equipment is supplied at its marked rated voltage. In gen- should be stored indoors when not in use. eral, the current input to heating appliances or resistance heating equipment Enclosure Types will increase in direct proportion to an increase in the supply voltage, while Section 110.11 of the NEC specifies that equipment shall be identified for the current input to an induction motor supplying a constant load will use in certain operating environments. Section 300.6 provides guidance increase approximately in direct proportion to a decrease in the supply volt- regarding protection against corrosion and Table 110.28 provides the basis age. These increases in current can cause overcurrent protection devices to for selecting enclosure types for use in specific locations. To assist inspection open even when these devices are properly selected on the basis of name- authorities, UL requires type designations on power distribution and control plate ratings. equipment enclosures such as cabinets and cutout boxes, enclosed panel- Appliance and Utilization Equipment Terminations boards or switchboards, meter sockets, enclosed circuit breakers or switches, Except as noted in the general Guide Information for some product cat- industrial control and other equipment. The following table summarizes the egories, most terminals, unless marked otherwise, are for use only with cop- intended uses of the various type enclosures for other than hazardous (clas- per wire. If aluminum or copper-clad aluminum wire can be used, marking sified) locations: to indicate this fact is provided. Such marking is required to be independent of any marking on terminal connectors, such as on a wiring diagram or Enclosure Provides a Degree of Protection Against the Following other visible location. The marking may be in an abbreviated form, such as Environmental Conditions* Type Number ‘‘AL-CU.’’ 1 Indoor use Except as noted in the general Guide Information for some product cat- 2 Indoor use, limited amounts of falling water egories, the termination provisions are based on the use of 60°C insulated Outdoor use, undamaged by the formation of ice on the 3R conductors in circuits rated 100 A or less, and the use of 75°C insulated con- enclosure** ductors in higher rated circuits as specified in Table 310.15(B)(16) of the Same as 3R plus resists corrosion 3RX NEC. If the termination provisions on equipment are based on the use of 3 Same as 3R plus windblown dust other conductors, the equipment is either marked with both the size and 3X Same as 3 plus resists corrosion temperature rating of the conductors to be used or with only the tempera- 3S Same as 3R plus windblown dust, external mechanisms remain ture rating of the conductors to be used. If the equipment is only marked operable while ice laden for use with conductors having a higher (75 or 90°C) temperature rating 3SX Same as 3S plus resists corrosion (wire size not specified), the 60°C ampacities (for circuits rated 100 A or Outdoor use, splashing water, windblown dust, hose-directed 4 less) and 75°C ampacities (for circuits rated over 100 A) should be used to water, undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure** determine wire size. Conductors having a temperature rating higher than Same as 4 plus resists corrosion 4X specified may be used, though not required, if the size of the conductors is 5 Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against settling determined on the basis of the 60°C ampacity (circuits rated 100 A or less) airborne dust, falling dirt, and dripping noncorrosive liquids or 75°C ampacity (circuits rated over 100 A). Same as 3R plus entry of water during temporary submersion 6 at a limited depth Distribution and Control Equipment Terminations Same as 3R plus entry of water during prolonged submersion at 6P Most terminals are suitable for use only with copper wire. Where alumi- a limited depth num or copper-clad aluminum wire can or shall be used (some crimp termi- Indoor use, dust, dripping noncorrosive liquids 12, 12K nals may be certified only for aluminum wire), there is marking to indicate Indoor use, dust, spraying water, oil and noncorrosive coolants 13 this. Such marking is required to be independent of any marking on termi- nal connectors, such as on a wiring diagram or other visible location. The *All type enclosures provide a degree of protection against ordinary corro- marking may be in an abbreviated form, such as ‘‘AL-CU.’’ sion and against accidental contact with the enclosed equipment when Except as noted in the following paragraphs or in the general Guide Infor- doors of covers are closed and in place. All type enclosures provide protec- mation for some product categories, the termination provisions are based on tion against a limited amount of falling dirt. the use of 60°C ampacities for wire size Nos. 14-1 AWG, and 75°C ampaci- **All outdoor type enclosures provide a degree of protection against rain, ties for wire size Nos. 1/0 AWG and larger, as specified in Table snow and sleet. Outdoor enclosures are also suitable for use indoors if they 310.15(B)(16) of the NEC. meet the environmental conditions present. Some distribution and control equipment is marked to indicate the An enclosure that complies with the requirements for more than one type required temperature rating of each field-installed conductor. If the equip- of enclosure may be marked with multiple designations. ment, normally intended for connection by wire sizes within the range 14-1 LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

55 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN ORDINARY LOCATIONS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN ORDINARY (AALZ) LOCATIONS (AALZ) 55 AWG, is marked ‘‘75C’’ or ‘‘60/75C,’’ it is intended that 75°C insulated any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- wire may be used at full 75°C ampacity. Where the connection is made to ance upon this Guide Information. a circuit breaker or switch within the equipment, such a circuit breaker or switch must also be marked for the temperature rating of the conductor. A 75°C conductor temperature marking on a circuit breaker or switch MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND normally intended for wire sizes 14-1 AWG does not in itself indicate that 75°C insulated wire can be used unless 1) the circuit breaker or switch is ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS (AAME) used by itself, such as in a separate enclosure, or 2) the equipment in GENERAL which the circuit breaker or switch is installed is also so marked. Mechanical equipment includes mechanically operated and gasoline- A 75 or 90°C temperature marking on a terminal (e.g., AL7, CU7AL, powered products, worker safety-related products, toys, and other prod- AL7CU or AL9, CU9AL, AL9CU) does not in itself indicate that 75 or ucts that have been investigated for mechanical strength and operation 90°C insulated wire can be used unless the equipment in which the termi- with regard to personal injury and for other specific hazards. nals are installed is marked for 75 or 90°C. This equipment is intended for use only as described in the general Higher temperature rated conductors than specified may be used if the Guide Information for each product category and individual certifications. This equipment has only been investigated for use as described in the size is based on the above statements. instructions and markings provided with the equipment. The use of the Copper-clad Aluminum Conductors — Copper-clad aluminum conduc- equipment in conditions other than described in the instructions, markings tors are subject to the ampacity requirements applicable to aluminum con- and the general Guide Information for the applicable product category has ductors. PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE not been investigated by UL. — Copper pigtail leads may be used with alumi- Copper Pigtail Leads INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS num or copper-clad aluminum supply wires in dry locations if 1) the The scope of product sizes and ratings appearing in the general Guide splicing devices are certified for use in joining copper to aluminum, 2) Information for some product categories is intended to indicate the current there is sufficient wiring space, and 3) the means provided for connecting range of certified products, however, it is not necessarily indicative of the wiring system are acceptable for the wire size used. limitations for those certified products. Wiring Devices — Supply terminals of 15 A and 20 A switches and The standards used to investigate products are identified in the general receptacles not marked ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with copper and copper- Guide Information for each product category. There may not always be a clad aluminum conductors only. Terminals marked ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use published standard for investigating a product to determine its acceptabil- with aluminum, copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors. ity for certification. If no applicable standard is available, UL will exercise Screwless pressure terminal connectors of the conductor push-in type are its judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from related stan- for use only with copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors, both dards and other sources to develop the requirements to cover uses and solid and stranded, unless otherwise limited by marking. conditions for which specific requirements did not previously exist. Terminals of switches and receptacles rated 30 A and above not marked Products, equipment and construction materials certified by UL in accor- ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with copper conductors only. Terminals of switches dance with international or regional standards only (e.g., products certi- rated 30 A and above marked ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with aluminum, cop- fied to an IEC or ISO standard) are intended for distribution, installation per and copper-clad aluminum conductors. and use in areas of the world where the specified standards have been — Combinations of dissimilar conductors in terminal Wire Connectors adopted and are in effect as national or regional standards. or splicing connectors are acceptable only in dry locations and when the INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS connectors are identified as suitable for such intermixing. See also the The limitations for the equipment as specified in the general Guide information under Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs (ZMVV). Information for each product category such as voltage and temperature — Product terminals, including wire connectors and terminal Terminals limits, markings, special descriptions and installation provisions need to screws, are acceptable for connection of only one conductor, unless there is be noted prior to installation and use. marking or a wiring diagram indicating the number of conductors which Equipment has been investigated with reference to risks to life and prop- may be connected. erty and for potential conformity to the installation and use provisions of — Some equipment may be marked to show a tight- Tightening Torque the applicable installation codes and standards of the National Fire Protec- ening torque for wire connectors intended for use with field wiring. tion Association (NFPA), and applicable model codes identified in the gen- — When flexible supply cords or cord sets are replaced Supply Cords eral Guide Information for each product category. on utilization equipment and appliances, the replacement should be of the Some products are certified for uses not within the scope of nationally same type, AWG size, voltage rating and temperature rating as originally recognized installation codes and standards. Such products are investi- used. gated for the specifications or use conditions indicated in the general INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS Guide Information for each product category. These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the These products are intended for installation subject to approval by the installation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be cautionary statements and installation and operating instructions on the consulted before installation. product and in accompanying literature be followed. INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS FIELD MODIFICATIONS These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured installation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the when shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the cautionary statements and installation and operating instructions on the manufacturer’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured product and in accompanying literature be followed. in accordance with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what FIELD MODIFICATIONS the effect of a modification may have on the safety of the product or the The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured continued validity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifica- when shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the tions have been specifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a manufacturer’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured modified product, UL cannot indicate that the product continues to meet in accordance with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what UL’s safety requirements. the effect of a modification may have on the safety of the product or the The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when continued validity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifica- the product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switch- tions have been specifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a board may have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switch- modified product, UL cannot indicate that the product continues to meet board is marked with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investi- UL’s safety requirements. gated for use in that particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when included on the product have been investigated for use in that product. the product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switch- MARINE EQUIPMENT board may have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switch- Certain equipment has been specifically investigated and certified for board is marked with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investi- use aboard marine vessels. Such equipment has been investigated in gated for use in that particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are accordance with the applicable requirements of UL, the United States included on the product have been investigated for use in that product. Coast Guard (USCG), the American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc. (ABYC), INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USE and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). For additional infor- Unless outdoor use is specifically indicated in the general Guide Infor- mation, see the general Guide Information for the specific product cat- mation for the product category or included in the individual certifications egory. Equipment bearing UL’s Marine Mark is suitable for use only with of the product, individual appliances have been investigated only for use stranded copper wire. indoors, unless the product, by its inherent nature, is obviously intended ************************* for use outdoors. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does ************************* not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

56 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE (AAME) CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) 56 turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Equipment for use in Class I, Zone 0, 1 and 2 hazardous (classified) loca- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- tions, as defined in Article 505 of the NEC, is tested with respect to accept- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ability of operation in the presence of flammable and explosive mixtures of ance upon this Guide Information. specific vapors and gases with air. For purposes of location classification, such mixtures have been grouped on the basis of their characteristics as fol- lows: EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND Class I, Group IIC — Atmospheres containing hydrogen, acetylene, or gases or vapors having either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) RELATING TO ZONE CLASSIFIED less than or equal to 0.50 mm or a minimum igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) less than or equal to 0.45. HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) Class I, Group IIB — Atmospheres containing acetaldehyde, ethylene, or GENERAL gases or vapors having either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) Electrical equipment intended for use in and relating to Class I, Zone 0, 1 greater than 0.50 mm and less than or equal to 0.90 mm, or a minimum and 2 and Zone 20, 21 and 22 hazardous (classified) locations has been igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) greater than 0.45 and less than or equal to investigated with reference to risks to life and property and for potential 0.80. conformity to the installation and use provisions of Articles 505 and 506 of — Atmospheres containing acetone, ammonia, ethyl Class I, Group IIA ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), or United States Coast alcohol, gasoline, methane, propane, or gases of vapors having either a Guard (USCG) Electrical Engineering Regulations 46CFR110, ‘‘General Pro- maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) greater than 0.90 mm or a mini- visions,’’ 46CFR111, ‘‘Electric Systems – General Requirements,’’ 46CFR112, mum igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) greater than 0.80. ‘‘Emergency Lighting and Power Systems,’’ and 46CFR113, ‘‘Communication Equipment for use in Class I, Division 1 and 2 hazardous (classified) loca- and Alarm Systems and Equipment.’’ Attention is called to the limitations of tions, as defined in Article 500 of the NEC, is tested with respect to accept- the individual certifications specified in the general Guide Information for ability of operation in the presence of flammable and explosive mixtures of each product category, such as current, voltage, horsepower limits, mark- specific vapors and gases with air. For purposes of location classification, ings, special descriptions and installation provisions. such mixtures have been grouped on the basis of their characteristics as fol- Unless equipment is identified in 1) the product category title as relating lows: to Zone classified hazardous locations or 2) the individual certifications as Class I, Group A — Atmospheres containing acetylene. apparatus for use in unclassified locations, all product categories contain — Atmospheres containing gases or vapors having Class I, Group B electrical equipment for use in Class I, Zone 0, 1 and 2 and Zone 20, 21 and either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) less than or equal to 0.45 22 hazardous (classified) locations. mm or a minimum igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) less than or equal to Regarding electrical equipment for use in and relating to Division classi- 0.40. Examples of Group B materials are acrolein, butadiene, ethylene oxide, fied locations, some general technical information is provided together with propylene oxide, hydrogen, and fuel and combustible process gases contain- the specific technical information provided regarding Zone classified loca- ing more than 30% hydrogen by volume. tions. For additional specific technical information regarding Division classi- Class I, Group C — Atmospheres containing gases or vapors having fied locations, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Class I, II and III, either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) greater than 0.45 mm and Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). less than or equal to 0.75 mm, or a minimum igniting current ratio (MIC Electrical equipment for use in and relating to hazardous (classified) loca- ratio) greater than 0.40 and less than or equal to 0.80. Examples of Group C tions must also comply with the applicable requirements for the same type materials are ethyl ether and ethylene. of equipment for use in unclassified locations. For additional information, Class I, Group D — Atmospheres containing gases or vapors having see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). either a maximum experimental safe gap (MESG) greater than 0.75 mm or a HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS — GENERAL minimum igniting current ratio (MIC ratio) greater than 0.80. Examples of INFORMATION Group D materials are acetone, ammonia, benzene, butane, cyclopropane, Hazardous (classified) locations, as defined in the NEC, are locations ethanol, gasoline, hexane, methane, methanol, naphtha and propane. where fire or explosion hazards may exist due to the presence of flammable The following table compares Class I, Division 1 and 2 Gas Groups with gases, vapors or flammable liquids, combustible dusts, or ignitable fibers or Class I, Zone 0, 1 and 2 Gas Groups. The gases shown are representative of flyings. others in the Group. There are two independent classification systems. One system is found in Zone 0, 1 and 2 Division 1 and 2 Articles 505 and 506 of the NEC. IIC (acetylene and hydrogen) A (acetylene) Article 505 divides locations having gases and vapors into Class I, Zones IIC (acetylene and hydrogen) B (hydrogen) and Gas Groups. A Zone 0 location is a location where ignitable concentra- IIB (ethylene) C (ethylene) tions are present continuously or for long periods of time. A Zone 1 location IIA (propane) D (propane) is a location where ignitable concentrations are likely to exist under normal operating conditions. A Zone 2 location is a location where ignitable concen- Dust Groups trations are not likely to occur in normal operation and, if they do occur, There are no dust groups for Zone 20, 21 or 22. In addition, Article 506 of will only persist for a short period. the NEC does not cover locations where metal dusts are present. Article 506 divides locations having dusts, fibers or flyings into Zones. A Equipment for use in Class II hazardous (classified) locations, as defined Zone 20 location is a location where ignitable concentrations are present in Article 500 of the NEC, is tested with respect to acceptability of operation continuously or for long periods of time. A Zone 21 location is a location in the presence of combustible dusts in air. For purposes of location classifi- where ignitable concentrations are likely to exist under normal operating cation, the NEC groups combustible dust-air mixtures as follows: conditions. A Zone 22 location is a location where ignitable concentrations Class II, Group E — Atmospheres containing combustible metal dusts, are not likely to occur in normal operation and, if they do occur, will only including aluminum, magnesium, and their commercial alloys, or other persist for a short period. combustible dusts whose particle size, abrasiveness and conductivity pres- The other classification system, found in Article 500 of the NEC, divides ent an equivalent hazard. all hazardous (classified) locations into Classes, Divisions and Groups. A — Atmospheres containing carbon black, charcoal, coal Class II, Group F Division 1 location is a location where an ignitable concentration of a flam- or coke dusts which have more than 8% total volatile material, or atmo- mable or combustible material is present under normal operating condi- spheres containing these dusts sensitized by other materials so that they tions. A Division 2 location is a location where an ignitable concentration of present an explosion hazard. a flammable or combustible material is present only under abnormal operat- Class II, Group G — Atmospheres containing combustible dusts not ing conditions. included in Group E or F, including flour, grain, wood, plastic and chemi- Protection against explosion in hazardous (classified) locations requires cals. that all equipment that could be exposed to the flammable or combustible Intrinsically Safe Circuits and Apparatus, and Associated Apparatus atmospheres be of a type suitable for installation in such locations. The Intrinsically safe circuits and apparatus may be investigated for any or all Classes, Zones and Groups for which equipment has been certified is shown of the Zones and Groups as defined in the NEC. In an intrinsically safe cir- in the individual certifications under the respective categories and is marked cuit, the energy level available in the hazardous (classified) location under on the equipment itself. In addition, intrinsically safe circuit-wiring termi- normal and abnormal conditions is sufficiently low as not to cause ignition nals and intrinsically safe equipment is marked ‘‘Intrinsically Safe.’’ of the specified explosive atmospheres. To maintain the low energy levels, it Gas and Vapor Groups is necessary that the intrinsically safe and associated apparatus be installed The following paragraphs group flammable and explosive mixtures of spe- and interconnected in accordance with Articles 504 and 505 of the NEC and cific gases and vapors in accordance with the NEC classifications. For a the instructions provided with the equipment. complete list of group classifications for Class I materials, see ANSI/NFPA Associated apparatus is apparatus in which the circuits are not necessarily 497, ‘‘Recommended Practice for the Classification of Flammable Liquids, intrinsically safe, but which affect the energy in the intrinsically safe circuits Gases, or Vapors and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical and are relied upon to maintain intrinsic safety. Associated apparatus is not Installations in Chemical Process Areas,’’ or IEC 60079-12, ‘‘Classification of intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations unless use in hazardous Mixtures of Gases or Vapors with Air According to their Maximum Experi- (classified) locations is specifically indicated. mental Safe Gaps and Minimum Igniting Currents.’’ LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

57 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) 57 Protection When interconnecting associated apparatus with equipment for use in Protection Location Technique the hazardous (classified) location, special attention should be paid to Technique Classification Identification installation instructions, control drawings, or product markings which Purged and pressurized px, pxb, py, pyb may limit the types of connections that are acceptable. Oil immersion o, ob Equipment Relating to Hazardous (Classified) Locations e, eb Increased safety Equipment relating to hazardous (classified) locations includes electrical m, mb Encapsulation equipment not intended for installation in hazardous (classified) locations Powder filling q, qb except for provision of certain intrinsically safe (low energy) circuit exten- Zone 2 Nonsparking nA, nAc sions as indicated in the individual certifications. nC, nCc Sparking with protected contacts Suitability of Certified Equipment Restricted breathing nR, nRc Equipment marked for use in or relating to Class I, Zone 0 locations is ic Intrinsic safety (no faults) also suitable for Zone 1 and 2 locations of the same gas group and with a [ia] Associated apparatus with intrinsically Unclassified suitable temperature class. Equipment marked for use in or relating to safe circuit connections for Zone 0 (2 Class I, Zone 1 locations is also suitable for use in or relating to Class I, fault) Zone 2 locations of the same gas group and with a suitable temperature [ib] Associated apparatus with intrinsically class. Equipment marked for use in or relating to Class I, Zone 2 locations safe circuit connections for Zone 1(1 is suitable only for use in or relating to those locations classified as Class fault) I, Zone 2. [ic] Associated apparatus with intrinsically Equipment marked for use in or relating to Zone 20 locations is also safe circuit connections for Zone 2 (no PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE suitable for Zone 21 and 22 locations with a suitable temperature class. faults) Equipment marked for use in or relating to Zone 21 locations is also suit- able for use in or relating to Zone 22 locations with a suitable temperature — Equipment in which any spark or thermal effect pro- Intrinsic Safety class. Equipment marked for use in or relating to Zone 22 locations is suit- duced under normal or fault conditions is incapable of causing ignition of able only for use in or relating to those locations classified as Zone 22. the atmosphere. See Intrinsically Safe Circuits and Apparatus, and Asso- The NEC also permits the following: above for more information. ciated Apparatus Intrinsically safe equipment for Class I, Division 1 locations to be . Flameproof — The enclosure of the equipment will withstand an inter- used in a Class I, Zone 0, 1 or 2 location of the same gas group and nal explosion, and prevent passage of flame to the surrounding atmo- with a suitable temperature class. sphere. Care must be taken to maintain the length and clearance (gap) of flameproof joints in service. Equipment (other than intrinsically safe equipment) for Class I, Divi- . — A protective gas is maintained inside the Purged and Pressurized sion 1 locations to be used in a Class I, Zone 1 or 2 location of the equipment enclosure at a pressure above that of the surrounding atmo- same gas group and with a suitable temperature class. sphere, in order to prevent ingress of the explosive gas or vapor. . Equipment for Class I, Division 2 locations to be used in a Class I, — Parts capable of ignition are immersed in a protective Oil Immersion Zone 2 location of the same gas group and with a suitable temperature liquid. Increased Safety — The equipment contains no normally arcing parts, class. and additional measures (such as larger spacings between wiring connec- . Equipment for Class I, Zone 0 locations to be used in a Class I, Divi- tions) are taken to prevent the possibility of high temperatures or sparks. sion 1 or 2 location of the same gas group and with a suitable tempera- A minimum IP rating of IP 54 is required. ture class. — Parts capable of ignition are completely surrounded by Encapsulation . Equipment for Class I, Zone 0, 1 or 2 locations to be used in a Class an encapsulating material. — Parts capable of ignition are surrounded by a filling Powder Filling I, Division 2 location of the same gas group and with a suitable tem- material (glass or quartz powder). perature class. Nonsparking — The equipment has no normally arcing parts or thermal . Equipment for Class II, Division 1 locations to be used in a Zone 21 effects capable of ignition. or 22 location with a suitable temperature class. Sparking with Protected Contacts — Arcing contacts are in nonincen- . Equipment for Class II, Division 2 locations to be used in a Zone 22 dive circuits, or are inside a hermetically sealed container or sealed device. Restricted Breathing — The enclosure relies on tight seals and gaskets location with a suitable temperature class. to prevent diffusion of the explosive atmosphere into the equipment enclo- Equipment for Zone 20 locations to be used in a Class II, Division 1 . sure. Provision for checking that the restricted breathing properties of the location of the same dust and with a suitable temperature class. enclosure are maintained is provided. Equipment for Zone 20, 21 or 22 locations to be used in a Class II, . ZONE 20, 21 AND 22 PROTECTION TECHNIQUES Division 2 location of the same dust and with a suitable temperature Equipment for use in Zone 20, 21 or 22 locations may employ one or class. more of the following protection techniques: Equipment for Zone 20 locations with a temperature class of not . Protection Location Technique Protection greater than T120C for equipment subject to overloading or not greater Classification Identifier Technique than T165C for equipment not subject to overloading to be used in a ia, iaD Zone 20 Intrinsic safety (2 fault) Class III, Division 1 location. Encapsulation ma, maD Equipment for Zone 20, 21 or 22 locations with a temperature class . ta Dust-ignition-protected enclosure of not greater than T120C for equipment subject to overloading or not Zone 21 ib, ibD Intrinsic safety (1 fault) greater than T165C for equipment not subject to overloading to be used Encapsulation mb, mbD in a Class III, Division 2 location. Pressurization p, pb, pD Dust-ignition-protected enclosure tb, tD In addition, equipment for use in hazardous (classified) locations is also p, pb, pD Zone 22 Pressurization suitable for use in unclassified locations. Dust-ignition-protected enclosure tc, tD RELATED EQUIPMENT Associated apparatus with intrinsically Unclassified [ia], [iaD] For additional information on electrical equipment for use in and relat- safe circuit connections for Zone 20 (2 ing to Division classified locations, see Equipment for Use in and Relating fault) to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). Associated apparatus with intrinsically [ib], [ibD] For additional information on electrical equipment for use in unclassi- safe circuit connections for Zone 21 (1 fied locations, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations fault) (AALZ). CLASS I, ZONE 0, 1 AND 2 PROTECTION TECHNIQUES Intrinsic Safety — Equipment in which any spark or thermal effect pro- Equipment for use in Class I, Zone 0, 1 or 2 locations may employ one duced under normal or fault conditions is incapable of causing ignition of or more of the following protection techniques: Intrinsically Safe Circuits and Apparatus, and Asso- the atmosphere. See Protection above for more information. ciated Apparatus Location Protection Technique Encapsulation — Parts capable of ignition are completely surrounded by Classification Technique Identification an encapsulating material. Zone 0 Intrinsic safety (2 fault) ia Pressurization — A protective gas is maintained inside the equipment Encapsulation ma enclosure at a pressure above that of the surrounding atmosphere, in Intrinsic safety (1 fault) Zone 1 ib order to prevent ingress of dust. d, db Flameproof — Parts are provided in an enclosure Dust-ignition-protected Enclosure that prevents the ingress of dust. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

58 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) 58 Provides Type of Enclosure The protection technique identification letter(s) is marked on the product. a Degree 1 6 5 4X 3R 3S 3X 3RX 3SX 4 3 2 6P 12 12K 13 Products employing multiple protection techniques are marked with all of applicable identifications. For example, a control station containing a flame- Protection proof switch and an encapsulated pilot light, mounted in an increased Against safety enclosure, will be marked with all three protection techniques: the Following ‘‘edm.’’ Environmental TEMPERATURE CONSIDERATIONS Condi- The marked temperature class (T-code) of the equipment is based on tions: either the maximum external temperature or internal temperature of the XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Falling equipment, depending on the protection technique used. The marking speci- dirt fies the temperature class or operating temperature based on a +40°C —XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Dripping (+104°F) ambient temperature, or based on the higher ambient temperature and light splashing if the equipment is rated and marked for an ambient temperature of greater of than +40°C (+104°F). For equipment rated and marked for an upper ambi- noncorrosive ent temperature of less than +40°C (+104°F), the operating temperature or liquids temperature class is still based on +40°C (+104°F). Rain, ——XXXXXXXX—XX——— For Class I, Zone 0, 1 and 2 and Zone 20, 21 and 22 locations, this tem- snow and perature marking should not exceed the ignition temperature of the specific sleet combustible material to be encountered. For organic dusts that may dehy- ———— X —— X ———————— Rain, snow and drate or carbonize, the temperature marking should not exceed the lower of sleet either the ignition temperature or 165°C. For fibers and flyings, the maxi- (external mum permitted temperature is 120°C for equipment that is subject to over- mechanism loading and 165°C for equipment that is not subject to overloading. shall be AMBIENT TEMPERATURES operable Unless the equipment is marked otherwise, it has been investigated only when for use under normal atmospheric conditions in an ambient temperature ice covered) within the range of -20°C (-4°F) to +40°C (+104°F). Equipment may be Circulating ——X—XX—XXX—XXXXX investigated and marked for a lower ambient temperature that is greater dust, than -25°C (-13°F). While equipment may be marked for an upper ambient lint, temperature that is less +40°C (+104°F), equipment is always investigated fibers and for an upper ambient temperature of at least +40°C (+104°F). flyings Use of flameproof equipment under conditions of higher than normal ——X—XX—XXXXXXXXX Settling atmospheric pressure or oxygen partial pressure, use in artificial atmo- airborne dust, spheres, and use under conditions of excessively high ambient temperatures lint, can increase the likelihood of ignition of flammable atmospheres. In addi- fibers tion, low ambient temperatures may increase explosion pressures developed and within the equipment. Plastic parts of enclosures or encapsulating materials flyings may not maintain their integrity in excessively high or low ambient, unless Windblown ——X—XX—XXX—XX——— marked otherwise. dust ENCLOSURE MODIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE Hosedown ———————— X X — X X ——— The integrity of an enclosure must be maintained. Making holes (other and splashing than conduit openings specified in the instructions) or alterations in the water enclosure during installation may compromise the ability of a flameproof Oil and ————————————— X X X enclosure to contain an explosion. Most other protection techniques require coolant a minimum IP rating and alterations in the enclosure may impair the enclo- seepage sure’s ability to protect against ingress of contaminants or water. See Oil or ——————————————— X below for ENCLOSURE CONSIDERATIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT coolant more information. Holding bolts and threaded parts must be screwed tight. spraying and The continued acceptability of the equipment will depend upon proper splashing maintenance. ————— X X X — X —— X ——— Corrosive ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS agents Unless the equipment is marked otherwise, it is intended to be used Occasional ——————————— X X ——— indoors where severe corrosive conditions are not likely to be present. temporary Equipment investigated for severe environmental conditions is marked with submer- an enclosure type designation or other designation indicating the suitability sion ———————————— X ——— Occasional of the equipment in different environments. See ENCLOSURE CONSIDER- prolonged ATIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT below for more information. submer- ENCLOSURE CONSIDERATIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT sion Section 110.11 of the NEC directs that equipment shall not be used in damp or wet locations; locations where exposed to gases, fumes, vapors, In some cases, individual appliances and equipment may be marked liquids or other agents having a deteriorating effect on the equipment; or ‘‘Raintight’’ or ‘‘Rainproof,’’ indicating that they have been subjected to a locations where exposed to excessive temperatures unless the equipment is test designed to simulate exposure to beating rain. For equipment desig- identified for use in such environments. Section 300.6 of the NEC provides nated as ‘‘Raintight’’ such exposure will not result in entrance of water. For guidance regarding protection against corrosion. To assist Authorities Hav- ing Jurisdiction, electrical equipment certified for use in and relating to haz- equipment designated as ‘‘Rainproof’’ such exposure will not interfere with ardous (classified) locations may be investigated for use in certain operating the operation of the apparatus or result in wetting of live parts and wiring environments and marked with an enclosure type number(s). The following within the enclosure. table summarizes the intended uses of the various enclosure types. Enclosures for indoor locations include Types 1, 2, 5, 7, 9, 12, 12K and 13; enclosures for indoor or outdoor locations include Types 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6 Provides Type of Enclosure a Degree 5 6 6P 12 12K 13 1 3R 3S 3X 3RX 3SX 4 2 3 4X and 6P. of Additionally or alternatively, IEC 60529, ‘‘Degrees of Protection Provided Protection by Enclosures (IP Code),’’ describes a system for classifying the degrees of Against ingress protection (or IP Code) provided by the enclosures of electrical the Following equipment as follows: Environmental Condi- tions: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Incidental contact with the enclosed equip- ment LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

59 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) 59 Protection • Degrees of Location Technique Protection Against Standard Classification Identification Ingress of Solid Zone 0 ANSI/UL 60079-11, ‘‘Explosive ia Foreign Objects Atmospheres – Part 11: Equipment • Degrees of Protection by Intrinsic Safety ’i’’’ Protection Against Degrees of Protection ma ANSI/UL 60079-18, ‘‘Explosive Access to Hazardous Against Ingress of Atmospheres – Part 18: Equipment First Characteristic Parts Second Characteristic Water Harmful Protection by Encapsulation ’m’’’ Numeral Numeral Effects d ANSI/UL 60079-1, ‘‘Explosive Zone 1 IP0X Nonprotected • Nonprotected IPX0 Atmospheres – Part 1: Equipment • Nonprotected Protection by Flameproof Enclosures ’d’’’ IP1X Vertically dripping • 50 mm diameter IPX1 ANSI/ISA-60079-2 (12.04.01), ‘‘Explosive px, py and greater Atmospheres – Part 2: Equipment • Back of hand Protection by Pressurized Enclosures ’p’’’ • 12.5 mm diameter IP2X IPX2 Dripping (15 q ANSI/UL 60079-5, ‘‘Explosive degrees tilted) and greater Atmospheres – Part 5: Equipment • Finger Protection by Powder Filling ’q’’’ • 2.5 mm diameter IPX3 Spraying IP3X ANSI/UL 60079-6, ‘‘Explosive o and greater Atmospheres – Part 6: Equipment PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE • Tool Protection by Oil Immersion ’o’’’ Splashing IP4X • 1.0 mm diameter IPX4 ANSI/UL 60079-7, ‘‘Explosive e and greater Atmospheres – Part 7: Equipment •Wire Protection by Increased Safety ’e’’’ IP5X • Dust-protected IPX5 Jetting ib ANSI/UL 60079-11, ‘‘Explosive •Wire Atmospheres – Part 11: Equipment IP6X • Dust-tight Powerful jetting IPX6 Protection by Intrinsic Safety ’i’’’ •Wire mb ANSI/UL 60079-18, ‘‘Explosive IPX7 Temporary Atmospheres – Part 18: Equipment immersion Protection by Encapsulation ’m’’’ IPX8 Continuous pz ANSI/ISA-60079-2 (12.04.01), ‘‘Explosive Zone 2 immersion Atmospheres – Part 2: Equipment Protection by Pressurized Enclosures ’p’’’ FITTINGS AT SUPPLY ENTRIES ic ANSI/UL 60079-11, ‘‘Explosive Consideration should be given to the Type or IP rating of fittings used at Atmospheres – Part 11: Equipment supply entries. When the manufacturer supplies a fitting with the enclo- Protection by Intrinsic Safety ’i’’’ sure, enclosures are intended to be connected to the wiring system using nA, nC, nL, nR ANSI/UL 60079-15, ‘‘Electrical the fitting provided. If no fitting is provided by the manufacturer, the fit- Apparatus for Explosive Gas ting employed must meet or exceed the Type or IP rating of the enclosure, Atmospheres – Part 15: Construction, Test and Marking of Type of Protection so that the assembly maintains its protection against contaminants. ’n’ Electrical Apparatus’’ CABLE AND CONDUIT SEALS [ia] Unclassified ANSI/UL 60079-11, ‘‘Explosive Equipment with a factory-installed conduit seal is marked ‘‘Leads fac- Atmospheres – Part 11: Equipment tory sealed,’’ or equivalent wording. The absence of this marking indicates Protection by Intrinsic Safety ’i’’’ that the need for a field-installed seal in accordance with Section 505.16 of [ib] ANSI/UL 60079-11, ‘‘Explosive the NEC should be determined. Atmospheres – Part 11: Equipment PROCESS SEALS Protection by Intrinsic Safety ’i’’’ Process-connected electrical equipment provided with seals to prevent the migration of process fluids into the electrical system are either the The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate single-seal or dual-seal types. The construction, testing and marking these products with respect to the risk of explosion for Zone 20, 21 and 22 requirements for process seals are found in ANSI/ISA-12.27.01, ‘‘Require- are referenced below for the location classifications and protection tech- ments for Process Sealing Between Electrical Systems and Flammable or niques shown. Note that for all equipment ANSI/UL 60079-0, ‘‘Explosive Combustible Process Fluids.’’ Atmospheres –- Part 0: Equipment – General Requirements,’’ or ANSI/ PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS ISA-61241-0 (12.10.02), ‘‘Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, Zone 21 USING OPTICAL RADIATION and Zone 22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations – General Requirements,’’ is Equipment and transmission systems that use optical radiation and are also used. intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations may pose a risk of Note: The standard edition and any revision date, if applicable, of the basic haz- ignition. This includes equipment and systems, which themselves are ardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate products in this cat- located outside the hazardous (classified) locations, but their emitted opti- egory is recorded in the Report and not in the Guide Information or individual cal radiation enters such locations. The construction, testing and marking certifications. requirements that may be applied for such equipment and systems are found in ANSI/ISA-60079-28 (12.21.02), ‘‘Explosive Atmospheres – Part 28: Protection Protection of Equipment and Transmission Systems Using Optical Radia- Technique Location tion.’’ The protection technique identification for equipment and systems Identification Standard Classification that comply with these requirements and that may be marked on the Zone 20 ANSI/ISA-61241-11 (12.10.06), ia, iaD equipment include ‘‘op is,’’ ‘‘op pr’’ or ‘‘op sh,’’ with the identified Zone ‘‘Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, dependent upon the design of the equipment. Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous WIRING METHODS (Classified) Locations – Protection by Wiring methods permitted by the NEC for hazardous (classified) loca- Intrinsic Safety ’iD’’’ tions are, in general, more restrictive than those permitted for unclassified ANSI/ISA-61241-18 (12.10.07), ma, maD locations. Extra-hard-usage flexible cord is only permitted for connection ‘‘Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, of portable luminaires and other types of portable utilization equipment Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous and the fixed portion of their supply circuit, or in other situations where (Classified) Locations – Protection by flexibility is necessary for the installation as determined by the Authority Encapsulation ’mD’’’ Having Jurisdiction. ta ANSI/ISA-60079-31 (12.12.03), REQUIREMENTS ‘‘Explosive Atmospheres – Part 31: The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate Equipment Dust Ignition Protection by these products with respect to risk of explosion for Class I, Zone 0, 1 and Enclosure ’t’’’ 2 are referenced below for the location classifications and protection tech- Zone 21 ib, ibD ANSI/ISA-61241-11 (12.10.06), niques shown. Note that for all equipment, ANSI/UL 60079-0, ‘‘Explosive ‘‘Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous Atmospheres – Part 0: Equipment – General Requirements,’’ is also used. (Classified) Locations – Protection by Note: The standard edition and any revision date, if applicable, of the basic haz- Intrinsic Safety ’iD’’’ ardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate products in this cat- egory is recorded in the Report and not in the Guide Information or individual certifications. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

60 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN AND RELATING TO ZONE CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AANZ) 60 Protection particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are included on the prod- Location Technique uct have been investigated for use in that product. Classification Standard Identification OPEN-TYPE EQUIPMENT mb, mbD ANSI/ISA-61241-18 (12.10.07), Unless indicated otherwise in the Guide Information for the applicable ‘‘Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, hazardous (classified) locations product category, and where permitted for Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous comparable unclassified locations products, open-type hazardous (classified) (Classified) Locations – Protection by locations equipment is permitted when it is intended for installation within Encapsulation ’mD’’’ a suitable enclosure. Examples of installation issues to consider when deter- tD ANSI/ISA-61241-1 (12.10.03), ‘‘Electrical mining the suitability of the equipment enclosure include, but are not lim- Apparatus for Use in Zone 21 and Zone ited to, the following as applicable: 1) the involved area classification, 2) 22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations – protection against any specific environmental conditions, 3) thread engage- Protection by Enclosures ’tD’’’ ment, and 4) whether a tool is required for opening of the enclosure. Instal- tb ANSI/ISA-60079-31 (12.12.03), lation requirements relating to the suitability of the enclosure are specified ‘‘Explosive Atmospheres – Part 31: in the instructions or markings for the open-type equipment. Equipment Dust Ignition Protection by MARINE EQUIPMENT Enclosure ’t’’’ Certain equipment has been specifically investigated and certified for use p, pb, pD ANSI/ISA-61241-2 (12.10.04), ‘‘Electrical aboard marine vessels. Such equipment has been investigated in accordance Apparatus for Use in Zone 21 and Zone with the applicable requirements of UL, the United States Coast Guard 22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations – (USCG), the American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc. (ABYC), and the Protection by Pressurization ’pD’’’ National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). For additional information, see tD Zone 22 ANSI/ISA-61241-1 (12.10.03), ‘‘Electrical the general Guide Information for the specific product category. Equipment Apparatus for Use in Zone 21 and Zone bearing UL’s Marine Mark is suitable for use only with stranded copper 22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations – wire. Protection by Enclosures ’tD’’’ ************************* tc ANSI/ISA-60079-31 (12.12.03), UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not ‘‘Explosive Atmospheres – Part 31: assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Equipment Dust Ignition Protection by any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Enclosure ’t’’’ expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising pD ANSI/ISA-61241-2 (12.10.04), ‘‘Electrical out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Apparatus for Use in Zone 21 and Zone Guide Information. 22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations – Protection by Pressurization ’pD’’’ [ia], [iaD] Unclassified ANSI/ISA-61241-11 (12.10.06), ‘‘Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous PLUMBING AND ASSOCIATED (Classified) Locations – Protection by Intrinsic Safety ’iD’’’ PRODUCTS (AAPP) [ib], [ibD] ANSI/ISA-61241-11 (12.10.06), GENERAL ‘‘Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, Plumbing products include plumbing fixtures, fixture fittings, pipe and Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous fittings, and appliances, as well as accessories associated with such equip- (Classified) Locations – Protection by ment. Intrinsic Safety ’iD’’’ This equipment is intended for use only as described in the general Guide Information for each product category and individual certifications. This The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate these prod- equipment has only been investigated for use as described in the instruc- ucts with respect to risk of fire and electric shock is ANSI/UL 508, ‘‘Indus- tions and markings provided with the equipment. The use of the equipment trial Control Equipment,’’ ANSI/UL 61010-1, ‘‘Electrical Equipment for in conditions other than described in the instructions, markings and the Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use – Part 1: General Require- general Guide Information for the applicable product category has not been ments,’’ ANSI/UL 60950-1, ‘‘Information Technology Equipment – Safety – investigated by UL. Part 1: General Requirements’’ for low-voltage applications, or ANSI/UL INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS 347, ‘‘Medium-Voltage AC Contactors, Controllers, and Control Centers’’ for The scope of product sizes and ratings appearing in the general Guide medium-voltage applications, unless otherwise specified in the general Information for some product categories is intended to indicate the current Guide Information for each product category. range of certified products, however, it is not necessarily indicative of limi- INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS tations for those certified products. The standards used to investigate products are identified in the general These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the instal- Guide Information for each product category. There may not always be a lation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the caution- published standard for investigating a product to determine its acceptability ary statements and installation and operating instructions on the product for certification. If no applicable standard is available, UL will exercise its and in accompanying literature be followed. judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from related standards GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEMS and other sources to develop the requirements to cover uses and conditions If provided as part of the equipment, global positioning system (GPS) for which specific requirements did not previously exist. and/or enhanced 911 (E911) hardware, GPS and/or E911 operating soft- Products, equipment and construction materials certified by UL in accor- ware, or other GPS-related and/or E911-related aspects of equipment have dance with international or regional standards only (e.g., products certified not been investigated for performance or reliability. The equipment has only to an IEC or ISO standard) are intended for distribution, installation and been investigated for the explosion, fire, shock and casualty hazards use in areas of the world where the specified standards have been adopted required by the applicable hazardous (classified) locations standards. Certifi- and are in effect as national or regional standards. cation of the equipment does not cover the performance or reliability of any INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS GPS and/or E911 hardware, GPS and/or E911 operating software, or other The limitations for the equipment as specified in the general Guide Infor- UL makes no GPS-related and/or E911-related aspects of the equipment. mation for each product category such as voltage and temperature limits, representations, warranties or certifications whatsoever regarding the per- markings, special descriptions and installation provisions need to be noted formance or reliability of any GPS-related and/or E911-related functions prior to installation and use. Equipment has been investigated with reference to risks to life and prop- of the equipment. erty and for potential conformity to the installation and use provisions of FIELD MODIFICATIONS the applicable installation codes and standards of the National Fire Protec- The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured when tion Association (NFPA), and applicable model codes identified in the gen- shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the manufactur- eral Guide Information for each product category. er’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured in accordance In addition, certain products have been investigated with reference to with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what the effect of a environmental and public health effects and for potential conformity to the modification may have on the safety of the product or the continued valid- installation and use provisions of applicable environmental and public ity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifications have been spe- health requirements, if so indicated in the general Guide Information for cifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a modified product, UL each product category. cannot indicate that the product continues to meet UL’s safety requirements. Some products are certified for uses not within the scope of nationally rec- The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when the ognized installation codes and standards. Such products are investigated for product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switchboard may the specifications or use conditions indicated in the general Guide Informa- have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switchboard is marked tion for each product category. with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investigated for use in that LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

61 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK PLUMBING AND ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS (AAPP) PLUMBING AND ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS (AAPP) 61 These products are intended for installation subject to approval by the Combination of dissimilar conductors in terminal or splicing connectors is acceptable only in dry locations and when the connectors are identified Authority Having Jurisdiction. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be as suitable for such intermixing. consulted before installation. — Electrical equipment and appliances are not Hazardous Locations INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations, as defined in the NEC, These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the unless specifically identified as suitable for use in hazardous locations. installation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the ************************* cautionary statements and installation and operating instructions on the UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does product and in accompanying literature be followed. not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- FIELD MODIFICATIONS turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- when shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- manufacturer’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured ance upon this Guide Information. in accordance with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what the effect of a modification may have on the safety of the product or the FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE continued validity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifica- tions have been specifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a LIQUIDS AND GASES EQUIPMENT modified product, UL cannot indicate that the product continues to meet UL’s safety requirements. (AAPQ) PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when GENERAL the product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switch- This equipment is intended for the storing, containing, conveying, dis- board may have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switch- pensing, regulating or use of flammable and combustible gases, liquids or board is marked with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investi- waste materials. This equipment also includes chemical products that are gated for use in that particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are certified with respect to fire hazard. included on the product have been investigated for use in that product. This equipment is intended for use only with the liquids and gases INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USE described in the general Guide Information for each product category and Unless outdoor use is specifically indicated in the general Guide Infor- individual certifications. This equipment has only been investigated for mation for the product category or included in the individual certifications use as described in the instructions and markings provided with the of the product, individual appliances have been investigated only for use equipment. The use of the equipment with other liquids and gases, and in indoors, unless the product, by its inherent nature, is obviously intended conditions other than described in the instructions, markings and the gen- for use outdoors. eral Guide Information for the applicable product category, has not been ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS investigated by UL. INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS — The ampere or wattage marking on electrical power- General The scope of product sizes and ratings appearing in the general Guide consuming equipment is valid only when the equipment is supplied at its Information for some product categories is intended to indicate the current marked rated voltage. In general, the current input to electric heating range of certified products, however, it is not necessarily indicative of appliances or resistance heating equipment will increase in direct propor- limitations for those certified products. tion to an increase in the supply voltage, while the current input to an The standards used to investigate products are identified in the general induction motor supplying a constant load will increase approximately in Guide Information for each product category. There may not always be a direct proportion to a decrease in the supply voltage. These increases in published standard for investigating a product to determine its acceptabil- current can cause overcurrent protection devices to open even when these ity for certification. If no applicable standard is available, UL will exercise devices are properly selected on the basis of nameplate ratings. its judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from related stan- — Except as noted in the general Guide Information Supply Conductors dards and other sources to develop the requirements to cover uses and for some product categories, most terminals are for use only with copper conditions for which specific requirements did not previously exist. wire unless marked otherwise. If aluminum or copper-clad aluminum Products, equipment and construction materials certified by UL in accor- wire can be used, marking to indicate this fact is provided. Such marking dance with international or regional standards only (e.g., products certi- is required to be independent of any marking on terminal connectors, fied to an IEC or ISO standard) are intended for distribution, installation such as on a wiring diagram or other visible location. The marking may and use in areas of the world where the specified standards have been be in an abbreviated form, such as ‘‘AL-CU.’’ adopted and are in effect as national or regional standards. Except as noted below or in the general Guide Information for certain INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS product categories, the electrical termination provisions on equipment are The limitations for the equipment as specified in the general Guide based on the use of 60°C insulated conductors in circuits rated 100 A or Information for each product category such as voltage and temperature less, and the use of 75°C insulated conductors in higher rated circuits. limits, markings, special descriptions and installation provisions need to If the electrical termination provisions on equipment are based on the be noted prior to installation and use. use of other conductors, the equipment is either marked with both the Equipment has been investigated with reference to risks to life and prop- size and temperature rating of the conductors to be used or with only the erty and for potential conformity to the installation and use provisions of temperature rating of the conductors to be used. If the equipment is only the applicable installation codes and standards of the National Fire Protec- marked for use with conductors having a higher (75 or 90°C) temperature tion Association (NFPA), and applicable model codes identified in the gen- rating (wire size not specified), the 60°C ampacities (for circuits rated 100 eral Guide Information for each product category. A or less) and 75°C ampacities (for circuits rated over 100 A) specified in Some products are certified for uses not within the scope of nationally Table 310.15(B)(16) of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), recognized installation codes and standards. Such products are investi- should be used to determine wire size. Conductors having a temperature gated for the specifications or use conditions indicated in the general rating higher than specified may be used, though not required, if the size Guide Information for each product category. of the conductors is determined on the basis of the 60°C ampacity (circuits These products are intended for installation subject to approval by the rated 100 A or less) or 75°C ampacity (circuits rated over 100 A). Authority Having Jurisdiction. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be Copper-clad aluminum conductors are subject to the ampacity require- consulted before installation. ments applicable to aluminum conductors. INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS — Copper pigtail leads may be used with aluminum or Terminations These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the copper-clad aluminum supply wires in dry locations if 1) the splicing installation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the devices are certified for use in joining copper to aluminum, 2) there is suf- cautionary statements and installation and operating instructions on the ficient wiring space, and 3) the means provided for connecting the wiring product and in accompanying literature be followed. system are acceptable for the wire size used. FIELD MODIFICATIONS Supply terminals of 15 A and 20 A switches and receptacles not marked The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with copper and copper-clad aluminum conduc- when shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the tors only. Terminals marked ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with aluminum, cop- manufacturer’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured per and copper-clad aluminum conductors. in accordance with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what Screwless pressure terminal connectors of the conductor push-in type are the effect of a modification may have on the safety of the product or the for use only with copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors, both continued validity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifica- solid and stranded unless otherwise limited by marking. tions have been specifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a Terminals of switches and receptacles rated 30 A and above not marked modified product, UL cannot indicate that the product continues to meet ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with copper conductors only. Terminals of switches UL’s safety requirements. rated 30 A and above marked ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with aluminum, cop- The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when per and copper-clad aluminum conductors. the product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switch- LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

62 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM UNITS FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS AND GASES LOCATIONS (AATF) EQUIPMENT (AAPQ) 62 board may have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switchboard ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM UNITS is marked with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investigated for use in that particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are included on FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS the product have been investigated for use in that product. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USE LOCATIONS (AATF) Unless outdoor use is specifically indicated in the general Guide Informa- USE tion for the product category or included in the individual certifications of This category covers units for access control systems, providing a means the product, individual appliances have been investigated only for use of regulating or controlling entry into an area, or access to or the use of a indoors, unless the product, by its inherent nature, is obviously intended for device by electrical, electronic and/or mechanical means. use outdoors. Intrinsically safe systems covered under this category have been investi- ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS gated on the basis that all equipment connected to the system is certified as — The ampere or wattage marking on electrical power- General part of the system unless otherwise indicated and is used as intended. consuming equipment is valid only when the equipment is supplied at its PRODUCT IDENTITY marked rated voltage. In general, the current input to electric heating appli- One of the following product identities appears on the product: ances or resistance heating equipment will increase in direct proportion to Access Control System Unit for Use in Hazardous Locations an increase in the supply voltage, while the current input to an induction Access Control System (Associated Apparatus) motor supplying a constant load will increase approximately in direct pro- Access Control System Unit (Associated Apparatus) portion to a decrease in the supply voltage. These increases in current can Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- cause overcurrent protection devices to open even when these devices are tions. properly selected on the basis of nameplate ratings. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Supply Conductors — Except as noted in the general Guide Information For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to for some product categories, most terminals are for use only with copper Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). wire unless marked otherwise. If aluminum or copper-clad aluminum wire REQUIREMENTS can be used, marking to indicate this fact is provided. Such marking is The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in required to be independent of any marking on terminal connectors, such as this category is ANSI/UL 294, ‘‘Access Control System Units.’’ on a wiring diagram or other visible location. The marking may be in an The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate abbreviated form, such as ‘‘AL-CU.’’ products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relat- Except as noted below or in the general Guide Information for certain ing to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). product categories, the electrical termination provisions on equipment are UL MARK based on the use of 60°C insulated conductors in circuits rated 100 A or less The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided and the use of 75°C insulated conductors in higher rated circuits. by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and If the electrical termination provisions on equipment are based on the use Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the of other conductors, the equipment is either marked with both the size and UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- temperature rating of the conductors to be used or with only the tempera- fier(s), and a file number. ture rating of the conductors to be used. If the equipment is only marked Alternate UL Mark for use with conductors having a higher (75 or 90°C) temperature rating The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by (wire size not specified), the 60°C ampacities (for circuits rated 100 A or UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- less) and 75°C ampacities (for circuits rated over 100 A) specified in Table vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- 310.15(B)(16) of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), should trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word be used to determine wire size. Conductors having a temperature rating a control number, and the product name ‘‘Access Control System ′′ LISTED, ′′ higher than specified may be used, though not required, if the size of the Unit for Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘Access Control System (Associated Appa- conductors is determined on the basis of the 60°C ampacity (circuits rated ratus)’’ or ‘‘Access Control System Unit (Associated Apparatus),’’ or other 100 A or less) or 75°C ampacity (circuits rated over 100 A). appropriate product name as shown in the individual Listings. Copper-clad aluminum conductors are subject to the ampacity require- ************************* ments applicable to aluminum conductors. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Terminations — Copper pigtail leads may be used with aluminum or assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or copper-clad aluminum supply wires in dry locations if 1) the splicing any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, devices are certified for use in joining copper to aluminum, 2) there is suffi- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising cient wiring space, and 3) the means provided for connecting the wiring out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this system are acceptable for the wire size used. Guide Information. Supply terminals of 15 A and 20 A switches and receptacles not marked ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors only. Terminals marked ‘‘CO/ALR’’ are for use with aluminum, copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors. ADVERTISING DISPLAYS, Screwless pressure terminal connectors of the conductor push-in type are for use only with copper and copper-clad aluminum conductors, both solid NONILLUMINATED (AAVU) and stranded unless otherwise limited by marking. USE Terminals of switches and receptacles rated 30 A and above not marked This category covers electrically operated, nonilluminated units intended ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with copper conductors only. Terminals of switches to draw attention to, or to display, demonstrate or advertise products. rated 30 A and above marked ‘‘AL/CU’’ are for use with aluminum, copper Advertising displays intended for permanent installation indoors only are and copper-clad aluminum conductors. so marked. Cord-and-plug-connected advertising displays suitable for out- Combination of dissimilar conductors in terminal or splicing connectors door use are marked ‘‘Outdoor.’’ are acceptable only in dry locations and when the connectors are identified PRODUCT IDENTITY as suitable for such intermixing. One of the following product identities appears on the product: Hazardous Locations — Electrical equipment and appliances are not Advertising Display intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations, as defined in the NEC, Animated Display unless specifically identified as suitable for use in hazardous locations. Nonilluminated Advertising Display ************************* Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not tions. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or RELATED PRODUCTS any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Advertising displays including illumination are covered under Signs expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising (UXYT). out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Advertising displays that include a changing-message sign are covered Guide Information. under Signs (UXYT) and Signs, Changing Message (UYFS). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

63 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ADVERTISING DISPLAYS, NONILLUMINATED (AAVU) AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) 63 Continued REQUIREMENTS Accessories, Air Conditioning Equipment (ABFY)− The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are ANSI/UL 48, ‘‘Electric Signs,’’ and ANSI/UL 73, ‘‘Motor-Operated Appli- Alternate UL Mark ances.’’ The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL MARK UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Air Conditioning ′′ UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Equipment Accessory.’’ tifier(s), and a file number. ************************* Alternate UL Mark UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does UL MARK not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ance upon this Guide Information. a control number, and the product name ‘‘Advertising Display,’’ ′′ ′′ LISTED, ‘‘Non-Illuminated Advertising Display’’ or ‘‘Animated Display,’’ or other ACCESSORIES, AIR-DUCT MOUNTED appropriate product name. PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE ************************* (ABQK) UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does USE AND INSTALLATION not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- This category covers products employing ultraviolet lamps or ionization turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for tubes for the purpose of treating air and having provisions for connection any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- to heating and ventilation ducts used for air distribution. ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- If the equipment is provided in two or more sections, each such section ance upon this Guide Information. is designed for field interconnection with a matched section(s) to make the air-duct-mounted accessory. Equipment provided in two or more sections is either marked to identify the appropriate sections for proper installa- tion, or the designations of the sections comprising the assembly are AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT shown in the individual certifications. This equipment is rated 600 V ac or less and is intended for installation (AAYZ) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ Equip- ment to be connected to an air-duct system is additionally intended for installation in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 90A, ‘‘Installation of Air- ACCESSORIES, AIR CONDITIONING Conditioning and Ventilating Systems,’’ or ANSI/NFPA 90B, ‘‘Installation EQUIPMENT (ABFY) of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems.’’ GENERAL This equipment is suitable for rigid sheet-metal air ducts only. Installa- This category covers accessories intended for installation only on certi- tion should be such that the structural integrity of the duct is not compro- fied equipment as designated in the individual certifications of the equip- mised. ment and accessory. These accessories are intended primarily for field Equipment employing ionization tubes is not intended for installation installation, but may be factory installed. downstream from a humidifier or where similar exposure to other sources The equipment on which an accessory covered under this category may of moisture is likely. be field installed is marked to indicate that it is certified for use with the PRODUCT MARKINGS specific accessory as designated by model, catalog number, part number, Information concerning wiring connections, mounting location, installa- etc. in this category. Markings on the equipment also indicate any changes tion clearances, etc., are either marked on the accessory and/or in detailed in the equipment ratings with the accessory installed. installation instructions accompanying each accessory. Information concerning field wiring connections, mounting location, Products intended for use with germicidal lamps are marked ‘‘This installation clearances, etc., are marked on the accessory, and/or in product (fixture) is designed for use with germicidal lamps and must be detailed installation instructions accompanying each accessory. For perma- installed in compliance with competent technical directions so that the nently connected equipment, the wiring termination provisions are based user’s eye and bare skin will not be subjected to ultraviolet rays.’’ on tests during product investigation, and Table 310.15(B)(16) of ANSI/ FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ as follows: The health aspects associated with the use of these products and their 1. 75°C insulated conductors at the 75°C ampacities. ability to aid in disinfection of environmental air have not been investi- 2. 90°C insulated conductors at the 75°C ampacities, in which case the gated. This limitation is specified in the instruction manual and on the equipment is marked for 90°C conductors. product for all products covered under this category. 3. Insulation temperature rating of 75 or 90°C and wire size as marked PRODUCT IDENTITY on the unit. The following product identity appears on the product: PRODUCT IDENTITY Air-duct-mounted Accessory The following product identity appears on the product: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Air-conditioning-equipment Accessory For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ment (AAHC). Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- REQUIREMENTS ment (AAHC). The basic standards used to investigate products employing ultraviolet REQUIREMENTS lamps in this category are ANSI/UL 153, ‘‘Portable Electric Luminaires,’’ The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 1598, ‘‘Luminaires,’’ and ANSI/UL 1995, ‘‘Heating and Cooling ANSI/UL 1995, ‘‘Heating and Cooling Equipment.’’ Equipment.’’ Alternatively, single-phase appliances rated not more than 250 V, and all The basic standards used to investigate products employing ionization other appliances rated not more than 600 V are investigated to ANSI/UL tubes in this category are ANSI/UL 1995 and ANSI/UL 867, ‘‘Electrostatic 60335-1, ‘‘Safety of Household and Similar Electrical Appliances, Part 1: Air Cleaners.’’ General Requirements,’’ and ANSI/UL 60335-2-40, ‘‘Household and Simi- UL MARK lar Electrical Appliances, Part 2-40: Particular Requirements for Electrical The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Heat Pumps, Air-Conditioners and Dehumidifiers.’’ vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and UL MARK Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and tifier(s), and a file number. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Additional Certification Markings UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the tifier(s), and a file number. following information: AS TO ELECTRIC SHOCK, FIRE AND CASUALTY HAZARDS ONLY LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

64 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) 64 Accessories, Air-duct Mounted (ABQK)− Continued Continued Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal (ACKZ)− Alternate UL Mark Dehumidifiers are covered under Dehumidifiers, Refrigeration Type (AFFT). The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Air conditioners for spot cooling or environmental control of electronic by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the enclosures are covered under Air Conditioners, Special Purpose (ACVS). UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated in Air-conditioning equipment designed for duct connection to multiple the Introduction of this Directory), and the following additional information: rooms is covered under Heating and Cooling Equipment (LZFE). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AIR DUCT MOUNTED ACCESSORY For additional information, see Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking WITH RESPECT TO ELECTRIC SHOCK, FIRE AND CASUALTY Equipment (AAHC) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations HAZARDS ONLY (AALZ). Control No. REQUIREMENTS ************************* The basic standard used to investigate the refrigeration and heating (other UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not than gas) portions of the products in this category is ANSI/UL 484, ‘‘Room assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Air Conditioners,’’ or ANSI/UL 60335-1, ‘‘Safety of Household and Similar any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Electrical Appliances, Part 1: General Requirements,’’ and ANSI/UL 60335-2- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising 40, ‘‘Household and Similar Electrical Appliances, Part 2-40: Particular out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Requirements for Electrical Heat Pumps, Air-Conditioners and Dehumidifi- Guide Information. ers.’’ The basic standard used to investigate the gas-heating portion of the prod- AIR CONDITIONERS, PACKAGED TERMINAL ucts in this category, if provided, is the current edition and effective addenda thereto of ANSI Z21.86/CSA 2.32, ‘‘Vented Gas-Fired Space Heat- (ACKZ) ing Appliances.’’ GENERAL UL MARK This category covers packaged terminal air conditioners and packaged ter- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided minal heat pumps. They consist of a wall sleeve, outdoor louvers, and a by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and combination of assemblies designed as a unit and intended for mounting Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the through the wall. They include refrigeration components as the prime UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- source of cooling and dehumidification. They may also have provision for fier(s), and a file number. heating by hot water, reverse cycle refrigeration, steam, electric resistance Additional Certification Markings heat or gas-fired burner(s). These units employ alternating current, hermetic The gas-heating portion of packaged terminal air conditioners includes the refrigerant motor compressors with factory charged refrigeration systems following information: and include a means for ventilation and circulating air. Accessories intended ANS Z21.86(+) CSA-2.32(+)-(++) Fan-Type Direct Vent Wall Furnace for use with packaged terminal air conditioners are also covered under this (+) Suffix letter of latest addendum if applicable category. (++) Issue year of latest addendum or standard This category does not cover equipment intended for connection to duct Alternate UL Mark systems for the purpose of providing central cooling and/or heating. The Listing Mark and Gas-fired Listing Mark, if gas heat is provided, of INSTALLATION UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products This equipment is rated 600 V or less and intended to be installed in manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark accordance with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction Code.’’ It is intended for installation through walls and basically intended to of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and serve a single room, zone or space, although some units may have provision one of the following product names as appropriate: ‘‘Packaged Terminal Air to additionally serve an adjacent room. Conditioner,’’ ‘‘Packaged Terminal Heat Pump,’’ ‘‘Section of Packaged Ter- Permanently connected units are intended to be connected to a branch cir- minal Air Conditioner,’’ ‘‘Cooling Portion of Packaged Terminal Air Condi- cuit protected by overcurrent devices that do not exceed the value marked tioner’’ or ‘‘Accessory for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner.’’ on the data plate or attached wiring diagram. This marked protective device The Gas-fired Listing Mark for the gas heating portion of these products, rating is the maximum for which the unit has been investigated and found if provided, includes the UL symbol with the words ‘‘GAS-FIRED’’ above acceptable. If the marking specifies fuses, the unit is intended to be pro- the UL symbol and the word ‘‘LISTED’’ below the UL symbol (as illustrated tected by fuses only. If time-delay fuses are required for restarting, the unit in the Introduction of this Directory), a control number, the product name is so marked. ‘‘Gas Heating Portion of Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner,’’ and the stan- Units employing gas heat are intended to be installed in accordance with dard designation ‘‘ANS Z21.86(+) CSA-2.32(+)-(++) Fan-Type Direct Vent the installation instructions and markings on the appliance, and are Wall Furnace.’’ intended to be connected to a gas supply of the type specified on the appli- (+) Suffix letter of latest addendum if applicable ance. Equipment is intended to be installed in accordance with the current (++) Issue year of latest addendum or standard edition of ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54, ‘‘National Fuel Gas Code.’’ ************************* PRODUCT MARKINGS UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Cord-connected units that require a circuit breaker or time-delay fuses to assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or permit restarting are so marked. any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Units with water cooled condensers investigated for connection to ground expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising water sources are so marked. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Some equipment may be designed to accept accessories in the field. In Guide Information. such cases, both the air conditioner and the accessory are marked to relate the two for proper installation. AIR CONDITIONERS, ROOM (ACOT) This equipment typically consists of multiple assemblies or sections that GENERAL are shipped in separate packages to be assembled in the field. The sections This category covers room air conditioners and recreational vehicle (RV) are marked to relate to one another for proper installation. The section air conditioners. They are encased assemblies designed as a unit and incorporating the primary nameplate contains an essential elements label intended as the prime source of cooling and dehumidification, intended to that details the other sections needed to complete the installation. serve a single room, zone or space. These products may be self-contained or FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED split-system. Accessories intended for use with room air conditioners are The effect of these units on the fire-resistance rating of the wall has not also covered under this category. been investigated. REBUILT PRODUCTS PRODUCT IDENTITY This category also covers room air conditioners that are rebuilt by the One of the following product identities appears on the product: original manufacturer or another party having the necessary facilities, tech- Accessory for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner nical knowledge and manufacturing skills. Rebuilt room air conditioners are Cooling Portion of Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner rebuilt to the extent necessary by disassembly and reassembly using new or Gas-heating Portion of Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner (for the reconditioned parts. Rebuilt room air conditioners are subject to the same gas-heating portion of these products) requirements as new room air conditioners. Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner INSTALLATION Packaged Terminal Heat Pump This equipment is rated 600 V ac or less and is intended to be installed in Section of Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ RELATED PRODUCTS Room air conditioners are intended for installation in windows, through See Air Conditioners, Room (ACOT) and Gas-fired Room Heaters, Vented walls, or as consoles located in or adjacent to the room, zone, or space to be (LPNH). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

65 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) 65 Continued Air Conditioners, Room (ACOT)− Continued Air Conditioners, Room (ACOT)− conditioned. They may also be split-system, where the evaporator section UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- is installed inside, and the condensing unit is installed outside. The two vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and sections are connected by refrigerant piping and electrical wiring. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the A console or in-wall-type room air conditioner may have provision to UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- additionally serve a single adjacent room. tifier(s), and a file number. Split-system room air conditioners are designed for field interconnection Alternate UL Mark with a matching section. Such units and sections are marked to relate the The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by two for proper installation. The sections may be shipped separately. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up RV air conditioners are intended for roof-top or underfloor mounting as Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as indicated in the installation instructions, and are intended only for perma- illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word nent connection to the source of electrical supply. ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and one of the following product names as These units employ hermetic refrigerant motor-compressors with appropriate: ‘‘Room Air Conditioner,’’ ‘‘Split System Air Conditioner,’’ factory-charged refrigeration systems and include a means for circulating ‘‘Split Type Air Conditioner,’’ ‘‘Section of Room Air Conditioner’’ or air. They may also have provision for electric heating, reverse cycle heat- ‘‘Accessory for Room Air Conditioner.’’ ing, and ventilation. Room air conditioners are not intended for connec- For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recon- tion to duct systems for the purpose of providing central cooling and/or ditioned’’ precedes the product name. PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE heating. RV air conditioners may be ducted to remote areas of the vehicle ************************* as specified in the installation instructions, which include the minimum UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does duct size, maximum length, and minimum register size. not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Permanently connected units are intended to be connected to a branch turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for circuit protected by overcurrent devices that do not exceed the value any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- marked on the data plate or attached wiring diagram. This marked protec- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- tive device rating is the maximum for which the unit has been investi- ance upon this Guide Information. gated and found acceptable. If the marking specifies fuses, the unit is intended to be protected by fuses only. If time-delay fuses are required for AIR CONDITIONERS, SPECIAL PURPOSE restarting, the unit is so marked. (ACVS) Cord-connected room air conditioners are provided with instructions regarding the use of extension cords. If the use of an extension cord is not GENERAL recommended, the instructions state this. Recommendations for an exten- This category covers equipment designed for special purposes, such as sion cord specify the use of a cord set with an equipment grounding con- portable spot cooling, environmental control of electronic enclosures, or ductor, grounding-type attachment plug and grounding-type connector, supplementary cooling of computer rooms or computer equipment. These and the ampacity and voltage rating of the cord set. products may be self-contained or sectional, and are designed to provide The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s Significant New Alterna- conditioned air to a single room or space. Accessories are also covered tives Policy (SNAP) Program requirements should be consulted for room under this category. air conditioners in this category that employ a flammable refrigerant INSTALLATION (ASHRAE 34 Class A2, A2L or A3). Authorities Having Jurisdiction should This equipment is rated 600 V or less and is intended for installation in also be consulted for any additional requirements. accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). PRODUCT MARKINGS This equipment consists of one or more factory-made sections. If the Cord-connected units that require circuit breakers or time-delay fuses to equipment is provided in two or more sections, each such section is permit restarting are so marked. designed for field interconnection with a matched section(s) to make the Units with water-cooled condensers investigated for connection to air conditioner assembly. Unless so indicated in the individual certifica- ground water sources are so marked. tions, the evaporator blower is provided as part of the assembly, and may Some equipment may be designed to accept accessories installed in the be an integral part of the evaporator section or furnished as a separate field. In such cases, both the room air conditioner and the accessory are section. The individual certifications show the distinctive designation of marked to relate the two for proper installation. each section comprising the assembly. If parts or sections of the room air conditioner are separately shipped The proper method of electrical installation (number of branch circuits, from the factory, they are marked to relate the sections to one another for disconnects, etc.) is shown on the wiring diagram and/or marking proper installation. required to be attached to the unit. PRODUCT IDENTITY In permanently connected units employing two or more motors or a The following product identity appears on the product: motor(s) and other loads, operating from a single supply circuit, the motor Accessory for Room Air Conditioner overload protective devices (including thermal protectors for motors) and Room Air Conditioner other factory-installed motor circuit components and wiring are investi- Section of Room Air Conditioner gated on the basis of compliance with the motor branch circuit short- Split-system Air Conditioner circuit and ground-fault protection requirements of Section 430.53(C) of Split-type Air Conditioner the NEC. Such multimotor and combination load equipment is intended For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recon- to be connected only to a circuit protected by fuses or circuit breakers ditioned’’ precedes the product identity. with a rating that does not exceed the value marked on the data plate. RELATED PRODUCTS This marked protective device rating is the maximum for which the equip- Packaged terminal air conditioners are covered under Air Conditioners, ment has been investigated and found acceptable. Packaged Terminal (ACKZ). Accessories for special purpose air conditioners are provided with Air conditioners for spot cooling or environmental control of electronic instructions for installation into the product. enclosures are covered under Air Conditioners, Special Purpose (ACVS). Units suitable for use with certified field-installed accessories, such as Dehumidifiers are covered under Dehumidifiers, Refrigeration Type electric resistance heaters, are specifically indicated in the individual certi- (AFFT). fications. Products Verified for energy efficiency are covered under Air Condition- The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s Significant New Alterna- ers, Room Verified for Energy Efficiency (ZWAT). tives Policy (SNAP) Program requirements should be consulted for ADDITIONAL INFORMATION special-purpose air conditioners in this category that employ a flammable For additional information, see Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cook- refrigerant (ASHRAE 34 Class A2, A2L or A3). Authorities Having Juris- ing Equipment (AAHC) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary diction should also be consulted for any additional requirements. Locations (AALZ). PRODUCT MARKINGS REQUIREMENTS Units suitable for outdoor installation are so marked. Units not marked The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is as suitable for outdoor installation are for indoor use only. ANSI/UL 484, ‘‘Room Air Conditioners.’’ Some equipment is designed to accept accessories installed in the field. Split-system air conditioners may be investigated to ANSI/UL 1995, In such cases, both the air conditioner and the accessory are marked to ‘‘Heating and Cooling Equipment.’’ relate the two for proper installation. Alternatively, the basic standards used to investigate products in this Where a clearance is required to be maintained to combustible construc- category are ANSI/UL 60335-1, ‘‘Safety of Household and Similar Electri- tion, the minimum clearance is designated in the individual certifications cal Appliances, Part 1: General Requirements,’’ and ANSI/UL 60335-2-40, and is also marked on the unit. Unless otherwise indicated, the designated ‘‘Household and Similar Electrical Appliances, Part 2-40: Particular clearances (other than ‘‘zero’’) are based on tests of units with uninsulated Requirements for Electrical Heat Pumps, Air-Conditioners and Dehumidi- sheet-metal ducts and plenum attached. Under these conditions, tempera- fiers.’’ tures below established criteria have been measured on a wooden test LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

66 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) 66 Commercial/Industrial Indoor Air Quality Systems, Ozone- Air Conditioners, Special Purpose (ACVS)− Continued Continued generating Type (ACVZ)− enclosure, representing combustible construction, spaced at the specified clearance (air) from the unit, ducts, and plenum. Electrostatic air cleaners and fans employing electrostatic air cleaners are PRODUCT IDENTITY covered under Electrostatic Air Cleaners (AGGZ). One of the following product identities appears on the product: Air-filtering appliances utilizing mechanical filtration only or ultraviolet/ Accessory for Special-purpose Air Conditioner germicidal lamps are covered under Air-filtering Appliances (AEDX). Section of Special-purpose Air Conditioner Deodorizers intended to be used in treating air by dispersal of chemicals Special-purpose Air Conditioner or by scenting the air are covered under Deodorizers and Air Fresheners Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- (EOGX). tions. Appliances employing ultraviolet lamps or ionization tubes for the pur- RELATED PRODUCTS pose of treating air and having provisions for connection to heating and See Air Conditioners, Room (ACOT), Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal ventilation ducts used for air distribution are covered under Accessories, (ACKZ), Dehumidifiers, Refrigeration Type (AFFT) and Heating and Cooling Air-duct Mounted (ABQK). Equipment (LZFE). Ionizers, fans employing ionizers, and ion generators are covered under Equipment without a refrigeration system is covered under Heating and Ion Generators (OETX). Cooling Equipment (LZFE). Power supplies intended for use in electrostatic air-cleaning equipment are Permanently connected computer room air conditioners are covered under covered under Power Supplies, Electrostatic Air-cleaning Equipment Heating and Cooling Equipment (LZFE). (QQCH2). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Air Conditioning Equipment (AAYZ), Elec- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary trical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cool- Locations (AALZ). ing, Ventilating and Cooking Equipment (AAHC). REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 867, ‘‘Electrostatic Air Cleaners,’’ in addition to the requirements ANSI/UL 484, ‘‘Room Air Conditioners,’’ or ANSI/UL 60335-1, ‘‘Safety of contained in UL 867A, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Commercial/Industrial Household and Similar Electrical Appliances, Part 1: General Require- Indoor Air Quality Systems, Ozone Generating Type.’’ ments,’’ and ANSI/UL 60335-2-40, ‘‘Household and Similar Electrical Appli- UL MARK ances, Part 2-40: Particular Requirements for Electrical Heat Pumps, Air- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Conditioners and Dehumidifiers.’’ by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and UL MARK Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and fier(s), and a file number. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ************************* UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not fier(s), and a file number. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Alternate UL Mark any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- Guide Information. trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Special Purpose Air ′′ Conditioner,’’ ‘‘Section of Special Purpose Air Conditioner’’ or ‘‘Accessory PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS, for Special Purpose Air Conditioner,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual Listings. REPLACEMENT (ADAU) ************************* GENERAL UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not This category covers replacement packaged terminal air conditioner and assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or replacement packaged terminal heat pump chassis investigated for field any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, installation with existing wall sleeves, louvers, and panels as marked on the expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising unit. They are rated 600 V or less and intended as the prime source of air out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this conditioning and dehumidification. Guide Information. These units may also have provision for heating by hot water, reverse- cycle refrigeration, steam or electric resistance elements. They employ alter- nating current, hermetic refrigerant motor-compressors with factory-charged COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL INDOOR AIR refrigeration systems, and include a means for ventilating and circulating air. QUALITY SYSTEMS, OZONE-GENERATING INSTALLATION TYPE (ACVZ) This equipment is intended to be installed in accordance with ANSI/ GENERAL NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ and is intended for installation This category covers commercial/industrial indoor air quality systems of through walls and to serve a single room, zone or space, although some the ozone-generating type. These products are intended to be permanently units may have provision to additionally serve an adjacent room. connected within the indoor air-handling system and consist of both the air Permanently connected units are intended to be connected to a branch cir- quality appliance and its associated sensors/detectors and the controls nec- cuit protected by overcurrent devices that do not exceed the value marked essary for ozone monitoring and appliance adjustment and/or shutdown. on the data plate or attached wiring diagram. This marked protective device Equipment covered under this category is not intended to be portable or for rating is the maximum for which the unit has been investigated and found use within: acceptable. If the marking specifies fuses, the unit is intended to be pro- tected by fuses only. If time-delay fuses are required for restarting, the unit . Hospitality and institutional facilities having sleeping quarters, such as is so marked. hotel guest rooms, nursing homes and dormitories PRODUCT MARKINGS Healthcare facilities, such as hospitals . Cord-connected units requiring a circuit breaker or time-delay fuses to Preschool, primary and secondary educational institutions . permit restarting are so marked. This equipment does not rely on wireless transmission of signals, is not Units are marked to indicate the existing wall sleeves, louvers and panels battery operated and does not employ ultraviolet (UV) lamps. with which they are to be used and field installed. FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED PRODUCT IDENTITY The equipment performance and/or effectiveness of the air quality pro- The following product identity appears on the product: duced has not been investigated. Replacement Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner The physiological effects of the operation of this equipment, beneficial or RELATED PRODUCTS otherwise, have not been investigated. Room air conditioners are covered under Air Conditioners, Room (ACOT). PRODUCT IDENTITY Air conditioners intended for spot cooling or environmental control of The following product identity appears on the product: electronic enclosures are covered under Air Conditioners, Special Purpose Commercial/Industrial Indoor Air Quality System, Ozone-generating (ACVS). Type Dehumidifiers are covered under Dehumidifiers, Refrigeration Type RELATED PRODUCTS (AFFT). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

67 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) 67 Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners, Replacement Continued Air Filtering Appliances (AEDX)− Continued (ADAU)− Appliances employing ultraviolet lamps or ionization tubes for the pur- pose of treating air and having provisions for connection to heating and Air-conditioning equipment designed for connection to duct systems for ventilation ducts used for air distribution are covered under Accessories, the purpose of providing central cooling and/or heating is covered under Air Duct Mounted (ABQK). Heating and Cooling Equipment (LZFE). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary For additional information, see Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cook- Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- ing Equipment (AAHC) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ment (AAHC). Locations (AALZ). REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 507, ‘‘Electric Fans.’’ ANSI/UL 484, ‘‘Room Air Conditioners.’’ UL MARK UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- tifier(s), and a file number. tifier(s), and a file number. PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Alternate UL Mark Additional Certification Markings The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up following information: Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as FOR FIELD INSTALLATION WITH EXISTING WALL SLEEVES, illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word OUTDOOR LOUVERS, ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Air Filtering Appli- AND INDOOR PANELS AS SPECIFIED ON THE PRODUCT ance’’ or ‘‘Air Filter,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the AS TO ELECTRIC SHOCK, FIRE AND CASUALTY HAZARDS ONLY individual Listings. Alternate UL Mark ************************* UL MARK UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- includes the UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following ance upon this Guide Information. additional information: REPLACEMENT PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONER FOR FIELD INSTALLATION WITH EXISTING WALL SLEEVES, DEHUMIDIFIERS, REFRIGERATION TYPE OUTDOOR LOUVERS, (AFFT) AND INDOOR PANELS AS SPECIFIED ON THE PRODUCT GENERAL AS TO ELECTRIC SHOCK, FIRE AND CASUALTY HAZARDS ONLY This category covers portable, self-contained household, commercial and Control No. industrial dehumidifiers for use in removing moisture from the air. These ************************* dehumidifiers are designed for cord connection to single-phase, UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does alternating-current circuits rated not more than 20 A, 125 V or 15 A, 208 or not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- 230 V. They employ hermetic refrigerant motor-compressors and may also turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for incorporate electric air heaters. any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- These dehumidifiers are intended for installation in accordance with ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ ance upon this Guide Information. PRODUCT IDENTITY One of the following product identities appears on the product: AIR FILTERING APPLIANCES (AEDX) Dehumidifier (for a household unit) Special-purpose Dehumidifier (for a commercial or industrial unit) GENERAL RELATED PRODUCTS This category covers portable and stationary air-filtering appliances Air conditioners intended for spot cooling are covered under Air Condi- intended for window, floor, table and similar mounting. This category also tioners, Special Purpose (ACVS). covers fixed air-filtering appliances intended for permanent mounting to Desiccant-type dehumidifiers with a heater are covered under Heaters, walls, ceilings, and similar applications. The appliances consist primarily Specialty (KSOT). of air-circulating fans and mechanical filters, but may additionally employ Duct-mounted and permanently connected dehumidifiers are covered ultraviolet/germicidal lamps. under Heating and Cooling Equipment (LZFE). PRODUCT MARKINGS See Air Conditioners, Room (ACOT). Appliances specifically investigated for use in ‘‘other spaces used for Products Verified for energy efficiency are covered under Dehumidifiers, environmental air,’’ per Article 300.22(c) of ANSI/NFPA 70 (2002), Refrigeration Type Verified for Energy Efficiency (ZWHP). ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ are marked ‘‘These units evaluated for use in ADDITIONAL INFORMATION other spaces for environmental air per National Electrical Code Article For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary 300.22(c)(2).’’ Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED ment (AAHC). The physiological effects of the operation of these appliances, beneficial REQUIREMENTS or otherwise, have not been investigated. The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is PRODUCT IDENTITY ANSI/UL 474, ‘‘Dehumidifiers,’’ or ANSI/UL 60335-1, ‘‘Safety of House- One of the following product identities appears on the product: hold and Similar Electrical Appliances, Part 1: General Requirements,’’ and Air Filter ANSI/UL 60335-2-40, ‘‘Household and Similar Electrical Appliances, Part Air-filtering Appliance 2-40: Particular Requirements for Electrical Heat Pumps, Air-Conditioners Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- and Dehumidifiers.’’ cations. UL MARK RELATED PRODUCTS The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Appliances not provided with filters and intended for circulating air in a vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and room are covered under Fans, Ceiling Suspended (GPRT) and Fans, Elec- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the tric (GPWV). UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Electrostatic air cleaners and fans employing electrostatic air cleaners are tifier(s), and a file number. covered under Electrostatic Air Cleaners (AGGZ). Ionizers, fans employing ionizers, and ion generators are covered under Ion Generators (OETX). Deodorizers intended to be used in treating air by dispersal of chemicals or by scenting the air are covered under Deodorizers and Air Fresheners (EOGX). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

68 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) 68 Dehumidifiers, Refrigeration Type (AFFT)− Continued Continued Electrostatic Air Cleaners (AGGZ)− Alternate UL Mark Air-filtering appliances utilizing mechanical filtration only or ultraviolet/ The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by germicidal lamps are covered under Air-filtering Appliances (AEDX). UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Deodorizers intended to be used in treating air by dispersal of chemicals vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- or by scenting the air are covered under Deodorizers and Air Fresheners trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word (EOGX). a control number, and the product name ‘‘Dehumidifier’’ for a ′′ LISTED, ′′ Appliances employing ultraviolet lamps or ionization tubes for the pur- household unit, or ‘‘Special Purpose Dehumidifier’’ for a commercial or pose of treating air and having provisions for connection to heating and industrial unit. ventilation ducts used for air distribution are covered under Accessories, Air ************************* Duct Mounted (ABQK). UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Power supplies intended for use in electrostatic air-cleaning equipment are assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or covered under Power Supplies, Electrostatic Air-cleaning Equipment any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, (QQCH2). expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ADDITIONAL INFORMATION out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Guide Information. Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- ment (AAHC). REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ELECTROSTATIC AIR CLEANERS (AGGZ) ANSI/UL 867, ‘‘Electrostatic Air Cleaners.’’ GENERAL UL MARK This category covers duct type, room type (fixed), stationary and portable The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided electrostatic air cleaners intended to remove airborne dust particles and the by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and like. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the This category also covers accessories intended for field installation on spe- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- cific certified electrostatic air cleaners. They are marked to indicate the asso- fier(s), and a file number. ciated certified equipment by model, catalog number, part number, or other Alternate UL Mark identifier as appropriate. Markings on the equipment also indicate any The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by changes in the equipment ratings with the accessory installed. Information UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- concerning field wiring connections, mounting location, installation clear- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- ances, etc., are marked on the accessory, and/or in detailed installation trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word instructions accompanying each accessory. ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Electrostatic Air Duct-type electrostatic air cleaners are intended for installation in and Cleaner’’ or ‘‘Electrostatic Air Cleaner Accessory.’’ adjoining heating air conditioning and ventilating ducts in accordance with For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recondi- ANSI/NFPA 90A, ‘‘Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Sys- tioned’’ precedes the product name. tems,’’ and ANSI/NFPA 90B, ‘‘Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air- ************************* Conditioning Systems.’’ UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Duct-type electrostatic air cleaners that may be used in exhaust systems of assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or restaurant-type cooking equipment are so marked. These air cleaners are any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, intended for installation in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 96, ‘‘Ventilation expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations.’’ When out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this installed in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 96, a certified grease filter or Guide Information. extractor must be installed ahead of the air cleaner. Room-type electrostatic air cleaners are self-contained units; the fixed EVAPORATIVE COOLER RETROFIT PUMPS types are intended for permanent installation. Portable or stationary types (AGIS) are cord connected. Electrostatic air cleaners are intended for use where removal of dust and USE AND INSTALLATION dirt from equipment is frequent enough to prevent excessive accumulation, This category covers pumps intended to replace the original pumps pro- which may result in flashover and fire damage. The instructions and warn- vided in certified evaporative coolers and pumps meant as retrofit pumps ings supplied with and on each piece of equipment should be carefully providing additional functionality, such as the timed purging of observed. evaporative-cooler reservoirs. They do not require qualified service person- Electrostatic air cleaners have either Class 1 or Class 2 filters or adhesive- nel for installation when the evaporative cooler is provided with a recep- coated ionizer collector cells as follows: tacle intended for cord-and-plug connection of the pump. For installations Class 1 filters or adhesive-coated ionizer collector cells are those which, where the pump is not provided with a plug or where the plug must be cut when clean, do not contribute fuel when attacked by flame and which off in order to wire the pump directly into the cooler circuitry, installation emit only negligible amounts of smoke. by qualified service personnel is specified. Pump construction, performance Class 2 filters or adhesive-coated ionizer collector cells are those which, and installation instructions have been investigated to determine that, when when clean, burn moderately when attacked by flame or emit moderate properly installed, they comply with the requirements applied to original amounts of smoke, or both. equipment pumps in these coolers. Electrostatic air cleaners designed to be assembled together in the field PRODUCT MARKINGS from component parts are Listed by Report. Under this form of certification, The pump packaging indicates the brand name, models or ratings of the a Report is prepared that identifies and describes the complete assembly evaporative coolers for which the pump is designed. Information concerning and includes instructions for proper installation. Copies of the report are mounting of the pump, cord routing, maximum depth of water in the reser- available from the Listee. voir, and regular testing of any GFCI protecting the pump is either marked REBUILT PRODUCTS on the pump packaging or provided in detailed installation instructions This category also covers electrostatic air cleaners that are rebuilt by the accompanying each pump. original manufacturer or another party having the necessary facilities, tech- PRODUCT IDENTITY nical knowledge and manufacturing skills. Rebuilt electrostatic air cleaners The following product identity appears on the product: are rebuilt to the extent necessary by disassembly and reassembly using Evaporative Cooler Retrofit Pump new or reconditioned parts. Rebuilt electrostatic air cleaners are subject to ADDITIONAL INFORMATION the same requirements as new electrostatic air cleaners. For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- The physiological effects of the operation of these appliances, beneficial or ment (AAHC). otherwise, have not been investigated. REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT IDENTITY The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are One of the following product identities appears on the product: ANSI/UL 778, ‘‘Motor-Operated Water Pumps,’’ and ANSI/UL 507, ‘‘Elec- Electrostatic Air Cleaner tric Fans.’’ Electrostatic Air-cleaner Accessory UL MARK For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recondi- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided tioned’’ precedes the product identity. by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and RELATED PRODUCTS Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Ionizers, fans employing ionizers, and ion generators are covered under UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Ion Generators (OETX). fier(s), and a file number. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

69 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) 69 Evaporative Cooler Retrofit Pumps (AGIS)− Continued Continued Evaporative Coolers (AGNY)− Additional Certification Markings any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the ance upon this Guide Information. following information: FOR USE WITH SPECIFIED EVAPORATIVE COOLERS ONLY Alternate UL Mark HUMIDIFIERS (AHIV) UL MARK GENERAL The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- This category covers humidifiers intended for residential and commer- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification cial applications that circulate moistened air and generally incorporate an and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products air-circulating fan with or without filters. Stationary types may have pro- includes the UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol vision for connection to heating and ventilating ducts for air distribution. (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following Motors used in stationary equipment intended for duct connection are additional information: prevented from hazardous overheating by inherent overheating devices, overcurrent protective devices, or inherent impedance. Impedance- EVAPORATIVE COOLER RETROFIT PUMP protected motors do not generate smoke during locked-rotor testing. FOR USE WITH SPECIFIED EVAPORATIVE COOLERS ONLY PRODUCT IDENTITY Control No. The following product identity appears on the product: ************************* PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Humidifier UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does RELATED PRODUCTS not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Evaporative coolers are covered under Evaporative Coolers (AGNY) and turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Evaporative Coolers Certified to the Uniform Mechanical Code (AGOS). any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Vaporizers are covered under Vaporizers (YEIV). ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ance upon this Guide Information. For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- ment (AAHC). EVAPORATIVE COOLERS (AGNY) REQUIREMENTS USE AND INSTALLATION The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is This category covers evaporative coolers of portable, window and sta- ANSI/UL 998, ‘‘Humidifiers.’’ tionary types for residential, commercial and industrial applications. Sta- The basic standard used to investigate air filters provided on stationary- tionary types may have provision for connection to a duct system for air type humidifiers in this category is ANSI/UL 900, ‘‘Air Filter Units.’’ distribution. Models investigated for outdoor installation are marked UL MARK ‘‘Outdoor Use.’’ The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Motors used in stationary equipment intended for duct system connec- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and tion are prevented from hazardous overheating by inherent overheating Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the devices, by overcurrent protective devices, or by impedance of the motor UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- windings. tifier(s), and a file number. Units permanently connected to the source of supply are intended to be Alternate UL Mark installed in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70, The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Evaporative media provided on stationary units that are intended for Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as connection to a duct system in accordance with the ‘‘International illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Mechanical Code,’’ ANSI/NFPA 90A, ‘‘Installation of Air Conditioning ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Humidifier.’’ and Ventilating Systems,’’ or ANSI/NFPA 90B, ‘‘Installation of Warm Air ************************* Heating and Air Conditioning Systems,’’ are certified to UL 900, ‘‘Air Fil- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does ter Units.’’ These products are also suitable for installation in accordance not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- with the ‘‘Uniform Mechanical Code.’’ turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for PRODUCT IDENTITY any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- One of the following product identities appears on the product: ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Evaporative Air Cooler ance upon this Guide Information. Evaporative Cooler RELATED PRODUCTS THERMAL AISLE CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS Some stationary, duct-connected evaporative coolers are covered under (AHJG) Evaporative Coolers Certified to the Uniform Mechanical Code (AGOS). Air coolers that include a motor compressor and refrigeration system are GENERAL covered under Room Air Conditioners (ACOT). This category covers thermal aisle containment systems, an HVAC Products intended primarily for circulating moistened air are covered method deployed in the occupied area of an air-cooled ITE space utilizing under Humidifiers (AHIV). physical separation of hot exhaust air from cooler intake air between ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equipment cabinets, rows of ITE, or associated power and cooling infra- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary structure. Containment is typically above, and at both ends of a hot aisle Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- or cold aisle, in whole or in part. Dropout ceilings for use beneath auto- ment (AAHC). matic sprinklers may be employed along with any necessary power sup- REQUIREMENTS plies and/or other electrical devices and hardware. The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is This category also covers accessories intended for use with thermal aisle ANSI/UL 507, ‘‘Electric Fans.’’ containment systems. UL MARK INSTALLATION The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- This equipment is rated 600 V or less and is intended for installation in vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and accordance with ANSI/NFPA 75, ‘‘Fire Protection of Information Technol- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ogy Equipment,’’ and ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- including Article 645, ‘‘Information Technology Equipment.’’ tifier(s), and a file number. A thermal aisle containment system may be shipped from the factory Alternate UL Mark unassembled, or disassembled to the degree necessary to facilitate ship- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ment. In some cases, subassemblies may be shipped separately for final UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up assembly at the installation site. In these cases, the following apply: Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as 1. All of the parts are furnished or specified by the manufacturer. illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word 2. The specific location of the assemblies in the thermal aisle contain- a control number, and the product name ‘‘Evaporative Cooler’’ LISTED, ′′ ′′ ment system and their method of installation are predetermined by or ‘‘Evaporative Air Cooler.’’ the manufacturer and are not dependent upon the installation person- ************************* nel. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does 3. Electrical connections used to connect the field-installed components not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- are accomplished by means of plugs and receptacles, wiring termina- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for tions, or other means that are in compliance with the NEC. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

70 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR SYSTEMS, SUBSYSTEMS, AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT (AAYZ) COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS (AECO) 70 This category covers elevator and escalator systems, subsystems, compo- Continued Thermal Aisle Containment Systems (AHJG)− nents and related functions investigated for conformance to ASME A17.7/ CSA B44.7, ‘‘Performance-Based Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.’’ 4. Detailed step-by-step installation instructions are provided in the form Elevator and escalator systems include subsystems, components and func- of installation instructions or a detailed installation practice. 5. Parts and subassemblies are marked with the manufacturer’s name or tions investigated as complete units. Subsystems, components and functions logo, and a part number (P/N) or other type designation. These parts of a system are specifically designated in the installation instructions pro- and subassemblies are identified in an ‘‘essential elements’’ label vided with the system. located on one central part of the system. Where an elevator system is designated as a ‘‘model elevator,’’ it is consid- The proper method of electrical installation (number of branch circuits, ered representative of series-produced elevators with the same design and disconnects, control-wiring connections, etc.) is shown on the wiring dia- configuration. All permitted variations between the model elevator and the gram(s) and/or marking required to be attached to the system. installed elevators are clearly specified (with minimum and maximum val- Accessories for thermal aisle containment systems are provided with ues, features, etc.) in the technical documentation accompanying the Certifi- instructions for installation into the product. cate of Conformance. Units suitable for use with certified field-installed accessories are specifi- Continued surveillance of the manufacture of approved designs of sys- cally indicated in the individual certifications. tems, subsystems, components and functions is a part of this program. The installation and arrangement of the thermal aisle containment system Inspections and tests of representative installations are made to determine should not interfere with exits already provided in the ITE room. the correctness of installation of subsystems, components and functions, FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS wiring, quality of workmanship, operability of circuits, and maintenance. With reference to ANSI/NFPA 75, wall- and ceiling-panel elements of the This category does not cover the investigation of the design, construction, aisle containment system are constructed of materials that have a maximum operation, inspection, testing, maintenance, alteration, or repair of elevator flame-spread index of 50 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 450 in and escalator systems, subsystems, components and related functions using accordance with ANSI/UL 723, ‘‘Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of the conventional process of implementing ANSI/ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Building Materials.’’ ‘‘Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators’’ (Option 1 as described in ASME PRODUCT MARKINGS A17.7/CSA B44.7). This equipment typically consists of multiple parts or subassemblies that RELATED PRODUCTS are shipped separately to be assembled in the field. The parts and subas- Certain elevator and escalator products may be certified using the require- semblies are marked to relate to one another for proper installation. One of ments contained in various UL Standards and/or ANSI/ASME A17.1/CSA the primary subassemblies contains an ‘‘essential elements’’ label that details B44. These certifications are covered under various product categories. The the other parts and subassemblies needed to complete the installation. following is a partial list of where information can be found on these prod- Some equipment is designed to accept accessories installed in the field. In ucts. such cases, the accessory is marked to relate the two for proper installation. Elevator control panels consisting of assemblies of equipment intended to PRODUCT IDENTITY control elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks, inclined lifts and One of the following product identities appears on the product: their associated equipment are covered under Elevator Control Panels Accessory for Thermal Aisle Containment System (FQPB). Section of Thermal Aisle Containment System Elevator control panels intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations Thermal Aisle Containment System are covered under Elevator Control Panels for Use in Hazardous Locations RELATED PRODUCTS (FSNA). Elevator control panels relating to hazardous (classified) locations See Air Conditioners, Room (ACOT), Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal that are intended for installation in unclassified locations are covered under (ACKZ), Dehumidifiers, Refrigeration Type (AFFT) and Heating and Cooling Elevator Control Panels Relating to Hazardous Locations (FSSA). Equipment (LZFE). Accessories and controllers intended for use in elevator applications, Special-purpose air conditioners are covered under Air Conditioners, Spe- including elevator accessories such as push buttons, indicator lights and cial Purpose (ACVS). luminaires, and elevator controls such as power supplies (motor and door ADDITIONAL INFORMATION operators) are covered under Elevator Controls and Accessories (FQMW). For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Elevator hoistway door interlocks and elevator hoistway door combination Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equip- mechanical locks and electric contacts are covered under Elevator Door- ment (AAHC). locking Devices and Contacts (FQXZ). REQUIREMENTS Elevator door-locking devices and contacts intended for use in hazardous The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is (classified) locations are covered under Elevator-door-locking Devices and ANSI/UL 484, ‘‘Room Air Conditioners,’’ in addition to ANSI/NFPA 75 Contacts for Use in Hazardous Locations (FSNT). (2012), ‘‘Fire Protection of Information Technology Equipment,’’ ANSI/ Switches intended for use with elevator system cars or shafts are covered NFPA 13 (2012), ‘‘Installation of Sprinkler Systems,’’ and/or Article 645 of under Elevator Switches (FRAH). ANSI/NFPA 70 (2011), ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ Passenger elevator car enclosures incorporating materials and equipment UL MARK such as decorative panels, suspended ceilings and luminaires are covered The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided under Passenger Elevator Car Enclosures (FRBK). by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Locations (AALZ), Mechanical Equipment and Associated Products (AAME) fier(s), and a file number. and Building Materials (AABM). Alternate UL Mark REQUIREMENTS UL MARK The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are: The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ANSI/ASME A17.1/CSA B44, ‘‘Safety Code for Elevators and Escala- UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- tors’’ vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- ANSI/ASME A17.5/CSA B44.1, ‘‘Elevator and Escalator Electrical trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Equipment’’ ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Thermal Aisle Contain- LISTED, ′′ ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7, ‘‘Performance-Based Safety Code for Elevators ment System,’’ ‘‘Section of Thermal Aisle Containment System’’ or ‘‘Acces- and Escalators’’ sory for Thermal Aisle Containment System.’’ ISO/TS 22559-1, ‘‘Safety Requirements for Lifts (Elevators) – Part 1: ************************* Global Essential Safety Requirements (GESRs) for Lifts (Elevators)’’ UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or The Certificate of Conformance serves as evidence that a representative any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, sample of the elevator or escalator system, subsystem or component and expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising related functions has been investigated for conformance to ASME A17.7/ out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this CSA B44.7. Guide Information. The Certificate (and accompanying documents, if any) is intended to pro- vide Authorities Having Jurisdiction with basic information on the require- ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR ments for installation and maintenance of an elevator or escalator system, subsystem or component and related functions for conformance to ASME SYSTEMS, SUBSYSTEMS, A17.7/CSA B44.7. The Certificate does not cover the final installation of the entire elevator or COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS escalator equipment in the building or structure. The Certificate includes: (AECO) 1. the name and address of the a. manufacturer of the subsystem, component or function, and the GENERAL LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

71 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR SYSTEMS, SUBSYSTEMS, AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AHSY) COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS (AECO) 71 name and address of the applicant (if other than the manufac- AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT turer), or b. supplier whose products are the subject of the certification; FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS 2. the scope of the certification, including, as appropriate, a. the product(s) certified, which is permitted to be identified by LOCATIONS (AHSY) type or range of products. Where the certification is for a func- tion, the product identity includes the word ‘‘Function’’; AIR CONDITIONERS FOR USE IN b. relevant parts of ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 (e.g., GESRs, SPs) to which each product or product type is certified, and HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AIDR) c. statement of compliance with ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7; d. where the certification is for a function, the identity of all of the Room Air Conditioners for Use in Hazardous components, firmware, software, etc., associated with the func- Locations (AINU) tion; and 3. the effective date of the Certificate and the term (time limit), or expi- USE AND INSTALLATION This category covers room air conditioners for use in hazardous loca- ration date; tions. They are encased assemblies designed as a unit and intended as the 4. a unique Certificate number; prime source of refrigeration and dehumidification, basically intended to 5. critical information related to installation or maintenance and any serve a single room, zone or space. They are intended for installation in conditions or limitations on the installation and use of the product(s). PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE windows or through walls. These units employ alternating-current, her- UL MARK metic refrigerant motor-compressors with factory-charged refrigeration In addition to the Certificate of Conformance, the Certification Mark of systems and include a means for circulating air. The effect of in-wall units UL also appears on the subsystem or component and is the only method on the fire resistance rating of the wall has not been investigated. provided by UL to identify subsystems or components manufactured Permanently connected units are intended to be connected only to a under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for branch circuit protected by overcurrent devices which do not exceed the these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and value marked on the data plate or attached wiring diagram. The marked ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file number. branch circuit overcurrent device protection is the maximum for which the Additional Certification Markings unit has been investigated. If time-delay fuses are required for starting, the Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the unit is marked to this effect. following information: Cord-connected units that require a time-delay fuse or circuit breaker to [PRODUCT IDENTITY, MODEL, STYLE, etc.] permit motor restarting are marked to this effect. ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 Some room air conditioners may be designed for installation with the Certificate No. ____ indoor side being located in a room purged and pressurized in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 496, ‘‘Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical The Certificate number identifies the Certificate(s) of Conformance that Equipment,’’ to become an unclassified location, and the outdoor side in a contains the basic information on the use of the product in the elevator Division 2 hazardous (classified) location. Marking on the product and in system, and the requirements for installation and maintenance of an eleva- the installation instructions identify units intended for this use. tor or escalator system, subsystem or component and related functions for PRODUCT IDENTITY conformance with the requirements of ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7. The following product identity appears on the product: If a component or subsystem is certified for use with more than one sys- Room Air Conditioner for Use in Hazardous Locations tem, the Certification Mark may contain more than one Certificate number. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Where the certification is for a function, the Certification Mark appears For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to on each of the critical parts associated with the function or on a major Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). part of the system incorporating key components of the function (such as REQUIREMENTS a control panel). The product identity includes the word ‘‘Function’’ (e.g., The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in ‘‘Function Software,’’ ‘‘Switch Override Function’’) and the Certificate this category is ANSI/UL 484, ‘‘Room Air Conditioners.’’ identifies all of the components, firmware, software, etc., associated with The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate the function. products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Alternate UL Mark Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations In addition to the Certificate of Conformance noted above, the Classifica- (AAIZ). UL MARK tion Mark of UL also appears on the subsystem or component and is the The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- only method provided by UL to identify subsystems or components vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and manufactured under its Classification and Follow-Up Service. The Classifi- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the cation Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLAS- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- SIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this tifier(s), and a file number. Directory), and the following additional information: Alternate UL Mark [PRODUCT IDENTITY, MODEL, STYLE, etc.] The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as Certificate No. illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word The Certificate number identifies the Certificate(s) of Conformance that a control number, and the product name ‘‘Room Air Condi- ′′ LISTED, ′′ contains the basic information on the use of the product in the elevator tioner for Use in Hazardous Locations.’’ system, and the requirements for installation and maintenance of an eleva- ************************* tor or escalator system, subsystem or component and related functions for UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does conformance with the requirements of ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7. not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- If a component or subsystem is certified for use with more than one sys- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for tem, the Classification Mark may contain more than one Certificate num- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ber. ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Where the certification is for a function, the Classification Mark appears ance upon this Guide Information. on each of the critical parts associated with the function or on a major part of the system incorporating key components of the function (such as AIR-FILTERING APPLIANCES FOR USE IN a control panel). The product identity includes the word ‘‘Function’’ (e.g., HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (AISX) ‘‘Function Software,’’ ‘‘Switch Override Function’’) and the certificate identifies all of the components, firmware, software, etc., associated with GENERAL This category covers portable and stationary air-filtering appliances the function. intended for window, floor, table and similar mounting. The appliances ************************* consist primarily of air-circulating fans and mechanical filters. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does PRODUCT IDENTITY not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- The following product identity appears on the product: turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Air-filtering Appliance for Use in Hazardous Locations any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- cations. ance upon this Guide Information. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

72 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS ALARM SYSTEM UNITS FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS (AHSY) (ALSY) 72 Air-filtering Appliances for Use in Hazardous Locations ALARM SYSTEM UNITS FOR USE IN Continued (AISX)− HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (ALSY) For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). REQUIREMENTS INTRUSION-DETECTION UNITS FOR USE IN The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (ARCX) products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relat- GENERAL ing to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). This category covers electronic units, including those which utilize rays UL MARK (photoelectric), electromagnetic waves, ultrasonic radiation, or other elec- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided tronic principles to signal intrusion or movement within mercantile prem- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ises or approaches to safes, stockrooms, etc., that may be used to form a Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the complete protective system. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- These units have been investigated for fire, electrical shock, and reliability fier(s), and a file number. of operation. The effect of radiation on radio communication or radio navi- Alternate UL Mark gation has not been investigated. UL MARK The Federal Communications Commission should be consulted for regula- tions governing the use and operation of radiation devices. The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by PRODUCT IDENTITY UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- One of the following product identities appears on the product: vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- Intrusion Detection Unit trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Intrusion Detection Unit for Use in Hazardous Locations a control number, and the product name ‘‘Air Filtering Appliance LISTED, ′′ ′′ Intrusion Detection Unit (Associated Apparatus) for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ or other appropriate product name as Intrusion Detection Unit Accessory shown in the individual Listings. Intrusion Detection Unit Accessory for Use in Hazardous Locations ************************* Intrusion Detection Unit Accessory (Associated Apparatus) UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Intrusion Detection Unit Power Supply assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Intrusion Detection Unit Power Supply for Use in Hazardous Locations any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Intrusion Detection Unit Power Supply (Associated Apparatus) expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ADDITIONAL INFORMATION out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Guide Information. Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). REQUIREMENTS The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 639, ‘‘Intrusion Detection Units.’’ The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate AIR-SAMPLING EQUIPMENT FOR USE products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relat- ing to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (ALOA) UL MARK GENERAL The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided This category covers air-sampling pumps, sample-draw pumps and simi- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and lar equipment. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- PRODUCT IDENTITY fier(s), and a file number. One of the following product identities appears on the product: Alternate UL Mark Air-sampling Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Air-sampling Pump for Use in Hazardous Locations UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- tions. trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word RELATED PRODUCTS ′′ ′′ LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Intrusion Detection Equipment investigated for use only in the hazardous (classified) locations Unit,’’ ‘‘Intrusion Detection Unit Power Supply’’ or ‘‘Intrusion Detection of automotive and marine service stations is covered under Control, Moni- Unit Accessory.’’ toring and Auxiliary Equipment (EQXX). The product name may be followed by ‘‘for Use in Hazardous Locations’’ ADDITIONAL INFORMATION or ‘‘(Associated Apparatus).’’ For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to ************************* Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not REQUIREMENTS assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relat- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ing to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this UL MARK Guide Information. The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ALTERNATORS FOR USE IN UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- fier(s), and a file number. HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (ARDK) Alternate UL Mark UL MARK GENERAL The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by This category covers electric alternators intended for use in hazardous UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- (classified) locations. vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- For Class I, Division 2 locations, the enclosure may be of the open or trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word totally-enclosed type. The Group designation is marked unless the alternator ′′ LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Air Sampling Equip- ′′ is acceptable for Groups A, B, C and D. The alternator is also marked with ment for Use in Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘Air Sampling Pump for Use in the operating temperature code designating the maximum internal or exter- Hazardous Locations,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the nal surface temperature determined at rated amperes marked on the alter- individual Listings. nator, if the temperature is greater than 100°C. If the enclosure incorporates ************************* one or more arcing or sparking parts, the part is housed in a Class I, Divi- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not sion 1 enclosure or the part is within a hermetically-sealed enclosure, con- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or structed with current-interrupting contacts immersed in oil, located in a any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, nonincendive circuit or located in a purged and pressurized enclosure. expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising For Class II, Division 2 Locations, the enclosure is of the totally enclosed out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this type. The alternator is marked with the operating temperature or operating Guide Information. temperature code designating the maximum external temperature deter- LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

73 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ALTERNATORS FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS AMUSEMENT AND GAMING MACHINES (ASMU) (ARDK) 73 mined at rated amperes (as marked on the alternator), when operating in Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the free air (not dust blanketed), if the external temperature is greater than UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- 100°C. tifier(s), and a file number. PRODUCT IDENTITY Alternate UL Mark The following product identity appears on the product: The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Alternator for Use in Hazardous Locations UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Amusement REQUIREMENTS Machine’’ or ‘‘Gaming Machine,’’ or other appropriate product name as The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in shown in the individual Listings. this category is ANSI/UL 508, ‘‘Industrial Control Equipment.’’ For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Refur- The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate bished’’ precedes the product name. products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and ************************* Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does (AAIZ). not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- UL MARK turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ance upon this Guide Information. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- tifier(s), and a file number. ANTENNA-DISCHARGE UNITS Alternate UL Mark The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by (ASWA) UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up USE Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as This category covers antenna-discharge units intended to minimize the illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word effects of voltage surges on antenna-transmission lines. ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Alternator for Use in These products have not been investigated to determine their suitability Hazardous Locations.’’ as lightning-protective devices. ************************* PRODUCT IDENTITY UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does The following product identity appears on the product: not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Antenna-discharge Unit turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- cations. ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ance upon this Guide Information. For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is AMUSEMENT AND GAMING ANSI/UL 452, ‘‘Antenna-Discharge Units.’’ UL MARK MACHINES (ASMU) The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- GENERAL vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and This category covers self-contained commercial amusement and gaming Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the machines. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- The appliances are marked on or adjacent to the electrical rating plate tifier(s), and a file number. with one of the following: ‘‘Suitable for Indoor Use Only,’’ ‘‘Suitable for Alternate UL Mark Protected Locations — See Installation Instructions’’ or ‘‘Suitable for Out- UL MARK door Use.’’ Complete instructions appear on an appliance intended for use The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by in a protected location, indicating the manufacturer’s recommendations UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up concerning the use or installation, or both, of any canopy, marquee, shel- Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as ter, etc., that may be necessary for the protection of the appliance. The illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word instructions may be located inside the appliance if they are accessible LISTED, ′′ ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Antenna Discharge through the front door. Unit,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual List- REBUILT PRODUCTS ings. This category also covers amusement and gaming machines that are ************************* rebuilt by the original manufacturer or another party having the necessary UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does facilities, technical knowledge and manufacturing skills. Rebuilt amuse- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- ment and gaming machines are rebuilt to the extent necessary by disas- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for sembly and reassembly using new or reconditioned parts. Rebuilt amuse- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ment and gaming machines are subject to the same requirements as new ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- amusement and gaming machines. ance upon this Guide Information. FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED The burglary- and theft-protection features of coin-operated machines APPLIANCE CONTROLS (ATNZ) have not been investigated unless specifically indicated in the individual certifications. GENERAL PRODUCT IDENTITY This category covers controllers (single device or interconnected series of One of the following product identities appears on the product: components) with one or more input power and possibly signal ports. Amusement Machine Included are controllers with solid-state circuitry, and one or more output Gaming Machine switching components to directly control all or a portion of household- Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- type appliances, such as portable luminaires, audio/video equipment, etc. cations. These controllers typically respond directly or indirectly to sensors or For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Refur- remote control signals to affect operation or electronically store or process bished’’ precedes the product identity. information by virtue of a memory system. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION These controls are intended only for nonindustrial appliances. For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary RATINGS Locations (AALZ). Appliance controls are rated maximum 16 A and are intended to be REQUIREMENTS installed on a 20 A maximum branch circuit. The voltage is limited accord- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ing to the end-product standard. They are not intended for controlling ANSI/UL 22, ‘‘Amusement and Gaming Machines.’’ motor-operated appliances unless specifically identified for such use, e.g., UL MARK appliance controls designated for control of electric fans. They have been The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- investigated for use in nominal 25°C environments, unless otherwise vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and stated in the individual certifications. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

74 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK APPLIANCE OUTLET CENTERS (AUJZ) APPLIANCE CONTROLS (ATNZ) 74 Appliance outlet centers are intended for installation subject to approval PRODUCT MARKINGS by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Controls typically have resistive or general use (power factor 0.75 – 0.80) Appliance outlet centers consist of one or more electrical outlets and may loads. A controller may be specifically identified for other load types, e.g., have one or more outlets of another type (i.e., gas, steam, water supply and ‘‘Suitable for ___ W lamp loads,’’ or ‘‘Suitable for ___ hp electric fans,’’ drain) supported within a suitable enclosure. The enclosure itself may con- where the blank identifies the numerical value of the rating. sist of individual components providing some compartmentalization and a PRODUCT IDENTITY single cover may be provided to enclose all compartments. They are The following product identity appears on the product: intended for permanent indoor installation where more than one appliance Appliance Control may be used simultaneously. They are intended for connection to feeder cir- Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- cuits consistent with their marked ratings. tions. Components utilized in the assembly of appliance outlet centers are RELATED PRODUCTS intended to be suitable for the use and are investigated to conform with the Devices intended to be part of a building control system are covered standard for safety which would be used if the component were to be sub- under Management Equipment, Energy (PAZX). mitted separately. Devices that use light-sensitive and/or motion-sensitive (passive infrared) ************************* switches are covered under Switches, Photoelectric (WJCT). UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Devices indented for industrial applications are covered under Power Cir- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or cuit and Motor-mounted Apparatus (NMTR). any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Devices such as thermostats are covered under Temperature-indicating expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising and Regulating Equipment (XAPX). out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Controlled receptacles with integral switching means intended for energy Guide Information. management and building automation applications in accordance with Sec- tion 406.3(E) of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ are covered under Receptacles with Integral Switching Means (RTXI). COMMERCIAL APPLIANCE OUTLET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CENTERS (AUUZ) For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary USE AND INSTALLATION Locations (AALZ). This category covers appliance outlet centers, which consist of a group of REQUIREMENTS outlets with or without suitable branch circuit overcurrent protective The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL devices, branch-circuit switching and/or timer provisions. This category 244A, ‘‘Solid-State Controls for Appliances,’’ or ANSI/UL 60730-1, ‘‘Auto- also covers appliance outlet center enclosures intended for use with specific matic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use, Part 1: General appliance outlet centers. Requirements,’’ together with one or more of the following Part 2 standards These products are not intended for use in residential dwellings. as indicated in the individual certifications: Commercial appliance outlet centers may be provided as complete assem- UL 60730-2-6, ‘‘Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Simi- blies or as open-type designs intended to be mounted in specific enclosures. lar Use; Part 2: Particular Requirements for Automatic Electrical Pres- Devices that constitute an open-type assembly are marked to identify the sure Sensing Controls Including Mechanical Requirements’’ specific commercial appliance outlet center enclosure into which they are UL 60730-2-7, ‘‘Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Simi- intended to be installed. In addition, the enclosures are marked to indicate lar Use; Part 2: Particular Requirements for Timers and Time Switches’’ the specific commercial appliance outlet center(s) intended for use within ANSI/UL 60730-2-9, ‘‘Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and the enclosure. Similar Use – Part 2-9: Particular Requirements for Temperature Sens- PRODUCT IDENTITY ing Controls’’ One of the following product identities appears on the product: UL 60730-2-13A, ‘‘Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Commercial Appliance Outlet Center Similar Use; Part 2: Particular Requirements for Humidity Sensing Con- Commercial Appliance Outlet Center Enclosure trols’’ ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Products not identified with a specific standard reference are investigated For additional information, see Appliance Outlet Centers (AUJZ), Electrical to UL 244A (3rd ed., issued April 30, 2003; last revised March 4, 2010). All Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ) and Plumbing and Asso- other products are identified by the specific standard/edition/date in the ciated Products (AAPP). individual certifications. REQUIREMENTS Controls for devices investigated to end-product standards, such as The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 508, ‘‘Industrial Control Equipment,’’ are identified in the indi- ANSI/UL 891, ‘‘Dead-Front Switchboards.’’ vidual certifications. These products are additionally investigated using ANSI/NFPA 70, UL MARK ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), to ensure compliance with the installation The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided and use provisions of the NEC. by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and UL MARK Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and fier(s), and a file number. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Alternate UL Mark UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by fier(s), and a file number. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Alternate UL Mark vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- UL MARK trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Appliance Control,’’ or ′′ LISTED, UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- other appropriate product name as shown in the individual Listings. vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- ************************* trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Commercial Appliance ′′ assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Outlet Center’’ or ‘‘Commercial Appliance Outlet Center Enclosure.’’ any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, ************************* expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Guide Information. any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising APPLIANCE OUTLET CENTERS out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Guide Information. (AUJZ) This category covers appliance outlet centers, which are factory-built RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCE OUTLET assemblies incorporating pre-installed materials and equipment which, after CENTERS (AVGQ) installation, are usually concealed and may not be accessible for inspection at the installation site. USE Materials, including the methods used for installation of electrical, This category covers appliance outlet centers intended for use in residen- mechanical and plumbing equipment incorporated in these assemblies by tial dwellings. their manufacturer have been investigated for installation requirements in PRODUCT IDENTITY accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ NFPA’s The following product identity appears on the product: National Fire Codes, and model building, plumbing and mechanical codes. Residential Appliance Outlet Center LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

75 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK APPLIANCE OUTLET CENTERS (AUJZ) ARC-DETECTION AND -MITIGATION EQUIPMENT (AVWD) 75 Residential Appliance Outlet Centers (AVGQ)− Continued Continued Arc-mitigation Equipment (AVWP)− ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Assemblies of load-interrupter-type switchgear rated over 1000 V ac, including those investigated as ‘‘arc resistant,’’ are covered under For additional information, see Appliance Outlet Centers (AUJZ), Electri- cal Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ) and Plumbing and Switches, Load Interrupter and Isolating, Over 1000 Volts (WIQG). Associated Products (AAPP). Arcing-fault-quenching equipment that is not provided with an enclo- REQUIREMENTS sure is covered under Arc-mitigation Equipment (AVWP2). The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are Arcing-fault-interrupting devices are covered under Arc-mitigation contained in ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ Equipment (AVWP2). UL MARK Arc-fault circuit interrupters intended for use in dwelling units are cov- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ered under: vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Branch/Feeder Type (AVZQ) Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Outlet Circuit Type (AWCG) UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Portable Type (AWDO) tifier(s), and a file number. Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Cord Type (AWAY) Alternate UL Mark ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL MARK For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Locations (AALZ). UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word contained in UL 2748, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Arcing Fault Quench- ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Residential Appliance ing Equipment.’’ Outlet Center.’’ UL MARK ************************* The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- tifier(s), and a file number. ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Where provided as a vertical section in a series of sections constituting ance upon this Guide Information. an assembly, the Certification Mark covers only the section so marked. Additional Certification Markings Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the following information: ARC-DETECTION AND -MITIGATION AS TO FIRE AND SHOCK HAZARDS ONLY EQUIPMENT (AVWD) Alternate UL Mark The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification ARC-MITIGATION EQUIPMENT (AVWP) and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products GENERAL includes the UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol This category covers enclosed equipment for mitigation of arcing faults (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following occurring in equipment at voltages up to 38 kV ac. This equipment con- additional information: tains arc-quenching devices that operate by creating an alternate path of * lower impedance for fault current. This equipment may also provide a AS TO FIRE AND SHOCK HAZARDS ONLY signal intended for operation of a protective device that opens the faulted Control No. circuit, or may include the protective device as part of the equipment. ARC-QUENCHING EQUIP- , * ARC-MITIGATION EQUIPMENT This equipment is completely enclosed equipment that may either be MENT or ARCING-FAULT-QUENCHING EQUIPMENT stand-alone equipment or a vertical section in a series of sections consti- Where provided as a vertical section in a series of sections constituting tuting an assembly of distribution equipment. Where provided as a verti- an assembly, the Classification Mark covers only the section so marked. cal section in a series of sections constituting an assembly, the mitigation equipment may additionally be certified as a section of that assembly, and may additionally be certified as ‘‘arc resistant.’’ The enclosure is marked with one or more of the following Enclosure ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS Type ratings for which it was investigated: Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 6, 6P, 12, 12K or 13. The intended uses for each Enclosure Type are as indi- (AVYI) cated in Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). GENERAL This equipment has been investigated for operation within the voltage, This category covers arc-fault circuit interrupters (AFCI) and system current, and time parameters as specified by the manufacturer. The use of combination arc-fault circuit protection intended to mitigate the effects of arc-mitigation equipment does not ensure that the protected equipment arcing faults that may pose a risk of fire ignition under certain conditions will meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE C37.20.7, ‘‘Guide for Testing if the arcing persists. Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Rated up to 38kV for Internal Arcing Faults.’’ These devices have been investigated to determine their ability to recog- The amount of incident arc-energy reduction attributed to the operation nize and react to arcing faults. They have also been investigated to deter- of this equipment and the ability of this equipment to reduce or eliminate mine resistance to unwanted tripping because of the presence of arcing damage to other equipment or to reduce the likelihood of personal injury that occurs in control and utilization equipment under normal operating as a result of internal arcing fault conditions has not been investigated. conditions and to verify that operation is not unduly inhibited by the PRODUCT IDENTITY presence of loads and circuit characteristics that may mask or attenuate The following product identity appears on the product: unwanted arcing. Arc-mitigation Equipment — AFCI indicators operate by producing a waveform AFCI Indicators Arc-quenching Equipment similar to an arc fault. Since these devices cannot produce an actual arcing Arcing-fault-quenching Equipment fault, an AFCI indicator may not trip every AFCI. AFCI indicators are pro- RELATED PRODUCTS vided with markings or instructions that state the following or equivalent: Assemblies of vertical sections containing switches, overcurrent devices ‘‘CAUTION: AFCIs recognize characteristics unique to arcing, and AFCI or other protective devices rated up to 600 V ac are covered under Switch- indicators produce characteristics that mimic some forms of arcing. There- boards, Dead-front (WEVZ). fore the indicator may provide a false indication that the AFCI is not func- Assemblies of metal-enclosed vertical sections containing low-voltage- tioning properly. If this occurs, the operation of the AFCI should be power circuit breakers rated up to 600 V ac, including those investigated rechecked using the test and reset buttons on the AFCI.’’ The test button as ‘‘arc resistant,’’ are covered under Switchgear Assemblies, Metal on the AFCI will demonstrate proper operation of the AFCI. Enclosed, Low-voltage-power Circuit-breaker Type (WUTZ). For additional information regarding AFCI indicators, see Outlet Circuit Assemblies of vertical sections containing combination motor controllers Testers (QCYU). are covered under Motor Control Centers (NJAV). PRODUCT MARKINGS Assemblies of switchgear rated over 1000 V ac, including those investi- Arc-fault circuit interrupters and the individual devices of system combi- gated as ‘‘arc resistant,’’ are covered under Circuit Breakers and Metal-clad nation arc-fault circuit protection are marked to identify the type of device Switchgear Over 1000 Volts (DLAH), Switchgear, Gas-insulated Type, Over to aid the user in determining the intended location in a circuit. 1000 Volts (WVEK) or Switchgear, Metal Enclosed, Over 1000 Volts ************************* (WVGN). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

76 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (AVYI) ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (AVYI) 76 UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Branch/Feeder Type assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Continued (AVZQ)− any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising REQUIREMENTS out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is Guide Information. ANSI/UL 1699, ‘‘Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters.’’ UL MARK ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS, The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and BRANCH/FEEDER TYPE (AVZQ) Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the USE UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- This category covers arc-fault circuit interrupters intended to be installed fier(s), and a file number. at the origin of a branch circuit or feeder, such as at a panelboard, where Alternate UL Mark they can function to de-energize the entire branch circuit when an arc fault The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by is detected. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- These devices are intended to provide protection of the branch-circuit wir- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- ing, feeder wiring, or both, against the unwanted effects of arcing. These trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word devices also provide protection to cord sets and power-supply cords con- LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Branch/Feeder Arc ′′ ′′ nected to receptacles as shown below. Fault Circuit Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘Branch/Feeder AFCI’’). These devices may be self-contained with an enclosure, separate devices ************************* intended to be mounted in an enclosure, or integrated as part of another UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not device, such as a circuit breaker. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or PROTECTION PROVIDED any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, The following branch-circuit diagram and arc-fault-protection table illus- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising trate the protection provided by a branch/feeder AFCI under various arc- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this fault scenarios. Guide Information. ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS, COMBINATION TYPE (AWAH) USE This category covers arc-fault circuit interrupters that comply with the requirements for both branch/feeder-type AFCIs (see AVZQ) and outlet- circuit-type AFCIs (see AWCG). They are intended to provide protection of the branch-circuit wiring, feeder wiring, or both, and cord sets and power- supply cords connected to receptacles against the unwanted effects of arc- ing. These devices may be self-contained with an enclosure, separate devices intended to be mounted in an enclosure or outlet box, or integrated as part of another device, such as a circuit breaker or outlet receptacle. PROTECTION PROVIDED The following branch-circuit diagram and arc-fault-protection table illus- trate the protection provided by a combination AFCI under various arc-fault scenarios. Protection Provided Arc-fault Scenario Branch-circuit Wiring Y Parallel Arcing Detection Series Arcing Detection Y (With Ground) N Series Arcing Detection Without Ground (#) Cord Sets (Extension Cords), Power-supply Cords Y Parallel Arcing Detection N Series Arcing Detection Notes Y – Arc-fault protection provided . N – Arc-fault protection not provided . (#) Branch-circuit wiring systems without ground were permitted prior . Arc-fault Scenario Protection Provided to the 1962 NEC Branch-circuit Wiring . Parallel arcing detection includes arcing line-to-line and line-to-ground Parallel Arcing Detection Y RATINGS Series Arcing Detection Y These devices are rated 15 or 20 A, 120 or 120/240 V. (With Ground) PRODUCT MARKINGS Series Arcing Detection Y Branch/feeder AFCIs are marked ‘‘Branch/Feeder Arc-fault Circuit- Without Ground (#) Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘Branch/Feeder AFCI’’) where visible with a dead-front or faceplate removed, while the device is installed. Cord Sets (Extension Combination-type AFCIs additionally covered under Circuit Breakers, Cords), Power-supply Cords Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ) and not marked ‘‘Line’’ Y Parallel Arcing Detection and ‘‘Load’’ are suitable for operation with a supply source connected to Series Arcing Detection Y either side. PRODUCT IDENTITY One of the following product identities appears on the product: Notes Branch/Feeder AFCI . Y – Arc-fault protection provided Branch/Feeder Arc-fault Circuit Interrupter . (#) – Branch-circuit wiring systems without ground were permitted ADDITIONAL INFORMATION prior to the 1962 NEC For additional information, see Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters (AVYI) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). Parallel arcing detection includes arcing line-to-line and line-to-ground . LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

77 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (AVYI) ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (AVYI) 77 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Combination Type Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Cord Type (AWAY)− Continued (AWAH)− Continued UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Combination AFCIs located at other than the origin of the branch . turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for circuit do not protect upstream branch-circuit wiring, cord sets or any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- power-supply cords ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- RATINGS ance upon this Guide Information. These devices are rated 15 or 20 A, 120 V or 120/240 V. PRODUCT MARKINGS ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS, Combination AFCIs are marked ‘‘Combination Arc-fault Circuit- Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘Combination AFCI’’) where visible with a dead-front or OUTLET BRANCH CIRCUIT TYPE (AWBZ) faceplate removed, while the device is installed. USE AND INSTALLATION Combination-type AFCIs additionally covered under Circuit Breakers, This category covers arc-fault circuit interrupters that have been investi- Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ) and not marked gated to provide protection of the downstream branch-circuit wiring, cord ‘‘Line’’ and ‘‘Load’’ are suitable for operation with a supply source con- sets and power-supply cords against the unwanted effects of arcing. These nected to either side. devices also provide protection to upstream branch-circuit wiring as PRODUCT IDENTITY shown below. One of the following product identities appears on the product: These devices have feed-through connections. Combination AFCI PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE These devices are intended to be installed as the first outlet in a branch Combination Arc-fault Circuit Interrupter circuit. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PROTECTION PROVIDED For additional information, see Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters (AVYI) and The following branch-circuit diagram and arc-fault protection table illus- Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). trate the protection provided by an outlet branch-circuit AFCI under vari- REQUIREMENTS ous arc-fault scenarios. The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 1699, ‘‘Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters.’’ UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- tifier(s), and a file number. Alternate UL Mark The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘Combination AFCI’’). ************************* UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Arc-fault Scenario Protection Provided ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Branch-circuit Wiring – First Leg ance upon this Guide Information. N Parallel Arcing Detection Series Arcing Detection (With Ground) Y ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS, Y Series Arcing Detection Without Ground (#) CORD TYPE (AWAY) Branch-circuit Wiring – Beyond First Leg USE Y Parallel Arcing Detection This category covers arc-fault circuit interrupters (AFCI) intended to be Y Series Arcing Detection (With Ground) connected to a receptacle outlet. Y Series Arcing Detection Without Ground (#) These devices are intended to provide protection to the power-supply cord connected to it against the unwanted effects of arcing. The cord may Cord Sets (Extension Cords), Power-supply Cords be integral to the device. The device has no additional outlets. Y Parallel Arcing Detection RATINGS Y Series Arcing Detection These devices are rated 30 A maximum, 120 V or 120/240 V. PRODUCT IDENTITY Notes One of the following product identities appears on the product: Y – Arc-fault protection provided . Cord AFCI . N – Arc-fault protection not provided Cord Arc-fault Circuit Interrupter ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (#) – Branch-circuit wiring systems without ground were permitted . For additional information, see Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters (AVYI) and prior to the 1962 NEC Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). . Parallel arcing detection includes arcing line-to-line and line-to- REQUIREMENTS ground The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is RATINGS ANSI/UL 1699, ‘‘Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters.’’ These devices are rated 15 or 20 A, 120 V. UL MARK PRODUCT IDENTITY The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- One of the following product identities appears on the product: vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Outlet Branch Circuit AFCI Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Outlet Branch Circuit Arc-fault Circuit Interrupter UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION tifier(s), and a file number. For additional information, see Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters (AVYI) and Alternate UL Mark Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). UL MARK REQUIREMENTS The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up contained in UL Subject 1699A, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Outlet Branch Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as Circuit AFCIs.’’ illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word UL MARK ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Cord Arc Fault Cir- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- cuit Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘Cord AFCI’’). vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ************************* LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

78 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (AVYI) ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (AVYI) 78 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Outlet Branch Circuit Type Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Outlet Branch Circuit Type for Use in System Combination Arc-fault Circuit Protection Continued (AWBZ)− (AWCC)− Continued Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Protection Provided Arc-fault Scenario Y Series Arcing Detection Without Ground (#) fier(s), and a file number. Alternate UL Mark Cord Sets (Extension Cords), Power-supply Cords UL MARK Parallel Arcing Detection Y The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Y Series Arcing Detection UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- Notes trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ′′ ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Outlet Branch Circuit LISTED, Y – Arc-fault protection provided . Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘Outlet Branch Circuit AFCI’’). . (#) – Branch-circuit wiring systems without ground were permitted ************************* prior to the 1962 NEC UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not . Parallel arcing detection includes arcing line-to-line and line-to-ground assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, RATINGS expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising System combination arc-fault circuit protection is rated 15 or 20 A, 120 V. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this The ratings of the individual devices forming the system combination are Guide Information. marked on each device and are unaffected by use in the system combina- tion. PRODUCT MARKINGS ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS, If a system combination is provided as a kit consisting of an outlet branch OUTLET BRANCH CIRCUIT TYPE FOR USE circuit arc-fault circuit interrupter and molded-case circuit breaker packaged together, the following marking is provided on each device: IN SYSTEM COMBINATION ARC-FAULT CAUTION — System Combination AFCI – For continued arc-fault pro- CIRCUIT PROTECTION (AWCC) tection, both the OBC AFCI receptacle and branch circuit breaker must be replaced together if it becomes necessary to replace either compo- GENERAL nent. This category covers outlet branch circuit arc-fault circuit interrupters that If a system combination is provided as an outlet branch circuit arc-fault have been investigated for use with specific molded-case circuit breakers to circuit interrupter provided with documentation that identifies the suitable provide system combination arc-fault circuit protection intended for installa- molded-case circuit breakers that are included in the system combination, tion in dwelling units in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electri- the above marking is provided on the outlet branch circuit arc-fault circuit cal Code.’’ interrupter. Additionally a label containing the above marking is provided System combination arc-fault circuit protection is a system consisting of a for installation adjacent to or on the specified molded case circuit breaker certified outlet branch circuit arc-fault circuit interrupter installed at the first installed in the panelboard. outlet of a branch circuit in combination with a specified certified molded- INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS case circuit breaker installed as the branch-circuit overcurrent protective The product information provided with the outlet branch circuit arc-fault device. circuit interrupter includes the manufacturer, complete type or catalog num- With respect to system combination arc-fault circuit protection, the term ber, and rating of the specified molded-case circuit breaker(s). This informa- molded-case circuit breaker includes a thermal magnetic circuit breaker, an tion is included on the installation instructions packaged with the device, or electronic circuit breaker and a circuit breaker and ground-fault circuit inter- on a separate information sheet packaged with the device and referenced by rupter. the instructions. This information may also appear on the smallest unit System combination arc-fault protection may be provided as an outlet packaging of the device. branch circuit arc-fault circuit interrupter provided with documentation that PRODUCT IDENTITY identifies the suitable molded-case circuit breakers that are included in the One of the following product identities appears on the product: system combination or as a kit consisting of an outlet branch circuit arc- SC AFCI fault circuit interrupter and molded-case circuit breaker packaged together. System Combination In either case the information described under INSTALLATION INSTRUC- System Combination AFCI TIONS below is provided with the outlet branch circuit arc-fault circuit System Combination Arc-fault Circuit Protection interrupter. RELATED PRODUCTS The system combination has been investigated to provide protection of the See Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Outlet Branch Circuit Type (AWBZ) and branch-circuit wiring, cord sets, and power-supply cords against the Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ). unwanted effects of arcing. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PROTECTION PROVIDED For additional information, see Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters (AVYI) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). REQUIREMENTS The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are contained in UL 1699C, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for System Combination Arc-Fault Circuit Protection.’’ UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- fier(s), and a file number. Additional Certification Markings Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the following information: FOR USE WITH MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IDENTIFIED IN MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS ************************* UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Protection Provided Arc-fault Scenario assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Branch-circuit Wiring – First Leg any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Parallel Arcing Detection Y expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Series Arcing Detection (With Ground) Y out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Y Series Arcing Detection Without Ground (#) Guide Information. Branch-circuit Wiring – Beyond First Leg ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS, Y Parallel Arcing Detection Series Arcing Detection (With Ground) Y OUTLET CIRCUIT TYPE (AWCG) USE AND INSTALLATION LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

79 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (AVYI) ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (AVYI) 79 Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Outlet Circuit Type Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Portable Type Continued Continued (AWCG)− (AWDO)− This category covers arc-fault circuit interrupters intended to be installed any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- at a branch-circuit outlet, such as an outlet box. ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. These devices are intended to provide protection of cord sets and power-supply cords connected to it against the unwanted effects of arcing. These devices may provide feed-through protection of the cord sets and power-supply cords connected to downstream receptacles. ARCHITECTURAL AND FLOATING These devices may or may not have feed-through connections. These devices may or may not have integral receptacles. FOUNTAINS (AWEG) RATINGS USE AND INSTALLATION These devices are rated 15 or 20 A, 120 V. This category covers electrical equipment systems intended for installa- PRODUCT IDENTITY tion in accordance with Article 680 (Part V) and Article 682 of ANSI/ One of the following product identities appears on the product: NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ Equipment may consist of pumps Outlet Circuit AFCI (including submersible pumps), lights, control panels, and timers. Equip- Outlet Circuit Arc-fault Circuit Interrupter ment may also include wind sensors, light detectors, freeze-prevention ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equipment, and the like. These systems may be submersible or intended For additional information, see Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters (AVYI) and PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE for remote installation. Systems suitable for outdoor use are so marked. Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). PRODUCT IDENTITY REQUIREMENTS One of the following product identities appears on the product: The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is Architectural Fountain ANSI/UL 1699, ‘‘Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters.’’ Floating Fountain UL MARK Floating-fountain Equipment The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and cations. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the RELATED PRODUCTS UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Similar portable equipment is covered under Fountains, Small Decora- tifier(s), and a file number. tive (IQRW). Alternate UL Mark Control panels for use with equipment intended for water-play foun- UL MARK tains and water playground areas, swimming pools and spas, or fountains The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by with water in common with swimming pools are covered under Controls UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up (WAWU). Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as ADDITIONAL INFORMATION illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Outlet Circuit Arc Locations (AALZ). Fault Circuit Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘Outlet Circuit AFCI’’). REQUIREMENTS ************************* The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does ANSI/UL 778, ‘‘Motor-Operated Water Pumps,’’ UL 676, ‘‘Underwater not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Lighting Fixtures,’’ and UL 508A, ‘‘Industrial Control Panels.’’ turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for UL MARK any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ance upon this Guide Information. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- tifier(s), and a file number. ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS, Alternate UL Mark PORTABLE TYPE (AWDO) UL MARK USE The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by This category covers arc-fault circuit interrupters intended to be con- UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up nected to a receptacle outlet. They are provided with one or more outlets. Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as These devices are intended to provide protection to connected cord sets illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word and power-supply cords against the unwanted effects of arcing. LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Architectural Foun- ′′ RATINGS tain,’’ ‘‘Floating Fountain’’ or ‘‘Floating Fountain Equipment,’’ or other These devices are rated 20 A maximum, 120 V. appropriate product name as shown in the individual Listings. PRODUCT IDENTITY ************************* One of the following product identities appears on the product: UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Portable AFCI not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Portable Arc-fault Circuit Interrupter turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for ADDITIONAL INFORMATION any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- For additional information, see Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters (AVYI) and ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). ance upon this Guide Information. REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 1699, ‘‘Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters.’’ ARMORED CABLE (AWEZ) UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- GENERAL vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and This category covers armored cable in sizes 14–1 AWG copper and 12–1 Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the AWG aluminum or copper-clad aluminum and rated 600 V or less. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Aluminum-armored cable is suitable for use in alternating current circuits tifier(s), and a file number. only. Armored cable is for use in accordance with Article 320 of ANSI/ Alternate UL Mark NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ UL MARK — Indicates armored cable rated 75°C employing conductors ACTH The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by having thermoplastic insulation. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up ACTHH — Indicates armored cable rated 90°C employing conductors Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as having thermoplastic insulation. illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word — Indicates armored cable rated 90°C employing conductors ACHH LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Portable Arc Fault ′′ having thermosetting insulation. Circuit Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘Portable AFCI’’). Armored cable connectors (box connectors) other than the direct bearing ************************* setscrew type are suitable for use on cable employing aluminum armor. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does For conductor termination information, see Electrical Equipment for Use not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for PRODUCT MARKINGS LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

80 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ARMORED CABLE (AWEZ) ARMORED CABLE (AWEZ) 80 Armored cable complies with the Flame and Limited Smoke Test require- Armored Cable Connectors, Type AC (AWSX)− Continued ments specified in UL 1685, ‘‘Vertical-Tray Fire-Propagation and Smoke- Release Test for Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables’’ and may be marked Size of Cable Used — Connectors of the 1/2 trade size, unless marked with the suffix ‘‘LS’’ and/or ‘‘For Use in Cable Trays.’’ otherwise, are capable of holding 14–2 AWG armored cable and any larger size which it will accommodate. Cable with aluminum armor is identified with the words ‘‘ALUMINUM Use with Aluminum Cable — Connectors other than direct-bearing set- ARMOR’’ on a marker tape and tag on coils. screw type are suitable for use with aluminum-armored cable. Cable with copper-clad aluminum conductors is identified with the desig- Reusability — Connectors have not been investigated for reusability. nation ‘‘AL (CU-CLAD)’’ or ‘‘Cu-Clad Al.’’ on a tag, on the carton or reel. Reusability should be determined by the installer and the Authority Having Cable with aluminum conductors is identified with the designation ‘‘AL’’ on Jurisdiction. a tag, on the carton or reel. MARKINGS In addition, cable with compact-stranded copper conductors is identified Some connectors are also acceptable for use with flexible metal conduit, with the designation ‘‘Compact Copper’’ or ‘‘CMPCT CU’’ following the flexible cord, nonmetallic-sheathed cable, metal-clad (Type MC) cable, conductor size and the words ‘‘Terminate with connectors identified for use service-entrance cable, flexible nonmetallic tubing, or armored optical-fiber with compact-stranded copper conductors’’ on a tag, on the carton or reel. cable as indicated on the device or carton. Connectors for use with PRODUCT IDENTITY nonmetallic-sheathed cable are also suitable for use with multiconductor One of the following product identities appears on the product: underground feeder and branch-circuit cable where used in dry locations. Aluminum Armored Cable (for armored cable that has aluminum Unless marked otherwise on the carton, the connectors are suitable for con- armor) nection of only one cable per cable entry. Armored Aluminum Cable (for armored cable that contains aluminum PRODUCT IDENTITY conductors) The following product identity appears on the product: Armored Cable (for armored cable that contains copper or copper-clad Armored-cable Connector aluminum conductors) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RELATED PRODUCTS For additional information, see Armored Cable (AWEZ) and Electrical For fittings suitable as a grounding means, see Armored Cable Connectors Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). (AWSX). REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ANSI/UL 514B, ‘‘Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings.’’ Products not identi- Locations (AALZ). fied with a specific standard reference are investigated to the 6th ed. (issued REQUIREMENTS July 13, 2012; last revised June 4, 2014). All other products are identified by The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is the specific standard/edition/date in the individual certifications. ANSI/UL 4, ‘‘Armored Cable.’’ UL MARK UL MARK The UL symbol on the product and the Certification Mark of UL on the The Certification Mark of UL on the attached tag, reel, or on the smallest smallest unit container in which the product is packaged is the only method unit container in which the product is packaged, with or without the UL provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification symbol on the product, is the only method provided by UL to identify and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words identifier(s), and a file number. ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- Alternate UL Mark ber. The UL symbol on the product and the Listing Mark of UL on the small- Alternate UL Mark est unit container in which the product is packaged is the only method pro- UL MARK vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and The Listing Mark of UL on the attached tag, the reel or the smallest unit Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL container in which the product is packaged with or without the UL symbol symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Armored Cable manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark Connector.’’ for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction ************************* of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not the product name as appropriate: Armored cable that contains copper or assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or copper-clad aluminum conductors has the product name ‘‘Armored Cable’’; any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, armored cable that contains aluminum conductors has the product name expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ‘‘Armored Aluminum Cable’’; armored cable that has aluminum armor has out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this the product name ‘‘Aluminum Armored Cable.’’ Guide Information. ************************* UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not ATTACHMENT PLUGS (AXGV) assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, GENERAL expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising This category covers the following types of products: out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this — A device that adapts one blade or slot configuration to another Adapter Guide Information. (including a grounding adapter for a nongrounding receptacle), adapts a receptacle to a lampholder, or adapts a lampholder to a receptacle (also known as a separable attachment plug). (See EMDV for similar products.) — A single-outlet female contact device to be wired Appliance Coupler ARMORED CABLE CONNECTORS, TYPE AC on flexible cord as part of a detachable power-supply cord to be connected (AWSX) to a male inlet of an appliance. GENERAL Appliance or Flatiron Plug — An appliance coupler type of device having This category covers armored-cable connectors suitable for use with a slot configuration specified for use with heating or cooking appliances. armored cable (Type AC). These connectors are intended for installation and — A male contact device for the temporary connection Attachment Plug use in accordance with the following information and the limitations speci- of a flexible cord or cable to a receptacle, cord connector, or other female fied in Armored Cable (AWEZ). outlet device. The individual certifications for each connector used with nonmetallic- Cord Connector — A female contact device to be wired on flexible cord sheathed cable may have details about the size and number of the for use as an extension from an outlet to make a detachable electrical con- nonmetallic-sheathed cable it will secure. nection to an attachment plug or, as an appliance coupler, to an equipment All male threaded fittings have only been investigated for use with lock- inlet. nuts. — A male contact Male Inlet (Equipment Inlet, Motor Attachment Plug) — Connectors covered under Metal-clad-cable Con- Additional Fittings device to be mounted on utilization equipment to provide a detachable elec- nectors, Type MC (PJOX) and Power and Control Tray Cable Connectors trical connection to an appliance coupler or cord connector. (QPOZ) are also suitable for use with armored cable when specifically indi- Nonseparable Attachment Plug — An adapter having a male screw shell cated on the device or carton. Temporary wiring, such as flexible cable or and a pair of wire leads to be connected to utilization equipment. cord, may be secured by the use of a connector suitable for use with flexible Separable Attachment Plug — An adapter having a male screw shell and cord. a slot configuration outlet. — Armored-cable connectors (Type AC) are considered suit- Grounding Shore Power Inlet — A male inlet intended to provide power-supply con- able for grounding for use in circuits over and under 250 V and where nection to boats moored to a dock. Shore power inlets are also covered installed in accordance with the NEC. under Shore Power Inlets, Marine (UBXR). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

81 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ATTACHMENT PLUGS (AXGV) ATTACHMENT PLUGS (AXGV) 81 — A cord connector having more than one outlet and Table Tap Continued Attachment Plugs, Fuseless (AXUT)− intended to rest on a horizontal surface while in use. This category does not cover devices to be molded on flexible cord or nection of mobile x-ray and similar equipment), or (2) the marking ‘‘Hos- wire and unassembled devices to be factory assembled on flexible cord or pital Grade,’’ and a green dot on the device. Male inlets may be identified wire. Such devices are complete only after installation of the flexible cord only by the marking ‘‘Hospital Only.’’ The identification is visible after or wire and they are judged as part of a complete assembly. installation on the flexible cord or, in the case of the male inlets, on the Ratings utilization equipment. These devices are rated 600 V or less, ac or dc, and 200 A or less. They Federal Specification — Some certified attachment plugs, cord connec- may also be rated in horsepower as noted in the individual product cat- tors and male inlets in this category have been investigated to Federal egories. Specification W-C-596, ‘‘General Specification for Electrical Power Connec- Outlet devices rated 250 V are tested on circuits involving a nominal tors.’’ potential to ground of 125 V. Outlet devices having other voltage ratings Terminals — Terminals of appliance couplers, appliance and flatiron are tested on circuits involving full-rated potential to ground, except for plugs, attachment plugs, cord connectors and table taps are intended for multiphase-rated devices, which are tested on circuits consistent with their use with stranded copper conductors of the type used in flexible cord. Ter- voltage ratings, i.e., a 120/208 V, 3-phase, device is tested on a circuit minals of male inlets (motor attachment plugs) and shore-power inlets of involving 120 V to ground. the wire-binding screw, setscrew, or screw-actuated back-wired clamping Terminals types are suitable for use with both solid and stranded wire. The terminations of devices intended to be wired to flexible cord are Horsepower Ratings — In addition to ampere and voltage ratings, stan- based on the use of flexible cord or cable having copper conductors, in dard ac horsepower ratings corresponding to the amp and voltage ratings PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE accordance with Article 400 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ assigned to specific attachment plugs not incorporating overcurrent pro- (NEC). The ampacity of flexible cord and cable is based on Section 400.5, tection or a switch are given in the table below. For a Design E motor Tables 400.5(A) and 400.5(B). The conductors are sized as specified on the rated more than 2 horsepower, it is necessary to use an attachment plug product or in the manufacturer’s instructions provided with the device. having a horsepower rating not less than 1.4 times the standard ac horse- The terminations are based on the use of 60°C flexible cord or cable. power rating. The NEMA configuration designation is included for refer- The terminations of devices intended to be wired onto branch-circuit ence. Devices other than attachment plugs, and attachment plugs of con- conductors are based upon the use of 60°C insulated conductors in circuits figurations other than those indicated in the table, have horsepower rated 100 A or less, and the use of 75°C insulated conductors in circuits ratings only if such ratings are marked on the device. rated more than 100 A, as specified in Table 310.15(B)(16) of the NEC. Horsepower Ratings for NEMA Configuration Attachment Plugs Grounding AC V Amps No. of NEMA HP No. of Devices having a terminal identified by a green-colored finish, the words No. of Wire Poles Dsg Rating Phase Rating Rating ‘‘green’’ or ‘‘ground,’’ the letters ‘‘G’’ or ‘‘GR,’’ or the grounding symbol 15 125 1 2 2 1-15, L1-15 1/2 are grounding types. The blade, pin or contact number connected to this 3 2 1 125 1/2 5-15, L5-15 1-1/2# 250 1 2 2 2-15 1-1/2# 1 2 3 6-15, L6-15 250 277 2 1 3 7-15, L7-15 2 1 3 4 14-15 1-1/2 L-L#, 125/250 1/2 L-N 250 3 3 3 11-15, 2 L11-15 250 3 3 4 15-15 2 4 2 4 18-15 3 120/208 20 125 1 2 3 5-20, L5-20 1 2# 2 2-20, L2-20 1 250 2 2# 250 1 2 3 6-20, L6-20 7-20, L7-20 2 1 277 2 3 terminal is for equipment grounding only. 3 L8-20 3 2 1 480 Enclosures 125/250 1 3 3 10-20, 2 L-L#, 1 In general, devices having integral enclosures or installed as intended L10-20 L-N 3 2 L-L#, 1 125/250 1 14-20, 4 have been investigated for use indoors, in dry locations. All such Listed L14-20 L-N products provide a degree of protection against ordinary corrosion, acci- 250 3 3 11-20, 3 3 dental contact with live parts, and a limited amount of falling dirt. Some L11-20 devices have been investigated for use in other operating environments 250 3 3 4 15-20, 3 when unmated and when mated with other devices in the same manufac- L15-20 turer’s line of products. They are marked with one of the type designa- 480 3 3 3 L12-20 5 20 tions 2 through 6, 12 and 13 indicated in Electrical Equipment for Use in 3 5 480 L16-20 4 3 Ordinary Locations (AALZ). All outdoor types provide a degree of protec- 4 120/208 18-20, 4 2 3 tion against rain, snow, and sleet. Outdoor types are also suitable for use L18-20 indoors if they meet the environmental conditions present. A device that 3 120/208 2 5 L21-20 4 complies with the requirements for more than one type of enclosure may L19-20 5 4 3 277/480 4 be marked with multiple designations. Complete use and mating informa- 4 5 L22-20 5 3 277/480 1 125 30 2 5-30, L5-30 3 2 tion is provided in the installation instructions provided with each device. 2 2-30 2# 1 250 2 RELATED PRODUCTS 3 6-30, L6-30 2# 1 250 2 This category does not cover pin-and-sleeve-type devices; refer to Pin- 1 3 277 3 2 7-30, L7-30 and-Sleeve-type Plugs, Receptacles and Cable Connectors (QLGD). 480 2 L8-30 5 3 1 ************************* 1 3 10-30, 2 L-L#, 2 125/250 3 UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does L10-30 L-N not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- 1 3 125/250 2 L-L#, 2 14-30, 4 turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for L14-30 L-N any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- 3 11-30, 3 250 3 3 ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- L11-30 ance upon this Guide Information. 250 3 3 4 15-30, 3 L15-30 3 480 10 3 3 L12-30 ATTACHMENT PLUGS, FUSELESS (AXUT) 480 3 3 4 L16-30 10 GENERAL 4 4 3 120/208 18-30, 3 This category covers adapters, appliance couplers, appliance and flatiron L18-30 plugs, attachment plugs, cord connectors, male inlets (equipment inlets, 3 4 5 L21-30 3 120/208 4 277/480 10 4 3 L19-30 motor-attachment plugs), nonseparable attachment plugs, separable attach- 277/480 3 4 5 L22-30 10 ment plugs, shore-power inlets and table taps. These devices do not incor- 2 5-50 50 125 1 2 3 porate switches or overcurrent protection. 250 1 2 3 6-50 3# — Attachment plugs and cord connectors Devices for Use in Hospitals 1 2 3 7-50 5 277 certified for hospital use in other than hazardous (classified) locations in 125/250 3 10-50 3 L-L#, 2 1 3 accordance with Article 517 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ L-N are identified by (1) the marking ‘‘Hospital Only’’ (used to identify a spe- cific grounding locking configuration rated 20 A, 125 V, used for the con- LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

82 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ATTACHMENT PLUGS (AXGV) ATTACHMENT PLUGS (AXGV) 82 Attachment Plugs, Fuseless (AXUT)− Attachment Plugs with Switches (AYIR)− Continued Continued HP No. of No. of Amps AC V NEMA The following product identity appears on the product: Rating No. of Wire Dsg Rating Poles Rating Phase Switch 14-50 1 3 125/250 4 3 L-L#, 2 RELATED PRODUCTS L-N See Snap Switches (WJQR). 11-50 250 3 3 3 7-1/2 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 15-50 4 3 250 7-1/2 3 For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary 3 18-50 120/208 4 4 7-1/2 Locations (AALZ). 4 60 3 L-L#, 2 14-60 125/250 3 1 REQUIREMENTS L-N The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are 250 3 3 4 15-60 10 ANSI/UL 498, ‘‘Attachment Plugs and Receptacles,’’ and ANSI/UL 20, 120/208 7-1/2 18-60 4 4 3 ‘‘General-Use Snap Switches,’’ or ANSI/UL 1054, ‘‘Special-Use Switches,’’ or ANSI/UL 61058-1, ‘‘Switches for Appliances – Part 1: General Require- L-L: Motor connected line-to-line ments.’’ L-N: Motor connected line-to-neutral UL MARK # Also suitable for 208 V motor applications at the indicated horsepower The Certification Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol stamped rating or molded into the product and the Certification Mark on the smallest unit For three-phase devices, the horsepower ratings indicated are for three- packaging is the only method provided by UL to identify products manu- phase motor loads. factured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Refer to ANSI/NEMA WD 6 (2002), ‘‘Wiring Devices – Dimensional Speci- Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ fications,’’ for configurations of the NEMA designations. and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file number. PRODUCT IDENTITY In lieu of the UL symbol stamped or molded into the product, ‘‘UNDER- One of the following product identities appears on the product: WRITERS LABORATORIES INC. LISTED’’ (or ‘‘UND. LAB. INC. LIST.’’) Fuseless Attachment Plug may be stamped or molded into the product. When marked as such, the Plug Certification Mark will appear on the smallest unit packaging. Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- Alternate UL Mark tions. UL MARK ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The Listing Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol stamped or For additional information, see Attachment Plugs (AXGV) and Electrical molded into the product and the Listing Mark on the smallest unit packag- Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). ing is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured REQUIREMENTS under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these prod- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ucts includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Direc- ANSI/UL 498, ‘‘Attachment Plugs and Receptacles.’’ tory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the product Where indicated in the individual certifications, attachment plugs, cord name ‘‘Switch.’’ connectors and male inlets have additionally been investigated to Federal In lieu of the UL symbol stamped or molded into the product, ‘‘UNDER- Specification W-C-596, ‘‘General Specification for Electrical Power Connec- WRITERS LABORATORIES INC. LISTED’’ (or ‘‘UND. LAB. INC. LIST.’’) tors.’’ may be stamped or molded into the product. When marked as such, the UL MARK Listing Mark shall appear on the smallest unit packaging. The Certification Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the ************************* product and the Certification Mark on the smallest unit container in which UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this ber. Guide Information. Attachment plugs, cord connectors and male inlets additionally investi- gated to Federal Specification W-C-596 are identified by the capital letters ‘‘F’’ and ‘‘S,’’ each in a wing on either side of the UL symbol. The Federal ATTACHMENT PLUGS WITH OVERLOAD Specification number ‘‘W-C-596F’’ or ‘‘W-C-596G,’’ or the Federal Specifica- tion part number (which consists of the appropriate specification sheet and PROTECTION (AYVZ) dash number described in the specification) may also be included on the USE product or on the smallest container in which the product is packaged. This category covers attachment plugs, separable and nonseparable attach- Alternate UL Mark ment plugs, cord connectors, and male inlets designed to accommodate The Listing Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the product standard fuses, or provided with circuit breakers or equivalent overcurrent and the Listing Mark on the smallest unit container in which the product is protection. packaged, is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufac- PRODUCT IDENTITY tured under its Listing and Follow-Up service. The Listing Mark for these One of the following product identities appears on the product: products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Attachment Plug Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the Attachment Plug with Overload Protection product name ‘‘Fuseless Attachment Plug’’ or ‘‘Plug,’’ or other appropriate Cord Connector product name as shown in the individual Listings. Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- Attachment plugs, cord connectors and male inlets additionally investi- tions. gated to Federal Specification W-C-596 are identified by the capital letters ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ‘‘F’’ and ‘‘S,’’ each in a wing on either side of the UL symbol. The Federal For additional information, see Attachment Plugs (AXGV) and Electrical Specification number ‘‘W-C-596F’’ or ‘‘W-C-596G,’’ or the Federal Specifica- Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). tion part number (which consists of the appropriate specification sheet and REQUIREMENTS dash number described in the specification) may also be included on the The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is product or on the smallest container in which the product is packaged. ANSI/UL 498, ‘‘Attachment Plugs and Receptacles.’’ ************************* UL MARK UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a Guide Information. file number. Alternate UL Mark ATTACHMENT PLUGS WITH SWITCHES UL MARK (AYIR) The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to GENERAL identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. This category covers appliance couplers, appliance plugs, attachment The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated plugs, male inlets (equipment inlets, motor attachment plugs), and flatiron in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a plugs incorporating switches. control number, and the product name ‘‘Attachment Plug with Overload PRODUCT IDENTITY LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

83 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK ATTACHMENT PLUGS (AXGV) AUDIO AND RADIO EQUIPMENT, COMMERCIAL (AZCY) 83 Attachment Plugs with Overload Protection Commercial Audio and Radio Equipment, Systems and Continued (AYVZ)− Continued Accessories (AZJX)− Protection,’’ ‘‘Attachment Plug’’ or ‘‘Cord Connector,’’ or other appropriate Alternate UL Mark product name as shown in the individual Listings. UL MARK ************************* The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for ′′ any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- a control number, and one of the following product names as ′′ LISTED, ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- appropriate: ‘‘Commercial Audio System,’’ ‘‘Commercial Audio Equip- ance upon this Guide Information. ment,’’ ‘‘Commercial Sound Equipment,’’ ‘‘Commercial Audio Product,’’ ‘‘Commercial Radio,’’ or other appropriate product name (prefixed by ‘‘Commercial’’) as shown in the individual Listings. ************************* AUDIO AND RADIO EQUIPMENT, UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- COMMERCIAL (AZCY) turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- COMMERCIAL AUDIO AND RADIO ance upon this Guide Information. EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES (AZJX) AUDIO/VIDEO APPARATUS (AZSQ) GENERAL This category covers power-operated audio and radio equipment and GENERAL accessories rated 300 V or less and designed to meet the use requirements This category covers the following apparatus – rated 300 V or less and of commercial enterprises or establishments, churches, schools, theaters, designed for household use, commercial use in churches, schools, and factories and similar locations, and connected to supply circuits in accor- institutions and/or in other public places – that is to be connected to the dance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ supply mains either directly or indirectly: Commercial audio and radio equipment includes amplifiers, preamplifier (1) Apparatus and accessories that transmit or receive signals from an mixers, signal processors, etc. for general use; public address and central- antenna. This includes apparatus that produces or reproduces information ized sound systems; intercommunication devices and systems; radio that is analog or digital in nature. receivers, tuners and tuner/amplifiers; record turntables, sound masking (2) Audio apparatus and accessories that reproduce or process audio sig- systems, tape decks and power supplies intended for use with commercial nals, including amateur radios, amplifiers, apparatus for the visually sound systems; special effects units and integral amplifier/speakers, etc. impaired and the physically handicapped, disc players, head demagnetiz- that are intended for use by professional and semi-professional musicians. ers, intercommunicating devices and systems, preamplifier mixers, pream- This category also covers accessories for use with commercial audio and plifiers, public address and centralized sound systems, radio clocks, radio- radio equipment such as audio modulated lights, audio level indicators, clock-telephones, radio receivers, signal processors for general use, sound etc. masking systems, transceivers, tuners, and tuner-amplifiers. Products of the above types may also be covered under Audio/Video (3) Video apparatus that receives signals from an antenna, through a Apparatus (AZSQ). CATV/MATV cable system, from a video-recorded medium, or from This category does not cover dictating or transcribing machines for office image producing units, such as antenna amplifiers, antenna-positioning use. apparatus, cable (CATV) television converters, cable television descram- This category does not cover musical instruments and accessories other blers, master antenna amplifiers, microwave or satellite receivers, school than those noted above; see Musical Instruments (PWHZ). televisions, television monitors, television receivers, television tuners, Speakers and their accessories that have been investigated for mounting video cameras, video switchers and encoders, video tape recorders, and in air-handling spaces are specifically identified by markings on the prod- video-amplification, -processing, -receiving, -recording, and -reproducing uct and in the individual certifications. Installation details are shown on apparatus. the product or are provided in a separate installation document provided (4) Motor-driven apparatus that comprises one or more of the above- with the product and referenced in the marking on the product. mentioned apparatus, or can be used only in combination with one or Products intended to form part of any fire-resistant barrier assembly can more of them including phonographs, radio-phonographs, tape players be found in the Fire Resistance Directory. and recorders that utilize records, tape, or wire, record changers, Equipment rack systems consist of an equipment rack and one or more television/radio-phonographs, television/video tape recorders, turntables, audio or video components such as amplifiers, equalizers, VCRs and simi- and similar apparatus. Commercial apparatus has complete reproduction lar equipment. Each component installed in the rack that does not bear the facilities including record turntable, and/or tape deck, amplifier and Certification Mark is identified by type and model number on a tag that is speaker. Unless specifically noted otherwise in the individual certifications, permanently attached to the rack. If all components installed in the rack these units are for indoor use only. bear the Certification Mark, the tag is not required. (5) Other apparatus obviously provided to be used in combination with PRODUCT IDENTITY the above-mentioned apparatus, such as cable-connected remote control One of the following product identities appears on the product: devices, power supplies for use with commercial sound systems, special Commercial Audio Equipment effects units and integral amplifier-speakers that are intended for use by Commercial Audio Product professional and semiprofessional musicians. Commercial Audio System (6) Electronic accessories, wherein the accessories are separate, but are Commercial Radio used in addition to or as a supplement to the basic apparatus, such as Commercial Sound Equipment audio-modulated lights, audio-level indicators, character generators, CRT Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- degaussers, digital processors, editing controllers, tape erasers, tape cations, prefixed by the word ‘‘Commercial.’’ rewinders. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (7) Portable audio or video apparatus that is intended for use with a For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary vehicle, marine, or any other battery circuit as the power supply means. Locations (AALZ). (8) Battery eliminators, including direct-plug-in adapters and other types REQUIREMENTS of power supplies intended for use with apparatus covered in this cat- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is egory. ANSI/UL 813, ‘‘Commercial Audio Equipment.’’ (9) Carts, stands and similar apparatus marked for use with specific In addition, ANSI/UL 2043, ‘‘Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke audio and video apparatus. Release for Discrete Products and Their Accessories Installed in Air- (10) Apparatus incorporating low-energy induction-power-transfer tech- Handling Spaces,’’ is used to investigate nonmetallic materials of products nology as follows: a) induction-power transmitters intended to be sup- marked suitable for use in air-handling spaces. plied by a branch circuit of 600 V or less, b) induction receivers intended UL MARK for use with specific induction-power transmitters, and c) induction receiv- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ers intended for use with induction-power transmitters conforming to vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and industry-accepted interoperability specifications. The output of an induc- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the tion receiver does not exceed (i) 60 V d.c. or 42.4 V peak, and (ii) 100 VA UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- capacity. tifier(s), and a file number. ACCESSORIES LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

84 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AUDIO/VIDEO APPARATUS (AZSQ) AUDIO/VIDEO APPARATUS (AZSQ) 84 Field-installed accessories to certified equipment are provided with suit- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- able markings and/or instructions detailing proper installation or assembly fier(s), and a file number. of the accessory with either specific or generic certified equipment specified Equipment rack systems consist of an equipment rack and one or more in the markings or instructions. audio or video components such as amplifiers, equalizers, VCRs and similar REBUILT PRODUCTS equipment. Each component installed in the rack that does not bear the UL This category also covers audio and video apparatus that is rebuilt by the Mark is identified by type and model number on a tag that is permanently original manufacturer or another party having the necessary facilities, tech- attached to the rack. If all components installed in the rack bear the UL nical knowledge and manufacturing skills. Rebuilt audio and video appara- Mark, the tag is not required. tus is rebuilt to the extent necessary by disassembly and reassembly using Alternate UL Mark new or reconditioned parts. Rebuilt audio and video apparatus is subject to The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by the same requirements as new audio and video apparatus. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- Unless specified in the individual certifications, the efficacy, including reli- trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ability, interoperability and functionality of this equipment, has not been a control number, and one of the following product names as ′′ LISTED, ′′ investigated. appropriate: ‘‘Audio/Video Apparatus,’’ ‘‘Audio Equipment,’’ ‘‘Audio Prod- PRODUCT IDENTITY uct,’’ ‘‘Audio System,’’ ‘‘Commercial Audio Equipment,’’ ‘‘Commercial One of the following product identities appears on the product: Audio Product,’’ ‘‘Commercial Audio System,’’ ‘‘Musical Instrument,’’ ‘‘Radio Receiver,’’ ‘‘Television Equipment’’ (or ‘‘TV Equipment’’ or ‘‘TV Audio Equipment Equip’’), ‘‘Television Receiver, ’’ ‘‘Video Equipment,’’ ‘‘Video Product,’’ Audio Product ‘‘Video System,’’ ‘‘AV Product,’’ ‘‘AV Apparatus,’’ ‘‘AV Power Supply,’’ or Audio System the name of the specific type of product as shown in the individual Listings, Audio/Video Apparatus or combinations of the product identities where required. AV Product The category identifier for field-installed accessories includes the word AV Apparatus ‘‘Accessory.’’ AV Power Supply For rebuilt products the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recondi- Commercial Audio Equipment tioned’’ precedes the product name. Commercial Audio Product Equipment rack systems consist of an equipment rack and one or more Commercial Audio System audio or video components such as amplifiers, equalizers, VCRs and similar Musical Instrument equipment. Each component installed in the rack that does not bear the UL Radio Receiver Mark is identified by type and model number on a tag that is permanently Television Equipment attached to the rack. If all components installed in the rack bear the UL List- Television Receiver ing Mark, the tag is not required. TV Equip ************************* TV Equipment UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Video Equipment assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Video Product any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Video System expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this tions, or combinations of the product identities where required. Guide Information. The product identity for field-installed accessories includes the word ‘‘Accessory.’’ For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recondi- AUDIO AND VIDEO EQUIPMENT tioned’’ precedes the product identity. RELATED PRODUCTS (AZUJ) Television and video equipment intended for use in health care facilities is investigated to UL 6500, ‘‘Audio/Video and Musical Instrument Apparatus EQUIPMENT TYPES for Household, Commercial and Similar General Use,’’ or ANSI/UL 60065, This category covers: ‘‘Audio, Video and Similar Electronic Apparatus – Safety Requirements,’’ intended for household use and Audio products and accessories (1) and is covered under Television/Video Equipment for Use in Health Care involved with the reproduction or processing of audio signals such as Facilities (KFCV). amateur radio products, amplifiers, disc players, intercommunicating Musical instruments and their accessories are investigated to UL 6500 or devices, radio-phonographs, radio receivers, radio-clocks, record play- ANSI/UL 60065 and are covered under Musical Instruments (PWHZ). ers, tape recorders, tape players, transceivers, tuners, tuner-amplifiers, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION and similar products. For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary (2) Video products intended for household or commercial use that receive Locations (AALZ). signals off the air from a satellite or microwave antenna, through a REQUIREMENTS CATV/MATV cable system, from a video-recorded medium, or from The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL image producing units. Examples of such products are video tape 6500, ‘‘Audio/Video and Musical Instrument Apparatus for Household, recorders, video-receiving, -processing, -recording, -reproducing, and Commercial and Similar General Use,’’ or ANSI/UL 60065, ‘‘Audio, Video -amplification products, antenna amplifiers, antenna positioning equip- and Similar Electronic Apparatus – Safety Requirements.’’ ment, cable television (CATV) converters, microwave or satellite receiv- Products investigated for use in air-handling spaces are marked ‘‘Suitable ers, television tuners, television cameras, television receivers and moni- for Use in Other Environmental Air Space in Accordance with Section tors, and similar products. These products have not been evaluated for 300.22, (C) of the National Electrical Code,’’ or ‘‘Suitable for Use in Air- security surveillance protection; see ‘‘Related Equipment’’ below. Handling Spaces.’’ These products have been additionally investigated to intended for use with audio or Auxiliary products and accessories (3) UL 2043, ‘‘Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Prod- video products wherein the auxiliary and accessory products are sepa- ucts and Their Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces.’’ Products that rate and do not perform the desired function, but are used in addition bear the marking are suitable for installation in accordance with ANSI/ to or as a supplement to products according to items (1) and (2). NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ ANSI/NFPA 90A, ‘‘Installation of Air- Examples of such products are character generators, digital processors, Conditioning and Ventilating Systems,’’ the ‘‘International Mechanical editing controllers, video switches and encoders, CRT degaussers, video Code,’’ and the ‘‘Uniform Mechanical Code.’’ tape rewinders, head demagnetizers, tape erasers, separately enclosed Carts and similar apparatus intended to provide a surface for the support nonpowered loudspeakers, and similar products. or attachment of audio and/or video equipment also comply with the appli- of the types described in items (4) Portable audio or video products cable requirements in ANSI/UL 1678, ‘‘Household, Commercial, and (1)–(3) intended for use with a vehicular, marine, or any other battery Institutional-Use Carts, Stands and Entertainment Centers for Use with circuit as the power supply means. Audio and/or Video Equipment,’’ or ANSI/UL 1667, ‘‘Tall Institutional (5) Carts and stands and similar structures marked for use with specific Carts for Audio-, Video-, and Television-Type Equipment.’’ audio and video products. Apparatus incorporating induction-power-transfer technology associated Products of the above types may also be covered under Audio/Video with low-energy products have additionally been investigated to ANSI/UL Apparatus (AZSQ). 2738, ‘‘Induction Power Transmitters and Receivers for Use with Low REBUILT PRODUCTS Energy Products.’’ This category also covers audio and video equipment that is rebuilt by the UL MARK original manufacturer or another party having the necessary facilities, tech- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided nical knowledge and manufacturing skills. Rebuilt audio and video equip- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ment is rebuilt to the extent necessary by disassembly and reassembly using LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

85 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AUDIO AND VIDEO EQUIPMENT (AZUJ) AUDIO AND VIDEO EQUIPMENT (AZUJ) 85 new or reconditioned parts. Rebuilt audio and video equipment is subject For rebuilt products the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recon- ditioned’’ precedes the product name. to the same requirements as new audio and video equipment. ************************* Rebuilt products of the types noted under EQUIPMENT TYPES above UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does may also be covered under Audio/Video Apparatus (AZSQ). not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- PRODUCT IDENTITY turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for One of the following product identities appears on the product: any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Audio Equipment ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Audio Product ance upon this Guide Information. Audio System AV Apparatus AV Product AUDIO AND VIDEO EQUIPMENT CERTIFIED Radio Receiver FOR USE IN SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT Television Equipment Television Receiver (AZVG) Video Equipment USE AND INSTALLATION Video Product This category covers retrofit devices or kits consisting of parts and/or Video System subassemblies intended for field installation by qualified service personnel Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- in UL-certified commercial audio and video equipment that involves PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE cations, or combinations of the product identities where required. modifying, revising, or replacing the circuitry internal to the certified For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recon- equipment. These products have been investigated to determine that, ditioned’’ precedes the product identity. when installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instruc- RELATED EQUIPMENT tions, they do not adversely affect the operation of the specified equip- Commercial audio products are covered under Commercial Audio and ment. Radio Equipment, Systems and Accessories (AZJX) or Commercial Phono- The retrofit kits are limited in the amount of field revision that will be graphs, Tape Playing and Recording Appliances and Accessories (AZQW). performed to no more than 50% revision to or replacement of the certified Household, commercial, and professional use carts, stands, shelves and product circuitry. The parts that form the enclosure of the certified product similar structures not identified for use with specific audio or video prod- may be modified in the field, to fulfill the installation of the kit, but not ucts are covered under Carts and Stands for Household, Commercial and replaced. Installation instructions are provided with each kit and include Professional Use (CZUV). information identifying the specific equipment into which the kit may be Carts and similar structures, not identified for use with specific audio or installed. The instructions include a statement indicating that, upon video products, having a top load surface that is more than 1 meter (39.37 completion of the retrofit, a 1000 V AC or DC Dielectric Strength test is to in.) above the floor, and that are intended for use in schools, institutions, be performed between specified points. hospitals or like locations where children are likely to move them or may RELATED EQUIPMENT be asked to move them are covered under Carts, Tall Institutional See Audio/Video Apparatus (AZSQ) and Audio and Video Equipment (CZWK). (AZUJ). Video products intended for entertainment purposes in unclassified loca- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION tions of health care facilities are covered under Television/Video Equip- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ment for Use in Health Care Facilities (KFCV). Locations (AALZ). Professional audio and video equipment is covered under Video and REQUIREMENTS Audio Equipment, Professional (ZCBY). The basic standard used to investigate the retrofit kits in this category Battery chargers and power supplies, portable or for permanent installa- and their combination with the specified end-use product is UL 1492, tion and not packaged with or specifically referenced in literature pack- ‘‘Audio-Video Products and Accessories,’’ or UL 6500, ‘‘Audio/Video and aged with an audio or video product, are covered under the respective Musical Instrument Apparatus for Household, Commercial, and Similar categories. General Use.’’ ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL MARK For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Locations (AALZ). vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and REQUIREMENTS Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- 1492, ‘‘Audio-Video Products and Accessories.’’ tifier(s), and a file number. Carts and similar structures having a top load surface that is more than The Certification Mark appears on the largest part of the kit assembly 1 meter (39.37 in.) above the floor, and that are intended for use in that can be readily assembled by an installer on site. Each major part of schools, institutions, hospitals or similar locations where children may the kit is identified by appropriate marking. move them, also comply with the applicable requirements of ANSI/UL Additional Certification Markings 1667, ‘‘Tall Institutional Carts for Audio-, Video-, and Television-Type Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the Equipment.’’ following information: Circuits in audio and video products intended to connect directly to a RETROFIT KIT FOR INSTALLATION IN SPECIFIED [identification telecommunication network also comply with the applicable requirements of equipment] of ANSI/UL 1459, ‘‘Telephone Equipment.’’ IDENTIFIED IN THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION Separately enclosed nonpowered loudspeakers, not intended for connec- INSTRUCTIONS tion to a specific audio amplifying source, comply with the requirements Alternate UL Mark in the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) Interim Standard IS-33, ‘‘Rec- The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ommended Loudspeaker Safety Practices — An Industry Guideline’’, vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification dated May 1987. and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products Audio or video products intended for use by children also comply with includes the UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol the applicable requirements in ANSI/UL 696, ‘‘Electric Toys.’’ (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following UL MARK additional information: The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- RETROFIT KIT FOR INSTALLATION IN SPECIFIED [identification of vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and equipment] Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the IDENTIFIED IN THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- INSTRUCTIONS tifier(s), and a file number. Control No. Alternate UL Mark The Classification Mark appears on the largest part of the kit assembly The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by that can be readily assembled by an installer on site. Each major part of UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up the kit is identified by appropriate marking. Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as ************************* illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and one of the following product names as not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- appropriate: ‘‘Audio Equipment,’’ ‘‘Audio Product,’’ ‘‘Audio System,’’ turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for ‘‘Radio Receiver,’’ ‘‘Television Equipment,’’ ‘‘Television Receiver,’’ ‘‘Video any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Equipment,’’ ‘‘Video Product,’’ ‘‘Video System,’’ ‘‘AV Product,’’ ‘‘AV Appa- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ratus,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual ance upon this Guide Information. Listings, or combinations of the preceding identities where required. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

86 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK AUTOMOTIVE LIFT AND SUSPENSION EQUIPMENT (BAAC) AUTOMOTIVE LIFT AND SUSPENSION EQUIPMENT (BAAC) 86 Continued Automotive Lifts (BACL)− AUTOMOTIVE LIFT AND SUSPENSION any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, EQUIPMENT (BAAC) expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising This category covers devices intended for applications where vehicle ser- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this vicing and/or repair operations are performed. The devices may be used Guide Information. with a variety of vehicular equipment to provide lifting, support or suspen- sion capabilities and may be portable or permanently installed. Some of the devices incorporate parts which may produce arcs or sparks BANK EQUIPMENT (BALT) and, therefore, when located in garages, should be used within enclosures GENERAL provided for the purpose, or should be located 18 in. or more above the This category covers bank equipment, including currency dispensers, floor in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ and depositories, motor-operated vault doors, remote tellers’ systems, tellers’ Chapter 6 of ANSI/NFPA 30A, ‘‘Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities fixtures and similar devices. They have been investigated for conformity to and Repair Garages.’’ the installation and use provisions of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical ************************* Code.’’ These products have been certified as to electrical fire, shock and UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not casualty hazards only. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, The burglary and theft protection features of this equipment have not expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising been investigated. Vault doors have not been investigated for the protection out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this of openings in walls against fire or for the protection of records stored in Guide Information. the vault. RELATED EQUIPMENT Automated teller machines (ATMs) investigated for security and burglary AUTOMOTIVE LIFTS (BACL) resistance are covered under Automated Teller Systems (TPEU). USE AND INSTALLATION Currency-handling equipment not for exclusive use in banks may be cov- This category covers devices intended to lift and support wheeled ered under Information Technology Equipment (NWGQ). The performance vehicles. The lifts may be electrically, pneumatically or otherwise mechani- and functional characteristics of this equipment have not been investigated. cally powered and consist of a hydraulic, pneumatic or mechanical type of Electrically operated control mechanisms that receive coins, currency, lift system. This category covers electrical systems rated 600 V or less. credit cards, debit cards or tokens to select prices, accumulate credits, store These products are intended to be used mainly in commercial garages and coins or currency, give change, or initiate a vend cycle for an appliance, or in gasoline dispensing and service stations. Unless specifically marked for combinations of these functions, are covered under Coin and Currency hazardous (classified) locations use, products are intended for use in an area Changers and Actuators (DUCU). that is considered unclassified (ordinary) based on the classification in ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). These products are For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary intended to be installed in accordance with the instructions provided with Locations (AALZ). the product and with the provisions in the NEC. REQUIREMENTS Some electrical equipment covered under this category incorporates com- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ponents that tend to produce arcs or sparks and, therefore, when installed ANSI/UL 60950-1, ‘‘Information Technology Equipment – Safety – Part 1: in commercial garages or gasoline dispensing and servicing stations, should General Requirements.’’ be in areas or enclosures suitable for the purpose in accordance with the UL MARK NEC. Equipment incorporating arcing or sparking parts located above 18 in. The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided from floor level (i.e., in an area considered unclassified by the NEC) are pro- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and vided with instructions that the equipment is not to be installed in a Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the recessed floor area. Equipment incorporating arcing or sparking parts UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- located below 18 in. from floor level are marked for use in a Class 1, Divi- fier(s), and a file number. sion 2 location, or the equipment should be located where there is mechani- Additional Certification Markings cal ventilation providing a minimum of four air changes per hour in accor- Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the dance with Section 511.3 of the NEC. In addition, consideration should be following information: given to the surrounding area classification in accordance with the NEC. AS TO ELECTRICAL FIRE, SHOCK AND CASUALTY HAZARDS The installation instructions for equipment specify the necessary ventilation ONLY requirements, and the suitability of ventilation should be determined at the Alternate UL Mark installation site. The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided PRODUCT IDENTITY by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification and The following product identity appears on the product: Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the Automotive Lift UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated in RELATED PRODUCTS the Introduction of this Directory), and the following additional information: Portable automotive lift devices (PALD) are not covered under this cat- BANK EQUIPMENT egory. These products include hand jacks, engine stands, screw jacks, bum- AS TO ELECTRICAL FIRE, SHOCK, AND CASUALTY HAZARDS ONLY per jacks, wheel ramps, shop cranes, auxiliary stands, or vehicle support Control No. stands, which are covered under the ASME PALD series of standards. ************************* ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not For additional information, see Automotive Lift and Suspension Equip- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or ment (BAAC) and Mechanical Equipment and Associated Products (AAME). any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, REQUIREMENTS expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this ANSI/UL 201, ‘‘Garage Equipment,’’ and ANSI/ALI ALCTV (2006), ‘‘Auto- Guide Information. motive Lifts – Safety Requirements for Construction, Testing, and Valida- tion.’’ UL MARK LUBRICANT-DISPENSING EQUIPMENT The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- LOCATIONS (BAYZ) fier(s), and a file number. Alternate UL Mark GENERAL UL MARK This category covers equipment intended for dispensing lubricants, such The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by as lubricating oils and greases. The lubricants intended to be dispensed by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- this equipment involve flash points greater than 200°F. vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- PRODUCT IDENTITY trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word One of the following product identities appears on the product: ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Automotive Lift.’’ LISTED, ′′ Lubricant Dispenser for Use in Hazardous Locations ************************* Lubricant-dispensing Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or tions. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

87 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK LUBRICANT-DISPENSING EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN BATTERIES FOR USE IN ELECTRIC VEHICLES (BBAS) HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (BAYZ) 87 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL MARK For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and REQUIREMENTS Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and tifier(s), and a file number. Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations Alternate UL Mark (AAIZ). The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL MARK UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the LISTED, ′′ a control number, and one of the following product names as ′′ UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- appropriate: ‘‘Lithium-ion * Battery,’’ ‘‘Nickel-metal Hydride * Bat- tifier(s), and a file number. tery,’’ ‘‘Lead-acid * Battery,’’ ‘‘Sodium Nickel Chloride * Battery’’ or Alternate UL Mark ‘‘Electrochemical Capacitor.’’ The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by * EV, HEV or PHEV UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up ************************* Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Lubricant Dispensing turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Equipment for Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘Lubricant Dispenser for Hazard- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ous Locations,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the indi- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- vidual Listings. ance upon this Guide Information. ************************* UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for BATTERIES FOR USE IN LIGHT any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ELECTRIC RAIL AND STATIONARY ance upon this Guide Information. APPLICATIONS (BBFX) GENERAL BATTERIES FOR USE IN ELECTRIC This category covers batteries intended for various stationary applica- tions, such as energy storage for wind turbines, and photovoltaic and VEHICLES (BBAS) uninterruptible power supply applications. This category also covers electric energy storage systems (EESS) for use GENERAL in light electric rail (LER) applications and stationary rail applications, This category covers electric energy storage assemblies consisting of bat- such as rail substations. These systems are intended for installation within tery packs, electrochemical capacitor packs, or hybrid battery and electro- the rail car or within a sheltered stationary location, such as a rail substa- chemical packs intended for use in on-road electric vehicles and off-road tion. These systems may utilize regenerative braking from the trains as a industrial electric vehicles, such as industrial lift trucks. These electric source of energy for recharging and are intended for direct connection to energy storage assemblies are ready for installation into an electrical the rail power lines. These devices are intended for balancing loads during vehicle and consist of component cell and/or capacitor modules contained peak hours, serving as an energy storage device during regenerative in a supplemental protective enclosure, with protective devices that may breaking of the trains, and as a source of emergency power to move trains be located either within the pack enclosure or provided with their own to the nearest station during power outages. enclosure and located external to the pack. The electric energy storage Various battery chemistries are included, such as lead acid, lithium-ion, assemblies are secondary (rechargeable) type and range in size and shape nickel-metal hydride, nickel cadmium, sodium-metal chloride, and flowing and are suitable for various electric vehicle (EV), hybrid electric vehicle electrolyte batteries. Systems composed of electrochemical capacitors or (HEV), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV) applications. ANSI/UL battery and electrochemical capacitor hybrid systems are also included. 2580, ‘‘Batteries for Use in Electric Vehicles,’’ is nonchemistry specific and They are intended for use in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National addresses various battery chemistries, such as lithium-ion, nickel-metal Electrical Code.’’ hydride, lead acid, sodium nickel chloride, etc., and includes electrochemi- These systems have been investigated for potential electric shock, fire cal capacitors. and explosion hazard. These electric energy storage assemblies have been investigated for PRODUCT IDENTITY potential electric shock hazards, fire hazards including combustible gas One of the following product identities appears on the product: concentrations, explosion hazards, and toxic gas and electrolyte exposure Electrochemical LER-application Capacitor hazards to vehicle occupants. Electrochemical Stationary-application Capacitor PRODUCT IDENTITY Lead-acid LER-application Battery One of the following product identities appears on the product: Lead-acid Stationary-application Battery Electrochemical Capacitor Lithium-ion LER-application Battery Lead-acid EV Battery Lithium-ion Stationary-application Battery Lead-acid HEV Battery Nickel Cadmium LER-application Battery Lead-acid PHEV Battery Nickel Cadmium Stationary-application Battery Lithium-ion EV Battery Nickel-metal Hydride LER-application Battery Lithium-ion HEV Battery Nickel-metal Hydride Stationary-application Battery Lithium-ion PHEV Battery Sodium Nickel Chloride LER-application Battery Nickel-metal Hydride EV Battery Sodium Nickel Chloride Stationary-application Battery Nickel-metal Hydride HEV Battery Sodium Sulfur LER-application Battery Nickel-metal Hydride PHEV Battery Sodium Sulfur Stationary-application Battery Vanadium Redox LER-application Flow Battery Vanadium Redox Stationary-application Flow Battery Zinc Bromine LER-application Flow Battery Sodium Nickel Chloride EV Battery Zinc Bromine Stationary-application Flow Battery Sodium Nickel Chloride HEV Battery ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Sodium Nickel Chloride PHEV Battery For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary RELATED PRODUCTS Locations (AALZ). See Batteries for Use in Light Electric Vehicles (BBCA) and Batteries for REQUIREMENTS Use in Light Electric Rail and Stationary Applications (BBFX). The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ANSI/UL 1973, ‘‘Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail (LER) Applications For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary and Stationary Applications.’’ Locations (AALZ). UL MARK REQUIREMENTS The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ANSI/UL 2580, ‘‘Batteries for Use in Electric Vehicles.’’ LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

88 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK BATTERIES FOR USE IN LIGHT ELECTRIC RAIL AND BATTERY-POWERED PORTABLE LAND MOBILE RADIO STATIONARY APPLICATIONS (BBFX) EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (BBRX) 88 This category covers battery-powered, portable, two-way land mobile Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the radio (LMR) equipment regulated by either the U.S. Federal Communica- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- tions Commission for nonfederal government users, or the U.S. National fier(s), and a file number. Telecommunications and Information Administration for federal government Alternate UL Mark users, and intended for use in areas designated as Class I, Class II or Class UL MARK III hazardous (classified) locations in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ Examples of such LMR equipment include UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- radios and pagers. vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- Instructions included with the equipment indicate use in land mobile trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word radio applications, together with any other applications if applicable. An LISTED, a control number, and one of the following product names as ′′ ′′ example of such would be reference in the instructions to 47CFR90, ‘‘Private appropriate: ‘‘Lithium-ion * Battery,’’ ‘‘Nickel-metal Hydride * Bat- Land Mobile Radio Services.’’ tery,’’ ‘‘Nickel Cadmium * Battery,’’ ‘‘Sodium Nickel Chloride * Bat- REBUILT PRODUCTS tery,’’ ‘‘Sodium Sulfur * Battery,’’ ‘‘Zinc Bromine * Flow Battery,’’ ‘‘Vana- This category also covers LMR equipment and its accessories that are dium Redox * Flow Battery,’’ ‘‘Lead-acid * Battery,’’ or ‘‘Electrochemical * rebuilt by the original manufacturer or the original manufacturer’s autho- Capacitor.’’ rized manufacturer covered under this category. Rebuilt LMR equipment * LER-application or Stationary-application and its accessories are rebuilt to the extent necessary by disassembly and ************************* reassembly using new or reconditioned parts. Rebuilt LMR equipment and UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not its accessories are subject to the same requirements as new LMR equipment assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or and its accessories. any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, PRODUCT IDENTITY expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising One of the following product identities appears on the product: out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Land Mobile Radio Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations Guide Information. Land Mobile Radio for Use in Hazardous Locations The words ‘‘Land Mobile Radio’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘LMR.’’ The word ‘‘Equipment’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Eq.’’ BATTERY CHARGERS FOR ENGINE- The words ‘‘Hazardous Locations’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured,’’ ‘‘Refur- DRIVEN EMERGENCY AND STANDBY bished,’’ ‘‘Repaired’’ or ‘‘Reconditioned’’ precedes the product identity. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION POWER SYSTEM GENERATORS For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). (BBHH) REQUIREMENTS GENERAL The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in This category covers battery chargers for automatically controlling and this category is ANSI/UL 508, ‘‘Industrial Control Equipment.’’ maintaining the charge on batteries used to start internal-combustion The basic hazardous (classified) locations standard used to investigate engines driving emergency and standby power system generators. The products in this category is TIA-4950-A, ‘‘Requirements for Battery- equipment consists of rectifying stacks, transformers, controlling relays, Powered, Portable Land Mobile Radio Applications in Class I, II, and III, switches and meters. Division 1, Hazardous (Classified) Locations,’’ or ANSI/ISA-12.12.01, ‘‘Non- PRODUCT IDENTITY incendive Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I and II, Division 2 and The following product identity appears on the product: Class III, Divisions 1 and 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations.’’ Battery Charger for Use with Emergency Generators UL MARK Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- The Certification Mark of UL on the product, or the Certification Mark on tions. the smallest unit container in which the product is packaged, with or with- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION out the UL symbol on the product, is the only method provided by UL to For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Ser- Locations (AALZ). vice. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the REQUIREMENTS words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL number. 1236, ‘‘Battery Chargers for Charging Engine-Starter Batteries,’’ and the Alternate UL Mark applicable requirements of ANSI/NFPA 110, ‘‘Emergency and Standby The Listing Mark of UL on the product, or the Listing Mark on the small- Power Systems.’’ est unit container in which the product is packaged, with or without the UL UL MARK symbol on the product, is the only method provided by UL to identify The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Intro- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the duction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control num- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- ber, and the product name ‘‘Land Mobile Radio Equipment for Use in Haz- fier(s), and a file number. ardous Locations’’ or ‘‘Land Mobile Radio for Use in Hazardous Locations.’’ Alternate UL Mark The words ‘‘Land Mobile Radio’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘LMR,’’ the word UL MARK ‘‘Equipment’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Eq.,’’ and the words ‘‘Hazardous Loca- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by tions’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured,’’ ‘‘Refur- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- bished,’’ ‘‘Repaired’’ or ‘‘Reconditioned’’ precedes the product name. trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ************************* a control number, and the product name ‘‘Battery Charger for ′′ ′′ LISTED, UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Use with Emergency Generators,’’ or other appropriate product name as assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or shown in the individual Listings. any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, ************************* expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Guide Information. any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this BOAT CABLE (BDFX) Guide Information. GENERAL This category covers boat cable, which consists of a single insulated con- ductor without a jacket or two or more insulated conductors with or with- BATTERY-POWERED PORTABLE out an overall nonmetallic jacket, and which is suitable for use in marine pleasure crafts. Boat cable is rated 600 V or less, 60°C (122°F) or 75°C LAND MOBILE RADIO EQUIPMENT (167°F) wet, 60 to 200°C dry locations and, for cable so marked, 60°C (140°F) and lower temperatures where exposed to oil. The cable employs FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS stranded copper conductors in a size range of 18 to 4/0 AWG inclusive for multiple-conductors, 16 to 4/0 AWG inclusive for single conductors. LOCATIONS (BBRX) Ampacities shall be in accordance with United States Coast Guard Regula- GENERAL tions Title 33, Chapter I Parts 183.430 and 183.435 of the CFR. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

89 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK BOAT CABLE (BDFX) BOILERS, ELECTRIC (BDJS) 89 PRODUCT IDENTITY B – From front of boiler. Prefix ‘‘C’’ to numeral indicates suitability The following product identity appears on the product: for closet or alcove installations; prefix ‘‘A’’ indicates suitability for Boat Cable alcove installation only ADDITIONAL INFORMATION D – From back of boiler – From left side of boiler For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary E L – From right side of boiler E Locations (AALZ) and Marine Products (AAMP). R , C = Combus- – Indicates type of flooring: NC = Noncombustible F REQUIREMENTS tible; numeral indicates minimum clearance below suspended units to The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL combustible floor 1426, ‘‘Electrical Cables for Boats.’’ G – Total minimum free area, in square inches, of closet ventilating Cable rated 600 V is investigated to UL 1426. Cable rated 50 V is investi- openings gated to SAE J1127, J1128, or J378b. PRODUCT IDENTITY UL MARK The following product identity appears on the product: The UL symbol on the product and the Certification Mark of UL on the Electric Boiler attached tag, coil, reel, or on the smallest unit container in which the Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify prod- cations. ucts manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Cer- RELATED PRODUCTS tification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words Water heaters for potable water limited to a maximum water tempera- ‘‘CERTIFIED,’’ ‘‘SAFETY’’ and ‘‘MARINE,’’ the geographic identifier(s), ture of 99°C (210°F) are covered under the various subcategories of the and a file number. PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE category Water Heaters (KSAV). Other hot water and steam generating Alternate UL Mark equipment employing construction outside the scope of the ASME Boiler UL MARK and Pressure Vessel Code are covered under the Heaters and Heating The UL symbol on the product and the Listing Mark of UL on the Equipment (KKBV) subcategories of Industrial and Laboratory (KQLR); attached tag, coil, reel, or smallest unit container in which the product is Cooking Appliances, Commercial (KNGT) and Household (KNUR); and packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manu- Heaters, Miscellaneous (KSOT). factured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for ADDITIONAL INFORMATION these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, Locations (AALZ) and Plumbing and Associated Products (AAPP). and the product name ‘‘Boat Cable.’’ REQUIREMENTS ************************* The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does ANSI/UL 834, ‘‘Heating, Water Supply, and Power Boilers – Electric.’’ not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- UL MARK turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ance upon this Guide Information. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- tifier(s), and a file number. Alternate UL Mark UL MARK BOILERS, ELECTRIC (BDJS) The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by GENERAL UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up This category covers electrically heated steam and hot water boilers that Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as are within the scope of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes, Volume I illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word (Power Boilers) and Volume IV (Heating Boilers). This category may also LISTED, ′′ ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Electric Boiler,’’ or include water heaters if, based on water temperature, input rating, or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual Listings. water tank capacity, they fall under the scope of the above ASME codes. ************************* The pressure vessels of these appliances are constructed and stamped in UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does accordance with the applicable section of the ASME Boiler and Pressure not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Vessel Code. The boilers are equipped with necessary temperature- or turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for pressure-regulating and limit controls and with the appropriate ASME- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- rated pressure relief devices, and are marked with the appropriate ASME ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- symbol. ance upon this Guide Information. INSTALLATION Each boiler is provided with a marking that indicates the floor material (combustible or noncombustible) on which the boiler may be mounted and the necessary clearances from all other surfaces of the boiler to com- bustible materials. BOXES, ENCLOSURES, HANDHOLES The minimum acceptable clearances in inches between the boiler sur- faces and adjacent combustible surfaces, the type of flooring required for AND VAULTS, UNDERGROUND, mounting the boiler and the proper installation in an alcove or closet are UTILITY SPECIFICATION (BGHL) indicated on the published printed cards by appropriate symbols and dimensions. The clearances so designated are the minimum required to GENERAL avoid overheating; additional clearances may be required for accessibility. This category covers boxes, enclosures, handholes, vaults, and the asso- Each clearance requirement is indicated on the published printed cards by ciated covers for underground utility company installations and similar appropriate symbols and dimensions. uses. These products are intended for installation as specified by the A boiler installation is indicated as follows: Authority Having Jurisdiction, and provide a level of protection with respect to unintentional mechanical loading only. These products have also been investigated for chemical resistance, sunlight exposure, water absorp- tion and flammability. They have not been investigated for protection of any installed electrical equipment against any of these environmental con- ditions. The Vertical Design Load of the system (box, enclosure, handhole or vault in combination with a cover) is equal to the lowest Vertical Design Load of either component. The Lateral Design Load is equal to that of the box, enclosure, handhole or vault. PRODUCT MARKINGS Boxes, enclosures, handholes and vaults are marked with a Vertical Design Load and a Lateral Design Load. Covers for use with these boxes, enclosures, handholes and vaults are marked with a Vertical Design Load only. Boxes, enclosures, handholes and vaults are marked to identify the covers with which they may be used. Covers are also marked to identify Installation Symbols and Abbreviations the boxes, enclosures, handholes and/or vaults for which they are suit- Descriptions of symbols and abbreviations applicable to the installation able. Design Load markings may be in the form of a Tier rating as shown of electric boilers are as follows: below: – Clearance above top of boiler A LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

90 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK BOXES, ENCLOSURES, HANDHOLES AND VAULTS, BOXES, JUNCTION AND PULL (BGUZ) UNDERGROUND, UTILITY SPECIFICATION (BGHL) 90 Lateral Design Vertical Design Boxes marked as Type 2, 3R or 3RX enclosures may be marked to indicate Tier Level Application Load, lbs/sq ft Load, lbs the intended mounting orientation, or the location where electrical parts are 5000 600 5 Sidewalk applications with an intended to be installed, or both, where necessary to maintain the desig- additional factor for occasional nated environmental rating. nondeliberate vehicular traffic Boxes marked as Type 3, 3X, 3S, 3SX, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 12K or 13 have inte- 600 8 Sidewalk applications with an 8000 gral mounting means external to the enclosure cavity or may have openings additional factor for into the enclosure cavity for attachment of separate mounting means sup- nondeliberate vehicular traffic plied with the enclosure or available as a kit referenced from enclosure 800 15 Driveway, parking lot and 15,000 markings. off-roadway applications subject CONDUIT CONNECTIONS to occasional nondeliberate Cast-metal boxes suitable for field drilling and tapping of holes for con- heavy vehicular traffic Driveway, parking lot and 22 22,500 800 duit connections and mounting are marked to indicate the location and the off-roadway applications subject trade sizes of the openings either on the box or on the packaging carton. to occasional nondeliberate USE IN CONCRETE OR CINDER FILL heavy vehicular traffic Cast-aluminum boxes suitable for use in concrete or cinder fill are marked to indicate this fact either on the box or on the packaging carton. These PRODUCT IDENTITY boxes may not be supplied with mounting means. One of the following product identities appears on the product: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Cover for Underground Box Some boxes are intended for the installation of specific kinds of equip- Cover for Underground Enclosure ment; however, this category does not cover any electrical material or fit- Cover for Underground Handhole tings contained in the box. Cover for Underground Vault GROUNDING PROVISIONS Underground Box Metal boxes are intended to receive one of the equipment grounding con- Underground Enclosure ductors specified in Section 250.118 of the NEC and are provided with either Underground Handhole a factory-supplied equipment grounding conductor terminal or instructions Underground Vault to obtain equipment grounding conductor terminal kit(s) available from the Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- manufacturer, or are marked to indicate the boxes are intended to be tions. grounded by metal raceways or metallic cable sheaths. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary PRODUCT IDENTITY Locations (AALZ). One of the following product identities appears on the product: REQUIREMENTS J&P The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is Society Junction and Pull Box of Cable Telecommunications Engineers Standard ANSI/SCTE 77, ‘‘Specifi- Junction Box cation for Underground Enclosure Integrity.’’ Pull Box UL MARK Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided tions. by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and RELATED PRODUCTS Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Boxes intended to accommodate metering transformers are covered under UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Metering Transformer Cabinets (PJXS). fier(s), and a file number. Boxes intended for electric meter sockets are covered under Meter Sockets Additional Certification Markings (PJYZ). Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the Boxes provided with a door are covered under Cabinets and Cutout Boxes following information: (CYIV). ANSI/SCTE 77-[issue date] Enclosures investigated for ingress protection in accordance with IEC Alternate UL Mark The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by 60529, ‘‘Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code),’’ are cov- UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- ered under Degrees of Protection by Enclosures Classified in Accordance vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- with IEC Publications (EOFI). trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Enclosures intended for use with industrial control panels are covered ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, one of the following product names: ‘‘Under- under Industrial Control Panels (NITW). ground Box,’’ ‘‘Underground Enclosure,’’ ‘‘Underground Hand- Boxes having a volume of 100 cu in. or less are covered under Metallic hole,’’ ‘‘Underground Vault,’’ ‘‘Cover for Underground ____’’ (where the Outlet Boxes (QCIT) or Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes (QCMZ). blank is filled in with ‘‘Box,’’ ‘‘Enclosure,’’ ‘‘Handhole’’ or ‘‘Vault’’ as appro- Boxes intended for use with swimming pool luminaires are covered under priate), or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual List- Swimming Pool Junction Boxes (WCEZ) ings, and the statement ‘‘Investigated in Accordance with ANSI/SCTE Boxes intended for use aboard marine vessels are covered under Boxes, 77-(issue date).’’ Junction and Pull, Marine (QCUP). ************************* Boxes for use in hazardous (classified) locations are covered under Boxes, UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Junction and Pull for Use in Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (BGYM). assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or ADDITIONAL INFORMATION any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Locations (AALZ). out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this REQUIREMENTS Guide Information. The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are ANSI/UL 50, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations,’’ and ANSI/UL 50E, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, BOXES, JUNCTION AND PULL (BGUZ) Environmental Considerations.’’ UL MARK GENERAL The Certification Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the This category covers sheet-metal boxes, cast-metal boxes, and nonmetallic product and the Certification Mark on the smallest unit container in which boxes. These boxes are provided with a cover secured by fasteners other the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify than hinges. All boxes in this category have a volume of more than 100 cu 3 products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The ). These boxes are intended for installation in accordance with in. (1640 cm Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words Article 314 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- ENVIRONMENTAL RATINGS AND CONDITIONS ber. Each junction and pull box is marked with one or more of the following Alternate UL Mark Enclosure Type ratings for which it was investigated: Type 1, 2, 3, 3X, 3R, UL MARK 3RX, 3S, 3SX, 4, 4X, 5, 6, 6P, 12, 12K or 13. The intended uses for each Enclo- The Listing Mark on the product or the UL symbol on the product and the sure Type are as indicated in Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Listing Mark of UL on the smallest unit container in which the product is Locations (AALZ). packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufac- PVC junction and pull boxes are suitable for use with PVC rigid nonme- tured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these tallic conduit. Such boxes are inherently resistant to atmospheres containing products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this common industrial corrosive agents and will also withstand vapors or mists Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and one of of caustics, pickling acids, plating baths, hydrofluoric and chromic acids. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

91 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES FOR USE IN ZONE BOXES, JUNCTION AND PULL (BGUZ) CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (BGYM) 91 the following product names: ‘‘Junction and Pull Box,’’ ‘‘Junction UL MARK Box,’’ ‘‘Pull Box,’’ ‘‘J&P,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in The Certification Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the the individual Listings. product and the Certification Mark on the smallest unit container in which ************************* the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ber. ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Alternate UL Mark ance upon this Guide Information. The Listing Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the prod- uct and the Listing Mark on the smallest unit container in which the prod- uct is packaged, is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduc- tion of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control num- FOR USE IN ZONE CLASSIFIED ber, and the product name ‘‘Junction and Pull Box for Hazardous Loca- tions,’’ ‘‘Junction Box for Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘Pull Box for Hazardous HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (BGYM) Locations,’’ ‘‘Conduit Box for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘Outlet Box USE AND INSTALLATION for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ or other appropriate product name as PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE This category covers outlet, conduit, junction, and pull boxes, including shown in the individual Listings. The words ‘‘Hazardous Locations’’ may intrinsically safe constructions, that may consist of equipment or compo- be abbreviated ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ nents including terminals, terminal strips, terminal blocks, jumpers, bus- ************************* bars, and conduit fittings. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does These boxes are for use with threaded rigid conduit or steel intermediate not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- metal conduit wire raceways, or other approved wiring methods for haz- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for ardous (classified) locations in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Electrical Code.’’ They may provide for splicing of conductors, but con- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ductors are not intended to be sealed in conduit boxes. The boxes are ance upon this Guide Information. marked or provided with instructions to indicate when accessories such as unions and sealing fittings are furnished with the box. BRAKES, ELECTRIC FOR USE IN Boxes marked ‘‘rain tight’’ have been subjected to tests designed to simulate exposure to beating rain to determine that such exposure will not HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (BHIX) result in entrance of water. Boxes identified with an enclosure type desig- GENERAL nation are intended for use as indicated in Equipment for Use in and This category covers brakes intended primarily for holding purposes, Relating to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). but may be used for stopping light-inertia loads. Cast-metal boxes suitable for field drilling and tapping of holes for con- This category includes two types of electric brakes. One type is intended duit connections and mounting are marked to indicate the location and to be attached directly to a certified motor at the factory of the motor the trade sizes of the openings either on the box, as part of the instruc- manufacturer in accordance with instructions provided by the brake tions, or on the packaging carton. manufacturer. The other type is provided with a mounting bracket and is Cast-aluminum boxes are not considered acceptable for installation in coupled to the motor. concrete or cinder fill unless protected with asphalt-base paint or the For Class I, Division 2 locations, the enclosure may be of the open or equivalent, along with indication that the boxes are acceptable for installa- totally enclosed type. The Group designation is marked unless the brake is tion in concrete or cinder fill either on the box, as part of the instructions, acceptable for Groups A, B, C and D. The brake is also marked with the or on the packaging carton. operating temperature code designating the maximum internal or external Where field installation of certain types of equipment or components is surface temperature determined at rated full-load torque marked on the acceptable (which may include terminals, terminal strips, terminal blocks, brake, if the temperature is greater than 100°C. If the enclosure incorpo- jumpers, busbars and conduit fittings), the installation instructions pro- rates one or more arcing or sparking parts, the part is housed in a Class I, vided with the product will specify the type, number and mounting Division 1 enclosure or the part is within a hermetically sealed enclosure, arrangements for the equipment or components to be installed. constructed with current-interrupting contacts immersed in oil, located in PRODUCT IDENTITY a nonincendive circuit or located in a purged and pressurized enclosure. If One of the following product identities appears on the product: the brake is provided with an internal space heater, the space heater is Conduit Box for Use in Hazardous Locations intended to be wired in the control circuit such that the space heater is Junction and Pull Box for Use in Hazardous Locations energized when the motor to which the brake is coupled is deenergized, Junction Box for Use in Hazardous Locations and vice versa. Outlet Box for Use in Hazardous Locations For Class II, Division 2 locations, the enclosure is of the totally enclosed Pull Box for Use in Hazardous Locations type. The brake is marked with the operating temperature or operating The words ‘‘Hazardous Locations’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ temperature code designating the maximum full load external temperature Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- determined at rated full-load torque (as marked on the brake), when oper- cations. ating in free air (not dust blanketed), if the external temperature is greater ADDITIONAL INFORMATION than 100°C. For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to The Certification Mark on a brake applies to the brake only, not to driv- Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). ing equipment, such as a motor. REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT IDENTITY The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in The following product identity appears on the product: this category may include one of the following, depending upon the con- Electric Brake for Use in Hazardous Locations struction and application: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ANSI/UL 50, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment’’ (11th ed.) For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to ANSI/UL 50, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non- Class I, II and III, Division I and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). Environmental Considerations’’ (12th ed.) REQUIREMENTS ANSI/UL 50E, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental The basic hazardous (classified) locations standard used to investigate Considerations’’ products in this category is ANSI/UL 674, ‘‘Electric Motors and Genera- Part I of ANSI/UL 508, ‘‘Industrial Control Equipment’’ tors for Use in Division 1 Hazardous (Classified) Locations,’’ or the ANSI/UL 1059, ‘‘Terminal Blocks’’ requirements contained in UL Subject 1836, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for ANSI/UL 514B, ‘‘Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings’’ Products that Electric Motors and Generators for Use in Class I, Division 2 and Class II, employ this standard are investigated to the 6th ed. (issued July 13, Division 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations.’’ 2012; last revised June 4, 2014). All other products investigated to UL MARK ANSI/UL 514B are identified by the specific standard/edition/date in The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- the individual certifications. vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ANSI/UL 486A-486B, ‘‘Wire Connectors’’ Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ANSI/UL 486E, ‘‘Equipment Wiring Terminals for Use with Alumi- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- num and/or Copper Conductors’’ tifier(s), and a file number. The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relating to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

92 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK BRAKES, ELECTRIC FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS (BHWV) LOCATIONS (BHIX) 92 Discrete Products Installed in Air-handling Spaces Alternate UL Mark The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Continued (BHZF)− UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- For additional information, see Building Materials (AABM). trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word REQUIREMENTS ′′ ′′ LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Electric Brake for Haz- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL ardous Locations.’’ 2043, ‘‘Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products ************************* and Their Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces.’’ UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not UL MARK assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, Guide Information. the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file number. Additional Certification Markings Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the BUILDING MATERIALS (BHWV) following information: AS TO HEAT-RELEASE RATE AND SMOKE OPTICAL DENSITY DISCRETE PRODUCTS INSTALLED IN AIR- ONLY Alternate UL Mark HANDLING SPACES (BHZF) UL MARK GENERAL The Classification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- This category covers products installed in air-handling spaces (plenums) tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL as defined in Article 300 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ to identify products manufactured under its Classification and Follow-Up Chapter 4 of ANSI/NFPA 90A, ‘‘Installation of Air-Conditioning and Venti- Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, lating Systems,’’ Section 602 of the ‘‘International Mechanical Code,’’ and the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Intro- Section 602 of the ‘‘Uniform Mechanical Code.’’ Heat- and smoke-release duction of this Directory), and the following additional information: characteristics of these products are determined in accordance with UL 2043, ‘‘Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products and + Their Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces.’’ AS TO HEAT RELEASE RATE AND SMOKE OPTICAL DENSITY ONLY The test provides data with regard to peak rate of heat release, maximum Control No. peak normalized optical density and maximum average normalized optical + The product name or other appropriate product description as shown in density during fire exposure of the certified materials. Products complying the individual Classifications with UL 2043 have demonstrated the following characteristics: ************************* 1. A peak rate of heat release of 100 kW or less UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not 2. A peak normalized optical density of 0.50 or less assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or 3. An average normalized optical density of 0.15 or less any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before installation. expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising RELATED PRODUCTS out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Various discrete products, many containing electrical features, that are Guide Information. intended for installation in air-handling spaces are investigated in accor- dance with established electrical or other requirements, as well as UL 2043. These products or devices are so certified under the applicable product cat- egories covering those products, as shown below: FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS (BXRH) Audio/Video Apparatus (AZSQ) GENERAL Audio/Video, Information and Communication Technology Equipment Fire-resistance ratings are included for: (AZOT) 1. Assemblies, such as beams, floors, roofs, columns, and walls and parti- Commercial Audio and Radio Equipment, Systems and Accessories tions. These fire-resistance designs provide the detailed construction of (AZJX) the assemblies and the components used. Communications-circuit Accessories (DUXR) 2. Systems, such as construction joint systems, through-penetration Control and Communication Equipment (PGWM) firestop systems, electrical circuit protective systems and duct assem- Control Dampers (EIMZ) blies. These designs provide the detailed construction of the systems Electric Actuators (XABE or XABE2) and the components used. Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts (FKVS) 3. Opening protectives, such as dampers, fire doors, glazing and related Hangers, Pipe (VFXT) equipment. Opening protectives are used to protect openings in fire- Information Technology Equipment Including Electrical Business resistance-rated assemblies. Equipment (NWGQ) These materials are intended for use only in specific assembly or system Outlet Boxes and Fittings Certified for Fire Resistance (CEYY or QBWY) designs as described in the general Guide Information for each product cat- Positioning Devices (ZODZ) egory and individual certifications, except for opening protectives. Opening Power Supplies, General Purpose (QQFU) protectives have been investigated for use as described in the instructions Power Supplies, Specialty (QQIJ) and markings provided with the opening protectives. The use of the materi- Smoke-control-system Equipment (UUKL) als and opening protectives in conditions other than described in the Speakers (UEAY) instructions, markings and the general Guide Information for the applicable Speakers and Amplifiers for Fire-protective Signaling Systems (UUMW) product category has not been investigated by UL. Suspended-ceiling-grid Low-voltage System Accessories (IFFC or IFFC2) INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS Suspended-ceiling-grid Low-voltage Systems (IFFA or IFFA2) The scope of product sizes and ratings appearing in the general Guide Telephone Appliances and Equipment (WYQQ) Information for some product categories is intended to indicate the current Through-penetrating Products (XHLY) range of certified products, however, it is not necessarily indicative of limi- above reference the use of In general, the Codes noted under GENERAL tations for those certified products. UL 2043 for electrical equipment with combustible outer enclosures. Specifi- The standards used to investigate products are identified in the general cally, the ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ and the ‘‘International Mechanical Guide Information for each product category. There may not always be a Code’’ expressly state that electrical equipment with metal enclosures shall published standard for investigating a product to determine its acceptability be permitted. Consequently, UL 2043 is not intended to apply to electrical for certification. If no applicable standard is available, UL will exercise its equipment with metal outer enclosures unless otherwise specified by end- judgment in the selection of applicable requirements from related standards product-standard requirements. and other sources to develop the requirements to cover uses and conditions PRODUCT IDENTITY for which specific requirements did not previously exist. One of the following product identities appears on the product: Products, equipment and construction materials certified by UL in accor- Cushion Clamp Assembly dance with international or regional standards only (e.g., products certified Duct-support Webbing to an IEC or ISO standard) are intended for distribution, installation and Floor Diffuser use in areas of the world where the specified standards have been adopted Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- and are in effect as national or regional standards. tions. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

93 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS (BXRH) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 93 The limitations for the equipment as specified in the general Guide FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - Information for each product category such as voltage and temperature limits, markings, special descriptions and installation provisions need to ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) be noted prior to installation and use. Design Information Section Equipment has been investigated with reference to risks to life and prop- The Design Information Section supplements the individual published erty and for potential conformity to the installation and use provisions of designs and is organized as follows: the applicable installation codes and standards of the National Fire Protec- I. INTRODUCTION tion Association (NFPA), and applicable model codes identified in the gen- II. GENERAL eral Guide Information for each product category. III. FLOOR-CEILINGS AND ROOF-CEILINGS Some products are certified for uses not within the scope of nationally IV. BEAMS recognized installation codes and standards. Such products are investi- V. COLUMNS gated for the specifications or use conditions indicated in the general VI. WALLS AND PARTITIONS Guide Information for each product category. I. INTRODUCTION These products are intended for installation subject to approval by the This category covers fire-rating certifications based upon the test method Authority Having Jurisdiction. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be and acceptance criteria in ANSI/UL 263 (ASTM E119), ‘‘Fire Tests of consulted before installation. Building Construction and Materials.’’ The ratings are expressed in hours INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT MARKINGS and are applicable to floor-ceilings, roof-ceilings, beams, columns, walls These products are intended to be installed in accordance with the and partitions. installation instructions provided with the product. It is critical that the PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE The average furnace temperature from which these ratings are derived is cautionary statements and installation and operating instructions on the 1000°F at 5 min., 1400°F at 15 min., 1550°F at 30 min., 1700°F at 60 min., product and in accompanying literature be followed. 1850°F at 120 min., 1925°F at 180 min. and 2000°F at 240 min. FIELD MODIFICATIONS When a test assembly complies with the acceptance criteria, a detailed The UL Mark applies to the product as it is originally manufactured description of the assembly, its performance in the fire test, and other per- when shipped from the factory. Authorized use of the UL Mark is the tinent details such as specification of materials, certification coverage and manufacturer’s declaration that the product was originally manufactured alternate assembly details are included in a Report for the test sponsor. in accordance with the applicable requirements. UL does not know what Sponsors may provide copies of the complete Test Report upon request. the effect of a modification may have on the safety of the product or the The Report also contains a summary of important features of the rated continued validity of the UL certification mark unless the field modifica- assembly. These summaries are also published in this Directory. Variations tions have been specifically investigated by UL. Unless UL investigates a from the published specifications should be considered as not being inves- modified product, UL cannot indicate that the product continues to meet tigated by UL. UL’s safety requirements. The only exception for a field modification authorized by UL is when the product has specific replacement markings. For example, a switch- board may have specific grounding kits added in the field. The switch- board is marked with a list of specific kit numbers that have been investi- gated for use in that particular switchboard. Only grounding kits that are included on the product have been investigated for use in that product. TECHNICAL SERVICE Fire-resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with appli- cable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. Design Modifications Careful consideration needs to be given to alterations or modifications of the fire-resistance assemblies. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire-resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alter- nate materials and alternate methods of construction. Contacting UL UL provides assistance to users of fire-resistance assemblies and prod- ucts, which includes clarification of the published information. UL also provides a service to investigate modifications to the fire- resistance assemblies when requested by the design submitter. Requests for clarification should describe the change and include drawings, if nec- essary. Requests for clarifications or investigations can be made by contacting UL at: . Phone: +1 877-ULHELPS (+1 877-854-3577) x49590 . E-mail: [email protected] . UL’s website: www.ul.com ************************* UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

94 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 94 NUMBERING SYSTEM FOR FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES — A category for a group of UL-certified prod- Mineral and Fiber Boards The prefix numbers with an asterisk (*) and the design numbers indicated ucts. The complete description of the products in the category and supple- as ‘‘Reserved’’ in the above table are for future expansion and to cater to mentary requirements for certification are covered under Mineral and Fiber new types of systems developed in the future. Boards (CERZ). + SFRM denotes Spray-applied Fire-resistive Materials Miscellaneous (Direct-applied Protection) — Various types of fire- 1. Rapid-rise Fire Test resistive coating materials, including intumescent mastic and subliming Fire-resistance designs for protecting structural members subject to petro- coatings. chemical exposure fires are investigated to ANSI/UL 1709, ‘‘Rapid Rise Fire Miscellaneous (Wall and Partitions) — Various types of wall assemblies, Tests of Protection Materials for Structural Steel,’’ and are covered under including gypsum wallboard shaft walls, log walls, folding assemblies and Fire-resistance Ratings – ANSI/UL 1709 (BYBU). Systems complying with assemblies with glazing materials. these requirements include an ‘‘XR’’ design prefix. Partition Panel Units — A category for a group of UL-certified products. 2. Definitions The complete description of the products in the category and supplemen- Definitions of selected terms used to identify the types of protection refer- tary requirements for certification are covered under Units, Partition Panel enced in the following Numbering System Table are: (CJMR). — A category for a group of UL-certified products. Batts and Blankets Prefabricated Building Columns — Structural building columns that The complete description of the products in the category and supplemen- include a fire-resistive protection system when delivered to the construction tary requirements for certification are covered under Batts and Blankets site. These products are certified and identified as Prefabricated Building (BZJZ). Columns (CGHT). The complete description of the products and supplemen- Building Units — A category for a group of UL-certified products. The tary requirements for certification are covered under CGHT. complete description of the products in the category and supplementary — An item such as a pipe, cable tray or duct that Through Penetration requirements for certification are covered under Building Units (BZXX). passes through a horizontal or vertical fire-resistive assembly. — Suspension system for acoustical material that Concealed Grid System — An assemblage of specific mate- Through-penetration Firestop Systems is not visible from the occupied space. rials rated in accordance with ANSI/UL 1479 (ASTM E814), ‘‘Fire Tests of — Suspension system for acoustical material that is Exposed Grid System Through-Penetration Firestops.’’ Firestop systems maintain the fire- visible from the occupied space. containment integrity of horizontal or vertical fire-resistive assemblies where Fire-resistant Joint System — An assemblage of specific materials or through penetrations are located. See Through-penetration Firestop Systems products rated in accordance with ANSI/UL 2079 to resist for a prescribed (XHEZ). period of time, the passage of fire through joints between fire-resistance- Unprotected Fire-resistive Assemblies — Assemblies that do not require rated assemblies. See Joint Systems (XHBN). direct-applied coatings or suspended ceilings to protect the structural ele- Insulating Concrete — Nonstructural concrete with a unit weight less ments. than 60 pcf. 3. Numbering System Membrane Penetration — An opening made through one side (wall, floor The summarized form of the test assembly is identified by an alphanu- or ceiling membrane) of a fire-resistance-rated assembly. meric design number. The prefix letter designates the group of construction, LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

95 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 95 the first number designates the type of protection, and the other numbers fied as ‘‘Restricted Load Condition.’’ The percent of the maximum load, the percent of the maximum stress, and the nationally recognized design and letters identify the particular assembly. criteria is identified in the text describing the structural element of rated The prefix letters representing the various groups of constructions are: assemblies with a restricted load condition. An example of the text used in Group of Construction Prefix Letters an assembly with a restricted load condition and steel joist loaded to 80% Floor-Ceiling Designs – Concrete with Cellular Steel A of the maximum allowable is: Floor Units and Beam Support The design load for the structural member described in this design D Floor-Ceiling Designs – Concrete with Steel Floor Units should not: (1) exceed 80% of the maximum allowable load specified and Beam Support in ‘‘Catalog of Standard Specifications and Load Tables for Steel Joists Floor-Ceiling Designs – Concrete and Steel Joists G and Steel Girders,’’ published by the Steel Joist Institute, or (2) I Non-load-bearing Horizontal Barrier develop a tensile stress greater than 24 ksi, which is 80% of the maxi- J or K Floor-Ceiling Designs – Precast and Field Poured mum allowable tensile stress of 30 ksi. ( The maximum allow- Note: Concrete able total load develops a tensile stress of approximately 30 ksi.) Floor-Ceiling Designs – Wood or Combination Wood L Some restricted-load conditions have resulted from changes in product and Steel Joist Assemblies availability. An example is the substitution of K-Series joists for other Beam Designs for Floor-Ceiling Assemblies N Section III, FLOOR-CEILINGS AND series joists as described under P Roof-Ceiling Designs ROOF-CEILINGS, Item 7, Steel Joists . Beam Designs for Roof-Ceiling Assemblies S Assemblies tested with less than the maximum allowable load that U or V Wall and Partition Designs would result from loading calculated using the Limit States Design X or Y Column Designs PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Method are identified as ‘‘Load Restricted.’’ The Percent Load Reduction and corresponding Load Restricted Factor for typical assemblies noted in II. GENERAL Table I are based upon loading calculated in accordance with the Working The following information is applicable to all fire-resistive designs Stress Design Method as compared to loading calculated in accordance described in this Directory. It is recommended that the users review this with the Limit States Design Method. The calculations were performed for information in addition to the general guidelines provided for specific assemblies representing spans and member sizes of typical fire-test assem- materials and construction types. f 4 m for floors and blies. The loads were calculated assuming a span o Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. roofs an d 3 m for walls. Fire-resistance ratings apply only to assemblies in their entirety. Except Some fire-resistive designs are specified with a Load Restricted Factor. for those separately rated structural members supporting tested assem- When using fire-resistive designs with a Load Restricted Factor, the fac- blies, individual components are not assigned a fire-resistance rating and tored resistance of the structural members or components should be are not intended to be interchanged between assemblies but rather are reduced by multiplying the factored resistance by the Load Restricted Fac- designated for use in a specific design in order that the ratings of the tor specified in the individual fire-resistive designs. design may be achieved. Unless otherwise specified in the individual The Load Restricted Factor should be applied to the factored resistance design or certification, attachments to structural steel have not been inves- of all structural members or components, including, but not limited to, tigated. ), factored shear resistance (V ), factored factored moment resistance (M r r All ratings are based on the assumption that the stability of the struc- ). ) and factored compressive resistance (C tensile resistance (T r r tural members supporting the assembly are not impaired by the effects of Table I fire. The extent of damage of the test assembly at the rating time is not a Type of Assembly Percent Load Load Restricted criteria for the rating. Reduction Factor The specifications for materials in an assembly are important details in (LSD-WSD) / the development of fire-resistance ratings. Those materials provided with LSD an ‘‘*’’ in the design text are eligible to be produced under the Follow-Up 12 0.88 W8x28 – AISC Service Program of UL. Information identifying such materials and the (W200x42 – CISC) certified companies authorized to provide the materials are located in the noncomposite steel beam product category section of this Directory. The appearance of the UL Certi- 0.71 29 W8x28 – AISC fication Mark on the product is the only method provided by UL to iden- (W200x42 – CISC) tify products that have been produced under its Follow-Up Service. composite steel beam 1. Metric Dimensions 0.96 Floor/Roof supported by open-web steel joists 4 It is recommended that the ‘‘Metric Guide for Federal Construction,’’ 0 Floor supported by cold-formed steel channels none published by the National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS), be con- 35 y2x10in.(38x235mm) Floor supported b 0.65 sulted for guidance regarding the use of metric-dimensioned building wood joists materials. The dimensional conversion of building materials from the inch- 18 0.82 wood y2x4in.(38x89mm) Wall supported b pound system to metric may either be hard or soft. studs Hard conversions are typically applied to manufactured products used Wall supported by cold-formed steel studs none 0 in modular construction. These products include suspended-ceiling sys- Steel columns * * tems, gypsum wallboard, insulation boards, etc. Certified products which The ratings for floors supported by cold-formed steel channels and walls sup- are available in metric sizes are identified in the certification information ported by cold-formed steel studs do not have a Load Restriction Factor because for the individual product categories located near the end of this Direc- the associated loads in Canada and the U.S. are based on the same standard: CSA tory. S136, ‘‘North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel For soft conversions, inch-pound dimensions are mathematically con- Structural Members,’’ and ‘‘North American Specification and Commentary for the verted to exact equivalent metric values. Examples of dimensions which Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.’’ may be soft converted include concrete thickness, depth of concealed * Unless otherwise specified in the individual designs, columns do not have a space above suspended ceilings, and coating thicknesses. Load Restriction Factor, as those ratings are based on temperature limitations in It is recommended that dimensions which are identified as minimum or accordance with CAN/ULC-S101. maximum in fire-resistive designs be initially soft converted and, if required, further converted to a hard metric equivalent following the min/ The engineer of record should be consulted whenever fire-resistive max guidance. The spacing of hanger wire and other supports for sus- assemblies with Load Restricted Factors are selected. The indicated load pended ceilings would be examples requiring this type of consideration. reductions are based upon factored load effects that are governed by the 2. Loading of Test Specimens reduced factored resistance of the structural elements. The selection of ANSI/UL 263 requires the load applied to test samples to be based upon structural elements is, at times, based upon service limits, such as deflec- the limiting conditions of design as determined by nationally recognized tion and vibration. These factors and others, such as the change in mate- structural design criteria. For some applications, the nationally recognized rial strength properties as a function of temperature, should be considered design criteria may be based upon the Working Stress Design Method or when selecting fire-resistive assemblies with Load Restricted ratings. the Limit States Design Method. For applications where these two design Unless stated in a design, it is recommended the Load Restricted Factors methods are available, the load applied to the test sample was determined in Table I be used. in accordance with the Working Stress Design Method unless the rated Assemblies developed from tests where the load applied on the sample assembly specifically references the Limit States Design Method. Also, was based upon calculations in accordance with the Limit States Design unless otherwise stated, the load capacity of steel beams assumes the Method are identified in the individual certifications. beams are fabricated from A36 steel. 3. Penetrations ANSI/UL 263 permits samples to be tested with the applied load being Penetrations through all or a portion of an assembly can significantly less than the maximum allowable load as determined by the limiting con- affect the rating. Firestop systems developed to protect openings created ditions of a nationally recognized structural design criteria. The ratings for by penetration items are covered under Through-penetration Firestop Sys- assemblies determined from tests where the applied load was less than tems (XHEZ). allowed by the nationally recognized structural design criteria are identi- 4. Finish Ratings LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

96 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 96 A finish rating is established for assemblies containing combustible (wood) The bond tests need only be conducted when the fire-resistive coating is supports. The finish rating is defined as the time at which the wood stud or applied to a primed or similarly painted surface for which acceptable bond wood joist reaches an average temperature rise of 250°F or an individual strength performance between the primer or other similar material and the temperature rise of 325°F as measured on the plane of the wood nearest the fire-resistive coating has not been measured. A bonding agent may be fire. A finish rating is not intended to represent a rating for a membrane applied to the primed or similarly painted surface to obtain the minimum ceiling. The requirements for finish ratings are not included in ANSI/UL required bond strength where the bond strengths are found to be below the 263. minimum acceptable values. 5. Nails and Screws As an alternative to the bond test conducted on control samples applied to Nails are specified according to ASTM F547, ‘‘Standard Terminology of an uncoated steel plate, the following method may be used for unknown Nails for Use with Wood and Wood-Base Materials,’’ or ASTM C514, ‘‘Stan- coatings in existing structures. Sections of painted steel are to be coated dard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board.’’ Nails with a bonding agent compatible with the sprayed material being used on used to attach gypsum board to wood framing should be cement-coated box the project. The treated and untreated substrates should be coated with nails or cement-coated cooler nails unless specified otherwise in the indi- material, cured, and subjected to five bond tests each, in accordance with vidual designs. Screws meeting ASTM C1002, ‘‘Standard Specification for ASTM E736. If the failure mode of the sections treated with the bonding Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel agent is 100% cohesive in nature, it will be acceptable to use this bond test Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs,’’ or ASTM value as the control bond strength. The value obtained on the untreated C954, ‘‘Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of painted section should be compared to the control value using the mini- Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. mum 80% average, 50% individual bond strength acceptance criteria estab- (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness,’’ may be substituted for nails, lished in ASTM E736. one for one, when the head diameter, length, and spacing equal or exceed If condition (E) is not met, a mechanical bond may be obtained by wrap- the requirements for the specified nails. ping the structural member with expanded metal lath (minimum 1.7 lbs per 6. Interior and Exterior Applications sq yd). The fire-resistive designs and UL-certified materials are investigated with If any of the conditions specified in (A), (B), (C) or (D) are not met, a the understanding that their use is limited to interior applications unless mechanical break should be provided. A mechanical break may be provided otherwise specified in the individual designs or certification information by mechanically fastening one or more minimum 1.7 lbs per sq yd metal (e.g., structural columns ‘‘Investigated for Exterior Use’’). Where an exterior lath strips to the flange, web or tube and pipe surface either by weld, screw, application of a UL-certified design is desired, the local building code and or powder-actuated fasteners, on maximum 12 in. centers, on each longitu- Authority Having Jurisdiction should be consulted to ensure compliance dinal edge of the strip, so that the clear spans do not exceed the limits with other code requirements applicable to exterior use. established in conditions (A), (B), (C) or (D) as appropriate. No less than 7. Exposed Interior Finishes 25% of the width of the oversize flange or web element should be covered The surface flammability and smoke-development characteristics of certi- by the metal lath. No strip of metal lath should be less than 3-1/2 in. wide. fied materials that may be used as exposed interior finishes are measured As an alternative to metal lath, the mechanical break may be provided by by the test method in ANSI/UL 723 (ASTM E84), ‘‘Test for Surface Burning the use of minimum 12 gauge steel studs with minimum 28 gauge galva- Characteristics of Building Materials.’’ The flame-spread index of these nized steel disks if such a system is described in a specific design (usually a materials is less than 200 and the smoke-development index of these materi- bottomless trench in an electrified floor design) for the fire-resistive coating als is less than 450. Surface-burning certifications are contained in the Build- being applied. The studs should be welded to the oversize element in rows ing Materials Directory. such that the maximum clear span conforms to conditions (A), (B), (C) or 8. Radiant Heating Cable and Panels (D) as appropriate. The spacing of studs along each row should not exceed The effect of the use of electrical radiant heating cable or wire on the fire- 24 in. and a minimum one stud per 256 sq in. should be provided. resistance performance of assemblies has not been investigated. Unless oth- Where metal lath strips or steel studs and disks are used, acceptable bond erwise specified in the specific design, the use of electrical radiant heating strength as described in item (E) should also be provided. A bonding agent panels in a fire-resistance-rated assembly is not permitted. may be applied to the painted surface to obtain the required minimum 9. Coating Materials bond strength where bond strengths to a painted surface are found to be Coating materials include products identified as: 1) Spray-applied Fire- below minimum acceptable values. resistive Materials and 2) Mastic and Intumescent Coatings. The dry density at which sprayed material should be applied to building The type of material is specified in each design. Materials that have been elements is specified in the individual designs. Dry-density measurements investigated for exterior application are so indicated in the individual may be determined by removing at least 6 in. sq sections randomly selected designs and in the product category. from the building, subjecting the samples to 120°F in an oven until constant Regulations governing the application and use of coating materials have weight is obtained, followed by accurate weighing, measuring and calcula- been promulgated by many governmental agencies. Authorities Having tion of the density in lb per cu ft. Constant weight is usually obtained after Jurisdiction should be consulted for current local requirements. 24 to 48 h exposure within a 120°F oven. Unless specifically detailed in the individual designs or in the product cer- The spray-applied fire-resistive material thickness specification in a design tification information, the interaction of dissimilar fireproofing materials on should be considered the minimum average thickness of the individual the same structural element or at the intersection of structural members, thickness readings measured in accordance with ASTM E605, ‘‘Standard Test and the adherence of one product to the other, has not been investigated Methods for Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire Resistive Material under fire-test conditions. Applied to Structural Members.’’ When spray-applied fire-resistive material Unless specifically detailed in the individual designs or in the product cer- is applied to metal lath, the spray-applied fire-resistive material thickness tification information, the impact of galvanization applied to structural steel should be measured to the face of the lath unless specified otherwise in the members has not been investigated under fire-test conditions. Galvanization individual designs. may impact the adhesion of spray-applied fire-resistive materials or mastic Individual measured thickness, which exceeds the thickness specified in a and intumescent coatings. design by 1/4 in. or more, should be recorded as the thickness specified in Spray-applied Fire-resistive Materials the design plus 1/4 in. For design thicknesses 1 in. or greater, the minimum The surfaces on which the material is to be applied must be free of dirt, allowable individual thickness should be the design thickness minus 1/4 in. oil and loose scale. Surfaces may be primed with the primers/paints cov- For design thicknesses less than 1 in., the minimum allowable individual ered under Primers for Structural Steel (CGJM). thickness should be the design thickness minus 25%. The following method of determining the bond strength of the spray- The thickness of the spray-applied fire-resistive material should be cor- applied materials only applies to primers or paints that are not covered rected by applying additional material at any location where: (1) the calcu- under Primers for Structural Steel (CGJM). Unless specifically prohibited in lated average thickness of the material is less than that required by the the individual designs, materials identified as Spray-applied Fire-resistive design or (2) an individual measured thickness reading is more than 1/4 in. Materials (CHPX) may be applied to primed or similarly painted wide- less or more than 25% less (for design thicknesses greater than 1 in. and less flange steel shapes and pipe and tube-shaped columns provided: (A) the than 1 in., respectively) than the specified thickness required by the design. beam flange width does not exceed 12 in.; (B) the column flange width does Areas of the structural frame and/or floor area are to be selected to obtain not exceed 16 in.; (C) the beam or column web depth (defined as inside of representative average thicknesses. Thickness readings on the floor or wall top flange to inside of bottom flange) does not exceed 16 in.; (D) the pipe area are to be taken symmetrically over the selected area. The average of all outer diameter or tube width does not exceed 12 in.; (E) bond tests con- measurements is to be considered the average thickness of the area. Thick- ducted in accordance with ASTM E736, ‘‘Standard Test Method for ness measurements on beams and/or columns are to be made around the Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire Resistive Materials Applied to Struc- member at sections within 12 in. of each other. The average thickness is to tural Members,’’ should indicate a minimum average bond strength of 80% be considered the average of the readings taken at both sections. and a minimum individual bond strength of 50% when compared to the Screw tips penetrating the steel roof deck in all P700 and P800 Series bond strength of the fire-resistive coating as applied to clean uncoated 1/8 designs require spray-applied fire-resistive material. The spray-applied fire- in. thick steel plate. The average and minimum bond strength values should resistive material specified in the design should be applied to cover the tips be determined based upon a minimum of five bond tests conducted in at a minimum thickness of 1/2 in. accordance with ASTM E736. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

97 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 97 Mixing and spraying instructions are included with each container of Wood structural panel are structural panel products composed primarily material. of wood and meeting the requirements of U.S. Department of Commerce Mastic and Intumescent Coatings Voluntary Product Standard PS 1, ‘‘Construction and Industrial Plywood,’’ The surfaces on which the material is to be applied must be free of dirt, or U.S. Department of Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 2, ‘‘Per- oil and loose scale. The certification information for materials identified as formance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels.’’ Wood struc- Mastic and Intumescent Coatings (CDWZ) should be consulted for specific tural panels include all-veneer plywood, composite panels containing a recommendations regarding the application of the coating over primed combination of veneer and wood-based material, and mat-formed panels painted surfaces. such as oriented strand board and waferboard. The panels bear the label The mastic and intumescent coating thickness specification in a design of a code-recognized certification organization with a specific reference to should be considered the minimum average thickness of the individual the PS 1 or PS 2 standard. The panels are also marked ‘‘Exposure 1’’ or thickness readings measured in accordance with Technical Manual 12-B, ‘‘Exterior.’’ Some individual designs may limit the type of panel that can ‘‘Standard Practice of the Testing and Inspection of Field Applied Thin- be used. Film Intumescent Fire Resistive Materials; an Annotated Guide,’’ pub- As an alternate, wood structural panels investigated in accordance with lished by the Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries. APA – The Engineered Wood Association Standard PRP-108, ‘‘Performance The mastic and intumescent coating average thickness should not exceed Standards and Policies for Structural-Use Panels,’’ or PFS Research Foun- the maximum thickness published in the individual designs and no indi- dation Standard PRP-133, ‘‘Performance Standards and Policies for Wood- vidual thickness measurement should be less than 80% of the thickness Based Structural-Use Panels,’’ and meeting the description for the panel specified in a design. type in the individual designs, may be used. PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Mixing and spraying instructions are included with each container of 15. Sound Transmission Class (STC) material. In addition to the fire-resistance ratings, where indicated in the indi- When mastic and intumescent coatings are exposed to fire, they expand vidual designs, the Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating is published for and form an insulating char. Unless otherwise detailed in the individual those designs where the sound transmission loss (STL) test was also inves- designs, mastic and intumescent coatings are tested without any covering tigated. ASTM E90 (2009), ‘‘Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measure- adjacent to the tested member that might interfere with the expansion of ment of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Ele- the coating. The effect on the fire-resistance rating of steel members ments,’’ is the test method used to investigate the sound transmission loss (beams, columns, etc.) caused by any covering that would interfere with for the various designs. The STC rating applies to the assembly of materi- the expansion of a mastic and intumescent coating during a fire has not als as indicated in the individual designs. been investigated. Contact the manufacturer for their required clearance 16. Impact Insulation Class (IIC) around structural members protected with mastic and intumescent coat- In addition to the fire-resistance ratings, where indicated in the indi- ings. vidual designs, the Impact Insulation Class (IIC) rating is published for 10. Gypsum Board Vertically applied gypsum board is gypsum board that is applied with those designs where the impact noise test was also investigated. ASTM the long edges parallel to the framing members to which it is attached. E492 (2009), ‘‘Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Horizontally applied gypsum board applied is gypsum board applied Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the with the long edges perpendicular to the framing members to which it is Tapping Machine,’’ is the test method used to investigate the impact noise attached. of the design. The IIC rating applies to the assembly of materials as indi- Gypsum board thicknesses specified in specific designs are minimums. cated in the individual designs. Greater thicknesses of gypsum board are permitted as long as the fastener 17. Curtain Wall/Floor Protection Systems length is increased to provide penetration into framing that is equal to or Perimeter Fire Containment Systems (XHDG) includes designs that have greater than that achieved with the specified gypsum board thickness and been investigated to protect the void created at the intersection of a fire- fasteners. rated floor assembly and an exterior curtain wall assembly. Additional layers of gypsum board are permitted to be added to any 18. Fire-resistant Joint Systems design. Joint Systems (XHBN) includes designs that have been investigated to For designs containing the statement, ‘‘See Gypsum Board (CKNX) Cat- protect the joints between fire-resistance-rated walls, floors, floor-ceiling egory for names of Classified Companies,’’ any product in CKNX that assemblies and roof-ceiling assemblies. meets the specifications described in the individual designs may be used. 19. Fire Doors, Frames and Hardware This statement is applicable to any gypsum board manufacturer who pro- See the individual categories under Fire Doors (GSNV) for products duces certified gypsum board meeting all requirements specified in the individual designs. It is not required that these Design Numbers appear in associated with fire doors, frames and associated hardware. This includes the individual company’s certification found in CKNX. leakage-rated products investigated to limit the spread of smoke through 11. Gypsum Board Joint Treatment (Fire Taping) these assemblies. Unless otherwise specified in the individual designs, all gypsum board 20. Glazing, Wired Glass and Glass Blocks systems except those with predecorated or metal-covered surfaces have Fire-protection-rated Glazing Materials (KCMZ) contains information on joints taped and joints and fastener heads covered with one coat of joint wired glass and nonwired glazing investigated for fire resistance. Glass compound (fire taped). Base layers in multi-layer systems are not required Blocks (KCJU) contains information on glass blocks investigated for fire to have joints or fastener heads taped or covered with joint compound. resistance. 12. Plaster III. FLOOR-CEILINGS AND ROOF-CEILINGS The proper aggregate and mix proportions are specified in each design. The following guidelines are directed towards the materials and con- Thicknesses are measured from the outer face of the plaster base. When a struction methods described for floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies. finish coat is not specified, it is not included in the thickness dimensions, These guidelines are intended to supplement the specific description but it may be added. Materials investigated for exterior application are so included with each design. indicated in the individual designs. Specific guidelines for the application of beam designs to floor-ceiling 13. Dampers and roof-ceiling assemblies are provided in this Directory under the head- Building codes include requirements for four types of dampers: fire ing ‘‘Beams.’’ dampers, smoke (leakage-rated) dampers, ceiling dampers, and corridor 1. Concrete dampers. Dampers have been investigated for installation in wall or ceil- ing constructions in the maximum sizes and orientations (vertical or hori- The concrete compressive strength specified in the designs may be zontal) indicated in their certification. Dampers have been investigated for reduced 500 psi to obtain the minimum value. The maximum compressive the following applications: strength is not limited. The thickness is a minimum unless otherwise indi- (EMME) are intended for use where air ducts and air- Fire Dampers cated. transfer openings traverse fire-resistance-rated walls and floors. The concrete’s air dry unit weight is determined in accordance with Leakage-rated (Smoke) Dampers (EMME) are intended for use where ASTM C567, ‘‘Standard Test Method for Determining Density of Structural air ducts and air-transfer openings traverse smoke barriers. Lightweight Concrete.’’ The unit weight specifications (unless stated as a (EMME) are intended for use where air ducts pen- Corridor Dampers range for individual designs) have a tolerance of plus or minus 3 pcf. If etrate or terminate at horizontal openings in the ceilings of certain corri- normal-weight concrete (145 to 155 pcf) is specified, the use of lightweight dors, as required by the building code. (90 to 120 pcf) is not recommended because its greater insulating proper- Ceiling Dampers (CABS) are intended to function as a heat barrier in ties could cause higher temperatures on supporting members. When light- air-handling openings penetrating fire-resistive membrane ceilings. Addi- weight concrete is specified, the use of normal-weight concrete is not rec- tional details on duct outlet protection methods for membrane ceiling con- ommended because its lower insulating properties could cause higher Section III structions, designated Systems A and B, is included under unexposed surface temperatures. FLOOR-CEILINGS AND ROOF-CEILINGS, Item 17, Air Ducts and Pro- 2. Fiber Reinforcement tection Systems. 14. Wood Structural Panels LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

98 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 98 Certified synthetic fiber reinforcements may be added to the concrete mix 6. Metallic Electrical Outlet Boxes for the purpose of controlling shrinkage cracks. Certified metallic outlet boxes with metallic or nonmetallic cover plates These fibers are not intended to satisfy any structural requirements. The may be used in floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies with ratings not structural capacity of the concrete slab should be maintained in accordance exceeding 2 hours. These assemblies should have gypsum wallboard mem- with the requirements of the ACI building code. branes. The metallic outlet boxes should be securely fastened to the joists 3. Steel Floor and Form Units and the opening in the wallboard facing should be cut so that the clearance The type of unit and the minimum steel thickness is specified in each between the box and the gypsum wallboard does not exceed 1/8 in. The design. surface area of individual boxes should not exceed 16 sq. in. The aggregate The steel floor and roof deck minimum thickness table is based upon an surface area of the boxes should not exceed 100 sq. in. per 100 sq. ft of ceil- industry standard for steel deck. The load tables published by the steel deck ing surface. industry are based upon the design thickness and a 5% tolerance is applied 7. Steel Joists to derive the minimum thickness. The tolerance is in accordance with The specified minimum-size joist in floor- or roof-ceiling designs is the American Iron and Steel Institute specifications. For steel floor and roof joist that meets the requirements for both the minimum depth and the mini- deck, the minimum bare-metal thickness should be as follows: mum weight per foot. Joists that exceed the specified minimum size may be used, provided the accessories are compatible. The dimension from the bot- Design Min Thkns tom chord of joists to the ceiling, whether given or calculated, is a mini- Bare Metal In. Gauge Thkns In. mum. 0.0149 28 0.014 Spacing between joists may be increased from that specified to a maxi- 0.017 0.0179 26 mum of 4 ft on centers if the floor slab meets structural requirements and 0.0238 24 0.023 the spacing of the hanger wires supporting the ceiling is not increased. 22 0.028 0.0295 20 0.034 0.0358 Where it is necessary to provide support for the ceiling hanger wires 18 0.0474 0.045 between the joists, this may be accomplished by using 1-1/2 in., 16 gauge or 0.0598 0.057 16 larger cold-rolled steel channels. Each channel with its web oriented verti- cally should be placed on top of and perpendicular to the joist’s bottom chord and tied thereto with a double strand of 18 SWG galvanized steel The effect on the fire resistance of the assembly when cellular sections are wire. used as air-handling units has not been investigated. The area of bridging bars or angles specified in the individual designs is a Some steel units are provided with patterned indentations and are thereby minimum. Larger bridging may be necessary in order to meet the structural considered to act compositely with the concrete topping. Moment and shear and/or code requirements. capacities are usually determined empirically from structural tests. The For designs requiring application of coating materials to steel joists, the allowable load is provided in the manufacturer’s catalogs. The loading for bridging bars or angles should be protected with the coating material thick- floors with noncomposite units (without indentations) is based on their sec- ness required on the joist for a minimum distance of 12 in. beyond the joist. tion modulus. Some fire tests have been conducted on slabs utilizing the When the joists are coated with a fire-resistive material, the cavities, if any, composite units but with the loading based on the section modulus of the between the upper flange of the joist and the steel floor or roof units, steel. In such cases the design will specify noncomposite loading. Fire tests should be filled with the fire-resistive coating material applied to the joist, have generally shown that composite slabs deflect more than similar non- unless specified otherwise in the individual designs. composite slabs. Therefore, the ratings developed with composite units For designs that require the bottom chords of the joists to consist of round would not be jeopardized if noncomposite units of the same profile are used bars, the substitution of angles of an equivalent area is not recommended. provided the loading is based on the section modulus of the noncomposite K-Series joists, LH-Series joists and joist girders specified in floor- or roof- units. ceiling assemblies should be designed and fabricated in accordance with the The steel form units used in floor or roof assemblies may be painted or Steel Joist Institute’s Specifications adopted November 4, 1985, and revised galvanized when used in designs that include suspended ceilings (Designs May 1, 2000. G0--, G2--, G4--, G5--, P0--, P2--, P4--, P5--). In designs that specify the steel K-Series joists may be substituted for other joists specified in floor- or form units to be welded to supports with welding washers, the welding roof-ceiling designs as follows: washers may be omitted when the steel form unit is 22 MSG gauge or Floor-Ceiling Assemblies heavier. K-Series joists of equal or greater depth and weight per foot may be sub- Normally, assemblies with steel deck are constructed and tested with stituted for any S-, J-, H-, LH- and/or DLH-Series joists in any floor-ceiling simple span conditions, however, the ratings also apply to continuous span design, which employs a structural concrete floor and a suspended mem- conditions. brane ceiling. 4. Electrical Boxes for Concrete Floors Roof-Ceiling Assemblies Outlet Boxes and Fittings Certified for Fire Resistance (CEYY) covers pre- K-Series joists of equal or greater depth and weight per foot may be sub- set and post-set inserts for use in concrete floors for electrical and communi- stituted for any S-, J-, H-, LH- and/or DLH-Series joists in any roof-ceiling cation connections. These devices have demonstrated an ability to be used design, with the following restrictions: in specific assemblies without reducing their fire-resistive ratings. In those a) Minimum nominal depth = 10 in. floor-ceiling designs where the inserts are not specifically shown, penetra- b) Maximum tensile stress = 26,000 psi tions to the concrete topping with electrical inserts may jeopardize the rat- Any stress limitation specified in floor or roof designs containing S-, J-, H-, ing unless proper compensating protection is provided. In the absence of LH- and/or DLH-Series joists should remain applicable when a K-Series specific information for inserts in the individual designs, inserts that do not joist is substituted. penetrate through the entire floor and bear the UL Certification Mark for When a K-Series joist is substituted, any restriction regarding minimum Outlet Boxes and Fittings Certified for Fire Resistance may be used in floor- allowable joist member sizes, areas of steel, and/or bridging material sizes ceiling designs which include fire-resistive coating materials on both fluted remain applicable. Refer to section ‘‘Fire-Resistance Ratings with Steel and cellular floor units for the entire floor span between supports. The cel- Joists’’ in the ‘‘Standard Specifications Load Tables & Weight Tables for Steel lular units should be protected in one of the following ways: Joists and Joist Girders,’’ 41st edition, published by the Steel Joist Institute, 1. For inserts that penetrate into the top of the cell and where concrete is for guidance. not removed from the valleys of the steel floor units, the thickness of 8. Precast Concrete Units fireproofing material specified below standard trench headers (with For restrained assembly ratings, some designs require end clearances and bottom pan) is applicable. lateral expansion joints with the use of noncombustible compressible materi- 2. For inserts that penetrate into the sides of the cells with no concrete in als along the sides of the precast concrete units. This requirement may be the valley between the cells under the inserts, the thickness of the fire- waived and the clearance spaces filled with sand-cement grout if the stiff- resistive coating specified below the bottomless trench header (without ness of the building floor and supporting column system surrounding the bottom pan) is applicable. precast concrete units does not exceed 80% of the stiffness of the test frame The above recommended protection is intended only for structural con- in which the assemblies are tested and rated. crete floors that contain welded wire fabric or fiber reinforcement when per- The relative stiffness of the frame work surrounding a building floor mitted and consist of a blend of one or more fluted to one cellular unit. The assembly may be calculated using an approximate test frame size of 14 ft by entire underside of the cellular units should be protected with the same 17 ft and an approximate stiffness of frame of 700,000 kip-in. and 850,000 material and thickness as required below the trench headers with a gradual kip-in., expressed by EI/L, along the 17 ft and 14 ft dimensions, respec- reduction in thickness to that specified for fluted units in the individual tively. designs. The spacing between inserts should be sufficient for structural For unrestrained assembly ratings, clearances should be provided around integrity. The diameter of any holes in the insert cover for the passage of the ends and sides of the precast concrete units so that they may expand wire should be no more than 1/8 in. larger than the diameter of the wire. freely during fire exposure. 5. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes for Ceilings In most floor-ceiling designs, sand-cement grout is required to be poured Nonmetallic outlet boxes investigated for installation in floor-ceiling or between adjacent precast units. This grout may be omitted if a minimum 1 roof-ceiling assemblies are covered under Outlet Boxes and Fittings Certified in. thick concrete topping is placed over the precast concrete units. for Fire Resistance (CEYY). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

99 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 99 9. Ceiling Control Joints one side of control joint with 1-1/2 in. long Type G wallboard screws For G500, L500 and M500-Series floor-ceiling designs having a maximum spaced max 24 in. OC. 1 hr Unrestrained Assembly Rating and having a ceiling membrane con- 4. — Vinyl or zinc control joint conforming to ASTM Control Joint sisting of a single layer of nominal 5/8 in. thick gypsum wallboard, max C1047. Control joint stapled to gypsum wallboard on each side of 1/2 in. wide control joints may be incorporated in the ceiling using one of joint opening prior to finishing of ceiling. the following methods: PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Control Joint Perpendicular to Wood Joists Ceiling Suspended Below Floor Assembly 1. Flooring — Lumber or plywood subfloor with finish floor of lumber, 1. Floor Assembly — (Not Shown) — The floor assembly should be plywood or floor-topping mixture as specified in the individual L500 constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the indi- or M500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. vidual G-500, L500 or M500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. 2. Wood Joists — 2 by 10 in., spaced max 24 in. OC as specified in the 2. Cold-rolled Steel Channel — Nom 1-1/2 in. deep, min 16 gauge individual L500 or M500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. cold-rolled steel channels installed perpendicular to control joint — Nom 7/8 in. deep, min 25 gauge painted or 3. Furring Channels direction. Channels suspended from floor joists with 12 SWG galv galv steel rigid furring channels installed perpendicular to wood steel hanger wires. Hanger wires spaced max 48 in. OC. Channels joists and spaced max 16 in. OC. Furring channel along each side of spaced max 24 in. OC. Channels installed to extend approx 6 in. past ceiling control joint to be located with its centerline 3 in. from the center of the control joint. Furring channels secured to wood joists as control joint location with channels on opposite sides of control joint specified in the individual L500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. offset from each other. Hanger wire at end of each channel to be Gypsum Board — Installed with long dimension perpendicular to 4. located in span between furring channels over control joint location. furring channels. Gypsum wallboard type, fastener type and fastener Furring Channels — Nom 7/8 in. deep, min 25 gauge painted or 3. spacings to be as specified in the individual L500-Series Floor-Ceiling galv steel rigid furring channels installed perpendicular to cold-rolled design. Max width of control joint centered between furring channels steel channels and spaced max 16 in. OC. Furring channel along each is 1/2 in. Strip of gypsum wallboard over control joint to be nom 5/8 side of ceiling control joint to be located with its centerline 3 in. from in. thick by 3-1/2 in. wide and to be secured to ceiling along only the center of the control joint. Furring channels secured to cold-rolled one side of control joint with 1-1/2 in. long Type G wallboard screws steel channels with a double strand of 18 SWG galv steel wire. spaced max 24 in. OC. Gypsum Board 4. — Installed with long dimension perpendicular to 5. — Vinyl or zinc control joint conforming to ASTM Control Joint furring channels. Gypsum wallboard type, fastener type and fastener C1047. Control joint stapled to gypsum wallboard on each side of spacings to be as specified in the individual L500-Series Floor-Ceiling joint opening prior to finishing of ceiling. design. Max width of control joint centered between furring channels is 1/2 in. Strip of gypsum wallboard over control joint to be nom 5/8 in. thick by 3-1/2 in. wide and to be secured to ceiling along only one side of control joint with 1-1/2 in. long Type G wallboard screws spaced max 24 in. OC. — Vinyl or zinc control joint conforming to ASTM Control Joint 5. C1047, ‘‘Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base.’’ Control joint stapled to gypsum wall- board on each side of joint opening prior to finishing of ceiling. Control Joint Parallel with Wood Joists — Lumber or plywood subfloor with finish floor of lumber, Flooring 1. plywood or floor-topping mixture as specified in the individual L500 or M500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. Wood Joists 2. — 2 by 10 in., spaced max 24 in. OC as specified in the individual L500 or M500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. 3. Furring Channels — Nom 7/8 in. deep, min 25 gauge painted or galv steel rigid furring channels installed perpendicular to wood joists and spaced max 16 in. OC. Furring channels to cantilever approx 1/4 in. beyond wood joist in 4 in. wide joist cavity containing control joint. Furring channels secured to wood joists as specified in Control Joint Parallel With Wood Joists the individual L500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. — Lumber or plywood subfloor with finish floor of lumber, Flooring 1. — Installed with long dimension perpendicular to Gypsum Board 4. plywood or floor-topping mixture as specified in the individual L500 furring channels. Gypsum wallboard type, fastener type and fastener or M500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. spacing to be as specified in the individual L500-Series Floor-Ceiling 2. — 2 by 10 in., spaced 4 in. apart at the control joint loca- Wood Joists design. Max width of control joint centered in 4 in. wide joist cavity tion and max 16 in. OC away from control joint as specified in the is 1/2 in. Strip of gypsum wallboard over control joint to be nom 5/8 individual L500 or M500-Series Floor-Ceiling design. in. thick by 3 in. wide and to be secured to ceiling along only one — Installed with long dimension perpendicular to 3. Gypsum Board side of control joint with 1-1/2 in. long Type G wallboard screws wood joists. Gypsum wallboard type, fastener type and fastener spac- spaced max 24 in. OC. ings to be as specified in the individual L500-Series Floor-Ceiling — Vinyl or zinc control joint conforming to ASTM 5. Control Joint design. Max width of control joint centered between wood joists is C1047. Control joint stapled to gypsum wallboard on each side of 1/2 in. Strip of gypsum wallboard over control joint to be nom 5/8 joint opening prior to finishing of ceiling. in. thick by 3-1/2 in. wide and to be secured to ceiling along only 10. Acoustical Material LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

100 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 100 The type and size is specified in the individual designs. Where a range of In addition to the luminaires described above, luminaires specifically panel sizes is indicated, compatible sizes of suspension members must be investigated for installation in floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling designs are cov- used. Designs incorporating lay-in acoustical ceiling panels specify the use ered under Luminaires, Luminaire Assemblies and Luminaire Enclosures of hold-down clips. Hold-down clips are required for assemblies incorporat- Certified for Fire Resistance (CDHW). Refer to the individual CDHW certifi- ing ceiling panels weighing less than 1 lb per square foot. cations for details on the designs in which the luminaires have been investi- 11. Suspension Systems gated and found acceptable. The type and size of the suspension system are specified in the individual 15. Restrained and Unrestrained Assemblies designs. Support of the system is an important feature in its performance. Floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies include fire-resistance ratings for Spacing of the supports should not exceed but may be less than specified. use in both restrained or unrestrained conditions. It is up to the designer When the length of the cross tee between the main runner and the wall and Authority Having Jurisdiction to determine if an assembly is being molding is 30 in. or longer, each such cross tee should be supported by a used in a restrained or unrestrained application, as required by the building hanger wire at midpoint of the tee or at a location nearer the wall unless code being enforced. Unrestrained Assembly ratings may be used for floor- specified differently in the design. ceilings and roof-ceilings designed for either restrained or unrestrained con- As an alternate to the wall molding specified in the individual designs, ditions. The conditions of acceptance in ANSI/UL 263 provide criteria for the molding may be an angle fabricated from minimum 0.017 in. thick steel. Restrained Assembly Ratings, Unrestrained Assembly Ratings, Restrained Each leg of the angle should be at least 7/8 in. long with a 0.115 in. Beam Ratings and Unrestrained Beam Ratings. Because of their more oner- hemmed edge. The wall molding should be reliably secured to the wall ous criteria, Unrestrained Assembly Ratings may be used for floors and with steel fasteners on maximum 16 in. centers unless specified otherwise in roofs designed for either restrained or unrestrained conditions. a design. Certifications resulting from a tested assembly containing a full represen- Cross tees which are parallel and adjacent to walls and are spaced 12 in. tation of a floor or roof construction may include: (1) Restrained Assembly or less from the wall should each be supported by a hanger wire at mid- Ratings and (2) Unrestrained Assembly Ratings. Results from the testing of point. These hanger wires are intended to minimize their rotation under fire these assemblies are identified as Design Nos. A ____, D ____, G ____, J conditions due to the unbalanced weight of panels on their flanges. ____ or P ____. Tested assemblies supported by beams may also include an Where a ceiling is supported directly from structural members, it may be Unrestrained Beam Rating, but do not include a Restrained Beam Rating. A lowered and intermediate supports may be used, if necessary, provided they Restrained Beam Rating is determined only from a test on an assembly with produce an in place stiffness equivalent to that of the originally tested ele- a restrained beam and a partial representation of a floor or roof. Results ments. A suggested method for providing an equivalent in place stiffness is from tests on this type of assembly are identified as Design Nos. N ____ or by use of 1-1/2 in. cold-rolled channels made of 16 gauge or heavier S ____. painted or galvanized steel, with the web oriented vertically and suspended D900 Series Dual Unrestrained Assembly Ratings from the structural members by 12 SWG or heavier galvanized steel wire at Two unrestrained assembly ratings are indicated for some D900 Series a maximum spacing of 48 in. OC. The channels may be oriented parallel or floor-ceiling designs that include unprotected steel floor units. These unre- perpendicular to the structural members but should be spaced not more strained assembly ratings are influenced by the span of the steel floor units. than the spacing of the members. For the longer rating, the maximum span is the span with which the assem- Where it is necessary to cut away the expansion mechanism of suspension bly was tested. This rating is determined by the assembly’s structural per- members to fit room dimensions or corridor widths, the member should be formance during the fire test. The shorter rating is determined by the steel installed with a gap of approximately 1/10 in. per ft of length to permit free temperatures measured during the test and the span is limited only by the thermal expansion. manufacturer’s loading tables. Hanger wires should be installed vertically unless permitted otherwise in Restraint Conditions a design. Certifications of floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies and individual Some floor-ceiling designs with structural concrete topping on steel floor beams include restrained and unrestrained ratings. ANSI/UL 263 and, spe- units specify the use of steel hanger clips as an attachment provision for cifically, Appendix C, provides general information with respect to the con- hanger wires. As an alternate to hanger clips, low-velocity, powder-actuated, cept of these classifications. steel-eye pin fasteners may be used for hanger wire attachment in the floor- Appendix C of ANSI/UL 263 defines restraint in buildings as: ‘‘Floor- ceiling designs. The fasteners should have a minimum 5/32 in. diameter by ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies and individual beams in buildings minimum 7/8 in. long pointed shank with a washer and nominal 7/8 in. should be considered restrained when the surrounding or supporting struc- long by 7/16 in. wide head containing a rounded slot opening. The fasten- ture is capable of resisting substantial thermal expansion throughout the ers are intended to be secured to concrete in valleys of fluted steel floor range of anticipated elevated temperatures. Constructions not complying units with powder charges sufficient to fully embed the shank portion with- with this definition are assumed to be free to rotate and expand and should out shattering the concrete. be therefore considered as unrestrained.’’ 12. Fluorescent Recessed Luminaires The restrained condition in fire tests is defined in Appendix C of Luminaires may be installed individually or end to end (in rows). Side-by- ANSI/UL 263 as: ‘‘one in which expansion at the supports of a load carry- side installation has not been investigated. ing element resulting from the effects of the fire is resisted by forces external The spacing of luminaires specified in the individual designs refers to the to the element.’’ This definition may not be appropriate for conditions of maximum aggregate area of the luminaires to be used in each 100 sq ft of restraint in actual structures. The Standard recognizes that the exercise of ceiling. Unless specified otherwise, the luminaires are of the fluorescent- engineering judgement is required to determine what constitutes ‘‘substan- lamp type with steel housing and hardware. tial thermal expansion’’ when determining the conditions under which the Where air-handling-type luminaires were tested, the design may describe restrained or unrestrained ratings should be used. the luminaire as air-handling or as provided with slots in the housing. Restrained conditions for the fire-test assemblies are provided by con- However, since no air movement was employed during the test, the ratings structing floor-, beam- and roof-test assemblies within nominal 14 ft by 17 ft require that air movement be effectively stopped at the start of a fire. Air- frames of composite steel/concrete cross sections having an approximate handling luminaires may be used in any design that specifies luminaires, stiffness (EI/L) of 850,000 kip-in. and 700,000 kip-in. along the 14 ft and 17 provided it is not necessary to alter the enclosure surrounding the luminaire ft sides, respectively. The frame stiffness remains constant throughout the and that provisions are made for effectively stopping the movement of air at fire test because the test frame is insulated from the fire environment. the start of a fire. When applying the published restrained ratings, it is recognized that the In ceilings employing an exposed-grid suspension system, when hanger individual responsible for the design of the fire-rated construction may wire is required at midpoint of the cross tee on each side of luminaires, the ascertain that a different degree of restraint may be provided to the building wire should be installed with approximately 1/8 in. of slack such that it will assembly during a fire condition than was provided to the test sample dur- not be pulling on the cross tee at room-temperature conditions. ing the fire test. Under these conditions, the designer may review the Con- 13. Enclosures for Fluorescent Recessed Luminaires ditions of Acceptance for restrained and unrestrained assemblies and beams Enclosures for luminaires should be spaced away from the top of the in ANSI/UL 263 for additional guidance when determining whether luminaire housing as shown in the individual designs. When luminaires are restrained or unrestrained ratings should be specified. installed end to end, one end piece of the protection material that is part of 16. Air Ducts and Protection Systems the enclosure should be placed on top of the adjoining top protection pieces For designs employing means for the movement of air, ANSI/NFPA 90A, to cover the gap at the junction of the luminaires. Spacers placed on top of ‘‘Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems,’’ or appropriate the luminaire housing to provide clearance for the protection material model mechanism code should be consulted. should not be located directly over or adjacent to luminaire ballasts. Instal- Unless otherwise specified by the design, the ratings were developed lation is intended to be in conformance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National based on fire tests employing no air movement. The ratings, therefore, Electrical Code.’’ For lay-in panel ceilings, as an alternate to the spacers cut require that air movement be effectively stopped at the start of a fire. from ceiling material or mineral wool batts, pieces of ceiling-suspension- Unless specified otherwise, the minimum distance between the bottom of system tees may be used to maintain the clearance between the protection the duct and the top of ceiling membrane should not be less than 4 in.; material and the top of the luminaire. where a greater minimum distance is specified, it may be reduced to 4 in. 14. Luminaires Certified for Fire Resistance minimum. For ducts equipped with hinged sheet-steel dampers over duct LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

101 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 101 outlets, unless specified otherwise, the maximum distance between the 144 sq in. or smaller, cold-rolled channels should be located adjacent bottom of the duct and the top of the ceiling should not exceed 8 in. to one or both sides of the duct outlet and spaced a max of 48 in. OC. When certified ceiling dampers are used, no limit is required for the maxi- When duct outlets are larger than 144 sq in., cold-rolled channels mum distance between the bottom of the duct and the top of the ceiling should be located adjacent to each side of the duct outlet and spaced since fire dampers are installed close to the top of ceiling membrane per a max of 48 in. OC. installation instructions. Where hinged sheet-steel dampers are specified, Glass Fiber Duct Lining 2. — Min 1 in. thick, 3.0 to 5.0 pcf density, they should be equipped with spring catches and corrosion-resistant unfaced or faced with paper, foil, plastic film or asphalt emulsion. hinges. Dampers designed to close by gravity should be installed to close Lining affixed to inside of duct with adhesive or steel fasteners or in the direction of the air flow. Air diffusers should be of steel and both. Lining and adhesive should have a flame-spread rating of 25 or attached to the duct outlet with steel sheet-metal screws. Spacing of less and a smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as determined by screws should be at least three equally spaced for round diffusers and 8 ANSI/UL 723 and should comply with all other specifications in in. OC max per side for square diffusers, with no less than one on each ANSI/NFPA 90A. Lining should cover the full inside perimeter of the side. duct, extending at least 12 in. beyond the edges of the duct outlet. Except where noted in the individual designs, the air diffusers used in Lining on bottom of duct to be cut flush with the edges of the duct the test assemblies were of the surface-mounted type which also sup- outlet. ported the surrounding acoustical material by a flange at least 1 in. wide. — Any nom 5/8 in. acoustical lay-in panel 3. Acoustical Lay-in Panel The opening in the ceiling membrane for attachment of the diffuser to the certified by UL for use in fire-resistance designs. Panels should be duct outlet should not be more than 1 in. greater than the size of the duct laid on top of duct, extending at least 6 in. beyond sides of duct out- outlet. Lay-in-type diffusers may be used when they are described in the let along width of duct, and extending at least 18 in. beyond sides of PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE individual designs or in the certification information of Ceiling Air Diffus- duct outlet along length of duct. More than one panel may be butted ers (BZZU) for individual companies. together to form a panel of the required dimensions. Panels should Certified Ceiling Dampers (CABS) may be used in lieu of the hinged- have a flame-spread index of 25 or less and a smoke-developed index door-type dampers in those designs that employ air ducts with the duct of 50 or less as determined by ANSI/UL 723 and should comply with outlet protected with a hinged-door-type damper. The maximum area for all other specifications in ANSI/NFPA 90A. individual duct outlets and the total aggregate area of duct outlets per Ceramic Paper 4. — Where specified by the individual fire-resistance each 100 sq ft of the ceiling area are specified in the individual designs design, ceramic paper should be affixed to the duct outlet. and are applicable when the hinged-door-type damper is used. If the certi- fied ceiling damper is also eligible for use in the design, then the maxi- mum size of the duct outlets for the certified ceiling damper would apply. The size of the duct outlets should be no larger than the maximum size of the certified ceiling damper. Some designs specify a smaller aggregate duct outlet area for each 100 sq ft of ceiling area than the maximum size of an individual outlet. In this case, when a certified ceiling damper is used, the allowable outlet area per 100 sq ft of ceiling area should be established on the basis of half the area of the individual maximum size. When a design requires the use of a covering material around the duct outlet and/or the hinged-door damper, ceramic paper or a material hav- ing equivalent thermal properties of the ceramic paper should be used. Duct outlets should be located in the field of an acoustical panel; how- ever, where it is necessary to cut a main runner or cross tee, each cut end should be supported by a vertical 12 SWG hanger wire. A 1/2 in. clear- Duct Outlet Protection System B ance should be maintained between the duct outlet and each cut end of 1. Steel Air Duct — Construction and support provisions as specified in the main runner or cross tee. The duct outlet should be located so that no the individual designs. Outlet to be provided with a louvered, more than one main runner or cross tee is cut when penetrating the ceil- surface-mounted, steel diffuser, fastened securely with steel fasteners. ing membrane. Duct supported by 1-1/2 in., min 0.053 in. thick (16 gauge) cold- Flexible air ducts may be used with certified air-terminal units desig- rolled steel channel hung at each end from structural members of nated for use in designs. The flexible air duct should be 6 to 8 in. diam- floor or roof with 12 SWG galv steel wire. When duct outlets are 144 eter, Class 0 or Class 1 air connector or air duct, bearing the UL Certifica- sq in. or smaller, cold-rolled channels should be located adjacent to tion Mark. For assemblies with wood joists (‘‘L’’ Series designs), air ducts one or both sides of the duct outlet and spaced a max of 48 in. OC. only should be used. The flexible duct should be supported 4 to 6 ft OC When duct outlets are larger than 144 sq in., cold-rolled channels with steel straps and/or 12 SWG steel hanger wire so that no portion of should be located adjacent to each side of the duct outlet and spaced the flexible duct is within 4 in. of the top of the ceiling membrane, except a max of 48 in. OC. where connected to the air-terminal unit. Mineral Wool Batts 2. — 1-1/4 in. thick mineral wool batts, 3.5 to 8.0 The following duct outlet protection may be used as alternate systems. pcf density. Top piece of batt should extend at least 3 in. beyond the System A may only be used when it is specified in the individual designs. sides of the duct and 6 in. beyond the edges of the duct outlet. Side System B may be used in any design that contains a steel duct with the pieces should extend from the lower face of the top piece to the duct outlet protected by a hinged-door damper, for equal or smaller outlet upper face of the ceiling membrane along the entire length of the top size. The systems have been investigated for their effectiveness in retard- piece. Side pieces tied to top piece with 18 SWG galv steel wire, 18 ing the transfer of heat into the ceiling space, but their ability to retard in. OC. Material should have a flame-spread index of 25 or less, a smoke and other combustion products has not been investigated. smoke-developed index of 50 or less as determined by ANSI/UL 723, and should comply with all other specifications in ANSI/NFPA 90A. 3. Ceramic Paper — Where specified in the design, ceramic paper should be affixed to the duct outlet. 17. Blanket Insulation Unless specifically described in the individual designs, the addition of insulation in the concealed space between the ceiling membrane and the floor or roof structure may reduce the hourly rating of an assembly by causing premature disruption of the ceiling membrane and/or higher tem- peratures on structural components under fire-exposure conditions. — For 1-hour- Insulation in G500, L500, M500 and P500 Series Designs rated G500, L500, M500 and P500 Series assemblies, fiberglass insulation, either loose-fill, batts or blankets may be added to the plenum or joist space above the gypsum wallboard, provided an additional layer of gyp- sum wallboard is added to the assembly. The gypsum wallboard should be of the same type as shown in the individual designs. The base layer of wallboard should be attached with the fastener type and spacing as Duct Outlet Protection System A described in the design. It is not necessary to tape the joints of the base Steel Air Duct — Construction and support provisions are specified 1. layer. The finish layer of gypsum wallboard should also be attached with by the individual fire-resistance design. Duct outlet to be provided the fastener type and spacing as described in the individual design. The with a louvered, surface-mounted, steel air diffuser, secured with steel length of the fasteners should be increased by a minimum of the wall- fasteners. Duct supported by 1-1/2 in., min 0.053 in. thick (16 gauge) board thickness of the additional layer. The joints in the finish layer cold-rolled steel channels hung at each end from structural members should be finished as described in the design. of floor or roof with 12 SWG galv steel wire. When duct outlets are LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

102 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 102 Other methods of adding insulation in the plenum or joist cavity are not assembly. Results from these tests are identified as Design Series Nos. A00, permitted unless indicated in the individual designs. D00, G00, J00 or P00. The other type of test assembly contains a partial rep- 18. Wood Frame Construction resentation of the floor or roof construction. Certifications resulting from Spaces between joists or trusses and spaces between the ceiling and the this type of tested assembly may include: (1) Restrained Beam Ratings and floor above should be provided with firestopping or draft stopping as speci- (2) Unrestrained Beam Ratings. Ratings for floor or roof assemblies are not fied in the provisions of applicable building codes. determined from this type of test assembly. Results from these tests are When a non-fire-rated wood stud wall assembly abutts the bottom of a identified as Design Series Nos. N00 or S00. wood joist floor-ceiling assembly employing a membrane ceiling, the mem- 1. Beam Size brane should be continuous above the top plate of the wall assembly. For fire-resistance purposes, the minimum beam size is expressed in terms 19. Roof Coverings of a W/D ratio, where W is the weight of the beam per lineal foot and D is Most roof assemblies are tested with Class C roof covering. The fire- the perimeter of protection material at the interface between the steel sec- resistance ratings for these assemblies are also applicable when the roof cov- tion and the protection material. Accordingly, beams of the same configura- ering is a Class A, B or C system consisting of hot-mopped or cold-applied tion and having a greater W/D ratio than the beam size specified in the bituminous materials. The Class A, B and C ratings are determined by fire-resistive design are considered larger than the specified minimum-size ANSI/UL 790, ‘‘Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.’’ beam and may be used in that design. Class A, B or C roof coverings consisting of hot-mopped or cold-applied W/D values are published by the American Institute of Steel Construction. bituminous materials or a roof-covering material certified under Roofing In 2001, the method used to calculate the perimeter was refined to include Membranes (CHCI) may be applied directly to the concrete or wood surface the fillets of hot-rolled sections rather than assuming right-angle intersec- of floor designs being used as roofs without a reduction of fire-resistance tions. An example of this change results in the W/D value for a W8x28 sec- ratings. tion changing from 0.80 to 0.819. Class A, B or C prepared roof coverings may be used on wood floor Application of equations in the Fire-resistance Directory that include pro- designs without a reduction of the fire-resistance rating, provided a nailer of portional relationship of the (W/D) value are not affected by the change in equal thickness to the length of the mechanical fasteners is added to the the calculation process for (W/D), provided the (W/D) values used are flooring. determined by a single method. 20. Roof Insulation 2. Composite and Noncomposite Beams Roof insulation should be carefully controlled relative to manufacturer, For assemblies that specify both Restrained and Unrestrained Assembly type and thickness as specified. Less than the specified thickness could ratings, noncomposite beams may be substituted when composite beams are result in higher temperatures on the roof covering, while a greater thickness specified in a design because composite beams deflect more under fire con- of insulation could cause earlier structural failure. ditions when loaded to their design load than noncomposite beams. Com- Certified polystyrene insulation, with a density of 5 pcf or less, may be posite beams may only be substituted into designs which specify composite placed on concrete floors or structural concrete roofs without reducing the beams. assembly rating. 3. Cavities When mineral and fiber boards, polystyrene insulation exceeding 5 pcf or Cavities, if any, between the upper-beam flange and the steel floor or roof polyisocyanurate insulation are used over the concrete in D900 Series units should be filled with the fire-resistive coating material applied to the designs, the unrestrained beam rating should be increased by a minimum of beam, unless specified otherwise in the individual design. 1/2 hr. 4. Beam Substitution 21. Uplift Resistance Beam ratings depend upon the type of floor or roof the beam is support- The resistance of the roof assemblies to uplift by pressures on the roof sur- ing and the protection on the floor or roof units, as well as the type and face or other damage that may result from high-velocity wind has not been thickness of protection material applied to the beam. The substitution of investigated. Roof deck constructions certified for uplift resistance are illus- beams into a floor assembly (A--, D--, G-- or J-- Design) or roof assembly trated in the Roofing Materials and Systems Directory. (P-- Design) should be limited to assemblies that have a similar or greater 22. Steel Roof Deck Fasteners capacity for heat dissipation from the beam as compared to the capacity for Steel roof deck fasteners that have been investigated as part of a roof deck heat dissipation of the floor or roof construction specified in the design from construction may be used to fasten the roof deck to steel joists or beams in which the beam is being transferred. lieu of welding or screws in fire-resistive assemblies. See Roof Deck Fasten- For concrete floors, an equal or greater capacity for heat dissipation exists ers (TLSX) for a list of manufacturers. See Roof Deck Constructions (TGKX) when the concrete has an equal or greater density range and volume per for a list of roof constructions that have been investigated for uplift resis- unit floor area. tance. The steel fasteners must be compatible with the construction shown Spray-applied Fire-resistive Materials in the individual fire-resistive designs. Application of N Series Designs Screw tips penetrating the steel roof deck in all P700 and P800 Series When it is the intent to only maintain the existing Assembly Rating, the designs require spray-applied fire-resistive material. The spray-applied fire- beams, steel joists and steel trusses from N Series designs may be substi- resistive material specified in the design should be applied to cover the tips tuted for the tested structural member, provided the hourly Unrestrained at a minimum thickness of 1/2 in. Beam Rating of the structural member being transferred is at least equal to 23. Steel Floor Unit Fasteners the Unrestrained Beam Rating of the structural member being replaced. The connection of the steel floor or roof units to the supporting steel struc- Additionally, for steel joists and steel trusses the Restrained Beam Rating of ture is specified in the individual design. For A___, D___ and G___ Series the joist or truss being transferred should be equal to or greater than the designs requiring puddle welds of the steel floor units to the supporting Restrained Assembly Rating of the floor-ceiling assembly into which the steel structure, powder-driven fasteners may be used as an alternate to the joist or truss is being transferred. puddle welds, provided equivalent strength capacity is maintained in the When it is the intent to comply with requirements that the structural connection. member’s hourly rating be equal to or greater than the assembly’s hourly Minimum 3/4-in. long #10 self-drilling screws may be used as an alternate rating, the structural member from the N Series design may be substituted to button-punching the side laps of adjacent steel floor and form units in A for the tested structural member, provided also that the hourly Beam Rating ____, D ____, G ____ and P ____ Series designs. The spacing of the screws of the structural member being transferred is at least equal to the hourly should be the same as indicated for the button punches. rating of the requirement. Additionally, the Restrained Beam Rating of the IV. BEAMS structural member being transferred should be equal to or greater than the This section applies to W-, M- or S-shaped hot-rolled structural steel sec- Restrained Assembly Rating of the floor assembly into which the structural tions as defined by the American Institute of Steel Construction. Unless oth- member is being transferred. erwise noted in the individual certification or design, castellated beams have For applications where the assembly’s hourly rating differs from the struc- not been investigated. tural member rating, particular attention should be made to the thickness of The conditions of acceptance in ANSI/UL 263 provide criteria for fire-protection materials applied to the underside of the floor adjacent to the Restrained Beam Ratings and Unrestrained Beam Ratings. A greater thick- structural member. The thickness of the fire-protection material required ness of protection material is typically required for the Unrestrained Beam within 12 in. beyond the edges of the structural member should be the Rating as compared to the protection material thickness required for the lesser of the beam protection thickness or the deck protection thickness as Restrained Beam Rating based on the differences in the rating criteria. required by the N Series design but not less than the thickness of the fire- Accordingly, Unrestrained Beam Ratings may be used for beams designed protection material required by the assembly. for either restrained or unrestrained conditions. Restrained Beam Ratings Application of S Series Designs may be used for beams designed for restrained conditions. When it is the intent to only maintain the existing Assembly Rating, the ANSI/UL 263 provides for beams to be included in two types of test beams, steel joists and steel trusses from the S Series designs may be substi- assemblies. One type of test assembly contains a full representation of the tuted for the tested structural member, provided the hourly Unrestrained floor or roof construction being supported by the beam. Certifications result- Beam Rating of the structural member being transferred is at least equal to ing from this type of tested assembly may include: (1) Restrained Assembly the Unrestrained Beam Rating of the structural member being replaced. Ratings, (2) Unrestrained Assembly Ratings, and (3) Unrestrained Beam Rat- Additionally, the Restrained Beam Rating of the structural member being ings. Restrained Beam Ratings are not determined from this type of test LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

103 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 103 transferred should be equal to or greater than the Restrained Assembly D = Perimeter of protection, at the interface of the fire-protection Rating of the roof assembly into which the structural member is being material and the steel through which heat is transferred to steel (in.) transferred. t 1 = Refers to alternate beam size and required material Subscrip When it is the intent to comply with requirements that the structural thickness member’s hourly rating be equal to or greater than the assembly’s hourly t 2 = Refers to given beam size and material thickness shown Subscrip rating, the structural member from the S Series design may be substituted in the individual designs for the tested beam, provided also that the hourly Beam Rating of the 1) W/D values are not less than 0.37 structural member being transferred is at least equal to the hourly rating values are not less than 3/8 in. and 2) T 1 of the requirement. Additionally, the Restrained Beam Rating of the struc- 3) the Unrestrained and Restrained Beam Rating is not less than 1 h. tural member being transferred should be equal to or greater than the The use of this procedure is applicable to the adjustment of spray- Restrained Assembly Rating of the roof assembly into which the structural applied fire-resistive material thickness on restrained and unrestrained member is being transferred. beams having solid web members. It is not applicable to the adjustment of For applications where the assembly’s hourly rating differs from the mastic and intumescent coatings on restrained and unrestrained beams. structural member rating, particular attention should be made to the thick- When used to adjust the material thickness for a restrained beam, the ness of the fire-protection materials applied to the underside of the roof use of this procedure is limited to steel sections classified as compact in deck adjacent to the structural member. The thickness of the fire-protection accordance with the ‘‘Specification for the Design of Structural Steel Build- material required within 12 in. beyond the edges of the structural member ings,’’ by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Load and Resis- should be the lesser of the beam protection thickness or the deck protec- tance Factor Design (Third Ed.). tion thickness as required by the S Series design but not less than the PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE 7. Restrained and Unrestrained Conditions thickness of the fire-protection material required by the assembly. Certifications of floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies and individual Application of A, D, G, J and P Series Designs Section III beams include restrained and unrestrained ratings. See When it is the intent to only maintain the existing Assembly Rating, the FLOOR-CEILINGS AND ROOF-CEILINGS, Item 16 Restrained and beams from A, D, G, J and P Series designs may be substituted for the for additional information on this subject. Unrestrained Assemblies tested beam, provided that: (1) the Unrestrained Beam Rating of the beam V. COLUMNS being transferred is equal to or greater than the Unrestrained Beam Rating The minimum column size and configuration of the steel member is of the beam being replaced; and (2) the Restrained Assembly Rating of the specified in the X and Y Series designs. The same hourly rating applies assembly from which the beam is being transferred is equal to or greater when a steel section with an equal or greater W/D ratio is substituted for than the Restrained Assembly Rating of the assembly into which the beam the specified column size of the same configuration. is being transferred. W/D values are published by the American Institute of Steel Construc- When it is the intent to comply with requirements that the beam’s tion for contour and box-protection configurations. In 2001, the method hourly rating be equal to or greater than the assembly’s hourly rating, the used to calculate the contour perimeter was refined to include the beams from A, D, G, J and P Series designs may be substituted for the rounded fillets of hot-rolled sections rather than assuming right-angle tested beam, provided also that the hourly Unrestrained Rating of the web-flange intersections. An example of this change results in the W/D beam being transferred is at least equal to the hourly rating of the require- value for a W10x49 section (with four side contour protection) changing ment. from 0.83 to 0.84. Mastic and Intumescent Coatings Application of equations in the Fire-resistance Directory that include a Application of N Series and S Series Designs proportional relationship of the (W/D) value is not affected by the change The beams, steel joists and steel trusses from N Series designs may be in the calculation process for (W/D), provided the (W/D) values used in substituted for the tested structural member, provided the hourly Unre- each application are determined consistently by a single method. strained Beam Rating of the structural member being transferred is at least The thickness of the coating materials in the X700, X800 and Y700 Series equal to the Unrestrained Beam Rating of the structural member being designs required on wide flange steel sections smaller than specified in a replaced, and the Restrained Beam Rating of the structural member being design may be calculated as follows: transferred is equal to or greater than the Restrained Assembly Rating of the floor-ceiling assembly into which the structural member is being trans- ferred. 5. Unprotected Floors and Roofs The Unrestrained Beam Ratings in the N400, N600, N700 and N800 Where: Series designs with spray-applied fire-protection material on the steel floor x2 = Thickness of coating for smaller wide flange section decks may be used with unprotected steel floor deck assembly designs x1 = Thickness of coating used on the rated steel section (D900 Series) or unprotected precast concrete floors, provided that the W2 = Weight per foot of smaller wide flange section beam fire-protection material is oversprayed to the underside of the floor W1 = Weight per foot of the rated steel section on both sides of the beam for a minimum width of 12 in. beyond the D2 = Perimeter of smaller steel section at interface with coating edges of the beam flange. The thickness of the fire-protection material D1 = Perimeter of the rated steel section at interface with coating oversprayed to the underside of the floor should be the same as required Guidance addressing the application of spray-applied fire-resistive mate- for the beam. Overspraying is not required when the N Series designs rials to primed or similarly painted wide flange steel shapes is provided with unprotected steel floor decks are substituted in the D900 Series in the section titled Coating Materials . designs or to support unprotected precast concrete units. The fire-resistive materials applied to the steel sections should be pro- The Unrestrained Beam Ratings in the S400, S600, S700 and S800 Series tected from damage. designs with spray-applied fire-protection material on the steel roof decks VI. WALLS AND PARTITIONS may be used with unprotected steel roof deck assembly designs (P9-- The ratings for walls and partitions apply when either face of the assem- designs), provided the beam protection material is oversprayed to the bly is exposed to the fire unless indicated otherwise in a specific design. underside of the roof on both sides of the beam for a minimum distance Flashing and corner details may vary from those described in a design of 12 in. beyond the edges of the beam flange. The thickness of fire- provided structural equivalency is maintained and similar materials to protection material oversprayed to the underside of the roof should be the those specified in the design are used for supports, fasteners and flash- same as required for the beam. Overspraying is not required when the S-- ings. Where dynamic movement is specified in Joint Systems (XHBN) that designs with unprotected steel roof decks are substituted in the P9-- roof utilizes either U400, V400 or W400 Series fire-resistance-rated wall and designs. partition assemblies, the special features of the walls to accommodate 6. Adjustment of Thickness of Spray-applied Fire-resistive Materials dynamic movement are intended to be as specified in the individual for Restrained and Unrestrained Beams designs under XHBN. Alternate-sized steel beams may be substituted for the given beam in the As stated in ANSI/UL 263, the test specimen is to be representative of A700, A800, A900, D700, D800, D900, G700, G800, J700, J800, J900, N700, the construction for which classification is desired as to materials, work- N800, P700, P800, P900, S700 and S800 Series designs, provided the beams manship, and details such as dimensions of parts, and is to be built under are of the same shape, and the thickness of spray-applied fire-resistive conditions representative of those practically applied in building construc- material for 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3 an d 4 h Restrained and Unrestrained Beam rat- tion and operation. Accordingly, wall and partition hourly ratings are ings is adjusted in accordance with the following equation: applicable when walls are constructed in a true vertical position. Unless otherwise noted in an individual design, the performance of angled walls or walls constructed in the horizontal position has not been investigated. The hourly rating of a load-bearing assembly also applies to the same assembly when it is used as a non-load-bearing assembly. The size of studs is minimum unless otherwise stated in the individual Where: designs. T = Thickness (in.) of spray-applied material The spacing of studs is a maximum unless otherwise stated in the indi- W = Weight of beam (lb/ft) vidual designs. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

104 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS - ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV) 104 Spacing between parallel rows of studs are minimums unless otherwise Standard is also shown below. For load-bearing steel studs, the minimum stated in the individual designs. bare-metal thickness should be as follows: Gypsum board thicknesses specified in specific designs are minimums. Min Thkns Greater thicknesses of gypsum board are permitted as long as the fastener Gauge Bare Metal In. Color Code length is increased to provide penetration into framing that is equal to or 20 0.0329 White greater than that achieved with the specified gypsum board thickness and 18 0.0428 Yellow fasteners. 0.0538 Green 16 Orange 0.0677 14 Additional layers of gypsum board are permitted to be added to any design. Orientation, vertical or horizontal, of the application of gypsum board in For non-load-bearing studs, the minimum thickness is based upon ASTM walls and partitions is specified in the individual designs. C645. The color code denoted by the ASTM Standard is also shown below. Except when gypsum board is allowed to be applied horizontally in the For non-load-bearing steel studs, the minimum bare-metal thickness should individual wall designs, horizontal butt joints of vertically applied gypsum be as follows. board should be backed by the same type studs as specified in the design. Min Thkns Gauge Color Code Alternatively, minimum 25 gauge steel framing with a minimum attachment Bare Metal, In. face of 1-1/4 in. may be used for the backing. Both edges of the gypsum 0.0179 None 25 board forming the horizontal joint should be attached to the backing with 0.0269 Black 22 the same screws and spacing as specified in the design for the attachment of 0.0329 20 White the gypsum board edges, then finished as specified for the vertical joints. None 18 0.0428 Horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of the studs in single-layer appli- 16 None 0.0538 cations should be staggered a minimum of 12 in. unless otherwise stated in the individual designs. Horizontal butt joints in adjacent layers on the same 4. Gypsum Board Joint Treatment face of the assembly in multiple-layer applications should be staggered a The joints in gypsum board applied to wood or steel studs may either be minimum of 12 in. unless otherwise stated in the individual designs. exposed or covered with joint tape and joint compound for that portion of 1. Wood Stud Walls the joint above a suspended ceiling which is part of a fire-resistive floor- Walls of combustible construction should be fireblocked between floors, ceiling or roof-ceiling assembly. between the top story and the roof or attic, and at certain intervals laterally 5. Nonmetallic Electrical Outlet Boxes in accordance with the provisions of the applicable code to prevent the free Outlet Boxes and Fittings Certified for Fire Resistance (CEYY) includes cer- passage of flames and hot gases. tifications for nonmetallic outlet and switch boxes for use in wall or parti- The hourly fire ratings for load-bearing wood stud walls tested before tion assemblies. The information provided for each certification includes the January 1, 2009, were derived with a superimposed load applied to the wall assembly intended to theoretically develop maximum working stresses not model numbers for the certified products, a description of the rated assem- exceeding the design values published in the Supplement to the 1991 Edi- blies, the spacing limitations for the boxes and the installation details. Non- tion of the ‘‘National Design Specification’’ for wood when horizontally metallic boxes should not be installed on opposite sides of walls or parti- braced at mid-height. When horizontal bracing is referenced in the design it tions of staggered stud construction unless certified for use in such is mandatory, unless otherwise stated. constructions. For fire-resistive designs based upon data generated after December 31, 6. Metallic Electrical Outlet Boxes 2008, the superimposed load applied to the wall assembly was derived from Certified single- and double-gang metallic outlet and switch boxes with ASTM D6513, ‘‘Standard Practice for Calculating the Superimposed Load on metallic or nonmetallic cover plates may be used in bearing and nonbearing Wood-frame Walls for Standard Fire-Resistance Tests,’’ and includes a refer- wood stud and steel stud walls with ratings not exceeding 2 h. These walls ence to the edition of the ‘‘National Design Specification’’ used to calculate should have gypsum wallboard facings similar to those shown in Design the design load, the design method, the limiting design factor, and the per- Nos. U301, U411 and U425. The metallic outlet or switch boxes should be centage of the design load applied to the test sample. securely fastened to the studs and the opening in the wallboard facing Wood stud walls may contain fire-retardant-treated studs as well as should be cut so that the clearance between the box and the wallboard does untreated wood studs. The use of fire-retardant-treated plywood (wood not exceed 1/8 in. The surface area of individual metallic outlet or switch structural panels) may be used in designs that contain use of untreated ply- boxes should not exceed 16 sq in. The aggregate surface area of the boxes wood when all other specified attributes are equivalent to the wood struc- should not exceed 100 sq in. per 100 sq ft of wall surface. The aggregate tural panel in the design. surface area of the boxes may be exceeded when Wall-opening Protective 2. Steel Studs Materials (CLIV) are installed according to the requirements of their certifi- The dimensions and gauge of steel studs are minimums. The hourly rat- cation. ings apply when the steel studs are of a heavier gauge and/or larger Metallic boxes located on opposite sides of walls or partitions should be dimensions than specified in a design. The superimposed load of bearings separated by a minimum horizontal distance of 24 in. This minimum sepa- walls utilizing steel studs should be based on the capacity of the studs as ration distance between metallic boxes may be reduced when Wall-opening determined by the ‘‘North American Specification and Commentary for the Protective Materials (CLIV) are installed according to the requirements of Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members’’ (2007). their certification. Where lateral support of studs (by means of straps, channels or similar Metallic boxes should not be installed on opposite side of walls or parti- steel members) is required in the design, the loads applied to steel studs tions of staggered stud construction unless wall-opening protective materi- should be based on the steel-braced design. The loads based on sheathing als are installed with the metallic boxes in accordance with certification bracing should not be assumed, unless otherwise stated in the design. requirements for the protective materials. The loads applied to steel studs having a yield stress higher than the 7. Exterior Walls stated minimum should be based upon the specified minimum yield stress The fire-resistive designs and UL-certified materials for walls and parti- stated in the design. tions are investigated to ANSI/UL 263, which addresses fire-resistive Non-load-bearing steel studs are produced in accordance with ASTM requirements only with the understanding that their use is intended for C645, ‘‘Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members.’’ In interior applications. Where an exterior application of a UL-certified wall or accordance with ASTM C645, the minimum flange width should be 1-1/4 partition design is desired, the local building code and Authority Having in. and the minimum return lip should be 3/16 in. Studs are also produced Jurisdiction should be consulted to ensure compliance with other code with steel having a minimum yield strength of 33 ksi. requirements applicable to exterior walls. 3. Metal Thickness 8. Concrete Masonry Units Unless otherwise indicated in the individual designs, the following mini- Unless otherwise indicated in the individual designs, the allowable com- mum metal thickness tables apply where a metal gauge designation is pressive stress for the concrete masonry units have been determined from stated. Metal gauges are no longer referenced in ASTM Standards. It is still the empirical design method for masonry found in the model codes. For an industry practice to specify steel components by gauge. Because many of assemblies that have been tested at less than 100% of the allowable com- the designs contained herein refer to metal gauge, the following information pressive stress, the design states the maximum allowable compressive stress should be used as a guide where field questions occur. The tables shown for the assembly. herein should be used as a reference and the Authority Having Jurisdiction ADDITIONAL INFORMATION should be consulted if discrepancies exist between these tables and a local For additional information, see Fire-resistance Ratings (BXRH). code requirement. Due to structural considerations and fire-performance ************************* considerations, the minimum thickness tables are different for steel deck UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not (floor or roof), load-bearing studs and non-load-bearing studs. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or The minimum thickness for load-bearing steel studs is based upon ASTM any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, C955 (1996), ‘‘Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising (Tracks) and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Products and Metal Plaster Bases.’’ The color code denoted by the ASTM Guide Information. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

105 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CEILING DAMPERS (CABS) CEILING DAMPERS (CABS) 105 use where the air movement is effectively stopped at the start of a fire are CEILING DAMPERS (CABS) not required to be investigated for dynamic closure. UL MARK USE AND INSTALLATION The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- This category covers ceiling dampers investigated for use in fire- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and resistance designs as detailed in Fire-resistance Ratings – ANSI/UL 263 Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the (BXUV). UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Ceiling dampers are designed to function as a heat barrier in air- tifier(s), and a file number. handling openings penetrating the ceiling membrane of fire-resistive floor- Additional Certification Markings ceiling designs and/or roof-ceiling designs for which they have been Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the investigated. following information: The certifications for ceiling dampers are published in two different AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE methods: DESIGN NO(S). ____ 1. Some ceiling dampers are intended for use in lieu of hinged-door- SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY type dampers in floor-ceiling and/or roof-ceiling designs that contain or air ducts and specify the use of a hinged-door-type damper over each AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE duct outlet. Under this method of certification, a certified ceiling SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY damper may be substituted for the hinged-door-type damper speci- Alternate UL Mark fied in the design in accordance with the provisions of the certifica- The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE tion of the ceiling damper. An air duct with a hinged-door-type vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products damper must be a specified component of the floor-ceiling and/or includes the UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol roof-ceiling design for this certification method to apply. For ceiling (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following dampers of this type, the individual certifications specify (1) the additional information: model number of the damper, (2) the type of assembly (floor-ceiling CEILING DAMPER and/or roof-ceiling) in which the damper may be used, (3) the hourly FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION rating of the assembly in which the damper may be used, and (4) the DESIGN NO(S). ____ conditions under which the ceiling damper may be substituted for SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY the hinged-door-type damper (e.g., one ceiling damper for each 113 No. sq in. or larger duct outlet protected with a hinged-door-type or damper). CEILING DAMPER 2. Some ceiling dampers are intended for use in specific floor-ceiling FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION and/or roof-ceiling designs as specified in the designs and marked on SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY the damper. Under this method of certification, the certified ceiling No. damper must be directly referenced in the floor-ceiling and/or roof- ************************* ceiling design, by manufacturer and model number, in order to be UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does utilized in that design. Only the dampers specified in the design may not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- be utilized. For ceiling dampers intended for use in specific designs, turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for the individual certifications specify (1) the model number of the any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- damper, (2) the size of the ceiling damper, and (3) the specific ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- design(s) in which the damper may be utilized. Where the design ance upon this Guide Information. indicates the damper is optional, the intent is the inclusion of the duct outlet is optional. If a duct outlet is provided, it must be pro- tected with the specified ceiling damper. LUMINAIRES, LUMINAIRE Ceiling dampers are intended to be installed in accordance with the pro- vided installation instructions. For ceiling dampers intended for installa- ASSEMBLIES AND LUMINAIRE tion in a duct outlet in lieu of hinged-door-type dampers, the location of the ceiling damper in the duct outlet relative to the ceiling level is speci- ENCLOSURES CERTIFIED FOR FIRE fied in the installation instructions. This location must be followed during installation in order to obtain the hourly fire-rated performance of the RESISTANCE (CDHW) design. PRODUCT MARKINGS USE A separate label located adjacent to the Certification Mark identifies This category covers luminaires, luminaire assemblies and luminaire whether the ceiling damper has been investigated for use in static or enclosures investigated for use in fire-resistance designs as detailed in dynamic systems. The label for ceiling dampers for use in dynamic sys- Fire-resistance Ratings – ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV). The luminaires, assemblies tems also includes the maximum air flow and closure pressure for which and enclosures (in conjunction with a luminaire) are intended for recessed the damper has been investigated. A ceiling damper labeled for use in installation in ceilings in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Elec- dynamic systems is also suitable for use in static systems. trical Code.’’ They have been shown to provide a degree of fire resistance PRODUCT IDENTITY with the floor or roof assemblies with which they have been tested. The following product identity appears on the product: The luminaires and luminaire assemblies have been investigated and Ceiling Damper found to comply with applicable electrical requirements and are so RELATED PRODUCTS labeled. For information on related products, see Fire-resistance Ratings – PRODUCT IDENTITY ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV). One of the following product identities appears on the product: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Luminaire For additional information, see Fire-resistance Ratings (BXRH). Luminaire Assembly REQUIREMENTS Luminaire Enclosure The basic standard used to investigate the physical performance of ceil- RELATED PRODUCTS ing dampers in this category is ANSI/UL 555C, ‘‘Ceiling Dampers.’’ For information on related products, see Fire-resistance Ratings – The basic standard used to investigate the fire-resistance performance of ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV). ceiling dampers in this category for use in floor-ceiling and/or roof-ceiling ADDITIONAL INFORMATION designs in lieu of the hinged-door-type dampers shown in those designs is For additional information, see Fire-resistance Ratings (BXRH). ANSI/UL 555C. REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate the fire-resistance performance of The basic standards used to investigate luminaires and luminaire assem- ceiling dampers in this category for use in floor-ceiling and/or roof-ceiling blies in this category are ANSI/UL 263, ‘‘Fire Tests of Building Construc- designs that do not indicate the use of hinged-door-type dampers in the tion and Materials,’’ and ANSI/UL 1598, ‘‘Luminaires.’’ design is ANSI/UL 263, ‘‘Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materi- The basic standard used to investigate luminaire enclosures in this cat- als.’’ egory is ANSI/UL 263. Fire performance measured by ANSI/UL 263 is based upon the assump- UL MARK tion that air movement will be effectively stopped at the start of a fire. The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Ceiling dampers intended for use in HVAC systems where the airflow is vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and operational at the time of a fire, such as in a smoke-control system, or Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the from other situations in which the fan system is operational at the time of UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- a fire, are investigated for dynamic closure. Ceiling dampers intended for tifier(s), and a file number. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

106 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK OUTLET BOXES AND FITTINGS CERTIFIED FOR FIRE LUMINAIRES, LUMINAIRE ASSEMBLIES AND LUMINAIRE RESISTANCE (CEYY) ENCLOSURES CERTIFIED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE (CDHW) 106 Additional Certification Markings (QCMZ). Nonmetallic outlet boxes certified for use in fire-resistive designs Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the may have the following marking in the base of the box: following information: AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN NO(S). ____ SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY or AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY Alternate UL Mark UL MARK The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Class * hr, F, W and/or C by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification and d F = Floor, W where * indicates the hourly rating, such as 1 hr or 2 hr an Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the = Wall and C = Ceiling. UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated in The boxes are certified for use in certain fire-resistive designs when the Introduction of this Directory), and the following additional information: installed in accordance with the details described for each certified com- [PRODUCT IDENTITY*] CLASSIFIED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE pany. Any certified metallic or nonmetallic cover is suitable for use with FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION these nonmetallic boxes. DESIGN NO(S). ____ For installation of certified metallic outlet and switch boxes, see informa- SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY tion in the General Design Information Section of UL’s Fire-resistance Direc- Issue No. tory, Walls and Partitions – Penetrations. or PRODUCT IDENTITY [PRODUCT IDENTITY*] CLASSIFIED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE The following product identity appears on the product: FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION Outlet Boxes and Fittings SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY RELATED PRODUCTS Issue No. For information on related products, see Fire-resistance Ratings – LUMINAIRE * LUMINAIRE ENCLOSURE LUMINAIRE ASSEMBLY , or ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV). ************************* Outlet boxes that comply with established electrical requirements are cov- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not ered under Metallic Outlet Boxes (QCIT) and Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or (QCMZ). any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising For additional information, see Fir-resistance Ratings (BXRH). out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this REQUIREMENTS Guide Information. The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are ANSI/UL 263, ‘‘Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials,’’ and Supplement SB (‘‘Nonmetallic Boxes for Installation in Fire Resistance Rated Wall and Partition Assemblies’’) of ANSI/UL 514C, ‘‘Nonmetallic Outlet OUTLET BOXES AND FITTINGS Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes, and Covers.’’ Where indicated in the individual certifications, products have also been CERTIFIED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE investigated for heat and smoke-release characteristics in accordance with UL 2043, ‘‘Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Prod- (CEYY) ucts and Their Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces.’’ Such products GENERAL may be installed in air-handling spaces in accordance with Sec. 300.22(C) of This category covers outlet boxes and fittings investigated for use in fire- the NEC. resistance designs as detailed in Fire-resistance Ratings – ANSI/UL 263 UL MARK (BXUV). These are special-purpose boxes intended for installation in floors, The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on each UL-certified steel and nonmetallic outlet boxes intended for installation in floors, walls and floor and form unit with factory-installed floor boxes, or the UL symbol on partitions, and/or ceilings. They are intended for installation in accordance the product and the Certification Mark of UL on the smallest unit container with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). They have shown a in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to degree of fire resistance when installed in the particular floor(s), wall(s) identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Ser- and/or ceiling(s) described for each certified company. vice. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the This category includes certifications for nonmetallic outlet and switch words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file boxes for use in fire-resistance-rated wall or partition assemblies. The infor- number. mation provided for each certification includes the model numbers for the Additional Certification Markings certified products, a description of the rated assemblies, the spacing limita- Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the tions for the boxes and the installation details. Nonmetallic boxes should following information: not be installed on opposite sides of walls or partitions of staggered stud AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE construction unless certified for use in such constructions. SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY Nonmetallic outlet boxes described for installation in fire-resistance assem- Where indicated in the individual certifications, the following statement blies consisting of wood joists and gypsum-board ceilings are also suitable may also be included: for use in assemblies consisting of pre-engineered wood joists or trusses and SUITABLE FOR USE IN AIR-HANDLING SPACES gypsum-board ceilings. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEC. 300.22(C) OF Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before installation. THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE FLOOR BOXES Alternate UL Mark Boxes intended for use with floors have been investigated for use with UL MARK electrical receptacles fabricated of melamine, phenolic or urea materials, The Classification Mark of UL on the product or on each UL Classified unless specified otherwise in the installation instructions and certification steel floor and form unit with factory-installed floor boxes, or the UL sym- information. Floor boxes and fittings are intended to be installed in accor- bol on the product and the Classification Mark of UL on the smallest unit dance with installation instructions provided with the product. container in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by Boxes with integral connectors for electric metallic tubing or for UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification and unthreaded rigid metallic conduit are provided with a marking on the car- Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the ton to indicate the specific type or types of wiring system for which the box UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated in has been tested. the Introduction of this Directory), and the following additional information: Floor boxes designated for floor installation as covered in the NEC are OUTLET BOXES AND FITTINGS provided with covers and gaskets to exclude surface water and sweeping FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION compounds that might be present in floor-cleaning operations. Those boxes SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY intended for installation in concrete floors are frequently provided with lev- Control No. eling screws, threaded hubs, or both, and are provided with a marking on Where indicated in the individual Classifications, the Classification Mark the carton to identify boxes of this type, such as ‘‘Floor Box’’ or ‘‘Floor Box, may also include the statement: Concrete Tight,’’ as appropriate. SUITABLE FOR USE IN AIR-HANDLING SPACES WALL AND PARTITION AND CEILING BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEC. 300.22(C) OF Nonmetallic outlet boxes investigated for installation in fire-resistive THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE assemblies are provided with the appropriate Certification Mark for electri- ************************* cal products and other markings as described in Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

107 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK OUTLET BOXES AND FITTINGS CERTIFIED FOR FIRE SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES FOR FIRE RESISTANCE (CHML) RESISTANCE (CEYY) 107 any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- ance upon this Guide Information. turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. WALL-OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS (CLIV) USE AND INSTALLATION SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES FOR FIRE This category covers wall-opening protective materials investigated for use in fire-resistance designs as detailed in Fire-resistance Ratings – RESISTANCE (CHML) ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV). The protective materials are proprietary composi- USE AND INSTALLATION tions used to maintain the hourly ratings of fire-resistive walls and parti- This category covers speaker assemblies investigated for use in ceilings tions containing flush-mounted devices, such as outlet boxes, electrical of fire-resistive floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies as detailed in Fire- cabinets and mechanical cabinets. resistance Ratings – ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV). The assemblies have been The Metallic Electrical Outlet Boxes section under WALL AND PARTI- shown to provide a degree of fire resistance when installed in the specific TION ASSEMBLIES in BXUV specifies the conditions under which certi- designs described for each certified company. fied metallic outlet and switch boxes may be installed within fire- The speaker assemblies have been investigated for use in specific ceil- resistance-rated wall assemblies constructed with bearing and nonbearing PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE ings with respect to: (1) maximum size of the individual speaker assem- wood or steel studs and gypsum board facings. In addition, Outlet Boxes blies, (2) minimum spacing between individual speakers and (3) maxi- and Fittings Certified for Fire Resistance (CEYY) includes certifications for mum aggregate area of the speaker assemblies per 100 sq ft of ceiling area. nonmetallic outlet boxes along with the conditions under which such out- Speaker assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with the let and switch boxes may be installed within fire-resistive wall assemblies. installation instructions supplied with the product and as described in the With either type of outlet or switch box, it may be possible to install the individual fire-resistive designs. boxes under less stringent conditions when such boxes are used in con- PRODUCT IDENTITY junction with wall-opening protective materials. The use of wall-opening The following product identity appears on the product: protective materials may allow for (1) reducing the spacing between boxes Speaker Assembly contained on opposite sides of the wall, (2) increasing the size of the RELATED PRODUCTS boxes, (3) increasing the density of boxes installed, and/or (4) allowing For information on related products, see Fire-resistance Ratings – the use of boxes on each side of staggered stud walls. The individual certi- ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV). fications indicate the specific applications and the method of installation Speakers for use in nonhourly-fire-rated ceiling systems and rated for for which the materials have been investigated. Unless otherwise specified plenum use are covered under Speakers and Amplifiers for Fire-protective in the individual certifications, all conduit connectors used in conjunction Signaling Systems (UUMW). with metallic outlet boxes are intended to be steel. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Electrical devices are intended to be installed in accordance with ANSI/ For additional information, see Fire-resistance Ratings (BXRH). NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT IDENTITY The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is The following product identity appears on the product: ANSI/UL 263, ‘‘Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.’’ Wall-opening Protective Material Some of these speaker assemblies are provided with an outer enclosure. RELATED PRODUCTS The insulation material that surrounds the enclosure that is exposed to the For information on related products, see Fire Resistance Ratings – airflow in a return air-plenum space has additionally been investigated to ANSI/UL 263 (BXUV). ANSI/UL 723, ‘‘Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Mate- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION rials.’’ These materials have a flame spread value of 25 or less and a For additional information, see Fire Resistance Ratings (BXRH). smoke developed value of 50 or less. REQUIREMENTS UL MARK The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is The Certification Mark of UL on the smallest unit container in which the ANSI/UL 263, ‘‘Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.’’ product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify prod- UL MARK ucts manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Cer- The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- tification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ber. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Additional Certification Markings UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the tifier(s), and a file number. following information: Additional Certification Markings AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the DESIGN NO(S). ____ following information: SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE or DESIGN NO(S). ____ AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY or Alternate UL Mark AS TO FIRE RESISTANCE UL MARK SEE UL ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY The Classification Mark of UL on the smallest unit container in which Alternate UL Mark the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify UL MARK products manufactured under its Classification and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit The Classification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the container in which the product is packaged is the only method provided word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduc- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification and tion of this Directory), and the following additional information: Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the SPEAKER ASSEMBLY UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following additional infor- DESIGN NO(S). ____ mation: SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY WALL-OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIAL Control No. FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION or DESIGN NO(S). ____ SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY SPEAKER ASSEMBLY Control No. FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION or SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY Control No. WALL-OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIAL ************************* FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Control No. turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for ************************* LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

108 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK WALL-OPENING PROTECTIVE MATERIALS (CLIV) BUSWAYS AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS (CWFT) 108 — Busway having provision for continuous contact with Trolley Busway UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or a trolley by means of a slot in the enclosure. Trolley busway may be addi- any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, tionally marked ‘‘Lighting Busway’’ if intended to supply and support expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising industrial and commercial luminaires. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Continuous Plug-in Busway — Busway provided with provision for the Guide Information. insertion of plug-in devices at any point along the length of the busway. Continuous plug-in busway is intended for general use and may be installed within reach of persons. Busways of this design are limited to a maximum current rating of 225 A. BUSWAYS, METAL ENCLOSED, OVER — Unventilated busway intended for a maximum run Short-run Busway 600 VOLTS (CVZW) of 30 ft horizontally, 10 ft vertically and are primarily used to supply switchboards. Except for transformer stubs, short-run busway is not GENERAL intended to have intermediate taps. This category covers metal-enclosed busways of the nonsegregated phase USE AND INSTALLATION type, for use in accordance with Article 368 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Busways are intended for installation in accordance with Article 368 of Electrical Code.’’ Nonsegregated phase busway is one in which all phase ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), and the manufacturer’s conductors are in a common metal enclosure without barriers between the phases. installation instructions. These are assemblies of metal-enclosed conductors, together with associ- Busways investigated to determine their suitability for ated interconnections, enclosures, and supporting structures. - installation in a specified position, These assemblies are intended for use on systems with nominal rated volt- - for use in a vertical run, or for support at intervals greater than 5 ft, ages from 601 V to 38 kV ac. Current ratings are from 600 to 10,000 A. - for outdoor use These assemblies may be intended for either indoor or outdoor applica- are so marked. This marking is on or contiguous with the name plate tions. An assembly that has been investigated to determine that it is rain- incorporating the manufacturer’s name and electrical rating. proof is marked ‘‘Rainproof,’’ ‘‘Outdoor’’ or ‘‘3R.’’ A busway or fitting containing a vapor seal is so marked, but unless Enclosures are of the ventilated or nonventilated type. A ventilated enclo- marked otherwise, the busway or fitting has not been investigated for pas- sure is provided with means to permit circulation of sufficient air to remove sage through a fire-rated wall. excess heat. Busway marked ‘‘Lighting Busway’’ and protected by overcurrent devices A nonventilated enclosure is constructed to provide no intentional circula- rated in excess of 20 A is intended for use only with luminaires employing tion of external air through the enclosure. heavy-duty lampholders unless additional overcurrent protection is pro- PRODUCT MARKINGS vided for the luminaire in accordance with the NEC. These products are marked with the following electrical ratings: rated Trolley busway should be installed out of the reach of persons or be other- voltage, rated continuous current, insulation (BIL) level, frequency, rated wise installed to prevent accidental contact with exposed conductors. frequency withstand voltage (dry), and rated short-circuit withstand current Some busways have a number of short stubs and are marked for use with (momentary current). When shipped in sections, each section is marked. certain compatible equipment. PRODUCT IDENTITY Busways and fittings covered under this category are intended for use The following product identity appears on the product: with copper conductors unless marked to indicate which terminals are suit- Metal-enclosed Busway able for use with aluminum conductors. Such marking is independent of ADDITIONAL INFORMATION any marking on the terminal connectors and is on a wiring diagram or For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary other readily visible location. Locations (AALZ). Unless the equipment is marked to indicate otherwise, the termination REQUIREMENTS provisions are based on the use of 60°C ampacities for wire sizes 14 – 1 The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/ AWG, and 75°C ampacities for wire sizes 1/0 AWG and larger as specified IEEE C37.23 (2003), ‘‘IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus.’’ in Table 310.15(B)(16) of the NEC. Termination provisions are determined UL MARK based on values provided in Table 310.15(B)(16) or Section 310.15(B)(7) with The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided no adjustment made for correction factors. by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Some fittings are suitable for use as service equipment and are so marked. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the PLUG-IN BUSWAY FITTINGS INTENDED FOR USE ON OTHER UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- MANUFACTURERS’ BUSWAYS fier(s), and a file number. Busway fittings of the plug-in design may be suitable for use on other Alternate UL Mark manufacturers’ continuous plug-in or lighting busways. Busway fittings UL MARK investigated for use on other manufacturers’ busways are limited to fittings The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by incorporating luminaires. Fittings are marked to indicate with which bus- UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- way they are intended to be used. Fittings intended for this application are vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- limited to short-circuit current ratings of 10 kA, 600 V or less. trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word RATINGS ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Metal-Enclosed Bus- Busways and associated fittings marked ‘‘Short Circuit Current Rating(s) way.’’ Maximum RMS Symmetrical Amps ___ Volts ___’’ have been investigated ************************* for the rating indicated. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not PRODUCT IDENTITY assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or One of the following product identities appears on the product: any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Busway expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Busway Plug out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Short-run Busway Guide Information. Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- tions. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION BUSWAYS AND ASSOCIATED For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). FITTINGS (CWFT) REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL 857, GENERAL ‘‘Busways.’’ This category covers busways and associated fittings, rated 600 V or less, UL MARK 6000 A or less. Busways are grounded metal enclosures containing factory- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided mounted bare or insulated conductors, which are usually copper or alumi- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and num bars, rods or tubes. These enclosures and, in some cases an additional Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ground bus, are intended for use as equipment grounding conductors. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Some busways are not intended for use ahead of service equipment and fier(s), and a file number. are marked with the maximum rating of overcurrent protection to be used Alternate UL Mark on the supply side of the busway. The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Busways may be of one of the following designs: UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- — Busway intended to supply and support industrial Lighting Busway vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- and commercial luminaires. Lighting busway is limited to a maximum cur- trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word rent rating of 50 A. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

109 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK BUSWAYS AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS (CWFT) CABINETS AND CUTOUT BOXES (CYIV) 109 ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Busway,’’ ‘‘Short-Run LISTED, ′′ CABINETS AND CUTOUT BOXES Busway’’ or ‘‘Busway Plug,’’ or other appropriate product name. ************************* (CYIV) UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does GENERAL not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- This category covers sheet-metal boxes and nonmetallic boxes. Cutout turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for boxes are provided with a door secured by hinges and one or more fasten- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ers and are intended for surface mounting. A cabinet consists of two parts: ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- a cabinet box and a mating cabinet front that contains a door. A cabinet ance upon this Guide Information. may be flush mounted or surface mounted. These boxes are intended for installation in accordance with Article 312 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ ENVIRONMENTAL RATINGS AND CONDITIONS BUSWAYS AND ASSOCIATED Each cabinet and cutout box is marked with one or more of the follow- ing Enclosure Type ratings for which it was investigated: Type 1, 2, 3, 3X, FITTINGS CERTIFIED TO IEC 3R, 3RX, 3S, 3SX, 4, 4X, 5, 6, 6P, 12, 12K or 13. The intended uses for each Enclosure Type are as indicated in Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordi- PUBLICATIONS (CWTN) nary Locations (AALZ). GENERAL PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Cabinets and cutout boxes marked as Type 2, 3R or 3RX enclosures may This category covers busbar trunking systems (otherwise known as bus- be marked to indicate the intended mounting orientation, or the location ways and associated fittings) with voltage ratings not exceeding 1000 V ac where electrical parts are intended to be installed, or both, where neces- or 1500 V dc. Busway trunking systems are intended for use in connection sary to maintain the designated environmental rating. with the generation, transmission, distribution and conversion of electric Cabinets and cutout boxes marked as Type 3, 3X, 3S, 3SX, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, energy, and for the control of electric-energy-consuming equipment. 12, 12K or 13 have integral mounting means external to the enclosure cav- These products are intended for distribution and use in areas of the ity or may have openings into the enclosure cavity for attachment of sepa- world where IEC Standards are in effect. rate mounting means supplied with the enclosure or available as a kit ref- These products may also be provided with the Certification Mark for erenced from enclosure markings. Busways and Associated Fittings (CWFT). ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PRODUCT IDENTITY Some cabinets and cutout boxes are intended for the installation of spe- One of the following product identities appears on the product: cific kinds of equipment; however, this category does not cover any elec- Busway trical material or fittings contained in the box. Busway Plug PRODUCT IDENTITY Short-run Busway One of the following product identities appears on the product: Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- Cutout Box (for the surface-mounted box provided with a door) cations. Electric Cabinet Box (for the box only) REQUIREMENTS Electric Cabinet Front (for the front trim or matt used on the flush- The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are IEC or surface-mounted cabinet box) 60439-1, ‘‘Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear Assemblies – Part 1: RELATED PRODUCTS Type-Tested and Partially Type-Tested Assemblies,’’ and IEC 60439-2, Boxes provided with a cover secured by fasteners other than hinges are ‘‘Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear Assemblies – Part 2: Particular covered under Boxes, Junction and Pull (BGUZ). Requirements for Busbar Trunking Systems (Busways),’’ or IEC 61439-1 Enclosures investigated for ingress protection in accordance with IEC (2011), ‘‘Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear Assemblies – Part 1: 60529, ‘‘Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code),’’ are cov- General Rules,’’ and IEC 61439-6 (2012), ‘‘Low-Voltage Switchgear and ered under Degrees of Protection by Enclosures Classified in Accordance Controlgear Assemblies – Part 6: Busbar Trunking Systems (Busways).’’ with IEC Publications (EOFI). These products may additionally be investigated to IEC 60529 (2013), Enclosures intended for use with industrial control panels are covered ‘‘Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code).’’ under Industrial Control Panels (NITW). UL MARK ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Locations (AALZ). Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the REQUIREMENTS UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ and a file number. The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are Additional Certification Markings ANSI/UL 50, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the Considerations,’’ and ANSI/UL 50E, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, following information: Environmental Considerations.’’ IEC [standard(s)] UL MARK Products that are also covered under CWFT include the statement, The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ‘‘ALSO CERTIFIED TO IEC [standard(s)].’’ vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Alternate UL Mark Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL MARK UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- tifier(s), and a file number. vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification Alternate UL Mark and Follow-Up Service. UL MARK For those products which are also Listed, the Classification Mark The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by includes the appropriate Listing Mark and the statement: ‘‘ALSO CLASSI- UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up FIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. IN ACCORDANCE Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as WITH IEC ______.’’ The designation of the appropriate publications are illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word filled in the blank. For those products which are not also Listed, the Classification Mark ′′ ′′ LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Electric Cabinet consists of the statement: ‘‘CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORA- Front,’’ ‘‘Electric Cabinet Box’’ or ‘‘Cutout Box.’’ TORIES INC. IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEC ______’’ and a control num- The product name ‘‘Electric Cabinet Front’’ is for the front trim or matt ber. The designation of the appropriate publications are filled in the blank. used on the flush- or surface-mounted cabinet box. The product name Additionally, the Classification Mark may include the UL symbol and the ‘‘Electric Cabinet Box’’ is for the box only. word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduc- The product name ‘‘Cutout Box’’ is for the surface-mounted box pro- tion of this Directory). vided with a door. ************************* ************************* UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. ance upon this Guide Information. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

110 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CABLE ASSEMBLIES AND FITTINGS FOR INDUSTRIAL CABLE ASSEMBLIES AND FITTINGS FOR INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION (CYJV) CONTROL AND SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION (CYJV) 110 Cont.’’), ‘‘Cable Assembly Fitting for Industrial Control and Signal Distribu- CABLE ASSEMBLIES AND FITTINGS tion’’ (or ‘‘Cable Assy Fitting for Ind. Cont.’’), ‘‘CYJV Cable Assembly’’ (or ‘‘CYJV Cable Assy’’) or ‘‘CYJV Cable Assembly Fitting’’ (or ‘‘CYJV Cable FOR INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND Assy Fitting’’). The cable assemblies that have terminations on one end only may be bulk SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION (CYJV) labeled with the Listing Mark provided on the smallest unit shipping con- USE tainer. All other Listing Marks are applied to each individual device. This category covers cable assemblies, male and female cable fittings, ************************* panel-mounted fittings and fittings used with industrial control equipment UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not in accordance with Article 725 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Code’’ (NEC). These assemblies are intended to be used in an industrial any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, environment to distribute the control signals to remote proximity switches expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising or other control circuit devices. The cable assemblies and mating fittings are out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this not intended to be used as a substitute for the fixed wiring of the building Guide Information. structure. These devices are intended for use only with the Listee’s same line of products covered under this category. CABLE ASSEMBLIES FOR Cable assemblies and fittings are rated in volts and amperes. The devices are marked with such rating on the device or smallest unit shipping con- INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND SIGNAL tainer. The products covered under this category are not intended for inter- ruption of current and are so marked. DISTRIBUTION FOR USE IN Cable Assemblies — Cable assemblies consist of a length of flexible cord with a molded-on or assembled-on male or female connector on at least one HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (CYJX) end of the cable. Cable assemblies with only one end terminated are USE intended for direct connection to a proximity switch, control panel, or simi- This category covers cable assemblies, cable plugs and sockets, panel- lar device. mounted plugs and sockets, and plugs and sockets used for interconnection — Fittings intended to be field-wired Male and Female Cable Fittings between one piece of electrical equipment and another piece of electri- onto flexible cord may have a male or female insert configuration. The cal equipment (by means of a cable or cord assembly involving plugs diameter and the wire size of the flexible cord to which the fitting is and sockets on both ends, or a plug and socket on one end and unter- intended to be assembled is indicated on the fitting or the smallest unit minated cable or cord on the other), or shipping container. between premises wiring and a piece of electrical equipment (by means Panel-mounted Fittings — These fittings consist of a panel-mounted of a cable or cord assembly involving a socket on the equipment end assembly with either a male or female insert. Each assembly is provided and unterminated cable or cord on the premises wiring end). with a means to secure to a panel. These fittings may be provided with This interconnection is in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Elec- leads intended for direct wiring connection to a control panel, proximity trical Code’’ (NEC), and ANSI/NFPA 79, ‘‘Electrical Standard for Industrial switch, or other similar device. Machinery.’’ These assemblies are intended to be used in locations that are — Tap fittings consist of field-wiring terminals for feed- Tap Fittings classified as Class I, Division 2 to distribute the control signals to remote through connection to power-limited tray cable or other appropriate cable proximity switches or other control-circuit devices. together with either a female connector to connect to a cable assembly or Each cable assembly is provided with means to mechanically secure the field wiring terminals to connect to flexible cord suitable for hard use that is plug or socket on either end of the cable assembly to the intended equip- the same size and ampacity as the cable. Tap fittings are intended for use ment plug or socket so as to protect against unintentional separation. The within outlet boxes supported by cable trays in Class 1 power-limited cir- means used to provide this mechanical securement is constructed as fol- cuits to provide a point of connection to the fixed wiring of the building lows: structure. They may also be installed on Type PLTC cable on open wiring in 1. separation shall be possible only with the aid of a tool, Class 2 circuits in accordance with Section 725.61(D)(4) of the NEC. They 2. when not secured, the means shall be captive to the cable assembly, have been investigated for electrical insulation, mechanical strength, tem- and perature rise, fault current withstand and effectiveness of grounding path to 3. a marking is provided that is likely to be readily visible after installa- demonstrate equivalency to the wiring system on which they are intended tion that reads, ‘‘WARNING – Do Not Connect or Disconnect When to be installed. Energized,’’ or equivalent. PRODUCT IDENTITY Note: The warning marking may be on the securement means or on the One of the following product identities appears on the product: cable assembly. It may be necessary to provide more than one warning Cable Assembly Fitting for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution marking for ready visibility. Cable Assembly for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution Instructions are provided indicating that, should the cable assembly Cable Assy Fitting for Ind. Cont. become separated from the intended equipment plug or socket, the part that Cable Assy for Ind. Cont. remains energized is a socket outlet. CYJV Cable Assembly This category does not cover cable assemblies with plugs on both ends. CYJV Cable Assembly Fitting Product Types CYJV Cable Assy The following products are covered under this category: CYJV Cable Assy Fitting — Cable assemblies consist of a length of cord or cable Cable Assemblies ADDITIONAL INFORMATION as follows: For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary 1. extra-hard-usage cord, Locations (AALZ). 2. instrumentation tray cable (Type ITC) for applications involving instru- REQUIREMENTS mentation and control circuits, or The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is 3. power-limited tray cable (Type PLTC) for applications involving ANSI/UL 2238, ‘‘Cable Assemblies and Fittings for Industrial Control and remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits. Signal Distribution.’’ Note: See the following Code references for additional details on these UL MARK wiring methods: The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- For extra-hard-usage cord, see Article 400 of the NEC. tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL For instrumentation tray cable (Type ITC), see Article 727 of the to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up NEC. Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, For power-limited tray cable (Type PLTC), see Article 725 of the the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a NEC. file number. The cord or cable is terminated on at least one end with a molded-on or The cable assemblies that have terminations on one end only may be bulk assembled-on plug or socket. Cable assemblies with only one end termi- labeled with the Certification Mark provided on the smallest unit shipping nated are intended for direct connection to a proximity switch, control container. All other Certification Marks are applied to each individual panel, or similar device. device. — Plugs and sockets intended to be field wired Cable Plugs and Sockets Alternate UL Mark or molded onto cord or cable as indicated under Cable Assemblies above The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container may have a male or female insert configuration. The diameter and the wire in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to size of the field-wired cord or cable to which the plug or socket is intended identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. to be assembled is indicated on the plug or socket or the smallest unit ship- The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated ping container. in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a Panel-mounted Plugs and Sockets — These plugs and sockets consist of a control number, and one of the following product names: ‘‘Cable Assembly panel-mounted assembly with either a plug or socket. Each assembly is pro- for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution’’ (or ‘‘Cable Assy for Ind. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

111 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CABLE ASSEMBLIES FOR INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND CABLE ASSEMBLIES FOR INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (CYJX) (CYJX) 111 vided with a means to secure to a panel. These plugs and sockets may be any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- provided with leads intended for direct wiring connection to a control ance upon this Guide Information. panel, proximity switch, or other similar device. RATINGS These cable assemblies are rated based on the involved cord or cable as follows: CABLE ASSEMBLIES FOR 1. extra-hard-usage cord for applications involving circuits operating at 600 V or less and 60 A or less, INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND SIGNAL 2. instrumentation tray cable (Type ITC) for applications involving instrumentation and control circuits operating at 150 V or less and 5 DISTRIBUTION FOR USE IN ZONE A or less, or CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS 3. power-limited tray cable (Type PLTC) for applications involving remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits supplied by a LOCATIONS (CYJZ) Class 2 or Class 3 power source. USE Cable assemblies and plugs and sockets are rated in volts and amperes. This category covers cable assemblies, cable plugs and sockets, panel- The devices are marked with such rating on the device or smallest unit mounted plugs and sockets, and plugs and sockets used for interconnec- shipping container. tion SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE between one piece of electrical equipment and another piece of elec- The cable assemblies and mating plugs and sockets are not intended to trical equipment (by means of a cable or cord assembly involving be used as a substitute for the fixed wiring methods required by 501.10 of plugs and sockets on both ends, or a plug and socket on one end and the NEC. unterminated cable or cord on the other), or These cable assemblies and mating plugs and sockets are intended for between premises wiring and a piece of electrical equipment (by use only with the Listee’s same line of cable assemblies and mating plugs means of a cable or cord assembly involving a socket on the equip- and sockets covered under this category. ment end and unterminated cable or cord on the premises wiring The products covered under this category are not intended for interrup- end). tion of current and are so marked. This interconnection is in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National These devices are intended for indoor use only, unless otherwise so Electrical Code’’ (NEC), and ANSI/NFPA 79, ‘‘Electrical Standard for identified. Industrial Machinery.’’ These assemblies are intended to be used in loca- PRODUCT IDENTITY tions that are classified as Class I, Zone 2 to distribute the control signals One of the following product identities appears on the product: to remote proximity switches or other control-circuit devices. Cable Assembly for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution for Each cable assembly is provided with means to mechanically secure the plug or socket on either end of the cable assembly to the intended equip- Use in Hazardous Locations ment plug or socket so as to protect against unintentional separation. The Cable Assembly Plug for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution means used to provide this mechanical securement is constructed as fol- for Use in Hazardous Locations lows: Cable Assembly Socket for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution 1. separation shall be possible only with the aid of a tool, for Use in Hazardous Locations 2. when not secured, the means shall be captive to the cable assembly, CYJX Cable Assembly for Use in Hazardous Locations and CYJX Cable Assembly Plug for Use in Hazardous Locations 3. a marking is provided that is likely to be readily visible after installa- CYJX Cable Assembly Socket for Use in Hazardous Locations tion that reads, ‘‘WARNING – Do Not Connect or Disconnect When The words ‘‘Hazardous Locations’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ Energized,’’ or equivalent. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Note: The warning marking may be on the securement means or on For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to the cable assembly. It may be necessary to provide more than one Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). warning marking for ready visibility. REQUIREMENTS Instructions are provided indicating that, should the cable assembly The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in become separated from the intended equipment plug or socket, the part this category is ANSI/UL 2238, ‘‘Cable Assemblies and Fittings for Indus- that remains energized is a socket outlet. trial Control and Signal Distribution.’’ This category does not cover cable assemblies with plugs on both ends. The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate Product Types products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and The following products are covered under this category: Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations — Cable assemblies consist of a length of cord or Cable Assemblies (AAIZ). cable as follows: Note: The unclassified locations use of the term ‘‘fitting’’ in ANSI/UL 1. extra-hard-usage cord, 2238 is equivalent to the hazardous (classified) locations use of the terms 2. instrumentation tray cable (Type ITC) for applications involving ‘‘plug’’ or ‘‘socket.’’ instrumentation and control circuits, or UL MARK 3. power-limited tray cable (Type PLTC) for applications involving The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits. tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by Note: See the following Code references for additional details on UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and these wiring methods: Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the For extra-hard-usage cord, see Article 400 of the NEC. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- For instrumentation tray cable (Type ITC), see Article 727 of the tifier(s), and a file number. NEC. Alternate UL Mark For power-limited tray cable (Type PLTC), see Article 725 of the UL MARK NEC. The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container The cord or cable is terminated on at least one end with a molded-on or in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to assembled-on plug or socket. Cable assemblies with only one end termi- identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. nated are intended for direct connection to a proximity switch, control The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated panel, or similar device. in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a — Plugs and sockets intended to be field Cable Plugs and Sockets control number, and the product name ‘‘Cable Assembly for Industrial wired or molded onto cord or cable as indicated under Cable Assemblies Control and Signal Distribution for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘Cable above may have a male or female insert configuration. The diameter and Assembly Plug for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution for Use in the wire size of the field-wired cord or cable to which the plug or socket Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘Cable Assembly Socket for Industrial Control and is intended to be assembled is indicated on the plug or socket or the Signal Distribution for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘CYJX Cable Assem- smallest unit shipping container. bly for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘CYJX Cable Assembly Plug for Use Panel-mounted Plugs and Sockets — These plugs and sockets consist of in Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘CYJX Cable Assembly Socket for Use in Haz- a panel-mounted assembly with either a plug or socket. Each assembly is ardous Locations.’’ The words ‘‘Hazardous Locations’’ may be abbreviated provided with a means to secure to a panel. These plugs and sockets may ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ be provided with leads intended for direct wiring connection to a control ************************* panel, proximity switch, or other similar device. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does RATINGS not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- These cable assemblies are rated based on the involved cord or cable as turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for follows: LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

112 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CABLE ASSEMBLIES FOR INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND CABLE FITTINGS FOR USE IN ZONE CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION FOR USE IN ZONE CLASSIFIED LOCATIONS (CYMJ) HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (CYJZ) 112 1. extra-hard-usage cord for applications involving circuits operating at CABLE FITTINGS FOR USE IN ZONE 600 V or less and 60 A or less, 2. instrumentation tray cable (Type ITC) for applications involving instru- CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS mentation and control circuits operating at 150 V or less and 5 A or less, or LOCATIONS (CYMJ) 3. power-limited tray cable (Type PLTC) for applications involving USE remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits supplied by a This category covers cable termination fittings and combination cable ter- Class 2 or Class 3 power source. mination and sealing fittings for threaded connection of cable to equipment Cable assemblies and plugs and sockets are rated in volts and amperes. in Zone classified hazardous locations as indicated in the individual certifi- The devices are marked with such rating on the device or smallest unit cations. Termination and sealing fittings that employ a sealing compound shipping container. are intended for use only with sealing compound as specified by the manu- SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS facturer in instructions furnished with the fitting. The cable assemblies and mating plugs and sockets are not intended to be These devices are intended for use in sealing the conductors and outer used as a substitute for the fixed wiring methods required by 505.15 of the jackets of certified cable of the type indicated in the individual certifications. NEC. No splices of conductors are permitted to be made in the fitting. Restrictions on position and/or location of the sealing fitting are indicated in the manu- These cable assemblies and mating plugs and sockets are intended for use facturer’s instructions. only with the Listee’s same line of cable assemblies and mating plugs and ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ does not permit the use of sockets covered under this category. elastomeric seals in flameproof cable fittings. The products covered under this category are not intended for interrup- PRODUCT IDENTITY tion of current and are so marked. The following product identity appears on the product: These devices are intended for indoor use only, unless otherwise so identi- Type + Cable Sealing Fitting for Use in Hazardous Locations fied. + Generic cable designation, such as MC-HL, ITC-HL, etc. PRODUCT IDENTITY Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- One of the following product identities appears on the product: tions. Cable Assembly for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution for Use ADDITIONAL INFORMATION in Hazardous Locations For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Cable Assembly Plug for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution for Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). Use in Hazardous Locations REQUIREMENTS Cable Assembly Socket for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution The basic hazardous (classified) locations standard used to investigate for Use in Hazardous Locations products in this category is ANSI/UL 2225, ‘‘Cables and Cable Fittings for CYJZ Cable Assembly for Use in Hazardous Locations Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations.’’ UL MARK CYJZ Cable Assembly Plug for Use in Hazardous Locations The Certification Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the CYJZ Cable Assembly Socket for Use in Hazardous Locations product and the Certification Mark on the smallest unit container in which The words ‘‘Hazardous Locations’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify ADDITIONAL INFORMATION products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- REQUIREMENTS ber. The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in Alternate UL Mark this category is ANSI/UL 2238, ‘‘Cable Assemblies and Fittings for Indus- The Listing Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the product trial Control and Signal Distribution.’’ and the Listing Mark on the smallest unit container in which the product is The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufac- products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relat- tured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these ing to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this The unclassified locations use of the term ‘‘fitting’’ in ANSI/UL 2238 Note: Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the is equivalent to the hazardous (classified) locations use of the terms ‘‘plug’’ product name ‘‘Type + Cable Sealing Fitting for Use in Hazardous Loca- or ‘‘socket.’’ tions,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual List- ings. UL MARK + Generic cable designation, such as MC-HL, ITC-HL, etc. The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- ************************* tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising file number. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Alternate UL Mark Guide Information. UL MARK The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to CABLE SEALING FITTINGS FOR USE identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (CYMX) in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Cable Assembly for Industrial Con- USE trol and Signal Distribution for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘Cable This category covers combination termination and sealing fittings for threaded connection of cables to equipment in Class I, Division 1 and Divi- Assembly Plug for Industrial Control and Signal Distribution for Use in sion 2, and/or Class II, Division 1 and 2 hazardous locations, as indicated in Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘Cable Assembly Socket for Industrial Control and the individual certifications. They are intended for use only with sealing Signal Distribution for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘CYJZ Cable Assem- compound as specified by the manufacturer in instructions furnished with bly for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ ‘‘CYJZ Cable Assembly Plug for Use the fitting. in Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘CYJZ Cable Assembly Socket for Use in Haz- These devices are intended for use in sealing the conductors and outer ardous Locations.’’ The words ‘‘Hazardous Locations’’ may be abbreviated jackets of certified cable of the type indicated in the individual certifications. ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ No splices of conductors are permitted to be made in the fitting. Restrictions ************************* on position and/or location of the sealing fitting are indicated in the manu- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not facturer’s instructions. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or PRODUCT IDENTITY any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, The following product identity appears on the product: expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Type + Cable Sealing Fitting for Use in Hazardous Locations out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this + Generic cable designation, such as MC, MC-HL, TC, TC-HL, etc. Guide Information. Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- tions. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

113 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CABLE SEALING FITTINGS FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS CABLE TRAYS (CYNW) LOCATIONS (CYMX) 113 UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for REQUIREMENTS any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- The basic hazardous (classified) locations standard used to investigate ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- products in this category is ANSI/UL 2225, ‘‘Cables and Cable Fittings for ance upon this Guide Information. Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations.’’ UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the product and the Certification Mark on the smallest unit container in which CABLE TRAYS, NONMETALLIC the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The (CYOV) Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words USE ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- This category covers nonmetallic, including fiberglass (fiberglass- ber. reinforced plastic) cable tray systems installed for the support of power Alternate UL Mark and/or control cable. Nonmetallic cable trays are intended for assembly in The Listing Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the prod- the field and for use in accordance with Article 392 of ANSI/NFPA 70, uct and the Listing Mark on the smallest unit container in which the prod- ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ uct is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products Cable trays are intended to be installed in accordance with NEMA VE 2, manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark ‘‘Cable Tray Installation Guidelines,’’ or as recommended by the manufac- PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduc- turer. Cable trays are marked with load/span ratings and may addition- tion of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control num- ally be marked with Class designations A, B, C, D or E. These Class desig- ber, and the product name ‘‘Type + Cable Sealing Fitting for Use in Haz- nations represent the static weight supportable by cable tray spans. ardous Locations,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the Load individual Listings. Span (ft) (lb/linear foot) + Generic cable designation, such as MC, MC-HL, TC, TC-HL, etc. Class E Class D Class C Class B Class A ************************* 20 50 75 100 45 75 UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does — 100 75 50 16 — not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- 12 75 100 — — 50 turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for — 65 120 200 10 25 any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- 100 — — 75 8 50 ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. These nonmetallic cable trays are constructed of flame-retardant mate- rial, provide a degree of voltage isolation, are investigated for the effects of low-temperature handling, and are suitable for outdoor use. CABLE TRAYS (CYNW) Nonmetallic cable trays have not been investigated for use in air- handling spaces. USE The investigation of nonmetallic cable trays does not include the support This category covers cable trays intended for assembly in the field and system. for use in accordance with Article 392 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Elec- PRODUCT IDENTITY trical Code’’ (NEC). They have been certified as to their suitability for use The following product identity appears on the product: as equipment grounding conductors in accordance with Sections 392.60(A) Nonmetallic Cable Tray and 392.60(B) of the NEC. The cable trays are marked on the outer surface RELATED PRODUCTS of the sidewall of the tray indicating the cross-sectional area of the For metallic cable trays, see Cable Trays (CYNW). grounding metal. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INSTALLATION For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Cable-tray assemblies have been investigated for bonding between sec- Locations (AALZ). tions using the minimum hardware provided by the manufacturer. The REQUIREMENTS manufacturer may supply cable-tray sections and fittings without a posi- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is tive mechanical means for completing the grounding connection. Assem- ANSI/UL 568, ‘‘Nonmetallic Cable Tray Systems.’’ blies not provided with positive mechanical grounding connections are UL MARK intended to be bonded with mechanical connectors or bonding jumpers The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- provided by the installer, in accordance with 392.60(B)(4) of the NEC. vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and PRODUCT IDENTITY Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the The following product identity appears on the product: UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Cable Tray tifier(s), and a file number. RELATED PRODUCTS Alternate UL Mark For nonmetallic-cable trays, see Cable Trays, Nonmetallic (CYOV). UL MARK ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Locations (AALZ). Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as UL MARK illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- a control number, and the product name ‘‘Nonmetallic Cable ′′ LISTED, ′′ vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Tray.’’ Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ************************* UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does tifier(s), and a file number. not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Additional Certification Markings turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- following information: ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- FOR SUITABILITY AS AN ance upon this Guide Information. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR ONLY Alternate UL Mark UL MARK CAMERA EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification ZONE CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol LOCATIONS (CYPB) (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following additional information: GENERAL CABLE TRAY This category covers cameras and pan-and-tilt drives. AS TO ITS SUITABILITY AS AN PRODUCT IDENTITY EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR ONLY One of the following product identities appears on the product: Control No. Camera for Use in Hazardous Locations ************************* Pan-and-Tilt Drive for Use in Hazardous Locations LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

114 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CAMERA EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN ZONE CLASSIFIED CAPACITORS (CYWT) HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (CYPB) 114 This category covers general-use power factor correction units rated 600 V Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- maximum. These assemblies employ integrally protected capacitors investi- tions. gated under Capacitors (CYWT2). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION This category does not cover power factor correction units with integral For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to automatic controls or power factor correction unit controllers. Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). USE AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS These units are intended to be installed in accordance with ANSI/NFPA The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ and are intended for indoor use, unless oth- this category is ANSI/UL 60065, ‘‘Audio, Video, and Similar Electronic erwise indicated. This information, together with other restrictions of use, Apparatus – Safety Requirements.’’ such as mounting means and special electrical connections, are detailed in The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate the manufacturer’s installation instructions furnished with the product. products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relat- PRODUCT IDENTITY ing to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). One of the following product identities appears on the product: UL MARK Capacitor Bank The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Power Factor Correction Unit by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the tions. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- RELATED EQUIPMENT fier(s), and a file number. Power factor correction units with integral automatic controls are covered Alternate UL Mark under Industrial Control Panels (NITW). The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Power factor correction controllers are covered under Power Circuit and UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Motor-mounted Apparatus (NMTR). vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Camera for Use in ′′ LISTED, Locations (AALZ). Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘Pan and Tilt Drive for Use in Hazardous Loca- REQUIREMENTS tions,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual List- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is Part II ings. of ANSI/UL 810, ‘‘Capacitors.’’ ************************* UL MARK UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this fier(s), and a file number. Guide Information. Alternate UL Mark UL MARK The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by CAMERA EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (CYPH) trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word GENERAL ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Power Factor Correc- ′′ LISTED, This category covers camera equipment, such as cameras and pan-and-tilt tion Unit’’ or ‘‘Capacitor Bank,’’ or other appropriate product name as drives. shown in the individual Listings. PRODUCT IDENTITY ************************* One of the following product identities appears on the product: UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Camera for Use in Hazardous Locations assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Pan-and-Tilt Drive for Use in Hazardous Locations any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising tions. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Guide Information. For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). REQUIREMENTS The basic unclassified locations standard used to investigate products in CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS, this category is ANSI/UL 508, ‘‘Industrial Control Equipment.’’ The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate SINGLE AND MULTIPLE STATION products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relat- ing to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). (CZHF) UL MARK GENERAL The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided This category covers single- and multiple-station carbon monoxide alarms, by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and intended to be employed in indoor locations, as a travel alarm and for use Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the in recreational vehicles. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Single-station Type — Single-station carbon monoxide alarms are self- fier(s), and a file number. contained units that incorporate a sensor and related electrical components Alternate UL Mark to initiate an audible alarm signal from the unit when an abnormal amount The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by of carbon monoxide actuates the unit. These devices may be energized from UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- (1) a commercial power-supply source by means of permanent wiring in vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ or a flexible trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word power-supply cord and plug, (2) use of limited-energy cable or equivalent LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Camera for Use in ′′ wiring connected to the output of a suitable Class 2 power supply, or (3) by Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘Pan and Tilt Drive for Use in Hazardous Loca- one or more batteries. tions,’’ or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual List- Where a battery is employed as a main supply, its depletion below the ings. level at which an alarm signal would be obtained is indicated by a distinc- ************************* tive audible trouble signal that persists for at least seven days. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Multiple-station Type — Multiple-station carbon monoxide alarms are assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or similar to single-station units but are provided with leads or terminals to any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, permit the interconnection of single-station units so that actuation of any expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising one unit results in the actuation of audible alarms of all units. The installa- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this tion instructions indicate the maximum number of units that can be inter- Guide Information. connected. Refer to the instruction manual provided with each alarm for installation data. — A travel alarm consists of a carbon monoxide alarm pro- Travel Alarm CAPACITORS (CYWT) vided with a mounting bracket for temporary mounting only. Its use is indi- GENERAL cated on the UL Certification Mark. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

115 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS, SINGLE AND MULTIPLE CASTERS, RUBBER, ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE, RELATING STATION (CZHF) TO HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (CZXZ) 115 tion wheels or with metal wheels having conductive rubber tires. The cast- Alarms for Recreational Vehicles — These devices are investigated for ers are intended for use on portable equipment in hospital operating the more stringent environmental and operational conditions encountered rooms. in recreational vehicles as described in the designated sections of Tests indicate that static electrical charges are discharged through these ANSI/UL 2034. casters when in contact with ground or suitable electrically conductive Where applicable, supplementary devices and accessories for use with floor, and that the electrical resistance conforms to the requirements of these units, such as a remote horn, are indicated in the individual certifi- ANSI/NFPA 99, ‘‘Health Care Facilities Code.’’ cations. Oil is injurious to rubber compounds and impairs the electrically con- PRODUCT IDENTITY ductive properties of these casters. The use of floor oils and oily sweeping One of the following product identities appears on the product: compounds should therefore be avoided. Insulating floor waxes should Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm not be used. Multiple-station Smoke Alarm – Also Suitable as a Multiple-station Conductive floors are required for the proper dissipation of static electri- Carbon Monoxide Alarm cal charges by these casters; see Flooring, Electrically Conductive, Relating Single- and/or Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm to Hazardous Locations (INFZ). Single- and/or Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm Accessory PRODUCT IDENTITY Single- and/or Multiple-station Smoke Alarm – Also Suitable as a The following product identity appears on the product: Single- and/or Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm Electrically Conductive Rubber Caster Relating to Hazardous Loca- Single-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm tions Single-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm – Also Suitable as Travel Car- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION bon Monoxide Alarm PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to Single-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm – Also Suitable for Use in Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). Recreational Vehicles REQUIREMENTS Single-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm – Also Suitable for Use in The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL Recreational Vehicles as a Travel Carbon Monoxide Alarm 1067, ‘‘Electrically Conductive Equipment and Materials for Use in Flam- Single-station Smoke Alarm – Also Suitable as a Single-station Car- mable Anesthetizing Locations.’’ bon Monoxide Alarm UL MARK Single-station Smoke and/or Carbon Monoxide Alarm Accessory – The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Also Suitable for Use as a Home Health Care Control Unit vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Travel Carbon Monoxide Alarm Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary tifier(s), and a file number. Locations (AALZ). Alternate UL Mark REQUIREMENTS The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up ANSI/UL 2034, ‘‘Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms.’’ Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as UL MARK illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Electrically Conduc- ′′ vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and tive Rubber Caster Relating to Hazardous Locations.’’ Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ************************* UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED,’’ ‘‘SAFETY’’ and ‘‘SIGNALING,’’ the UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does geographic identifier(s), and a file number. not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Alternate UL Mark turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for The Signaling Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Follow-Up Service. The Signaling Listing Mark for these products includes ance upon this Guide Information. the UL symbol with the word ‘‘SIGNALING’’ above the UL symbol and the word ‘‘LISTED’’ below the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduc- tion of this Directory), a control number, and one of the following product names as appropriate: CENTRIFUGES FOR USE IN ‘‘Single-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm’’ ‘‘Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm’’ HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (DAZV) ‘‘Single- and/or Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm’’ GENERAL ‘‘Single- and/or Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm Accessory’’ This category covers centrifuges designed for use in hazardous (classi- ‘‘Travel Carbon Monoxide Alarm’’ fied) locations. They have been investigated with respect to risk of explo- ‘‘Single-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm – Also Suitable as Travel sion, fire, electric shock, and injury to persons. Carbon Monoxide Alarm’’ PRODUCT IDENTITY ‘‘Single-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm – Also Suitable for Use in The following product identity appears on the product: Recreational Vehicles’’ Centrifuge for Use in Hazardous Locations ‘‘Single-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm – Also Suitable for Use in ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Recreational Vehicles as a Travel Carbon Monoxide Alarm’’ For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to ‘‘Single-station Smoke Alarm – Also Suitable as a Single-station Car- Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). bon Monoxide Alarm’’ REQUIREMENTS ‘‘Multiple-station Smoke Alarm – Also Suitable as a Multiple-station The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate Carbon Monoxide Alarm’’ products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and ‘‘Single- and/or Multiple-station Smoke Alarm – Also Suitable as a Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations Single- and/or Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide Alarm’’ (AAIZ). ‘‘Single-station Smoke and/or Carbon Monoxide Alarm Accessory – UL MARK Also Suitable for Use as a Home Health Care Control Unit’’ The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ************************* vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for tifier(s), and a file number. any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Alternate UL Mark ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- UL MARK ance upon this Guide Information. The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up CASTERS, RUBBER, ELECTRICALLY Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word CONDUCTIVE, RELATING TO a control number, and the product name ‘‘Centrifuge for Use in ′′ LISTED, ′′ Hazardous Locations.’’ HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (CZXZ) ************************* GENERAL UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does This category covers electrically conductive rubber casters which have not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- metal shafts and forks, and are provided with conductive rubber composi- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

116 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CENTRIFUGES FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SEASONAL AND HOLIDAY DECORATIVE PRODUCTS (DGVT) (DAZV) 116 any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this ance upon this Guide Information. Guide Information. SEASONAL AND HOLIDAY DECORATIVE MOTOR-OPERATED CHECK-OUT PRODUCT ACCESSORIES (DGWU) GENERAL STANDS (DBNT) This category covers accessories intended for use with decorative-lighting USE strings and decorative outfits. This includes such items as flasher controllers This category covers motor-operated check-out stands intended for use in with or without sound, and other miscellaneous devices that provide a retail stores to facilitate tally and packing operations. These check-out decorative effect for use with decorative-lighting strings and decorative out- stands are intended to be installed in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, fits. The accessories may be in the form of a direct plug-in type. ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ Foot and knee controls are also covered under This category does not cover decorative lamps, decorative-lighting strings, this category. decorative outfits, electric ornaments, cord sets (extension cords), temporary PRODUCT IDENTITY power taps, decorative-lighting harnesses, or any other nondecorative- The following product identity appears on the product: lighting products. Check-out Stand PRODUCT IDENTITY RELATED PRODUCTS The following product identity appears on the product: Self-check-out stands not provided with a motorized belt are covered Decorative Outfit Accessory under Custom-built Kiosks (EMHH). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Point-of-sale cabinets not provided with a motorized belt are covered For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary under Wired Cabinets (ZNXR) or Furniture, Powered and Nonpowered Locations (AALZ). (IYNE). REQUIREMENTS Barcode scanners and cash registers are covered under Information Tech- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is nology Equipment Including Electrical Business Equipment (NWGQ). ANSI/UL 588, ‘‘Seasonal and Holiday Decorative Products.’’ Conveyors that do not form a component part of a check-out stand are UL MARK covered under Conveyors (EJJR). The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Scales are covered under Scales and Accessories, Electronic (TUTT). by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Locations (AALZ). fier(s), and a file number. REQUIREMENTS The Certification Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is label. ANSI/UL 73, ‘‘Motor-Operated Appliances.’’ Alternate UL Mark UL MARK UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word fier(s), and a file number. a control number, and the product name ‘‘Decorative Outfit ′′ LISTED, ′′ Alternate UL Mark Accessory.’’ UL MARK The Listing Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic label. The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ************************* UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Check Out Stand.’’ LISTED, ′′ ′′ expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ************************* out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Guide Information. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ELECTRIC ORNAMENTS (DGXC) out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this USE Guide Information. This category covers electric ornaments, which are units provided with input leads and adapters intended to take the place of push-in lamps in a series-connected decorative-lighting string or decorative outfit. An ornament may be electronically or nonelectronically operated. SEASONAL AND HOLIDAY An electronically operated ornament employs at least one of the following: a motor, a printed wiring assembly, electronic components, or the like. This DECORATIVE PRODUCTS (DGVT) type of ornament may produce sound, be illuminated, animated, or the like, This category covers temporary use, seasonal decorative lighting products or any combination of the above. and accessories with a maximum input rating of 120 V ac. Temporary use is A nonelectronically operated ornament is provided with a wiring assem- considered to be a period of installation and use not to exceed 90 days per bly consisting of only a lamp and lampholder on one end and an adapter year. A seasonal product is a product painted in colors to suggest a holiday on the other end. This type of ornament is illuminated only. theme or a snow covering, a figure in a holiday costume, or any decoration PRODUCT IDENTITY associated with a holiday or a particular season of the year. The following product identity appears on the product: Products covered under this category are factory assembled, portable, and Electric Ornament intended for connection to a receptacle. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION In certifying seasonal and holiday decorative products, it is assumed that For additional information, see Seasonal and Holiday Decorative Products any medium-base, intermediate-base, candelabra-base, miniature-base or (DGVT) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). midget-base lamps to be used in these products are made in accordance REQUIREMENTS with American National Standards Institute specifications, as well as the The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is applicable requirements in ANSI/UL 588, ‘‘Seasonal and Holiday Decorative ANSI/UL 588, ‘‘Seasonal and Holiday Decorative Products.’’ Products.’’ The use of lamps that are not in conformance with such stan- UL MARK dards may present shock hazards or high-temperature conditions that are in The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided excess of safe limits of operation. by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and This category does not cover nonseasonal lighting, nonseasonal products, Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the permanently connected products, nondecorative lighting intended for gen- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- eral illumination only, cord sets (extension cords) or relocatable power taps. fier(s), and a file number. ************************* The Certification Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not label. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

117 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK SEASONAL AND HOLIDAY DECORATIVE PRODUCTS SEASONAL AND HOLIDAY DECORATIVE PRODUCTS (DGVT) (DGVT) 117 Continued Continued Electric Ornaments (DGXC)− Outfits, Decorative (DGXW)− Alternate UL Mark products in the shape of, or in resemblance to, a wreath not exceeding 48 in. (1219 mm) in outer diameter and provided with simulated branches UL MARK The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by and needles, blow-molded figures or objects, animated figures, tree tops, UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up controllers, tree stands, and motorized decorative displays. Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as Decorative outfits are intended for connection to a receptacle by means illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word of an attachment plug and are portable. Decorative outfits are marked ′′ LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Electric Ornament.’’ ′′ with the maximum number of strings, of the same type, to be connected The Listing Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic together for series-connected outfits or the maximum number of lam- label. pholders for outfits that are parallel connected. Parallel-type products ************************* should not be intermixed with series-type products. Decorative outfits are UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not intended to be permanently connected, and are not intended to be not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- used as toys. turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for PRODUCT IDENTITY any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- One of the following product identities appears on the product: ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. Decorative Outfit for Indoor and Outdoor Use Decorative Outfit for Indoor Use Only PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE RELATED PRODUCTS LAMPS, DECORATIVE (DGXO) This category does not cover decorative-lighting strings or electric orna- GENERAL ments; refer to Strings, Decorative Lighting (DGZZ) and Electric Orna- This category covers intermediate and candelabra-base lamps for use in ments (DGXC), respectively. certified decorative-lighting strings and outfits. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION These lamps have been investigated with respect to lamp-base gauging, For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary exposure of live parts, envelope-to-base securement, center- and side- Locations (AALZ). filament protrusion, and lamp-envelope temperature. REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT MARKINGS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is The lamp or the smallest unit container is marked with the wattage, ANSI/UL 588, ‘‘Seasonal and Holiday Decorative Products.’’ voltage, lamp type, manufacturer’s identification and model or catalog Christmas trees exceeding 30 in. (762 mm) in height but not exceeding number. Each lamp is marked with the manufacturer’s identification, rated 12 ft (3.7 m) in height, as measured from the top of the tree to the bottom voltage and wattage. of the base of the tree and provided with simulated branches and needles, PRODUCT IDENTITY products in the shape of, or in resemblance to, a wreath exceeding 48 in. The following product identity appears on the product: (1219 mm) in outer diameter and provided with simulated branches and Decorative Lamp needles, or other similar seasonal-use decorative outfits have additionally ADDITIONAL INFORMATION been investigated to UL Subject 2358, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Fire For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Tests of Pre-lit Artificial Seasonal Use Trees and Other Seasonal Decorative Locations (AALZ). Items.’’ REQUIREMENTS UL MARK The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Supplement SA of ANSI/UL 588, ‘‘Seasonal and Holiday Decorative Prod- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ucts.’’ Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL MARK UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- tifier(s), and a file number. tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by The Certification Mark for this category requires the use of a holo- UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and graphic label. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Alternate UL Mark UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by tifier(s), and a file number. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Additional Certification Markings Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word following information: ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Decorative Outfit for FOR USE IN Indoor and Outdoor Use’’ or ‘‘Decorative Outfit for Indoor Use Only.’’ CERTIFIED DECORATIVE-LIGHTING STRINGS AND OUTFITS The Listing Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic Alternate UL Mark label. The Classification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit ************************* container in which the product is packaged is the only method provided UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification and not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following additional infor- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- mation: ance upon this Guide Information. DECORATIVE LAMP FOR USE IN LISTED DECORATIVE STRINGS, DECORATIVE LIGHTING (DGZZ) LIGHTING STRINGS AND OUTFITS USE Control No. This category covers decorative-lighting strings intended for seasonal, ************************* temporary use, not to exceed 90 days per year, consisting of a string of UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does lights that may be draped over or around trees or other objects for decora- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- tive effect. Decorative-lighting strings are factory assembled with replace- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for able or nonreplaceable lamps and are connected by means of an attach- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ment plug or the like. Series-connected lighting strings using LED lamps ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- that employ nonremovable covers or diffusers are also considered ance upon this Guide Information. decorative-lighting strings. Strings are not intended for installation on artificial trees employing OUTFITS, DECORATIVE (DGXW) metal or metalized plastic needles, leaves or branch coverings. They also should not be installed in a manner that can cut or damage wire insula- USE tion. This category covers decorative outfits intended for seasonal, temporary Decorative-lighting strings are not intended to be permanently con- use, not to exceed 90 days per year, and includes factory-assembled deco- nected or provide general illumination. ration units providing a seasonal theme, such as wreaths, stars, light PRODUCT MARKINGS sculptures, crosses, candles or candle sets without lamp shades, products Decorative-lighting strings intended for indoor use only include, as part in the shape of, or in resemblance to, a Christmas tree not exceeding 30 in. of the attached Listing Mark, the statement ‘‘For Indoor Use Only.’’ In (762 mm) in height as measured from the top of the tree to the bottom of addition, the UL Mark and the word ‘‘LISTED’’ are printed in green ink. the base of the tree and provided with simulated branches and needles, LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

118 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK SEASONAL AND HOLIDAY DECORATIVE PRODUCTS CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) (DGVT) 118 Strings, Decorative Lighting (DGZZ)− Continued 5. Circuit breakers intended for continuous operation at 100% of rated current may be marked to be connected with 90°C rated wire with the size based on 75°C ampacity. Decorative-lighting strings for indoor and outdoor use include, as part of A suitable marking is required in a circuit breaker enclosure, whether or the attached Listing Mark, the statement ‘‘For Indoor Use and Outdoor not terminals are mounted therein, if it is intended that the breaker to be Use.’’ In addition, the UL Mark and the word ‘‘LISTED’’ are printed in red mounted therein is to be used with aluminum wire. ink. ************************* Decorative-lighting strings are marked with the maximum number of UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not strings, of the same type, to be connected together for series-connected assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or lighting strings or the maximum number of lampholders for lighting strings any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, that are parallel connected. Parallel-type strings should not be intermixed expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising with series type strings. Each string is marked with its type. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this PRODUCT IDENTITY Guide Information. One of the following product identities appears on the product: Decorative-lighting String for Indoor and Outdoor Use Decorative-lighting String for Indoor Use Only ADAPTERS, CIRCUIT BREAKER (DHWZ) RELATED PRODUCTS USE AND INSTALLATION Decorative-lighting strings provided with individual lamp shades or dif- This category covers equipment designed to adapt circuit breakers to fusers over each individual lamp and decoration units other than strings are receiving devices, such as panelboards, panel base assemblies, etc. Field covered under Outfits, Decorative (DGXW), Seasonal and Holiday Decora- installation is intended only in those receiving devices specifically marked tive Product Accessories (DGWU) and Electric Ornaments (DGXC). for their use. Decorative-lighting strings do not employ lampholders larger than inter- Circuit-breaker adapters intended for field installation are provided with mediate base and do not include temporary-lighting strings. Construction of installation instructions unless the construction makes the installation obvi- strings that employ larger than intermediate base lampholders are covered ous. under Temporary-lighting Strings (XBRT). PRODUCT MARKINGS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Circuit-breaker adapters are marked with a catalog number or the equiva- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary lent and the name or trademark of the manufacturer. Locations (AALZ). Markings to identify the circuit breakers and/or circuit-breaker frames REQUIREMENTS with which the adapter is intended to be used is marked either on a label The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is affixed to the device, imprinted on the smallest packaging, or included as ANSI/UL 588, ‘‘Seasonal and Holiday Decorative Products.’’ part of the installation instructions. UL MARK PRODUCT IDENTITY The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided The following product identity appears on the product: by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Circuit-breaker Adapter Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the RELATED PRODUCTS UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ). fier(s), and a file number. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The Certification Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical label. Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). Alternate UL Mark REQUIREMENTS UL MARK The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.’’ vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- UL MARK trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Decorative-lighting ′′ LISTED, by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and String for Indoor Use Only’’ or ‘‘Decorative-lighting String for Indoor Use Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the and Outdoor Use.’’ UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- The Listing Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic label. fier(s), and a file number. ************************* Alternate UL Mark UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not UL MARK assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Guide Information. ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit Breaker Adapter.’’ CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) ************************* USE UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not This category covers circuit breakers which, unless otherwise noted, are of assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or the manually operable, air break type, providing automatic overcurrent pro- any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, tection. expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising PRODUCT MARKINGS AND RATINGS out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this These circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures are intended for use Guide Information. with copper conductors unless marked to indicate which terminals are suit- able for use with aluminum conductors. Such markings are independent of CIRCUIT-BREAKER ACCESSORIES (DIHS) any marking on terminal connectors and are located on a wiring diagram or another readily visible location. USE 1. Circuit breaker enclosures are marked to indicate the temperature rat- This category covers accessories, such as manual and electrical operators, ing of all field installed conductors. shunt trip devices, undervoltage trip devices, alarm switches and auxiliary 2. Circuit breakers with a current rating of 125 A or less are marked as switches, intended for field installation for use only with specific circuit- being suitable for 60°C, 75°C only or 60/75°C rated conductors. It is breaker types. Correct combinations of circuit breakers and accessories are acceptable to use conductors with a higher insulation rating, if the indicated by markings on or with the accessory and/or the circuit breaker. ampacity is based on the conductor temperature rating marked on the PRODUCT IDENTITY breaker. One of the following product identities appears on the product: 3. Circuit breakers rated 125 A or less and marked suitable for use with C.B. Acc. 75°C rated conductors are intended for field use with 75°C rated con- Circuit-breaker Accessory ductors at full 75°C ampacity only when the circuit breaker is installed Undervoltage Trip Relay in a circuit breaker enclosure or individually mounted in an industrial Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- control panel with no other component next to it, unless the end-use tions. equipment (panelboard, switchboard, service equipment, power outlet, RELATED PRODUCTS etc.) is also marked suitable for use with conductors rated 75°C. See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ) 4. A circuit breaker with a current rating of more than 125 A is suitable and Circuit-breaker Accessories for Use in Communications Equipment for use with conductors rated 75°C. (DITX). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

119 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) 119 Circuit Breakers and Surge-protective Devices Circuit-breaker Accessories (DIHS)− Continued (DIMV)− Continued ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- REQUIREMENTS ance upon this Guide Information. The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.’’ CIRCUIT-BREAKER HIGH-FAULT UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- PROTECTORS AND HIGH-FAULT MODULES tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by (DIRW) UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the GENERAL UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- This category covers circuit-breaker high-fault protectors and high-fault tifier(s), and a file number. modules designed to be used in conjunction with specific circuit breakers Alternate UL Mark and to be directly connected to the load terminals of the circuit breakers. UL MARK A circuit-breaker high-fault protector is a replaceable fuse-like device The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container intended for use in specific fused circuit breakers and/or circuit-breaker PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to high-fault modules. identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. A circuit-breaker high-fault module is a self-contained unit, with or The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated without provisions for replaceable high-fault protectors or fuses, and is in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a intended to be directly connected to the load terminals of specific circuit control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit Breaker Accessory’’ (or breakers. They function only to increase the fault-current-interrupting abil- ‘‘C.B. Acc.’’), or the name of the specific product, such as ‘‘Undervoltage ity of the combination, which is intended for use in the same manner as Trip Relay.’’ circuit breakers when installed at the service and as branch-circuit protec- ************************* tion. High-fault protectors and modules are rated 600 V or less. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Circuit-breaker high-fault protectors and modules are so coordinated not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- that they function at currents below those specified in short-circuit test turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for requirements for circuit breakers. Except for this feature of short-circuit any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- operation, combinations of circuit breakers and circuit-breaker high-fault ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- protectors and high-fault modules meet all requirements applicable to ance upon this Guide Information. branch-circuit and service circuit breakers and, in addition, are required to clear circuits up to and including 25 times their amp rating, and circuits of CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND SURGE- 1000 A or less regardless of amp rating, without causing operation of the PROTECTIVE DEVICES (DIMV) high-fault protector or high-fault module. USE AND INSTALLATION USE AND INSTALLATION An interrupting rating on a circuit-breaker high-fault protector and/or This category covers combination circuit breaker and surge-protective high-fault module included in a piece of equipment does not automati- devices (SPDs) incorporating overcurrent protection, and surge protection cally qualify the equipment in which the combination is installed for use designed for repeated limiting of transient-voltage surges as specified in on circuits with higher available currents than the rating of the equipment ANSI/UL 1449, ‘‘Surge Protective Devices’’ (3rd edition), on 50 or 60 Hz itself. power circuits not exceeding 600 V. The combination of a circuit breaker and circuit-breaker high-fault pro- The combination circuit breaker and SPD is a factory-assembled device, tector or high-fault module is intended to be mounted in certified enclo- with the SPD either internal or external to the circuit breaker. When the sures. SPD is external to the circuit breaker, the circuit breaker, SPD, internal wir- Equipment (such as panelboards, service equipment, and dead-front ing, mounting means, etc., is provided as a single unit. switchboards) suitable for use with the combination of circuit-breaker They are intended for installation in circuit-breaker enclosures, panel- high-fault modules and circuit breaker is marked to indicate that both boards, and the like, on grounded 60 Hz alternating-current power circuits may be used. in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ PRODUCT MARKINGS PRODUCT IDENTITY Circuit-breaker high-fault protectors are marked to indicate the breakers The following product identity appears on the product: and/or high-fault modules with which they are intended to be used. Circuit Breaker and SPD Circuit-breaker high-fault modules are marked to indicate the breakers Circuit Breaker and Surge-protective Device and fuses and/or high-fault protectors with which they are intended to be RELATED PRODUCTS used. See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures Circuit-breaker high-fault protectors and high-fault modules marked (DIVQ) and Surge-protective Devices (VZCA). ‘‘Current Interrupting Rating(s), MAXIMUM RMS SYM. AMPERES ____ ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOLTS ____’’ have been investigated in conjunction with the circuit For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical breaker and found suitable for the marked interrupting rating. Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). Circuit-breaker high-fault modules are marked with the applicable wire REQUIREMENTS range, wire type (copper and/or aluminum, solid and/or stranded), tem- The basic standard used to investigate the circuit-breaker portion of perature rating of the wire (60 and/or 75°C), and torque ratings for the products in this category is ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, pressure-wire terminations. For the wire type, the following abbreviations Molded-Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.’’ are used: copper (Cu), aluminum (Al), solid (sol), stranded (str). A breaker The basic standard used to investigate surge protection in this category may, instead, be marked with the minimum size busbar with which it can is ANSI/UL 1449, ‘‘Surge Protective Devices’’ (3rd edition). be used. UL MARK If pressure-terminal connectors are not provided on a circuit-breaker The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- high-fault module as shipped, the module is marked stating which vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and pressure-terminal connectors or component terminal kits are acceptable for Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the use with the module. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- PRODUCT IDENTITY tifier(s), and a file number. One of the following product identities appears on the product: Alternate UL Mark UL MARK Circuit-breaker High-fault Module The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Circuit-breaker High-fault Protector UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up The words ‘‘Circuit Breaker’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘C.B.’’ Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as RELATED PRODUCTS illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures ′′ ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit Breaker and LISTED, (DIVQ). Surge Protective Device’’ (or ‘‘Circuit Breaker and SPD’’). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ************************* For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- REQUIREMENTS turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

120 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) 120 Circuit-breaker High-fault Protectors and High-fault Modules Circuit-breaker Accessories for Use in Continued (DIRW)− Communications Equipment (DITX) USE The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is This category covers circuit-breaker accessories, such as manual and elec- ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and trical operators, shunt trip devices, undervoltage trip devices, alarm Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.’’ switches and auxiliary switches, intended for field installation for use only UL MARK with specific circuit-breaker types that are intended for use in communica- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and tions equipment. The correct combinations of circuit breakers and accesso- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ries are indicated by markings on or with the accessory and/or the circuit UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- breaker. fier(s), and a file number. Circuit-breaker accessories that may be used in ambient temperatures Alternate UL Mark other than 25°C are marked with either a maximum ambient temperature or The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by a range of temperatures. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- PRODUCT IDENTITY vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- One of the following product identities appears on the product: trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word C.B. Acc. for Use in Comm. Equip. a control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit-breaker High- ′′ LISTED, ′′ Circuit-breaker Accessory, Communications Equipment fault Module’’ or ‘‘Circuit-breaker High-fault Protector.’’ The words ‘‘Circuit Circuit-breaker Accessory for Use in Communications Equipment Breaker’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘C.B.’’ Comm. Equip. Cir. Bkr. Acc. ************************* Communications Equipment Circuit-breaker Accessory UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not RELATED PRODUCTS assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ) any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, and Circuit-breaker Accessories (DIHS). expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ADDITIONAL INFORMATION out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this For additional information, see Circuit Breakers for Use in Communica- Guide Information. tions Equipment (DITT), Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical Equipment CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR USE IN for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). REQUIREMENTS COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT (DITT) The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are USE ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and This category covers dc-rated circuit breakers intended to provide branch- Circuit-Breaker Enclosures,’’ and ANSI/UL 489A, ‘‘Circuit Breakers for Use circuit protection in communications circuits. in Communications Equipment.’’ The acceptability of circuit breakers at 100% of the ampere rating is deter- UL MARK mined in the end product. The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- Circuit breakers that may be used in ambient at temperatures other than tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL 25°C are marked with either a maximum ambient temperature or a range of to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up temperatures. Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, These circuit breakers have not been investigated for use on motor cir- the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a cuits. file number. PRODUCT IDENTITY Alternate UL Mark One of the following product identities appears on the product: UL MARK Cir. Bkr. for Use in Comm. Equip. The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container Circuit Breaker for Use in Communication Equipment in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to Circuit Breaker for Use in Communications Equipment identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. Comm. Equip. Cir. Bkr. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated Communication Equipment Circuit Breaker in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a Communications Equipment Circuit Breaker control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit-breaker Accessory for Use in RELATED PRODUCTS Communications Equipment’’ (or ‘‘C.B. Acc. for Use in Comm. Equip.’’), See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ). ‘‘Circuit-breaker Accessory, Communications Equipment’’ or ‘‘Communica- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION tions Equipment Circuit-breaker Accessory’’ (or ‘‘Comm. Equip. Cir. Bkr. For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical Acc.’’). Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). ************************* REQUIREMENTS UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Circuit-Breaker Enclosures,’’ and ANSI/UL 489A, ‘‘Circuit Breakers for Use expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising in Communications Equipment.’’ out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this UL MARK Guide Information. The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the CIRCUIT BREAKERS, MOLDED CASE AND UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- fier(s), and a file number. CIRCUIT-BREAKER ENCLOSURES FOR USE Alternate UL Mark IN PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS (DIUR) UL MARK GENERAL The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by This category covers circuit breakers and circuit-breaker enclosures UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- intended to provide overcurrent protection and disconnecting means in dc vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- photovoltaic (PV) systems in accordance with Article 690 of ANSI/NFPA 70, trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ These circuit breakers are intended for use with ′′ a control number, and one of the following product names as ′′ LISTED, certified enclosures or as part of other certified equipment. appropriate: ‘‘Circuit Breaker for Use in Communication Equipment’’ (or PV circuit breakers are rated up to 1000 V dc maximum and, unless other- ‘‘Cir. Bkr. for Use in Comm. Equip.’’), ‘‘Communications Equipment Circuit wise marked, are not intended to be loaded to exceed 80% of the current Breaker’’ (or ‘‘Comm. Equip. Cir. Bkr.’’), ‘‘Circuit Breaker for Use in Com- rating. munications Equipment’’ (or ‘‘Cir. Bkr. for Use in Comm. Equip.’’), ‘‘Com- PV circuit breakers are intended for use in ambient temperatures between munication Equipment Circuit Breaker’’ (or ‘‘Comm. Equip. Cir. Bkr.’’). -20 and 50°C. ************************* A multi-pole PV breaker is intended for connection to individual circuits UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not on each pole unless marked otherwise. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Circuit breakers may be mounted in any position unless marked to indi- any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, cate otherwise. If, however, the circuit breaker is mounted so that the expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising handle is operated vertically rather than rotationally or horizontally, the up out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this position of the handle should be in the ‘‘on’’ position. Guide Information. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

121 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) 121 Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures Continued Continued for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (DIUR)− for Use in Photovoltaic Systems (DIUR)− Breaker,’’ ‘‘Enclosed Photovoltaic Circuit Breaker,’’ ‘‘Photovoltaic Circuit- The interrupting rating on a circuit breaker included in a piece of equip- ment does not automatically qualify the equipment in which the circuit breaker Enclosure,’’ ‘‘Photovoltaic Circuit-breaker Frame’’ or ‘‘Photovoltaic breaker is installed for use on circuits with higher available currents than Circuit-breaker Trip Unit.’’ The word ‘‘Photovoltaic’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘PV’’; the words ‘‘Circuit the rating of the equipment itself. PRODUCT MARKINGS Breaker’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Cir. Bkr.’’ or ‘‘C.B.’’ ************************* These circuit breakers are marked with the manufacturer’s name and UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does type designation, voltage rating up to 1000 V dc maximum, ampere rating, not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- interrupting current rating at each voltage as necessary, and open/closed turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for above. (on/off). Also see GENERAL any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- If pressure-terminal connectors are not provided on a circuit breaker as ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- shipped, the circuit breaker is marked stating which pressure-terminal ance upon this Guide Information. connectors or component terminal kits are acceptable for use with the cir- cuit breaker or circuit breaker-frame. A PV circuit breaker intended only for use within a ventilated enclosure CIRCUIT BREAKERS, MOLDED CASE AND is marked with the specific certified enclosure for which it is intended, or PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE the size of the enclosure and the location and size of the ventilation open- CIRCUIT-BREAKER ENCLOSURES (DIVQ) ings. USE A PV circuit breaker that includes an accessory device, whether attached This category covers circuit breakers and circuit-breaker enclosures to the circuit breaker by the manufacturer of the circuit breaker or by oth- designed to provide service-entrance, feeder or branch-circuit protection in ers, is marked to indicate the presence of that accessory. accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). Where the accessory is a shunt trip device that is suitable for operation These circuit breakers are intended for use with certified enclosures, or with ground-fault sensing and relaying equipment, such suitability is indi- as part of other certified equipment, or without enclosures where accept- cated in the marking of the circuit breaker. able. These circuit breakers or circuit-breaker enclosures are marked ‘‘Photo- Investigation of a certified ‘‘replacement circuit breaker’’ involves only voltaic’’ (or ‘‘PV’’) and may, in addition, be marked ‘‘Suitable for Use in the circuit breaker and associated parts; the end application or any series combination application has not been investigated. Photovoltaic Systems in Accordance with Article 690 of the NEC,’’ or Some circuit breakers are not provided with a means to prevent their equivalent. installation in Class CTL assemblies. These circuit breakers are for use in A multi-pole PV circuit breaker or PV circuit-breaker enclosure is old style, non-Class CTL equipment and are marked ‘‘For Replacement intended for individual circuits on each pole unless specifically marked Use Only, Not CTL Assemblies.’’ with a diagram and/or other verbiage detailing the correct electrical con- Circuit breakers marked ‘‘SWD’’ and rated 347 V or less are suitable for nections. switching fluorescent lighting loads on a regular basis at their rated volt- PV circuit breakers are marked with the applicable wire range, wire age. type, and stranding if different from building wire, temperature rating of Circuit breakers marked ‘‘HID’’ have been investigated for switching the wire, and torque ratings for the pressure-wire terminations. For the high-intensity-discharge lighting loads on a regular basis at their rated wire type, the following abbreviations are used: copper (Cu), solid (sol), voltage. stranded (str). A breaker may, instead, be marked with the minimum size Some circuit breakers include a pole intended to disconnect the bus bar with which it can be used. grounded circuit conductor of a branch circuit. All poles of these circuit PV circuit breakers are marked ‘‘50°C.’’ breakers open simultaneously. A PV circuit-breaker enclosure may be identified with an enclosure-type Single-pole circuit breakers rated 120 V ac are suitable for use on circuits designation and is intended for use as indicated in Electrical Equipment rated 120 V to ground. for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). Single-pole or multi-pole independent trip circuit breakers with handle ties rated 120/240 V ac, are suitable for use on multi-wire circuits with A PV circuit-breaker frame is marked with the interrupting ratings for line-to-line or line-to-neutral connected loads. the intended interchangeable trip units. 2-pole independent trip breakers and single-pole breakers with handle A PV circuit-breaker trip unit is marked with the circuit-breaker frame ties, rated 120/240 V ac, are suitable for use in line-to-line single-phase for which it is intended. circuits or line-to-line lighting and appliance branch circuits connected to PRODUCT IDENTITY 3-phase, 4-wire systems, provided the systems have a grounded neutral One of the following product identities appears on the product: and the voltage to ground does not exceed 120 V. Enclosed Photovoltaic Circuit Breaker 2-pole independent trip breakers and single-pole breakers with handle Photovoltaic Circuit Breaker ties, rated 125/250 V dc, are suitable for use in line-to-line connected Photovoltaic Circuit-breaker Enclosure 3-wire dc circuits supplied from a system with a grounded neutral where Photovoltaic Circuit-breaker Frame the voltage to ground does not exceed 125 V. Photovoltaic Circuit-breaker Trip Unit 2-pole independent trip breakers and single-pole breakers with handle The word ‘‘Photovoltaic’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘PV.’’ ties, rated 125/250 V (both ac and dc), are suitable for use in accordance The words ‘‘Circuit Breaker’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Cir. Bkr.’’ or ‘‘C.B.’’ with either of the above two paragraphs, as applicable. RELATED PRODUCTS Multi-pole circuit breakers without a common trip function are marked See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures ‘‘independent trip,’’ ‘‘no common trip’’ or equivalent wording. (DIVQ). 3-pole circuit breakers having provision for two poles to be connected to ADDITIONAL INFORMATION a bus structure and a third isolated pole (commonly referred to as delta For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical breakers) are marked ‘‘For Replacement Use Only.’’ Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). 3-pole circuit breakers are suitable for use on 3-phase systems. A 3-pole REQUIREMENTS breaker used in place of a 2-pole breaker on a 3-phase system, such as a The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are 2-pole breaker used in a branch circuit that is actually two legs of a contained in UL Subject 489B, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Molded-Case 3-phase system, is acceptable without the 3-pole breaker being specifically Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures marked. for Use with Photovoltaic (PV) Systems.’’ Multi-pole common trip circuit breakers rated 120/240 V ac are suitable UL MARK for use in a single-phase multi-wire circuit, with or without the neutral The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- connected to the load, where the voltage to ground does not exceed 120 V. vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Multi-pole common trip circuit breakers rated 125/250 V or 125/250 V Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the dc are suitable for use in a single-phase and a dc multi-wire circuit, with UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- or without the neutral connected to the load, where the voltage to ground tifier(s), and a file number. does not exceed 125 V. Alternate UL Mark Circuit breakers, the performance of which may be affected by a 40°C UL MARK ambient temperature within the enclosure, and that have been investi- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by gated for this application, are marked ‘‘40 C.’’ UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Unless otherwise marked, circuit breakers should not be loaded to Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as exceed 80% of their current rating, where in normal operation the load illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word will continue for three hours or more. ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Photovoltaic Circuit LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

122 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) 122 Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures Continued (DIVQ)− (DIVQ)− Continued of the wire (60 and/or 75°C), and torque ratings for the pressure-wire termi- Circuit-breaker enclosures marked for service equipment use may also be nations. For the wire type, the following abbreviations are used: copper used to provide the main control and means of cutoff for a separately- (Cu), aluminum (Al), solid (sol), stranded (str). A breaker may, instead, be derived system or a second building. marked with the minimum size bus bar with which it can be used. Circuit-breaker enclosures identified with an enclosure type designation If pressure-terminal connectors are not provided on a circuit breaker as are intended for use as indicated in Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordi- shipped, the circuit breaker is marked stating which pressure-terminal con- nary Locations (AALZ). A current-limiting circuit breaker is one that does not employ a fusible nectors or component terminal kits are acceptable for use with the circuit element and that when operating within its current-limiting range, limits breaker or circuit breaker-frame. 2 2 t of a 1/2 cycle wave of the t to a value less than the I the let-through I Circuit breakers are marked ‘‘Line/Load’’ unless acceptable for use with symmetrical prospective current. the connections reversed. All certified circuit breakers are suitable for group motor protection in A circuit breaker intended only for use within a ventilated enclosure is accordance with 430.53 of the NEC. marked with the specific certified enclosure for which it is intended, or the Some certified circuit breakers have adjustable settings and can be repeat- size of the enclosure and the location and size of the ventilation openings. edly field adjusted for all changeable characteristics. Adjustable circuit A circuit breaker rated more than 4000 A intended only for cable connec- breakers are marked with the maximum ampere rating and either a percent- tions is marked ‘‘For Cable Connection Only.’’ age or similar markings, or with current markings for each continuous- A circuit breaker marked ‘‘40°C’’ is suitable for use in an ambient environ- current adjustment setting. ment of up to 40°C. This marking is optional for electronic-trip circuit PRODUCT TYPES breakers since they are not affected by ambient temperatures. Circuit breakers and circuit-breaker enclosures are indicated by the label The fourth (neutral) pole of a 4-pole circuit breaker is marked ‘‘Protection ,’’ where ‘‘X’’ is 0, 50 or 100, which is the percentage ampacity of the designations as follows: –X%I n fourth pole. — without enclosure, and with noninterchangeable trip Circuit Breaker A circuit breaker that includes an accessory device, whether attached to units. the circuit breaker by the manufacturer of the circuit breaker, or by others, is CTL Circuit Breaker — has physical size, configuration or other means marked to indicate the presence of that accessory. which, in conjunction with the physical means provided in a Class CTL Where the accessory is a shunt trip device that is suitable for operation assembly, is designed to prevent the installation of more circuit breaker with ground-fault sensing and relaying equipment, such suitability is indi- poles than the number for which the assembly is designed and rated. cated in the marking of the circuit breaker. — frame only of circuit breaker with provision for Circuit-breaker Frame 2-pole circuit breakers suitable for controlling 3-phase, corner-grounded interchangeable trip units. A labeled circuit-breaker frame is certified for use delta circuits are marked ‘‘1 – 3’’ to indicate their suitability. only with a labeled circuit-breaker trip unit. Circuit-breaker enclosures that are suitable for use as service equipment — trip unit only of circuit breaker having provi- Circuit-breaker Trip Unit are marked accordingly. sion for interchangeable trip units. Some circuit breakers are intended to be used with uninterruptible power Circuit-breaker Enclosure — enclosure only for individual 1-, 2- or 3-pole supplies (UPS) with two or three poles connected in series. These circuit circuit breaker or for two single-pole breakers not interconnected. breakers are marked with both the maximum and nominal DC voltage of — a present design with external modifica- Replacement Circuit Breaker the system where use is intended, a wiring diagram showing the proper tions to permit its mounting in place of obsolete designs of the same manu- connections of the poles in series, and a statement that these DC ratings are facturer in previously certified applications, such as panelboards, switch- applicable only with UPS. boards and the like, which are still in service. Current-limiting circuit breakers are marked ‘‘current limiting’’ and are INSTALLATION marked either to indicate the let-through characteristics or to indicate where Some circuit breakers include a ground-fault trip element. These ground- such information may be obtained. fault trip elements have been investigated in accordance with ANSI/UL Circuit breakers investigated for application aboard noncombatant and 1053, ‘‘Ground-Fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment,’’ and are suitable for auxiliary naval ships are marked ‘‘Naval.’’ Naval circuit breakers may also providing ground-fault protection of equipment in accordance with 215.10, be marked ‘‘50°C.’’ 230.95 or 240.13 of the NEC. PRODUCT IDENTITY Circuit breakers with ground-fault elements intended for use in accor- One of the following product identities appears on the product: dance with NEC Articles 426 or 427 are covered under Circuit Breakers with C.B. Equipment Ground-fault Protection (DIYA). C.B. Enclosure Circuit breakers that include arc-fault elements intended for use in accor- C.B. Frame dance with 210.12 of the NEC are covered under Arc-fault Circuit Interrupt- C.B. Trip Unit ers, Combination Type (AWAH). Circuit breakers with arc-fault elements Circuit Breaker intended for use in those municipalities using the installation requirements Circuit-breaker Enclosure of 210.12 of the 1999 – 2005 editions of the NEC are covered under Arc-fault Circuit-breaker Frame Circuit Interrupters, Branch/Feeder Type (AVZQ). Circuit-breaker Trip Unit Circuit breakers are tested under overload conditions at six times the rat- CTL C.B. ing to cover motor-circuit applications and are suitable for use as motor- CTL Circuit Breaker circuit disconnects per 430.109 of the NEC. Replacement C.B. Certified circuit breakers may be mounted in any position unless marked Replacement Circuit Breaker to indicate otherwise. If, however, the circuit breaker is mounted so that the RELATED PRODUCTS handle is operated vertically rather than rotationally or horizontally, the up See: position of the handle should be in the ‘‘on’’ position. Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Branch/Feeder Type (AVZQ) Line and load markings on a circuit breaker are intended to limit connec- Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Combination Type (AWAH) tions thereto as marked. Circuit-breaker Adapters (DHWZ) RATINGS Circuit-breaker Accessories (DIHS) Certified circuit breakers are rated 600 V or less. A circuit breaker is Circuit Breakers and Surge-protective Devices (DIMV) marked ac or dc, or both ac and dc. A symbol (~), where used, represents Circuit-breaker Current Limiters (DIRW) ac. The frequency is included if other than 60 Hz. Circuit Breakers for Use in Communications Equipment (DITT) Circuit breakers that have an interrupting rating higher than 5000 A are Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Classified for Use in Specified Equip- marked to indicate the higher rating(s). ment (DIXF) An interrupting rating on a circuit breaker included in a piece of equip- Circuit Breakers with Equipment Ground-fault Protection (DIYA) ment does not automatically qualify the equipment in which the circuit Circuit Breakers, Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Type (DKPU2) breaker is installed for use on circuits with higher available currents than Circuit Breakers, Series Connected (DKSY2) the rating of the equipment itself. Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures, Marine Circuit-breaker enclosures that have a short-circuit current rating are (DKTY) marked accordingly. Circuit Breaker and Ground-fault Circuit Interrupters (DKUY) PRODUCT MARKINGS Circuit breakers investigated for use in a marine environment are covered These circuit breakers are marked with the manufacturer’s name and type under Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures, Marine designation, voltage rating, ampere rating, interrupting current rating at (DKTY). each voltage as necessary, frequency, and open/closed (on/off). Also see ADDITIONAL INFORMATION USE above. For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical These circuit breakers are marked with the applicable wire range, wire Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). type (copper and/or aluminum, solid and/or stranded), temperature rating LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

123 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) 123 Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Classified for Use in Specified Continued (DIVQ)− Continued Equipment (DIXF)− Circuit breakers which are both Classified and Listed have markings as REQUIREMENTS above, with the addition of the Listing Mark, located on the side of the The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is circuit breaker. ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and RELATED PRODUCTS Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.’’ For information on markings, see Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and UL MARK Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ) and Circuit Breakers (DHJR). The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- For those Classified molded-case circuit breakers containing additional vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and features, see: Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Branch/Feeder Type (AVZQ) UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Arc-fault Circuit Interrupters, Combination Type (AWAH) tifier(s), and a file number. Circuit Breakers and Surge-protective Devices (DIMV) Alternate UL Mark Circuit Breakers with Equipment Ground-fault Protection (DIYA) The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Circuit Breaker and Ground-fault Circuit Interrupters (DKUY) UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE LISTED, a control number, and one of the following product names as ′′ ′′ REQUIREMENTS appropriate: ‘‘Circuit Breaker,’’ ‘‘CTL Circuit Breaker,’’ ‘‘Circuit Breaker The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are Frame,’’ ‘‘Circuit Breaker Trip Unit,’’ ‘‘Circuit Breaker Enclosure’’ or ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and ‘‘Replacement Circuit Breaker.’’ The words ‘‘Circuit Breaker’’ may be Circuit-Breaker Enclosures,’’ and ANSI/UL 67, ‘‘Panelboards.’’ abbreviated ‘‘C.B.’’ in all of the product names permitted above (e.g., ‘‘C.B. UL MARK Enclosure’’). The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ************************* vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark appears on the side of the not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- circuit breaker and consists of the words ‘‘Underwriters Laboratories Inc. turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Classified Circuit Breaker’’ together with a control number. The words any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ‘‘Underwriters Laboratories Inc.’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Underwriters Lab. ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Inc.’’ or ‘‘Und. Lab. Inc.’’ ance upon this Guide Information. appears on the front, visible surface of the cir- The following mark: cuit breaker. ************************* CIRCUIT BREAKERS, MOLDED CASE, UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- CLASSIFIED FOR USE IN SPECIFIED turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for EQUIPMENT (DIXF) any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- GENERAL ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- This category covers molded-case circuit breakers rated 15 to 60 A, 120/ ance upon this Guide Information. 240 V maximum that have been investigated and found suitable for use in place of other Listed circuit breakers in specific Listed panelboards, with CIRCUIT BREAKERS, MOLDED-CASE ratings not exceeding 225 A, 120/240 V ac, to be connected to circuits hav- CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND MOLDED-CASE ing an available system short-circuit current of 10 kA maximum. The cir- cuit breakers are Classified for use in specified panelboards in accordance SWITCHES FOR USE IN WIND TURBINES with the details described on the circuit breaker or in the publication pro- (DIXM) vided therewith. In addition, Classified molded-case circuit breakers may also be Listed GENERAL with additional features such as a ground-fault trip element, ground-fault This category covers molded-case circuit breakers and molded-case circuit interrupter, arc-fault circuit interrupter, secondary surge arrester, switches intended to provide overcurrent protection and disconnecting transient-voltage surge suppressor, and the like. means for use in wind turbine (WT) applications in nacelle, hub, tower, PRODUCT MARKINGS and ground installations. These circuit breakers are intended for use with A circuit breaker that is Classified only is marked on the side with the certified enclosures or as part of other certified equipment. statement: WT circuit breakers are rated up to 690 V ac and, unless otherwise ‘‘Classified for use only in specified panelboards where the available marked, are not intended to be loaded to exceed 80% of the current rating. short-circuit current is 10 kA, 120/240 volts ac or less. Do not use in WT circuit breakers are intended for use in ambient temperatures equipment connected to circuits having an available system short-circuit between -30 to +50°C (-22°F to +122°F) or at -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to current in excess of 10 kA, 120/240 volts ac. For catalog numbers (or +122°F). equivalent) of specified panelboards, refer to Publication No.______ pro- Circuit breakers may be mounted in any position unless marked to indi- vided with this circuit breaker. If additional information is necessary, con- cate otherwise. If, however, the circuit breaker is mounted so that the tact [Classified circuit breaker manufacturer’s name].’’ handle is operated vertically rather than rotationally or horizontally, the A circuit breaker that is both Classified and Listed is marked on the side up position of the handle should be in the ‘‘on’’ position. with the statement: The interrupting rating on a circuit breaker included in a piece of equip- ‘‘This circuit breaker is Listed for use in circuit breaker enclosures and ment does not automatically qualify the equipment in which the circuit panelboards intended and marked for its use. This circuit breaker is Clas- breaker is installed for use on circuits with higher available currents than sified for use, where the available short-circuit current is 10 kA, 120/240 V the rating of the equipment itself. ac or less, in the compatible panelboards shown in Publication No. ______ PRODUCT MARKINGS provided with this circuit breaker. When used as a Classified circuit These circuit breakers are marked with the manufacturer’s name and breaker, do not use in equipment connected to circuits having an available type designation, voltage rating up to 690 V ac, ampere rating, interrupt- system short-circuit current in excess of 10 kA, 120/240 V ac. If additional ing current rating at each voltage, and open/closed (on/off). Also see information is necessary, contact [Classified circuit breaker manufacturer’s above. GENERAL name].’’ These circuit breakers are marked ‘‘Wind Turbine’’ (or ‘‘WT’’). The referenced publication is a compatibility list which tabulates the Unless otherwise marked, WT circuit breakers should not be loaded to company name, catalog number, number of poles and electrical ratings of exceed 80% of their current rating, where in normal operation the load the Classified circuit breaker, in addition to the company name and cata- will continue for three hours or more. log number of the applicable UL Listed panelboards, and corresponding If pressure-terminal connectors are not provided on a circuit breaker as UL Listed circuit breakers in place of which the Classified circuit breaker shipped, the circuit breaker is marked stating which pressure-terminal has been investigated. The compatibility list also details the maximum connectors or component terminal kits are acceptable for use with the cir- permissible voltage and maximum available short circuit current of the cuit breaker or circuit-breaker frame. supply system to the panelboard. The Classified circuit breaker is not suit- A WT circuit breaker intended only for use within a ventilated enclosure able for the specified application if the system supply characteristics is marked with the specific certified enclosure for which it is intended, or exceed the maximum values indicated in the compatibility list. One copy the size of the enclosure and the location and size of the ventilation open- of the compatibility list is provided with each circuit breaker. ings. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

124 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) 124 Circuit Breakers, Molded-case Circuit Breakers and Molded- Circuit Breakers with Equipment Ground-fault Protection Continued case Switches for Use in Wind Turbines (DIXM)− (DIYA)− Continued See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ). WT circuit breakers are marked with the applicable wire range, wire type, and stranding if different from building wire, temperature rating of the ADDITIONAL INFORMATION wire, and torque ratings for the pressure-wire terminations. For the wire For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical type, the following abbreviations are used: copper (Cu), aluminum (Al), Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). solid (sol), stranded (str). A breaker may, instead, be marked with the mini- REQUIREMENTS mum size busbar with which it can be used. The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are WT circuit breakers or switches are marked as being suitable for 75°C ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and (167°F) wire unless marked for busbar connections only. Devices may Circuit-Breaker Enclosures,’’ and ANSI/UL 1053, ‘‘Ground-Fault Sensing instead be marked with the minimum size busbar with which it can be and Relaying Equipment.’’ used. UL MARK WT circuit breakers are marked ‘‘-30 to +50°C (-22°F to +122°F)’’ or ‘‘-40°C The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F).’’ by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and A WT circuit breaker that includes an accessory device, whether attached Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the to the circuit breaker by the manufacturer of the circuit breaker or by others, UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- is marked to indicate the presence of that accessory. fier(s), and a file number. Where the accessory is a shunt trip device that is suitable for operation Alternate UL Mark with ground-fault sensing and relaying equipment, such suitability is indi- UL MARK cated in the marking of the circuit breaker. The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by A WT circuit-breaker frame is marked with the interrupting ratings for the UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- intended interchangeable trip units. vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- A WT circuit-breaker trip unit is marked with the circuit-breaker frame for trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word which it is intended. a control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit Breaker with LISTED, ′′ ′′ PRODUCT IDENTITY Equipment Ground Fault Protection’’ (or ‘‘C.B. W/EQ.GFP’’). One of the following product identities appears on the product: ************************* Wind Turbine Circuit Breaker UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Wind Turbine Circuit-breaker Frame assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Wind Turbine Circuit-breaker Trip Unit any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, The words ‘‘Wind Turbine’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘WT.’’ The words ‘‘Circuit expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Breaker’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Cir. Bkr.’’ or ‘‘C.B.’’ out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this RELATED PRODUCTS Guide Information. See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH GROUND-FAULT Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). REQUIREMENTS CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER AND The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are COMBINATION-TYPE ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT contained in UL 489C, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Molded-Cases Switches for Use with Wind Turbines.’’ INTERRUPTER PROTECTION (DIYG) UL MARK USE AND INSTALLATION The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided This category covers circuit breakers incorporating ground-fault circuit by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and interrupter (GFCI) and combination-type arc-fault circuit interrupter (AFCI) Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the protection designed to provide overcurrent protection, protection against UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- shock hazard, and protection of the branch-circuit wiring, feeder wiring, or fier(s), and a file number. both, and cord sets and power-supply cords connected to receptacles against ************************* the unwanted effects of arcing. They are intended for use where both GFCI UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not and combination-type AFCI protection is required by ANSI/NFPA 70, assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, These devices provide Class A ground-fault circuit interrupter protection expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising and are intended to be installed only on grounded 60 Hz alternating-current out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this systems where Class A GFCI protection is required in accordance with the Guide Information. NEC. These devices are intended to be installed in new or existing service CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH EQUIPMENT equipment, panelboards, and the like. GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION (DIYA) A two-wire device is not suitable for use in a multiwire branch circuit as defined in the NEC. USE AND INSTALLATION Some devices rated 120/240 V do not have a load neutral wire connector This category covers combination circuit breaker and equipment ground- and are intended for use with 208 V or 240 V loads only. fault protective devices designed to serve the dual function of providing Devices not marked ‘‘Line’’ and ‘‘Load’’ are suitable for operation with a overcurrent protection, and ground-fault protection for equipment, as supply source connected to either side. required by Articles 426 and 427 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical PRODUCT IDENTITY Code’’ (NEC). One of the following product identities appears on the product, located A circuit breaker and equipment ground-fault device is intended to be where visible with a dead-front removed, while the device is installed: installed only on grounded alternating-current systems in accordance with CB/GFCI/Combination AFCI the NEC. Circuit Breaker/Ground-fault Circuit Interrupter/Combination Arc- (1) These devices are intended to be installed in new or existing panel- fault Circuit Interrupter boards or the like. RELATED PRODUCTS (2) The equipment ground-fault protection trip level is marked on the For AFCI protection provided by a combination-type AFCI, see Arc-fault devices. Circuit Interrupters, Combination Type (AWAH). (3) These devices are suitable for use on systems where the voltage does ADDITIONAL INFORMATION not exceed the rating on the device. For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR), Arc-fault Circuit (4) A two-wire device is not suitable for use in a multiwire branch circuit Interrupters (AVYI) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations as defined in the NEC. (AALZ). (5) These devices are marked so that they can be distinguished from a cir- REQUIREMENTS cuit breaker and ground-fault circuit interrupter. The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are (6) These devices may have any voltage rating that is acceptable for a cir- ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and cuit breaker. Circuit-Breaker Enclosures,’’ ANSI/UL 943, ‘‘Ground-Fault Circuit- PRODUCT IDENTITY Interrupters,’’ and ANSI/UL 1699, ‘‘Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters.’’ One of the following product identities appears on the product: UL MARK C.B. W/EQ.GFP The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Circuit Breaker with Equipment Ground Fault Protection by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and RELATED PRODUCTS LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

125 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) 125 Circuit Breakers with Ground-fault Circuit Interrupter and CIRCUIT BREAKER AND GROUND-FAULT Combination-type Arc-fault Circuit Interrupter Protection CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (DKUY) Continued (DIYG)− USE AND INSTALLATION This category covers combination circuit breaker and ground-fault circuit Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the interrupter devices designed to serve the dual function of providing over- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- current protection, and protection against shock hazard, as required by tifier(s), and a file number. ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). ************************* A circuit breaker and ground-fault circuit interrupter is intended to be UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does installed only on grounded 60 Hz alternating-current systems in accor- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- dance with the NEC. turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for These devices are intended to be installed in new or existing service any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- equipment, panelboards, and the like. ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- These devices are categorized by a lettered Class designation, such as ance upon this Guide Information. Class A, to ensure proper coordination with certain utilization equipment, such as underwater swimming pool fixtures. A two-wire device is not suitable for use in a multiwire branch circuit as FUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DIYV) defined in the NEC. USE AND INSTALLATION Some devices rated 120/240 V do not have a load neutral wire connector PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE This category covers fused circuit breakers designed to provide service- and are intended for use with 208 V or 240 V loads only. entrance, feeder or branch-circuit protection in accordance with ANSI/ PRODUCT IDENTITY NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ They are rated 600 V or less. One of the following product identities appears on the product: These fused circuit breakers are intended for use with certified enclo- C.B./GFCI sures, or as part of other certified equipment, or without enclosures where Circuit Breaker and Ground-fault Circuit Interrupter applicable. RELATED PRODUCTS Fused circuit breakers include all the mechanical features of molded-case See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures circuit breakers and, in addition, have one or more replaceable current (DIVQ). limiters or fuses that function to increase the fault-current interrupting ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ability. They are intended to be used in the same manner as other circuit For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical breakers when installed at the service and as branch-circuit protection and Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). are intended to be mounted in certified enclosures. Fused circuit breakers REQUIREMENTS are identified with respect to their performance characteristics as either The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are Type 1 or Type 2. ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Type 1 fused circuit breakers meet all performance requirements of Circuit-Breaker Enclosures,’’ and ANSI/UL 943, ‘‘Ground-Fault Circuit- molded-case circuit breakers. The fuse, fuses, or replaceable current limit- Interrupters.’’ ers function only to extend the fault-current interrupting rating beyond UL MARK the short-circuit test requirement applicable. Type 1 devices are limited to The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- constructions that are designed to accommodate and coordinate with fuses vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and or replaceable current limiters having high interrupting-capacity ratings. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Type 2 fused circuit breakers use a fuse, fuses or current limiters so UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- coordinated that they function at currents below those specified in short- tifier(s), and a file number. circuit test requirements. Except for this feature of short-circuit operation, Alternate UL Mark Type 2 fused circuit breakers meet all requirements applicable to molded- UL MARK case circuit breakers and, in addition, are required to clear circuits up to The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by and including 25 times their amp rating, and circuits of 1000 A or less UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up regardless of amp rating, without causing operation of the fuse, fuses or Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as current limiters that are a part of the device. Type 2 devices are limited to illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word constructions designed to accommodate and coordinate with fuses having a control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit Breaker and LISTED, ′′ ′′ high interrupting-capacity ratings. Ground-fault Circuit Interrupter’’ (or ‘‘C.B./GFCI’’). PRODUCT IDENTITY ************************* One of the following product identities appears on the product: UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Fused Circuit Breaker not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Fused Circuit-breaker Frame turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for RELATED PRODUCTS any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- (DIVQ). ance upon this Guide Information. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical COMMERCIAL OFF-THE-SHELF MOLDED- Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR USE ON REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is NON-NUCLEAR U.S. NAVAL COMBATANT ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and SHIPS (DKWA) Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.’’ UL MARK GENERAL The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- This category covers U.S. Naval commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) three- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and and four-pole molded-case circuit breakers intended for use aboard non- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the nuclear U.S. Naval combatant ships in electrical assemblies (switchboards UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- and load centers) installed on shock isolators (mounts). tifier(s), and a file number. COTS circuit breakers are rated 480 V ac, 60 Hz, and/or 250 V dc. Alternate UL Mark Unless otherwise marked, COTS circuit breakers are not intended to be UL MARK loaded to exceed 80% of the current rating. The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by COTS circuit breakers and accessories are intended for use in an ambient UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up temperature of 50°C. Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as COTS circuit breakers may be mounted in any position unless marked to illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word indicate otherwise. If, however, the circuit breaker is mounted so that the LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Fused Circuit ′′ handle is operated vertically rather than rotationally or horizontally, the Breaker’’ or ‘‘Fused Circuit Breaker Frame.’’ up position of the handle should be in the ‘‘on’’ position. ************************* COTS circuit breakers that have an interrupting rating higher than 5000 UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does A are marked to indicate the higher rating(s). not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- The interrupting rating on a COTS circuit breaker included in a piece of turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for equipment does not automatically qualify the equipment in which the cir- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- cuit breaker is installed for use on circuits with higher available currents ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- than the rating of the equipment itself. ance upon this Guide Information. PRODUCT MARKINGS LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

126 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) CIRCUIT BREAKERS (DHJR) 126 Commercial Off-the-Shelf Molded-case Circuit-breaker Commercial Off-the-Shelf Molded-case Circuit Breakers for Use on Non-Nuclear U.S. Naval Combatant Ships Accessories for Use on Non-Nuclear U.S. Naval Combatant Continued Continued Ships (DKWE)− (DKWA)− 1. the manufacturer’s name and type designation, electrical ratings, and COTS circuit breakers are marked with: 1. the manufacturer’s name and type designation, voltage rating, ampere additional ratings at each voltage as necessary (also see GENERAL rating, interrupting current rating at each voltage as necessary, and above), above), open/closed (on/off) (also see GENERAL 2. ‘‘US Naval COTS’’ and ‘‘UL 489D,’’ and 2. ‘‘50°C’’ and ‘‘60 Hz,’’ 3. the specific U.S. Naval COTS circuit breakers and/or circuit-breaker 3. the shock fragility rating in g’s, frames for which the accessories are intended to be used. 4. the type of solder used (leaded or lead-free), Where the accessory is a shunt trip device suitable for operation with 5. the interrupting ratings for the intended interchangeable trip units, ground-fault sensing and relaying equipment, such suitability is indicated in 6. the circuit-breaker frame for which it is intended to be used, and the marking as well as the rated tripping current and time if greater than 7. ‘‘US Naval COTS’’ and ‘‘UL 489D.’’ 0.25 sec. This marking appears on the accessory or on the installation COTS circuit breakers are also marked with the applicable wire range, instructions provided with the accessory. type, and stranding if different from building wire, and torque ratings for PRODUCT IDENTITY the pressure-wire terminations. For the wire type, the following abbrevia- One of the following product identities appears on the product: tions are used: copper (Cu), solid (sol), stranded (str). A COTS circuit Auxiliary Switch breaker may, instead, be marked with the minimum size busbar with which Drawout Cassette it can be used. Motor Operator If pressure-terminal connectors are not provided on a COTS circuit Plug-in Mounting Adapter Base breaker as shipped, the circuit breaker is marked stating which pressure- Plug-in Mounting Adapter Block terminal connectors or component terminal kits are acceptable for use with Shunt Trip Release Device the circuit breaker or circuit-breaker frame. U.S. Naval Commercial Off-the-Shelf Circuit-breaker Accessory A COTS circuit breaker that includes an accessory device, whether Undervoltage Trip Release Device attached to the circuit breaker by the manufacturer of the circuit breaker or The words ‘‘Commercial Off-the-Shelf’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘COTS.’’ by others, is marked to indicate the presence of that accessory. The words ‘‘Circuit-breaker’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Cir. Bkr.,’’ ‘‘C.B.’’ or Where the accessory is a shunt trip device that is suitable for operation ‘‘CB.’’ with ground-fault sensing and relaying equipment, such suitability is indi- RELATED PRODUCTS cated in the marking of the circuit breaker. See Commercial Off-the-Shelf Molded-case Circuit Breakers for Use on PRODUCT IDENTITY Non-Nuclear U.S. Naval Combatant Ships (DKWA) and Circuit-breaker One of the following product identities appears on the product: Accessories (DIHS). U.S. Naval Commercial Off-the-Shelf Circuit Breaker ADDITIONAL INFORMATION U.S. Naval Commercial Off-the-Shelf Circuit-breaker Frame For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical U.S. Naval Commercial Off-the-Shelf Circuit-breaker Trip Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). The words ‘‘Commercial Off-the-Shelf’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘COTS.’’ REQUIREMENTS The words ‘‘Circuit Breaker’’ and ‘‘Circuit-breaker’’ may be abbreviated The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are ‘‘Cir. Bkr.,’’ ‘‘C.B.’’ or ‘‘CB.’’ contained in UL 489D, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for US Naval Commercial- RELATED PRODUCTS Off-the-Shelf (COTS) Designated Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Accesso- See Commercial Off-the-Shelf Molded-case Circuit-breaker Accessories for ries for Use on Non-Nuclear Naval Combatant Ships.’’ Use on Non-Nuclear U.S. Naval Combatant Ships (DKWE) and Circuit UL MARK Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures (DIVQ). The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL For additional information, see Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Electrical to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, REQUIREMENTS the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are file number. contained in UL 489D, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for US Naval Commercial- ************************* Off-the-Shelf (COTS) Designated Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Accesso- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not ries for Use on Non-Nuclear Naval Combatant Ships.’’ assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or UL MARK any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Guide Information. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- fier(s), and a file number. ************************* UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR USE IN any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (DKAR) out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this This category covers circuit breakers which, unless otherwise noted, are of Guide Information. the manually operable, air-break type, providing automatic overcurrent pro- tection. COMMERCIAL OFF-THE-SHELF MOLDED- These circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures are intended for use CASE CIRCUIT-BREAKER ACCESSORIES with copper conductors unless marked to indicate which terminals are suit- able for use with aluminum conductors. Such markings are independent of FOR USE ON NON-NUCLEAR U.S. NAVAL any marking on terminal conductors and are on a wiring diagram or other COMBATANT SHIPS (DKWE) readily visible location. Unless the device is marked to indicate otherwise, the wiring space and GENERAL current-carrying capacity are based on the use of Type R, or other 60°C This category covers U.S. Naval commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) circuit- wire, in circuits rated 100 A or less, and the use of Type RH, or other 75°C breaker accessories intended for use with U.S. Naval COTS circuit breakers. wire, for higher-amp-rated circuits. These COTS accessories are undervoltage trip release devices, shunt trip A suitable marking is required in a circuit-breaker enclosure, whether or release devices, electrical (motor) operators, auxiliary switches, plug-in not terminals are mounted therein, if it is intended that the breaker to be mounting adapter blocks/bases, and drawout cassettes intended for factory mounted therein is intended to be used with aluminum wire. or field installation for use only with specific COTS circuit breakers and/or ************************* circuit-breaker frames. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Recommended ratings for COTS circuit-breaker accessories are 120 V and assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or 480 V ac and/or 125 V dc. any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, COTS circuit-breaker accessories are intended for use in an ambient tem- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising perature of 50°C. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this PRODUCT MARKINGS Guide Information. COTS circuit-breaker accessories are marked with: LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

127 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR USE IN ZONE CLASSIFIED LOCATIONS (DKAR) HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (DKPA) 127 Branch Circuit and Service Circuit Breakers for Use in Zone BRANCH CIRCUIT AND SERVICE CIRCUIT Continued Classified Hazardous Locations (DKPN)− BREAKERS FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (DKNZ) increased safety ‘‘e’’ terminals for mounting within increased safety ‘‘e’’ enclosures or panelboards, or as part of other certified equipment having a USE type of protection suitable for the intended location. Increased-safety ter- This category covers enclosed circuit breakers and circuit-breaker enclo- minals are intended for termination of copper conductors only. sures designed to provide service-entrance, feeder or branch-circuit protec- PRODUCT IDENTITY tion in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ These One of the following product identities appears on the product: circuit breakers are designed to carry rated current at ambient tempera- Branch Circuit Breaker for Use in Hazardous Locations tures of 40°C or less and are marked ‘‘40C.’’ Service Circuit Breaker for Use in Hazardous Locations Circuit-breaker enclosures are intended for use only with certified Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- mechanisms specified in the enclosure markings. cations. PRODUCT IDENTITY RELATED PRODUCTS One of the following product identities appears on the product: See Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Ground-fault Circuit Interrupters Circuit Breaker for Use in Hazardous Locations (DKUY). Circuit-breaker Enclosure for Use in Hazardous Locations ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The words ‘‘Circuit Breaker’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘C.B.’’ For additional information, see Circuit Breakers for Use in Zone Classi- The words ‘‘Hazardous Locations’’ may be abbreviated ‘‘Haz. Loc.’’ fied Hazardous Locations (DKPA) and Equipment for Use in and Relating RELATED PRODUCTS PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). See Circuit Breakers (DHJR) and Ground-fault Circuit Interrupters REQUIREMENTS (DKUY). The basic unclassified locations standards used to investigate products in ADDITIONAL INFORMATION this category are ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded- For additional information, see Circuit Breakers for Use in Hazardous Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures,’’ and ANSI/UL 508, Locations (DKAR) and Equipment for Use in and Relating to Class I, II ‘‘Industrial Control Equipment.’’ and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate REQUIREMENTS products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and The basic unclassified locations standards used to investigate products in Relating to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). this category are ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded- UL MARK Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures,’’ and ANSI/UL 508, The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ‘‘Industrial Control Equipment.’’ vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations tifier(s), and a file number. (AAIZ). Alternate UL Mark UL MARK UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word tifier(s), and a file number. a control number, and the product name ‘‘Branch Circuit ′′ LISTED, ′′ Alternate UL Mark Breaker for Use in Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘Service Circuit Breaker for UL MARK Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ or other appropriate product name as The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by shown in the individual Listings. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up ************************* Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit Breaker for turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘Circuit Breaker Enclosure for Hazardous Loca- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- tions.’’ ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ************************* ance upon this Guide Information. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND METAL- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. CLAD SWITCHGEAR OVER 1000 VOLTS (DLAH) GENERAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR USE IN This category covers indoor medium-voltage ac power circuit breakers rated over 1000 V and the metal-clad switchgear in which they are ZONE CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS intended to be installed. The term ‘‘indoor’’ does not preclude the use of LOCATIONS (DKPA) these circuit breakers in outdoor enclosures, but rather defines the class of equipment. These circuit breakers are specifically intended to provide This category covers circuit breakers of the manually operable, air-break service-entrance, feeder or branch-circuit overcurrent protection, serve as a type, providing automatic overcurrent protection. ANSI/NFPA 70, disconnecting means, or both. These devices are intended for installation ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ does not permit the use of aluminum field in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electri- wiring conductors on increased safety ‘‘e’’ terminations. These circuit cal Code.’’ breakers and circuit breaker enclosures are intended for use only with CIRCUIT BREAKERS copper conductors. The circuit breakers are three-pole devices of the draw-out type, are trip- free and may be air break, vacuum-type or devices employing other insu- BRANCH CIRCUIT AND SERVICE CIRCUIT lation medium. Circuit-breaker Ratings BREAKERS FOR USE IN ZONE CLASSIFIED Each circuit breaker is provided with a marking that indicates the volt- HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (DKPN) age and current ratings for both the close and trip coils. This marking also contains a ‘‘close-and-latch’’ rating in kiloamperes that is equivalent to the USE momentary rating (maximum asymmetrical current rating) of the circuit This category covers enclosed circuit breakers and circuit-breaker enclo- breaker. This rating is expressed in rms asymmetrical amperes. Circuit sures designed to provide service-entrance, feeder or branch-circuit protec- breakers have a rated maximum voltage of 4.76, 8.25, 15, 27 or 38 kV with tion in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ These continuous current ratings of 1200, 2000 or 3000 A. circuit breakers are designed to carry rated current at ambient temperature Circuit breakers are marked with an interrupting rating ‘‘I’’ in rms sym- of 40°C or less and are marked ‘‘40C.’’ metrical amperes that is applicable at the maximum rated voltage. Circuit These circuit breakers are open type and intended to operate within breakers using the rating structure of ANSI C37.06 (1987), ‘‘AC High- flameproof enclosures, or enclosed flameproof circuit breakers having LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

128 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR OVER OVER 1000 VOLTS (DLAH) 1000 VOLTS (DLAH) 128 Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis – Preferred ENCLOSURES Ratings and Related Required Capabilities,’’ are also provided with a ‘‘K’’ An enclosure investigated to determine that it is rainproof is marked factor for determining the interrupting rating at a use voltage lower than ‘‘Rainproof,’’ ‘‘Outdoor’’ or ‘‘3R.’’ Enclosures may be either nonventilated or the maximum rated voltage. The circuit breaker may interrupt a current ventilated. Enclosures are marked to indicate the exposure category (A, B or greater than ‘‘I’’ by a factor up to the value of ‘‘K,’’ at a voltage reduced C) for which they are intended. Enclosures marked ‘‘Category A’’ are from the maximum rated voltage, ‘‘V max’’ by the same factor, or at a lower intended to be installed in areas accessible to the unsupervised general pub- voltage, as depicted in Illustration 1. Circuit breakers using the rating struc- lic; enclosures marked ‘‘Category B’’ are intended to be installed in areas ture of ANSI C37.06 (1997) or later do not have a ‘‘K’’ factor, or are marked accessible to authorized personnel only; enclosures marked ‘‘Category C’’ with a ‘‘K’’ factor of 1.0. are intended to be installed in areas accessible to qualified personnel only. The environmental and exposure category marking need only appear on the first (incoming) switchgear vertical section of a line-up. ARC-RESISTANT SWITCHGEAR Metal-clad switchgear specially designed to provide some degree of pro- tection to an operator, or other personnel in the vicinity of the equipment, from the effects of an internal arc occurring in atmospheric air within the enclosure when the doors and covers are secured as intended may addition- ally be certified as arc-resistant switchgear. Arc-resistant switchgear may be designed to vent overpressure gases either into the surrounding area or through an exhaust duct outside of the building. Where overpressure gases are vented in the surrounding areas, the arc- resistant switchgear has been investigated for installation in buildings that have sufficient overhead space and minimum distance from adjacent walls to permit venting without reflecting arc products, as specified in the instal- lation instructions provided by the manufacturer. When provided with an exhaust duct, overhead space and minimum dis- Unless specifically marked otherwise, these circuit breakers are intended tance from adjacent walls are not specified. Exhaust ducts provided in the for use on three-phase circuits where the nominal voltage-to-ground is 0.58 installation are intended to be as specified in the installation instructions times the line-to-line voltage. provided by the manufacturer. Generator Circuit Breakers Arc-resistant switchgear is marked with an Accessibility Type designation Generator circuit breakers are rated on a symmetrical current basis and based upon the construction and the standard to which the switchgear is intended for installation in metal-clad switchgear between the generator and investigated. the transformer terminals. They are intended for use with generators and When investigated in accordance with EEMAC G14-1 (1987), ‘‘Procedure transformers rated between 10 and 100 MVA. for Testing the Resistance of Metal Clad Switchgear Under Conditions of Generator circuit breakers are marked with: Arcing Due to an Internal Fault,’’ the Accessibility Types may be A, B or C. Manufacturer’s name, type designation and serial number Type A designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the Year of manufacture front only. Rated frequency designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the Type B Continuous current front, sides and rear. None of these Type designations imply that the Maximum voltage equipment maintains its intended degree of protection when operated Full wave impulse withstand voltage with any door or cover, including low-voltage control or instrument Short-circuit duty cycle compartment doors or covers open. Short-circuit current Type C designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the DC component (in percentage of peak value of the rated short-circuit front, sides and rear, and between compartments within the same cell current) or adjacent cells. In Type C equipment, a fault in a main busbar com- Close, latch and carry current partment may propagate into the main busbar compartments of adja- Short-time current cent feeder cells. Out-of-phase current When investigated in accordance with IEEE C37.20.7 (2001), ‘‘Guide for Interruption time Testing Medium-Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR Faults,’’ or IEEE C37.20.7 (2007), ‘‘Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switch- Metal-clad switchgear may consist of one or two compartments in a verti- gear Rated Up to 38 kV for Internal Arcing Faults,’’ the Accessibility Types cal section. A compartment may be intended to house a circuit breaker, or it may be 1, 1B, 1C, 1D-SR, 1D-SL, 1D-R, 2, 2B or 2C. may be designated an auxiliary compartment. An auxiliary compartment designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the front Type 1 may typically contain potential transformers, control gear, protective relays only. and the like. Vertical sections may consist of a single freestanding section or Type 1B designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the they may consist of a number of abutting vertical sections intended for front, and the low-voltage control or instrument compartment(s). interconnection by a horizontal bus. When provided with a horizontal bus, Types 1D-SR, 1D-SL, 1D-R designate switchgear with arc-resistant con- each section is marked with the ampacity of the horizontal bus in amps. struction in the front; and at the right side (SR), left side (SL) or the Each vertical section of a line up of abutting vertical sections is provided rear (R), respectively. with a ‘‘_____ of _____’’ marking, where the second blank indicates the total designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the Type 1C number of vertical sections provided (including sections not bearing the UL front, and between compartments within the same cell or adjacent cells. Mark) and the first blank indicates the position (from left to right) of the In Type 1C equipment, a fault in a main busbar compartment may vertical section bearing the UL Mark. propagate into the main busbar compartments of adjacent feeder cells. A section, with only horizontal bus or with no installed equipment, may Type 2 designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the be provided. This section is identified as an enclosure and is numbered as front, sides and rear. part of a line-up. designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the Type 2B Current sensors are factory installed and may be mounted on the circuit front, sides, rear and the low-voltage control or instrument compart- breaker or on the line or load bus within the metal-clad switchgear. The out- ment(s). put of these current sensors is connected to either protective relays or simi- designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the Type 2C lar sensing and relaying equipment that is typically located on the door of front, sides and rear, and between compartments within the same cell the circuit-breaker compartment or in an auxiliary compartment. or adjacent cells. In Type 2C equipment, a fault in a main busbar com- Metal-clad Switchgear Ratings partment may propagate into the main busbar compartments of adja- Metal-clad switchgear assemblies are marked with the following ratings: cent feeder cells. maximum voltage, frequency, insulating level, continuous current, short- PRODUCT IDENTITY time current and momentary current. This marking appears on each vertical One of the following product identities appears on the product: section bearing the UL Mark. Ground and Test Device GROUND AND TEST DEVICES Medium-voltage AC Power Circuit Breaker A ground and test device is a switchgear accessory device that can be Metal-clad Switchgear inserted in place of a draw-out circuit breaker for the purpose of (1) Metal-clad Switchgear Enclosure grounding the main bus and/or external circuits connected to the switch- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION gear assembly and/or (2) primary circuit testing. For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary A ground and test device is marked with the manufacturer’s name, a type Locations (AALZ). designation, electrical ratings, primary disconnecting devices compartment REQUIREMENTS compatibility and an instruction manual number. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

129 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR OVER CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR 1000 VOLTS (DLAH) OVER 1000 VOLTS (DLAH) 129 The basic standards used to investigate circuit breakers and metal-clad The Classification Mark appears on the front of each vertical section eli- gible for Classification. The Classification Mark covers only the vertical switchgear in this category are ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2 (1999), ‘‘Metal-Clad section to which it is affixed; it does not cover other vertical sections Switchgear,’’ ANSI/NEMA C37.54 (2002), ‘‘Indoor Alternating Current included in the assembly. High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Applied as Removable Elements in Metal- ************************* Enclosed Switchgear – Conformance Test Procedures,’’ and ANSI/NEMA UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does C37.55 (2002), ‘‘Switchgear – Medium Voltage Metal-Clad Assemblies – not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Conformance Test Procedures.’’ Circuit breakers investigated prior to 2002 turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for were investigated to ANSI/NEMA C37.54 (1987), ‘‘Switchgear – Indoor any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Alternating-Current High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Applied as Removable ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Elements in Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Assemblies – Conformance Test ance upon this Guide Information. Procedures.’’ The basic standard used to investigate ground and test devices in this CIRCUIT BREAKERS, MEDIUM VOLTAGE, category is ANSI/IEEE C37.20.6 (2007), ‘‘4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Ground CERTIFIED FOR USE IN SPECIFIED and Test Devices Used in Enclosures.’’ The basic standards used to investigate generator circuit breakers in this EQUIPMENT (DLBC) category are ANSI/IEEE C37.013 (1997), ‘‘AC High-Voltage Generator Cir- USE cuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis,’’ and ANSI/IEEE This category covers circuit breakers of current design that have been C37.013A (2007), ‘‘AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a modified to replace obsolete circuit breakers. PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Symmetrical Current Basis – Amendment 1: Supplement for Use with These circuit breakers are intended to be installed in switchgear where the exact replacement is no longer available. Generators Rated 10 – 100 MVA.’’ The ratings on the circuit breaker apply unless the ratings on the host The basic standard used to investigate switchgear certified as ‘‘arc resis- switchgear are lower. In either case the lower rating is applicable. tant’’ is EEMAC G14-1 (1987), ‘‘Procedure for Testing the Resistance of PRODUCT MARKINGS Metal Clad Switchgear Under Conditions of Arcing Due to an Internal In addition to other required markings, the nameplate on the circuit Fault,’’ or IEEE C37.20.7 (2007), ‘‘Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switch- breaker is marked to indicate the type of switchgear for which the circuit gear Rated Up to 38 kV for Internal Arcing Faults.’’ Arc-resistant switch- breaker is designed, including the switchgear manufacturer and type or gear investigated prior to 2007 was investigated to IEEE C37.20.7 (2001), model number. ‘‘Guide for Testing Medium-Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Inter- PRODUCT IDENTITY nal Arcing Faults.’’ The appropriate standard used is indicated in the Cer- The following product identity appears on the product: tification Mark. Medium-voltage Circuit Breaker UL MARK ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- For additional information, see Circuit Breakers and Metal-Clad Switch- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and gear Over 1000 V (DLAH) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Locations (AALZ). UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- REQUIREMENTS tifier(s), and a file number. The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are In an assembly of products, the Certification Mark is applied to each IEEE C37.59 (2007), ‘‘Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear vertical section eligible for certification. The Certification Mark on the Equipment,’’ ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2 (1999), ‘‘Metal-Clad Switch- overall enclosure covers only the vertical section to which it is affixed; it gear,’’ ANSI/NEMA C37.54 (2002), ‘‘For Indoor Alternating Current High- does not cover other vertical sections included in the assembly, or the Voltage Circuit Breakers Applies as Removable Elements in Metal- removable circuit breaker. Enclosed Switchgear – Conformance Test Procedures,’’ and ANSI/NEMA Each vertical section of a line-up of abutting vertical sections is provided C37.55 (2002), ‘‘Switchgear – Medium Voltage Metal-Clad Assemblies – with a ‘‘_____ of _____’’ marking, where the second blank indicates the Conformance Test Procedures.’’ total number of vertical sections (including sections not bearing the Certi- UL MARK fication Mark) and the first blank indicates the position (from left to right) The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- of the vertical section bearing the Certification Mark. vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Additional Certification Markings Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Switchgear investigated as arc resistant is additionally marked with the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- following information: tifier(s), and a file number. ARC-RESISTANT SWITCHGEAR Additional Certification Markings ALSO CERTIFIED TO [standard designation and date] Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the Where the Certification Mark includes reference to arc-resistant switch- following information: gear, the Certification Mark appears on the front of each vertical section FOR USE ONLY IN SWITCHGEAR AS DESIGNATED ON THE eligible for certification. The Certification Mark covers only the vertical NAMEPLATE section to which it is affixed; it does not cover other vertical sections Alternate UL Mark included in the assembly. UL MARK Alternate UL Mark The Classification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as includes the UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and one of the following product names as additional information: appropriate: ‘‘Medium Voltage AC Power Circuit Breaker,’’ ‘‘Metal-clad Switchgear,’’ ‘‘Metal-clad Switchgear Enclosure’’ or ‘‘Ground and Test MEDIUM VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER Device.’’ FOR USE ONLY IN SWITCHGEAR In an assembly of products, the Listing Mark is applied to each vertical AS DESIGNATED ON THE NAMEPLATE section eligible for Listing. The Listing Mark on the overall enclosure cov- Control No. ers only the vertical section to which it is affixed; it does not cover other The nameplate on the circuit breaker shall identify the switchgear for vertical sections included in the assembly, or the removable circuit breaker. which the circuit breaker is designed, including the switchgear manufac- Each vertical section of a line-up of abutting vertical sections is provided turer and type or model number. with a ‘‘_____ of _____’’ marking, where the second blank indicates the ************************* total number of vertical sections (including sections not bearing the UL UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Mark) and the first blank indicates the position (from left to right) of the not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- vertical section bearing the UL Mark. turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Classification Mark for Arc-resistant Switchgear any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- The Classification Mark of UL on switchgear investigated as arc resistant ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured ance upon this Guide Information. under its Classification and Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark CIRCUIT-BREAKER SWITCHGEAR, METAL consists of the appropriate Listing Mark noted above and the following additional information: ENCLOSED, OVER 1000 VOLTS (DLBK) ARC-RESISTANT SWITCHGEAR GENERAL ALSO CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH This category covers indoor medium-voltage ac power circuit breakers [standard designation and date] rated over 1000 V and the metal-enclosed switchgear in which they are LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

130 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR OVER OVER 1000 VOLTS (DLAH) 1000 VOLTS (DLAH) 130 Circuit-breaker Switchgear, Metal Enclosed, Over 1000 Volts Circuit-breaker Switchgear, Metal Enclosed, Over 1000 Volts (DLBK)− Continued Continued (DLBK)− to permit venting without reflecting arc products, as specified in the instal- installed. The term ‘‘indoor’’ does not preclude the use of these circuit breakers in outdoor enclosures, but rather defines the class of equipment. lation instructions provided by the manufacturer. When provided with an exhaust duct, overhead space and minimum dis- These circuit breakers are specifically intended to provide overcurrent pro- tection. The circuit breakers are supplemented by a series-connected switch tance from adjacent walls are not specified. Exhaust ducts provided in the installation are intended to be as specified in the installation instructions that can ground the load circuit and serves as a disconnecting means. provided by the manufacturer. This equipment is intended for installation in accordance with ANSI/ Arc-resistant switchgear is marked with an Accessibility Type designation NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ CIRCUIT BREAKERS based upon the construction and the standard to which the switchgear is investigated. The circuit breakers are three-pole devices of the stationary or drawout type, are trip-free and may be either gas insulated or vacuum-type devices. When investigated in accordance with IEEE C37.20.7 (2001), ‘‘Guide for Circuit-breaker Ratings Testing Medium-Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing Each circuit breaker section is provided with a marking that indicates the Faults,’’ or IEEE C37.20.7 (2007), ‘‘Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switch- voltage and current ratings. This marking also contains a ‘‘close-and-latch’’ gear Rated Up to 38 kV for Internal Arcing Faults,’’ the Accessibility Types rating in kiloamperes that is equivalent to the momentary rating (maximum may be 1, 1B, 1C, 1D-SR, 1D-SL, 1D-R, 2, 2B or 2C. designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the front asymmetrical current rating) of the circuit breaker. This rating is expressed Type 1 only. in rms asymmetrical amps. Circuit breakers may be rated up to 38 kV and designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the Type 1B 3150 A. front, and the low-voltage control or instrument compartment(s). Circuit breakers are marked with an interrupting rating ‘‘I’’ in rms sym- metrical amps that is applicable at the maximum rated voltage. Circuit Types 1D-SR, 1D-SL, 1D-R designate switchgear with arc-resistant con- struction in the front; and at the right side (SR), left side (SL) or the breakers using the rating structure of ANSI/IEEE C37.06 (1987), ‘‘AC High- rear (R), respectively. Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Preferred Type 1C designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the Ratings and Related Required Capabilities,’’ are also provided with a ‘‘K’’ front, and between compartments within the same cell or adjacent cells. factor for determining the interrupting rating at a use voltage lower than In Type 1C equipment, a fault in a main busbar compartment may the maximum rated voltage. When there is a marked ‘‘K’’ factor, the circuit propagate into the main busbar compartments of adjacent feeder cells. breaker may interrupt a current greater than ‘‘I’’ by a factor up to the value Type 2 designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the of ‘‘K,’’ at a voltage reduced from the maximum rated voltage, ‘‘V max,’’ by front, sides and rear. the same factor, or at a lower voltage. Circuit breakers using the rating designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the Type 2B structure of ANSI/IEEE C37.06 (1995) or later do not have a ‘‘K’’ factor rat- front, sides, rear and the low-voltage control or instrument compart- ing, or are marked with a ‘‘K’’ factor of 1.0. ment(s). Unless specifically marked otherwise, these circuit breakers are intended Type 2C designates switchgear with arc-resistant construction at the for use on three-phase circuits where the nominal voltage-to-ground is 0.58 front, sides and rear, and between compartments within the same cell times the line-to-line voltage. or adjacent cells. In Type 2C equipment, a fault in a main busbar com- METAL-ENCLOSED SWITCHGEAR partment may propagate into the main busbar compartments of adja- Metal-enclosed switchgear may consist of one or more vertical sections. cent feeder cells. Vertical sections may consist of a single freestanding section, or they may PRODUCT IDENTITY consist of a number of abutting vertical sections intended for interconnec- The following product identity appears on the product: tion by a horizontal bus. A vertical section may be intended to house a cir- Metal-enclosed Circuit-breaker Switchgear cuit breaker and switch or other attendant equipment, or it may be desig- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION nated an auxiliary section. An auxiliary section may typically contain For additional information, see Circuit Breakers and Metal-clad Switchgear potential transformers, control gear, protective relays and the like. When Over 1000 Volts (DLAH) and Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Loca- provided with a horizontal bus, each section is marked with the ampacity of tions (AALZ). the horizontal bus in amps. Each vertical section of a line-up of abutting REQUIREMENTS vertical sections is provided with a ‘‘_____ of _____’’ marking where the sec- The basic standards used to investigate circuit breakers and metal- ond blank indicates the total number of vertical sections provided (includ- enclosed switchgear in this category are ANSI/IEEE C37.20.3 (2001), ‘‘IEEE ing sections not bearing the UL Mark) and the first blank indicates the posi- Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear,’’ ANSI/NEMA C37.57 tion (from left to right) of the vertical section bearing the UL Mark. (2003), ‘‘Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear Assemblies – Conformance A section, with only horizontal bus or with no installed equipment, may Testing,’’ and ANSI/NEMA C37.54 (2002), ‘‘Indoor Alternating-Current be provided. This section is identified and is numbered as part of a line-up. High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Applied as Removable Elements in Metal- Current sensors are factory installed. The output of these current sensors Clad Switchgear Assemblies – Conformance Test Procedures.’’ is connected to either protective relays or similar sensing and relaying The basic standard used to investigate switchgear certified as ‘‘arc resis- equipment that is typically located on the door of the section, in the front tant’’ is IEEE C37.20.7 (2007), ‘‘Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear compartment of a section, or in an auxiliary compartment. Rated Up to 38 kV for Internal Arcing Faults.’’ Arc-resistant switchgear Metal-enclosed Switchgear Ratings investigated prior to 2007 was investigated to IEEE C37.20.7 (2001), ‘‘Guide Metal-enclosed switchgear assemblies are marked with the following rat- for Testing Medium-Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing ings: maximum voltage, frequency, insulating level, continuous current, Faults.’’ The appropriate standard used is indicated in the Certification short-time current and momentary current. This marking appears on each Mark. vertical section bearing the UL Certification Mark. UL MARK ENCLOSURES The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided An enclosure investigated to determine that it is rainproof is marked by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ‘‘Rainproof,’’ ‘‘Outdoor’’ or ‘‘3R.’’ Enclosures may be either nonventilated or Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ventilated. Enclosures are marked to indicate the exposure Category (A, B UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- or C) for which they are intended. Enclosures marked ‘‘Category A’’ are fier(s), and a file number. intended to be installed in areas accessible to the unsupervised general pub- In an assembly of products, the Certification Mark is applied to each verti- lic; enclosures marked ‘‘Category B’’ are intended to be installed in areas cal section eligible for certification. The Certification Mark covers only the accessible to authorized personnel only; enclosures marked ‘‘Category C’’ sections included in the assembly. are intended to be installed in areas accessible to qualified personnel only. The Certification Mark for each vertical section of a line-up of abutting The environmental and exposure category marking need only appear on the vertical sections is provided with a ‘‘_____ of _____’’ marking, where the first (incoming) switchgear vertical section of a line-up. second blank indicates the total number of vertical sections (including sec- ARC-RESISTANT SWITCHGEAR tions not bearing the Certification Mark) and the first blank indicates the Metal-enclosed switchgear specially designed to provide some degree of position (from left to right) of the vertical section bearing the Certification protection to an operator, or other personnel in the vicinity of the equip- Mark. Only those sections bearing the Certification Mark are covered under ment, from the effects of an internal arc occurring in atmospheric air within UL’s Follow-Up Service. the enclosure when the doors and covers are secured as intended may addi- Additional Certification Markings tionally be certified as arc-resistant switchgear. Switchgear investigated as arc resistant is additionally marked with the Arc-resistant switchgear may be designed to vent overpressure gases following information: either into the surrounding area or through an exhaust duct outside of the ARC-RESISTANT SWITCHGEAR building. ALSO CERTIFIED TO [standard designation and date] Where overpressure gases are vented in the surrounding areas, the arc- Where the Certification Mark includes reference to arc-resistant switchgear, resistant switchgear has been investigated for installation in buildings that the Certification Mark appears on the front of each vertical section eligible have sufficient overhead space and minimum distance from adjacent walls LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

131 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR CIRCUIT PROTECTORS (DLBX) OVER 1000 VOLTS (DLAH) 131 Circuit-breaker Switchgear, Metal Enclosed, Over 1000 Volts turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- (DLBK)− Continued ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. for certification. The Certification Mark covers only the vertical section to which it is affixed; it does not cover other vertical sections included in the assembly. CLASS 2 AND COMMUNICATION Alternate UL Mark The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as (DLPV) illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word USE ′′ LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Metal-enclosed Cir- ′′ This category covers cable management systems consisting of extruded cuit Breaker Switchgear.’’ channels and related fittings for the routing of Class 2 and communication In an assembly of products, the Listing Mark is applied to each vertical circuits. section eligible for Listing. The Listing Mark covers only the sections These products are not intended for applications that require the use of included in the assembly. a raceway in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ The UL Mark for each vertical section of a line-up of abutting vertical These products are not intended for use in environmental air spaces, ple- sections is provided with a ‘‘_____ of _____’’ marking where the second nums, risers or any concealed use. blank indicates the total number of vertical sections (including sections not PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE PRODUCT MARKINGS bearing the UL Mark) and the first blank indicates the position (from left The number, type and size of cable which may be installed in the certi- to right) of the vertical section bearing the UL Mark. Only those sections fied system is marked on the lengths of extruded channel, on the installa- bearing the UL Mark are covered under UL’s Follow-Up Service. tion instruction sheet or on the package in which it is shipped. Each Classification Mark for Arc-resistant Switchgear length of extruded channel is marked ‘‘For Class 2 Circuits Only,’’ ‘‘For The Classification Mark of UL on switchgear additionally investigated as Communication Circuits Only,’’ or equivalent wording. arc resistant is the only method provided by UL to identify products PRODUCT IDENTITY manufactured under its Classification and Follow-Up Service. The Classifi- The following product identity appears on the product: cation Mark appears on the front of each vertical section eligible for Clas- Class 2 and Communication Cable Management System sification. The Classification Mark covers only the vertical section to which ADDITIONAL INFORMATION it is affixed; it does not cover other vertical sections included in the assem- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary bly. Locations (AALZ). The Classification Mark consists of the Listing Mark noted above and REQUIREMENTS the following additional information: The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ARC-RESISTANT SWITCHGEAR ANSI/UL 5C, ‘‘Surface Raceways and Fittings for Use with Data, Signal, ALSO CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH and Control Circuits.’’ [standard designation and date] UL MARK ************************* The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- tifier(s), and a file number. ance upon this Guide Information. The Certification Mark is applied to each length of extruded channel cover or base and each fitting or the smallest unit container in which the fitting is packaged. CIRCUIT PROTECTORS (DLBX) Alternate UL Mark USE UL MARK This category covers circuit protectors designed for installation in stan- The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container dard Edison-base fuseholders and intended to provide overcurrent protec- in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to tion for services and branch circuits. Circuit protectors are not provided identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. with manual ‘‘On’’ and ‘‘Off’’ switching means, but are provided with a The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated trip-free manual reset to reclose the circuit after automatic opening as a in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a result of overload or short circuit. control number, and the product name ‘‘Class 2 and Communication Circuit protectors are suitable for use on circuits where the available Cable Management System.’’ fault current does not exceed 5000 A rms symmetrical. The Listing Mark is applied to each length of extruded channel cover or PRODUCT IDENTITY base and each fitting or the smallest unit container in which the fitting is The following product identity appears on the product: packaged. Circuit Protector ************************* RELATED PRODUCTS UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does See Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit-breaker Enclosures not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- (DIVQ). turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for ADDITIONAL INFORMATION any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- Locations (AALZ). ance upon this Guide Information. REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is CLEANING MACHINES (DMDT) ANSI/UL 489, ‘‘Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and This category covers household and commercial dishwashers, motor- Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.’’ operated cleaning machines, electrically-operated high-pressure cleaning UL MARK machines, vacuum cleaning machines and blower cleaners. The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Appliances such as wet-pick-up vacuum cleaners intended to employ vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and water or other solutions with similar characteristics are provided with Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the means for grounding or are double-insulated. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Appliances specified as double insulated are constructed with a special tifier(s), and a file number. insulating system in lieu of grounding to comply with Sections 250.110 Alternate UL Mark and 250.114 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). Such UL MARK appliances are distinctively marked ‘‘Double-Insulated’’ or ‘‘Double Insula- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by tion.’’ UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up In cases where the nature or construction of the equipment is such that Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as precautions beyond the requirements of the NEC must be observed in illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word installation or use, suitable warnings are marked on the equipment. a control number, and the product name ‘‘Circuit Protector.’’ ′′ ′′ LISTED, Those cleaning machines which have been found suitable for installation ************************* outdoors, or with sections exposed outdoors, are so indicated on the UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does equipment. not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

132 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CLEANING MACHINES (DMDT) CLEANING MACHINES (DMDT) 132 Continued The burglary and theft protection features of the coin-operated machines Dishwashers, Commercial (DMGR)− have not been investigated. ************************* These dishwashers are intended to be installed in accordance with ANSI/ UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ and ANSI Z223/NFPA 54, ‘‘National assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Fuel Gas Code.’’ any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Commercial dishwashers are intended for use in commercial establish- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ments, such as kitchens of restaurants, bars and hospitals, where they are out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this not to be accessible to the public. Guide Information. REBUILT PRODUCTS This category also covers commercial dishwashers that are rebuilt by the CLEANING MACHINES, MOTOR OPERATED original manufacturer or another party having the necessary facilities, tech- nical knowledge and manufacturing skills. Rebuilt commercial dishwashers (DMGK) are rebuilt to the extent necessary by disassembly and reassembly using USE new or reconditioned parts. Rebuilt commercial dishwashers are subject to This category covers cleaning machines of the motor-operated type for the same requirements as new commercial dishwashers. household and commercial use. Products employing liquid cleaning agents PRODUCT IDENTITY are intended for use with water-based (nonflammable) cleaners. One of the following product identities appears on the product: REBUILT PRODUCTS Commercial Electric Dishwasher This category also covers motor-operated cleaning machines that are Dishwasher rebuilt by the original manufacturer. Rebuilt motor-operated cleaning Power Wash Sink machines are factory rebuilt to the extent necessary by disassembly and Sideloader reassembly using new or reconditioned component parts. Rebuilt motor- Utensil Washer operating cleaning machines are subject to the same requirements as new Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- motor-operated cleaning machines. tions. FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Refurbished’’ or ‘‘Remanufac- Any health hazards that may be associated with the use of these cleaning tured’’ precedes the product identity. machines, such as removal of pathological, chemical, physical, radioactive, RELATED PRODUCTS or other contaminating agents, have not been investigated. For safety requirements of household dishwashers, see Household Dish- PRODUCT IDENTITY washers (DMIY). One of the following product identities appears on the product: For sanitation requirements of household dishwashers, see Residential Commercial Cartridge-cleaning Workstation Dishwashers (TSXU). Household Rechargeable Floor Sweeper ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Jewelry Cleaner For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Shoe Polisher Locations (AALZ) and Plumbing and Associated Products (AAPP). Ultrasonic Cleaner REQUIREMENTS Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is tions. ANSI/UL 921, ‘‘Commercial Electric Dishwashers.’’ For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Refurbished’’ or ‘‘Remanufac- UL MARK tured’’ precedes the product identity. The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided RELATED PRODUCTS by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and This category does not cover dishwashers, high-pressure cleaning Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the machines, vacuum cleaning machines, blower cleaners, or cleaning machines UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- of the heating type for household and commercial use. See Dishwashers, fier(s), and a file number. Commercial (DMGR), Dishwashers, Household (DMIY), High-pressure Alternate UL Mark Cleaning Machines, Electrically Operated (DMKK), High-pressure Cleaning The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Machines, Engine Driven (DNZW), Vacuum Cleaning Machines and Blower UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Cleaners (DMLW) and Heaters, Specialty (KSOT) for details on these types vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- of cleaning machines. trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the appropriate product name as shown in For additional information, see Cleaning Machines (DMDT) and Electrical the individual Listings. Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Refurbished’’ or ‘‘Remanufac- REQUIREMENTS tured’’ precedes the product name. The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ************************* ANSI/UL 73, ‘‘Motor Operated Appliances.’’ UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not UL MARK assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Guide Information. fier(s), and a file number. Alternate UL Mark DISHWASHERS, HOUSEHOLD (DMIY) The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- USE AND INSTALLATION vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- This category covers household dishwashers intended to be installed in trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the appropriate product name as shown Household dishwashing machines may be of the cord-and-plug-connected in the individual Listings. or permanently connected type. For rebuilt products the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Refurbished’’ or ‘‘Remanufac- An undercounter unit may not have a complete enclosure; the unit should tured’’ precedes the product name. be installed beside kitchen cabinets, and an enclosure should be provided at ************************* installation. Such units are so marked. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not Some cord-connected units are suitable for field conversion to perma- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or nently connected installation; conversion instructions are provided with the any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, conversion parts kit. expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Some permanently connected-type dishwashers may be converted to cord out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this connection by means of a cord kit that is available from the manufacturer of Guide Information. the dishwasher. The performance and design of household dishwashers have been deter- DISHWASHERS, COMMERCIAL (DMGR) mined to comply with the current edition of ANSI/ASSE 1006, ‘‘Perfor- mance Requirements for Residential Use Dishwashers,’’ which covers house- USE AND INSTALLATION hold dishwashers connected to the potable water supply lines and This category covers commercial, freestanding, undercounter, and counter- discharging into the plumbing drainage system. insert dishwashers using water as the principal cleaning medium. Commer- REBUILT PRODUCTS cial dishwashers may be provided with electric heaters, natural or LP-gas This category also covers household dishwashers that are rebuilt by the equipment or low-pressure steam equipment for water heating. The water is original manufacturer or another party having the necessary facilities, tech- heated in open (atmospheric pressure) tanks. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

133 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CLEANING MACHINES (DMDT) CLEANING MACHINES (DMDT) 133 Dishwashers, Household (DMIY)− Continued High-pressure Cleaning Machines, Electrically Operated (DMKK)− Continued nical knowledge and manufacturing skills. Rebuilt household dishwashers are rebuilt to the extent necessary by disassembly and reassembly using Electrically operated, high-pressure cleaning machines provided with steam-cleaning features, where the high-pressure cleaning function is the new or reconditioned parts. Rebuilt household dishwashers are subject to appliance’s primary function, are additionally investigated to ANSI/UL the same requirements as new household dishwashers. 499, ‘‘Electric Heating Appliances.’’ PRODUCT IDENTITY UL MARK One of the following product identities appears on the product: The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Household Countertop Dishwasher vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Household Portable Dishwasher Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Household Undercounter Dishwasher UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- tifier(s), and a file number. cations. Alternate UL Mark For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recon- UL MARK ditioned’’ precedes the product identity. The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as Locations (AALZ) and Plumbing and Associated Products (AAPP). illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE REQUIREMENTS ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the appropriate product name as shown The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is in the individual Listings. ANSI/UL 749, ‘‘Household Dishwashers.’’ ************************* UL MARK UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- tifier(s), and a file number. ance upon this Guide Information. Alternate UL Mark The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up VACUUM CLEANING MACHINES AND Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as BLOWER CLEANERS (DMLW) illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word a control number, and the appropriate product name as shown ′′ ′′ LISTED, GENERAL in the individual Listings. This category covers coin-operated vacuum cleaners and motor-operated For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Remanufactured’’ or ‘‘Recon- vacuum cleaners and blower cleaners intended for household and com- ditioned’’ precedes the product name. mercial (industrial) use. Products intended for household use only are so ************************* marked. Attachments packaged with the products or indicated in the UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does instruction manual packaged with the product are also covered under this not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- category. turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Central vacuum cleaners are intended for installation as part of a perma- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- nent central suction system in a building and investigated for remote ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- operation. ance upon this Guide Information. This category also covers household vacuum cleaners provided with a steam-cleaning feature, where the vacuum cleaner is the appliance’s pri- mary function. This category also covers electrified wall inlet valve assemblies for use in HIGH-PRESSURE CLEANING MACHINES, central vacuum cleaning systems. These valve assemblies are intended for ELECTRICALLY OPERATED (DMKK) installation in accordance with Section 422.15 of ANSI/NFPA 70, GENERAL ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ The assemblies are shipped as a kit comprised This category covers electrically operated, high-pressure cleaning of the mounting plate/rough-in box and cover plate. The cover plate iden- machines in which the discharge line is hand-supported and manipulated, tifies the appropriate hoses and nozzles certified for use with the valve. that use water as the cleaning agent for household and commercial use. The assembly bears the Certification Mark. The products may use either hot or cold water, and they may be portable, REBUILT PRODUCTS stationary or fixed. Per ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code,’’ single- This category also covers vacuum cleaners that are rebuilt by the origi- phase products rated 250 V ac or less are either provided with an equip- nal manufacturer or another party having the necessary facilities, technical ment grounding conductor or terminal and a ground-fault circuit inter- knowledge and manufacturing skills. Rebuilt vacuum cleaners are rebuilt rupter. Products rated greater than 250 V ac, or more than single phase, to the extent necessary by disassembly and reassembly using new or are provided with a permanent marking indicating the product is to be reconditioned parts. Rebuilt vacuum cleaners are subject to the same connected to a receptacle protected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter. requirements as new vacuum cleaners. Products used with liquid cleaning agents are intended for water-based FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED (nonflammable) cleaners. Any health hazards that may be associated with the use of vacuum FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED cleaners or combination blower and vacuum cleaners, such as dispersion Any health hazard that may be associated with the use of these cleaning of pathological, biological, chemical, physical, radioactive, or other con- machines, such as dispersion of pathological, chemical, physical, radioac- taminating agents have not been investigated. tive, or other contaminating agents has not been investigated. PRODUCT IDENTITY PRODUCT IDENTITY One of the following product identities appears on the product: One of the following product identities appears on the product: Commercial Vacuum Cleaner High-pressure Washer Double-insulated Blower/Vacuum Cleaner Pressure Washer Household Battery-operated Blower Cleaner Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- Household Vacuum Cleaner cations. Motorized Nozzle RELATED PRODUCTS Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- Fuel-engine-driven, high-pressure cleaning machines are covered under cations. High-pressure Cleaning Machines, Engine Driven (DNZW). For rebuilt products, the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Refurbished’’ or ‘‘Remanufac- Electrically operated, high-pressure cleaning machines provided with tured’’ precedes the product identity. steam-cleaning features, where the steam cleaner is the appliance’s pri- RELATED PRODUCTS mary function, are covered under Heaters, Specialty (KSOT). Steam-cleaning machines with vacuum-cleaning features, where the ADDITIONAL INFORMATION steam cleaner is the appliance’s primary function, are covered under Heat- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ers, Specialty (KSOT). Locations (AALZ). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS For additional information, see Cleaning Machines (DMDT) and Electri- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is cal Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). ANSI/UL 1776, ‘‘High-Pressure Cleaning Machines.’’ REQUIREMENTS LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

134 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK COAXIAL FAULT PROTECTORS FOR NETWORK-POWERED CLEANING MACHINES (DMDT) BROADBAND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (DUAA) 134 Vacuum Cleaning Machines and Blower Cleaners COAXIAL FAULT PROTECTORS FOR Continued (DMLW)− NETWORK-POWERED BROADBAND The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 1017, ‘‘Vacuum Cleaners, Blower Cleaners, and Household Floor COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (DUAA) Finishing Machines.’’ GENERAL UL MARK This category covers coaxial fault protectors intended for use with low- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided power, network-powered broadband communication systems. These systems by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and are intended to be installed in accordance with Article 830 of ANSI/NFPA Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). The protectors are intended to be UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- installed by the public utility company that provides the service. The protec- fier(s), and a file number. tors are intended for use with direct-buried cable systems only. Alternate UL Mark The units or systems covered in this category are designed to monitor, detect and disconnect network power on the communication cable when a The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by fault condition exists. Network power is disconnected at the utility serving UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- terminal or ‘‘tap’’ end of the direct-buried cable. The protector may only be vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- used with low-power underground cable as described in Article 830 of the trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word NEC. ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the appropriate product name as shown Buried cable emerging from the ground (finished grade) is intended to be in the individual Listings. enclosed within conduit as described in Article 830 of the NEC. Those prod- For rebuilt products the word ‘‘Rebuilt,’’ ‘‘Refurbished’’ or ‘‘Remanufac- ucts that employ a subscriber-end module of the coaxial fault protector sys- tured’’ precedes the product name. tem are intended to have the module enclosed within a compatible network ************************* interface device (NID). The NID is provided with a means to connect con- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not duit. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or A current-limiting or extinguishing device or current-limiting or extin- any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, guishing component may be employed within the fault protector or may be expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising a separate device or component coordinated externally with the fault protec- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this tor. Guide Information. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation instructions are provided by the manufacturer. PROTECTION Products covered under this category protect against the following fault conditions: CLEANING MACHINES FOR USE IN 1. A short-circuit condition between the coaxial shield and center conduc- tor, and/or HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (DMRR) 2. An open circuit in the center conductor of the coaxial cable, and/or GENERAL 3. Leakage current greater than 0.5 mA between the center conductor and This category covers portable vacuum cleaners provided with special suc- cable shield or ground. PRODUCT IDENTITY tion attachments, such as crevice tools, brushes, etc., intended to facilitate The following product identity appears on the product: cleaning operations. Coaxial Fault Protector Some vacuum cleaners are designed specifically to pick up water in con- RELATED PRODUCTS nection with floor-scrubbing operations; such cleaners are so indicated in See Protectors (QVGK). the individual certifications. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Connections to supply lines require the use of receptacles with plugs, or For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary receptacles with plugs interlocked with snap switches or their equivalent, Locations (AALZ). certified for the specified hazardous locations. The flexible cord connected to REQUIREMENTS the units should be frequently inspected and replaced when necessary. Ter- The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are minal connections should be properly made and maintained. contained in UL Subject 2389, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Coaxial Fault Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted with regard to the Protectors for Network-powered Broadband Communication Systems.’’ conditions under which these portable devices will be permitted for use. It UL MARK is recognized that portable equipment should be used only when necessary. The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- PRODUCT IDENTITY tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL The following product identity appears on the product: to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Cleaning Machine for Use in Hazardous Locations Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to file number. Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). Alternate UL Mark REQUIREMENTS UL MARK The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and Relat- in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to ing to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. UL MARK The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and control number, and the product name ‘‘Coaxial Fault Protector.’’ Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ************************* UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not fier(s), and a file number. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Alternate UL Mark any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, UL MARK expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Guide Information. vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word a control number, and the product name ‘‘Cleaning Machine for ′′ ′′ LISTED, COLD CATHODE TRANSFORMERS Use in Hazardous Locations.’’ ************************* AND POWER SUPPLIES (DUEC) UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or USE any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, This category covers indoor and outdoor use cold cathode transformers expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising and power supplies for use as part of a cold cathode electric discharge light- out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this ing system, sign, field-assembled skeletal neon sign and outline lighting sys- Guide Information. tem, or field-installed neon outline lighting system. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

135 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK COMBUSTION-DETECTION EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN COLD CATHODE TRANSFORMERS AND POWER SUPPLIES (DUEC) HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (DUFK) 135 These transformers and power supplies have been investigated for the REQUIREMENTS secondary-circuit ground fault protection requirements in ANSI/NFPA 70, The basic unclassified locations standards used to investigate products in ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). this category are ANSI/UL 372, ‘‘Automatic Electrical Controls for House- PRODUCT MARKINGS hold and Similar Use – Part 2: Particular Requirements for Burner Ignition Transformers and power supplies covered under this category are Systems and Components,’’ and ANSI/UL 60730-1, ‘‘Automatic Electrical marked ‘‘Indoors,’’ ‘‘Outdoors,’’ ‘‘Weatherproof’’ or ‘‘WP.’’ Products Controls for Household and Similar Use, Part 1: General Requirements.’’ marked ‘‘Indoors’’ are only suitable for use indoors, and products marked The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate ‘‘Outdoors’’ are suitable for use indoors or outdoors sheltered from rain, products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and snow and the like by being located within a sign body, enclosure and the Relating to Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations like. Products marked ‘‘Weatherproof’’ or ‘‘WP’’ do not need to be addi- (AAIZ). tionally sheltered from rain, snow and the like. UL MARK Transformers and power supplies covered under this category are The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- marked with a Type number from 2 to 4 in association with the location vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and designation ‘‘Indoors,’’ ‘‘Outdoors,’’ ‘‘Weatherproof’’ or ‘‘WP.’’ These Type Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the numbers identify particular construction features associated with a par- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- ticular transformer or power supply as identified below: tifier(s), and a file number. Type 2 – Neon supply with input and output terminals or leads that Alternate UL Mark should be enclosed in accordance with the NEC. Type 3 – Neon supply with input terminals or leads enclosed and The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE intended for connection to a permanent wiring system, and with output UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up terminals or leads that should be enclosed in accordance with the NEC. Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as Type 4 – Neon supply with input and output terminals or leads illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word enclosed and intended for connection to a permanent wiring system. ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Combustion Detec- These Type designations do not relate in any way to general enclosure tion Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations’’ or ‘‘Combustion Detec- designations as noted in Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Loca- tor for Use in Hazardous Locations,’’ or other appropriate product name tions (AALZ). as shown in the individual Listings. Transformers and power supplies are also marked with a model desig- ************************* nation and may be marked with an optional designation 2161HX, 2161KX, UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does 2161MH or 2161WX. The optional designations provide information on the not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- construction of the transformer and power supply for sign manufacturers turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for and installers to use for ordering and replacement purposes. any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- PRODUCT IDENTITY ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- One of the following product identities appears on the product: ance upon this Guide Information. Cold Cathode Power Supply Cold Cathode Transformer ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). COMBUSTION-DETECTION REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN ZONE 2161, ‘‘Neon Transformers and Power Supplies.’’ UL MARK CLASSIFIED HAZARDOUS The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and LOCATIONS (DUFQ) Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the USE UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- This category covers electronically operated combustion-detection equip- tifier(s), and a file number. Alternate UL Mark ment intended for use on gas- or oil-burning equipment. The equipment UL MARK functions covered by this category include combustion detection with con- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by trols for an ignition system, combustion detection without controls for an UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up ignition system, and just the controls for an ignition system. Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as PRODUCT IDENTITY illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word One of the following product identities appears on the product: ′′ LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Cold Cathode Trans- ′′ Combustion-detection Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations former’’ or ‘‘Cold Cathode Power Supply.’’ Combustion Detector for Use in Hazardous Locations ************************* Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does cations. not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- REQUIREMENTS ance upon this Guide Information. The basic unclassified locations standards used to investigate products in this category are ANSI/UL 372, ‘‘Automatic Electrical Controls for House- COMBUSTION-DETECTION hold and Similar Use – Part 2: Particular Requirements for Burner Ignition Systems and Components,’’ and ANSI/UL 60730-1, ‘‘Automatic Electrical EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN Controls for Household and Similar Use, Part 1: General Requirements.’’ The basic hazardous (classified) locations standards used to investigate HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (DUFK) products in this category are referenced in Equipment for Use in and USE Relating to Zone Classified Hazardous Locations (AANZ). This category covers electronically operated combustion-detection equip- UL MARK ment intended for use on gas- or oil-burning equipment. The equipment The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- functions covered by this category include combustion detection with con- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and trols for an ignition system, combustion detection without controls for an Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ignition system, and just the controls for an ignition system. UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- PRODUCT IDENTITY tifier(s), and a file number. One of the following product identities appears on the product: ************************* Combustion-detection Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Combustion Detector for Use in Hazardous Locations not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for cations. any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- For additional information, see Equipment for Use in and Relating to ance upon this Guide Information. Class I, II and III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations (AAIZ). LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

136 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK COMMUNICATIONS-, AUDIO/VIDEO-, DATA- AND OTHER COMMUNICATION, COAXIAL AND BROADBAND CABLE ASSEMBLIES (DUNH) SIGNALING-CIRCUIT ACCESSORIES (DUXR) 136 Examples of communications-circuit accessories are RJ-style modular con- COMMUNICATION, COAXIAL AND nectors and 50-pin commercial connectors commonly used in the telecom- munications industry, quick-connect-terminal assemblies, telephone wall BROADBAND CABLE ASSEMBLIES plates, telephone extension cords, cross-connect terminal blocks, MTU mod- ules, terminal enclosures, network interface devices (NIDs) (excluding com- (DUNH) plex interface devices, such as fiber optic and broadband subscriber inter- USE AND INSTALLATION face units), wire-guide assemblies and connector blocks. This category covers factory-assembled communication, coaxial and broad- The individual certifications describe the intended location of these band cable assemblies that are comprised of certified communication, devices, either 1) on the equipment side or 2) outside plant side of primary coaxial and broadband cable and cable connectors suitable for the applica- protectors for communications circuits (see QVGV). tion. They are intended for use in residential and/or commercial applica- The term ‘‘equipment side’’ indicates that the communications-circuit tions as connected premises wiring. These assemblies are intended for accessory may only be employed on that portion of the loop circuit pro- installation in accordance with Chapter 8 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Elec- tected by primary protectors for communications circuits (see QVGV). trical Code.’’ Restrictions that apply to the cable used in these assemblies, The term ‘‘outside plant,’’ as defined in ANSI/IEEE 100 (2000), ‘‘The according to the articles in this chapter, also apply to the complete cable Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms,’’ is ‘‘that part of the assemblies. The connectors employed in these assemblies have not been investigated for use under carpet. plant extending from the line side of the main distributing frame to the line These cable assemblies are suitable for the same applications as the certi- side of the station or PBX protector or connecting block, or to the line side fied cable with which they are constructed. For example, a cable assembly of the main distributing frame in another office building.’’ The ‘‘outside utilizing CMR, CATVR, BLR or BMR cable is suitable for use in riser appli- plant’’ side is not protected by a primary protector. cations. In certain applications, communications-circuit protectors are not required PRODUCT IDENTITY because there is no exposure to accidental contact with electric light or One of the following product identities appears on the product: power conductors as defined by Article 800 of the NEC. Accordingly, those Broadband Cable Assembly products normally used only on the equipment side of a primary protector Coaxial Cable Assembly may be used without the protector. Communication Cable Assembly Communications accessory units may also provide features relating to the ADDITIONAL INFORMATION communications circuit without accessorizing the communications protector For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary function. Locations (AALZ). Audio/Video-, Data- and Other Signaling-circuit Accessories REQUIREMENTS These devices are intended for use on isolated loop circuits, audio/video The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is circuits, IT data circuits and other low-voltage signaling circuits. They ANSI/UL 1863, ‘‘Communications Circuit Assemblies,’’ ANSI/UL 444, include passive devices such as coaxial connectors and splitters, A/V con- ‘‘Communications Cables,’’ ANSI/UL 1655, ‘‘Community-Antenna Televi- sion Cables,’’ and/or the requirements contained in UL Subject 2261, ‘‘Out- nectors such as HDMI connectors, audio connectors, universal serial bus line of Investigation for Cables for Network-Powered Broadband Communi- (USB) connectors, Ethernet connectors, serial and parallel data connectors cations Systems.’’ and the like. They also include cable (cord and connector assemblies) and UL MARK cabling devices used with these circuits. The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Audio/video-, data- and other signaling-circuit accessories are not by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and intended for installation as premises wiring in accordance with the NEC Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the and are not suitable for connection to circuits that exit the building and may UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- be exposed to accidental contact as described in Article 800 of the NEC. fier(s), and a file number. Audio/video-, data- and other signaling-circuit accessories may have pro- Alternate UL Mark visions to carry power in addition to their signaling function. The voltage is UL MARK not intended to exceed 30 V ac, 42.4 V pk or 60 V dc with a maximum The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by power of 100 W. The ratings are specified in the individual certifications. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Accessories with standard industry configurations (such as USB or HDMI) vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- or identified for specific industry standard uses (such as PoE+) are, at a trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word minimum, rated according to the maximum voltage, current and power ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Broadband Cable specifications for that particular configuration. Accessories without a rating Assembly,’’ ‘‘Coaxial Cable Assembly’’ or ‘‘Communication Cable Assem- are suitable for low-power-signal applications only. bly.’’ INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ************************* Accessories investigated for mounting in air-handling spaces are specifi- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not cally identified by markings on the product and the individual certifications. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Installation details are shown on the product or are provided in a separate any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, installation document provided with the product and referenced in the expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising marking on the product. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Audio/video-, data- and other signaling-circuit connectors and cabling Guide Information. devices intended for permanent installation that utilize the same configura- tion as standard communications-circuit-accessory connectors, such as the COMMUNICATIONS-, AUDIO/VIDEO-, 8-pin modular connector commonly used for Ethernet applications, and not investigated as communications-circuit accessories are provided with DATA- AND OTHER SIGNALING- instructions indicating that they are not suitable for connection to circuits that exit the building and may be exposed to accidental contact as described CIRCUIT ACCESSORIES (DUXR) in Article 800 of the NEC. PRODUCT IDENTITY GENERAL One of the following product identities appears on the product: This category covers devices intended for use in residential or commercial For Communications-circuit Accessories communications-station applications for connections to a communications Comm Ckt Acc circuit as defined in Article 800 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Communications-circuit Accessory Code’’ (NEC). They are referred to as ‘‘communications-circuit accessories.’’ Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- This category also covers connectors, interconnecting cables, splitters and tions together with the words ‘‘Communications-circuit Accessory’’ or similar passive devices for metallic connections to audio/video, data and ‘‘Comm Ckt Acc’’ (e.g., ‘‘Modular Jack Assembly; Communications-circuit other low-voltage signaling circuits. They are referred to as ‘‘audio/video-, Accessory,’’ ‘‘Line Cord; Comm Ckt Acc’’). data- and other signaling-circuit accessories.’’ For Audio/Video-, Data- and Other Signaling-circuit Accessories Communications-circuit Accessories The appropriate product identity as shown in the individual certifications Communications-circuit accessories have been investigated for use on together with the word ‘‘Audio,’’ ‘‘Video,’’ ‘‘Data,’’ ‘‘Signal,’’ or ‘‘Signal- communications circuits that have an operating root-mean-square (rms) ing,’’ or a functional descriptor such as ‘‘HDMI,’’ ‘‘USB,’’ ‘‘Ethernet’’ (e.g., voltage to ground less than 150 V and installed or used in accordance with ‘‘HDMI Cable Assembly,’’ ‘‘Audio Jack Wallplate Assembly’’). the NEC. Unless otherwise specified in the individual certifications, current- RELATED EQUIPMENT carrying accessories such as connectors, line cords, splitters and the like are Other telecommunications appliances and equipment are covered under suitable for communications-powering applications not exceeding 60 V dc, Telephone Appliances and Equipment (WYQQ), Telephones, Cellular 1.3 A. These accessories have also been investigated for 600 V ac fault cur- (WYLR) or Information Technology Equipment Including Electrical Business rents up to 2.2 A for a period of 30 minutes and 7 A for a period of 5 sec- Equipment (NWGQ). onds. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

137 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK COMMUNICATIONS-, AUDIO/VIDEO-, DATA- AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS-, AUDIO/VIDEO-, DATA- AND OTHER SIGNALING-CIRCUIT ACCESSORIES (DUXR) SIGNALING-CIRCUIT ACCESSORIES (DUXR) 137 Modular assemblies of telecommunications equipment (e.g., racks, circuit ‘‘Communications-circuit Acces- For communications-circuit accessories: sory’’ (or ‘‘Comm Ckt Acc’’), or other appropriate product name as shown card assemblies) that are designed for field installation by trained service in the individual Listings together with the words ‘‘Communications- personnel are covered under Custom-built Telecommunications Equipment circuit Accessory’’ (or ‘‘Comm Ckt Acc’’) (e.g., ‘‘Modular Jack Assembly; (WYKM). Communications-circuit Accessory,’’ ‘‘Line Cord; Comm Ckt Acc’’). Equipment intended to be installed on the network side of the sub- The For audio/video-, data- and other signaling-circuit accessories: scriber demarcation point and installed and maintained by telephone com- appropriate product name as shown in the individual Listings together panies, CATV companies and similar network communications companies with the word ‘‘Audio,’’ ‘‘Video,’’ ‘‘Data,’’ ‘‘Signal’’ or ‘‘Signaling,’’ or a is covered under Communications Service Equipment (DUZO). functional descriptor such as ‘‘HDMI,’’ ‘‘USB,’’ ‘‘Ethernet’’ (e.g., ‘‘HDMI Factory-assembled optical fiber cable assemblies and factory/field- Cable Assembly,’’ ‘‘Audio Jack Wallplate Assembly’’). installed optical fiber connector products intended for residential and/or ************************* commercial applications as part of an optical fiber wiring system without UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does active optical transceivers are covered under Optical Fiber Cable Assem- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- blies and Connectors (QBFA). turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Active optical cable assemblies that incorporate active optical transceiv- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ers in the connectors are covered under Active Optical Cable Assemblies ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- (QBDV). ance upon this Guide Information. Active connectors such as those that incorporate active optical transceiv- ers are covered under Information Technology Equipment Including Elec- PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE trical Business Equipment (NWGQ2) or High-technology Components COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (AZOP2). Cable assemblies with copper conductors or hybrid cable constructions EQUIPMENT (DUZO) without active optical transceivers intended for use in residential and/or commercial applications as connected premises wiring and intended for GENERAL installation in accordance with Chapter 8 of the NEC are covered under This category covers communications service equipment intended to be Communication, Coaxial and Broadband Cable Assemblies (DUNH). installed on the network side of the subscriber demarcation point, up to Computer interconnection cable assemblies without active optical trans- and including the subscriber interface unit (SIU), network interface unit ceivers intended for installation between units of electronic equipment (NIU), or network interface device (NID). This equipment is intended to where the cable is outside of the equipment enclosure and within the be installed and maintained by telecommunications companies, CATV computer room as defined in Article 645 of the NEC are covered under companies, and similar network communications companies that provide Computer Interconnection Cable Assemblies (DVPJ). public telecommunications, CATV, or other network services to subscriber Devices whose sole purpose is the grounding of coaxial and communica- premises. As appropriate, this equipment is intended to be installed in tions circuits in accordance with Chapter 8 of the NEC are covered under accordance with Articles 770, 800 and 820 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Grounding and Bonding Equipment, Communication (KDSH). Electrical Code’’ (NEC), and the applicable sections of ANSI C2, ‘‘National Cabinet, enclosure and rack/frame systems that are not complete infor- Electrical Safety Code.’’ mation technology (IT) or telecommunications equipment, but include This equipment may or may not incorporate primary protection for com- components and assemblies that are intended to power, protect, heat, cool munications circuits, or have provision for the installation of a certified or otherwise support IT or telecommunications equipment that will be primary protector. This information is specified in the individual certifica- installed at a later time are covered under Information Technology and tions for the equipment. Primary protectors are intended to suppress Telecommunications Equipment Cabinet, Enclosure and Rack Systems abnormal voltage conditions that may exist on the circuit due to accidental (NWIN). contact with electrical light and power conductors operating at over 300 V Power distribution centers for communications equipment are covered to ground as defined in Article 800 of the NEC. These devices may also be under Power Distribution Centers for Communications Equipment used to protect against electrical transients from electromagnetic distur- (QPQY). bances or higher than normal voltages induced on the network circuits Power supplies for information technology and telecommunications due to close proximity of the protected circuit to electric light or power equipment are covered under Power Supplies, Information Technology conductors. Equipment Including Electrical Business Equipment (QQGQ) and Power Primary protection is identified as ‘‘provided’’ when primary protection Supplies, Telephone (QQJE). is built into the equipment, ‘‘compatible’’ when the equipment has provi- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION sion for the installation of a certified primary protector, or ‘‘none’’ when For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary there are no provisions for a primary protector. Where applicable, compat- Locations (AALZ). ible primary protector designations are either marked on the equipment or REQUIREMENTS included on the individual product data sheet. The basic standard used to investigate communications-circuit accesso- Primary protector fusing information identifies whether the primary pro- ries in this category is ANSI/UL 1863, ‘‘Communications-Circuit Accesso- tector is integrally ‘‘fused’’ (a ‘‘fused primary protector’’) or if a fusing ries.’’ Audio/video-, data- and other signaling-circuit patch cords, line wire is to be provided (a ‘‘fuseless primary protector’’). Where a fusing cords, cabling devices and similar portable devices that utilize the same wire is required, the maximum size fusing wire to be used in series with configuration as standard communications-circuit-accessory connectors, the equipment is indicated by the following alphabetical designations: such as 4-, 6- and 8-pin modular connectors, are investigated as — 24 AWG copper wire with thermoplastic insulation A communications-circuit accessories. B — 22 AWG copper wire with thermoplastic insulation The basic standard used to investigate audio/video-, data- and other C — 20 AWG, 40% copper-clad wire signaling-circuit accessories is UL 1977, ‘‘Component Connectors for Use — 26 AWG copper wire with thermoplastic insulation D in Data, Signal, Control and Power Applications.’’ Equipment intended to connect a shielded cable drop and/or incorporat- The basic standard used to investigate the bonding connections of ing a primary protector is provided with an appropriately sized ground- devices, such as passive coaxial audio/video splitters, that provide a ing terminal. means for grounding in accordance with Chapter 8 of the NEC is Requirements for the location and installation of equipment incorporat- ANSI/UL 467, ‘‘Grounding and Bonding Equipment.’’ ing primary protectors and provisions for cable grounding are provided in The basic standard used to investigate nonmetallic materials of products Articles 770, 800 and 820 of the NEC. in this category marked suitable for use in air-handling spaces is UL 2043, Unless marked ‘‘indoor use only,’’ this equipment is suitable for indoor ‘‘Fire Tests for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products and and outdoor use and provides basic protection against rain and corrosion. Their Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces.’’ Equipment that provides a degree of protection against more severe envi- UL MARK ronmental conditions, such as wind-blown dust and rain, icing, splashing The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- water, immersion, etc., is marked with an enclosure type designation and tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by provides a degree of protection as indicated in Electrical Equipment for UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the identified with a specific temperature OTHER EQUIPMENT Except for UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- range, outdoor equipment has been investigated over a temperature range tifier(s), and a file number. of -40°C to +46°C. The effects of insolation (solar loading) have also been Alternate UL Mark considered. The Listing Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit container Where indicated by a ‘‘WARNING’’ marking on the interface unit, the in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to cable drop may supply Class 3 power with a voltage up to 100 V to the identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. interface. For such installations, the cable drop should be located, routed, The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated or protected so that it is not exposed to touch by persons, or appropriate in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a cable constructions or other means suitable for the installation should be control number, and the product name as follows: provided. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

138 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE EQUIPMENT (DUZO) COMMUNICATIONS CABLE (DUZX) 138 INTERFACE EQUIPMENT COMMUNICATIONS CABLE (DUZX) A subscriber interface unit (SIU), network interface unit (NIU) or network USE AND INSTALLATION interface device (NID) is used to provide telecommunications, CATV, and This category covers communications cable which is a single conductor other signal information to the subscriber premises and isolation between coaxial cable or a multiple conductor jacketed cable for telephone and other the Class 3 power on the cable drop and the subscriber premises signal cir- communications circuits for use as described in Article 800 of ANSI/NFPA cuits. An interface may incorporate two separate compartments, one com- 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). partment for network connections and components, and another compart- This cable is used as wiring from a protector to a telephone or other com- ment for the subscriber connection terminals and standard jacks. munications equipment within a building, and for use as interconnecting Each individual interface certification provides the following information: wiring between parts of a communications system. Interface designation, primary protector provisions, compatible primary pro- Except for special locations specifically required by the NEC, communica- tectors, fusing information and indoor or outdoor environmental use specifi- tions cable, in general, is not required to be installed in conduit or raceway. cations. PRODUCT MARKINGS Primary protector provisions and fusing information are marked on the Communications cable is identified by marking on the surface of the interface. jacket or on a marker tape under the jacket. This marking includes one of TAP EQUIPMENT the following Type designations: A power-passing tap (PPT) or power-passing multi-tap (PPMT) is used to CM — Indicates cable intended for general use within buildings in accor- tap both signal and Class 3 power from the main utility network for the dance with Section 800.154(E)(1) of the NEC. This cable does not spread subscriber cable drop. This tap may be located on a utility pole, within a flame to the top of the tray in the Vertical-Tray Flame Test in UL 1685, utility owned equipment pedestal or vault, or similar location in accordance ‘‘Vertical-Tray Fire-Propagation and Smoke-Release Test for Electrical and with ANSI C2. In addition to coupling the signal circuits from the network Optical-Fiber Cables.’’ to the cable drop, the tap limits power on the cable drop to Class 3 Levels — Indicates cable for general use within buildings in accordance CMG with a maximum voltage of 100 V. Unless otherwise noted in the individual with Section 800.154(E)(1) of the NEC. The damage height of this cable does certifications, taps using communications cable for cable drops have been not exceed 4 ft 11 in. when tested in accordance with the CSA FT4 Vertical- investigated for subscriber cable drops not exceeding 500 ft in length. Tray Flame Test in UL 1685. Each individual tap certification provides the following information: Tap — Indicates cable intended for use within buildings in ducts or ple- CMP designation, voltage rating, power-carrying media, primary protector provi- nums or other spaces used for environmental air in accordance with Section sions, compatible primary protectors, fusing information and indoor or out- 800.154(A) of the NEC. This cable exhibits a maximum peak optical density door environmental use specification. of 0.5, a maximum average optical density of 0.15, and a maximum flame OTHER EQUIPMENT spread distance of 5 ft, when tested per ANSI/NFPA 262, ‘‘Standard Method Other equipment may contain features that are unique to a system or of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air- application. Information concerning special installation procedures, compat- ibility and other important design features are provided in the individual Handling Spaces.’’ certifications, on product markings, on product data sheets and in utility CMR — Indicates cable intended for use within buildings in vertical installation practices. shafts in accordance with Section 800.154(B) of the NEC. The flame propaga- PRODUCT IDENTITY tion height of this cable is less than 12 ft when tested per ANSI/UL 1666, One of the following product identities appears on the product: ‘‘Test for Flame Propagation Height of Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables Communications Service Equipment Installed Vertically in Shafts.’’ Network Interface Device — Indicates cable for undercarpet use in accordance with Section CMUC Network Interface Unit 800.154(E)(6) of the NEC. This cable complies with the VW-1 Flame Test NID requirements in ANSI/UL 1581, ‘‘Reference Standard for Electrical Wires, NIU Cables, and Flexible Cords.’’ Power-passing Multi-Tap CMX — Indicates cable intended for use within buildings (1) where the Power-passing Tap wire or cable is enclosed in raceway or noncombustible tubing, or (2) in PPMT nonconcealed spaces where the exposed length of wire or cable does not PPT exceed 10 ft, or (3) in one- or two-family or multifamily dwellings when the SIU cable diameter is less than 0.25 in., in accordance with Section 800.154(E) of Subscriber Interface Unit the NEC. Type CMX cable may be marked ‘‘Outdoor’’ to indicate its suit- Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- ability for installation outdoors on dwellings. This cable complies with the tions. VW-1 Flame Test requirements in ANSI/UL 1581. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Cable that contains one or more optical fiber members has the suffix For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ‘‘-OF’’ added to the above. Locations (AALZ). Cable that complies with the Limited Smoke Requirements specified in UL REQUIREMENTS 1685 is surface marked with the suffix ‘‘LS.’’ The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are Cable where it has been determined that all of the combustible materials ANSI/UL 497, ‘‘Protectors for Paired-Conductor Communications Cir- used in the construction, e.g., insulation, fillers, jackets, are halogen free in cuits,’’ UL 1459, ‘‘Telephone Equipment,’’ and UL 1950, ‘‘Information Tech- accordance with UL 2885, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Acid Gas, Acidity nology Equipment.’’ and Conductivity of Combusted Materials,’’ may be surface marked with UL MARK the suffix ‘‘HF.’’ The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Cable that may be surface printed with the suffix ‘‘HF’’ and that also com- by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and plies with the requirements for low smoke when tested in accordance with Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the IEC 61034-2, ‘‘Measurement of Smoke Density of Cables Burning Under UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- Defined Conditions – Part 2: Test Procedure and Requirements,’’ may be fier(s), and a file number. surface marked with the suffix ‘‘LSHF.’’ Alternate UL Mark Cable marked ‘‘Shielded’’ contains one or more electromagnetic shields. UL MARK Cable marked ‘‘CI (max voltage ____)’’ is suitable for use as circuit- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by integrity cable at the maximum voltage to ground indicated, in accordance UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- with Section 800.179(G) of the NEC. vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- Cable marked ‘‘CI (max voltage ____)’’ is intended for use in free air only. trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Communications wire is a single wire or unjacketed multi-conductor ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and one of the following product names as assembly of these wires that is intended for use in distributing frames and appropriate: ‘‘Subscriber Interface Unit’’ (or ‘‘SIU’’), ‘‘Network Interface in cross-connect arrays in accordance with Section 800.154(C) of the NEC. Unit’’ (or ‘‘NIU’’), ‘‘Network Interface Device’’ (or ‘‘NID’’), ‘‘Power Passing This wire or assembly is marked ‘‘cross-connect wire.’’ Tap’’ (or ‘‘PPT’’), ‘‘Power Passing Multi-Tap’’ (or ‘‘PPMT’’) or, for other PRODUCT IDENTITY equipment, ‘‘Communication Service Equipment,’’ with or without an The following product identity appears on the product: appropriate product name. Communications Cable ************************* ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Locations (AALZ). any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, REQUIREMENTS expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this ANSI/UL 444, ‘‘Communications Cables.’’ Guide Information. UL MARK LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

139 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK COMMUNICATIONS CABLE VERIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH COMMUNICATIONS CABLE (DUZX) NATIONAL OR INTERNATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (DVBG) 139 The UL symbol on the product and the Certification Mark of UL on the Local Area Network Cable Verified for Transmission attached tag, reel, or on the smallest unit container in which the product is Performance in Accordance with National or International packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manu- Continued Specifications (DVBI)− factured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and 7 100 Ohm Shielded and Unshielded Twisted Pair Cables.’’ Listed and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file number. cable employing a stranded conductor is marked ‘‘Verified (UL) Category The Certification Mark for this category requires the use of a holo- 6 or 7 Patch Cable NEMA WC 66.’’ graphic label. Listed cable employing a solid conductor that is additionally marked Alternate UL Mark ‘‘Verified (UL) Category 3, 5 or 5E NEMA WC 63.1’’ has been investigated The UL symbol on the product and the Listing Mark of UL on the in accordance with NEMA WC 63.1, ‘‘Performance Standard for Twisted attached tag, the reel or the smallest unit container in which the product is Pair Premise Voice and Data Communications Cables.’’ Listed cable packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manu- employing a stranded conductor is marked ‘‘Verified (UL) Category 3, 5 or factured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for 5E Patch Cable NEMA WC 63.1.’’ these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction Listed cable employing a solid conductor that is additionally marked of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, ‘‘Verified (UL) Category 5, 6 or 7 BS EN 50173-1’’ has been investigated in and the product name ‘‘Communications Cable.’’ accordance with BS EN 50173-1, ‘‘Information Technology – Generic The Listing Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic Cabling Systems – Part 1: General Requirements.’’ Cable that bears this label. surface mark has had the cable performance investigated to requirements ************************* PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE as stated in BS EN 50288-1, ‘‘Multi-Element Metallic Cables Used in Ana- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does logue and Digital Communication and Control – Part 1: Generic Specifica- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- tion.’’ Listed cable employing a stranded conductor is marked ‘‘Verified turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for (UL) Category 5, 6 or 7 Patch Cable BS EN 50173-1.’’ any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- Listed cable that is additionally marked ‘‘Verified (UL) in Accordance ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- with [Specification name and/or number]’’ complies with the require- ance upon this Guide Information. ments of the transmission performance specification referenced in this marking. Verified Only (Non-Listed) Cable This cable is marked as noted below to indicate compliance to the refer- COMMUNICATIONS CABLE VERIFIED enced specification. The UL symbol (either the ‘‘UL in a circle symbol’’ or‘‘ (UL)’’) cannot be used in place of ‘‘Underwriters Laboratories Inc.’’ in the IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL statement. Non-Listed cable employing a solid conductor and investigated to OR INTERNATIONAL ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 is marked ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in Accordance with Category 3, 5E, 6 or 6A ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 [including SPECIFICATIONS (DVBG) latest draft number, if applicable] Only.’’ This print legend may be abbre- viated as ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc. Only to ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Cat 3, 5E, 6 or 6A.’’ Non-Listed cable employing a stranded conductor is marked LOCAL AREA NETWORK CABLE VERIFIED ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in Accordance with Category FOR TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE IN 3, 5E, 6 or 6A Patch Cable ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 [including latest draft num- ber, if applicable] Only.’’ This print legend may be abbreviated as ‘‘Verified ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL OR by Und Lab Inc. Only to ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Cat 3, 5E, 6 or 6A Patch INTERNATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (DVBI) Cable.’’ Non-Listed cable employing a solid conductor and investigated to ISO/ GENERAL IEC 11801 is marked ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in Accor- This category covers local area network (LAN) cable whose signal trans- dance with Category 5e, 6, 6A, 7 or 7A ISO/IEC 11801 Only.’’ This print mission characteristics have been determined to be in accordance with one legend may be abbreviated as ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc Only to ISO/IEC of the specifications shown below or other national or international data 11801 Category 5e, 6, 6A or 7.’’ Cable that bears this surface mark has had transmission performance specifications. the cable performance investigated to requirements as stated in IEC Both Listed and non-Listed LAN cable can be investigated for data 61156-5. Non-Listed cable employing a stranded conductor is marked transmission performance. ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in Accordance with Category – Listed cable has additionally been investigated in accor- Listed Cable 5e, 6, 6A, 7 or 7A Patch Cable ISO/IEC 11801 Only.’’ This print legend dance with ANSI/UL 444, ‘‘Communications Cable’’ (e.g., as Type CMP, may be abbreviated ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc Only to ISO/IEC 11801 Cat- CMR, CM, CMX), and is for use in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, egory 5e, 6, 6A or 7 Patch Cable.’’ ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). For additional information, see Com- Non-Listed cable employing a solid conductor and investigated to munications Cable (DUZX). NEMA WC 66 is marked ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in Non-Listed Cable – Non-Listed cable has not been investigated in accor- Accordance with Category 6 or 7 NEMA WC 66 Only.’’ This print legend dance with ANSI/UL 444 and is for use where the NEC does not apply. may be abbreviated as ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc Only to NEMA WC 66 This cable has only been investigated for data transmission performance. Category 6 or 7.’’ Non-Listed cable employing a stranded conductor is ADDITIONAL INFORMATION marked ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in Accordance with For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Category 6 or 7 Patch Cable NEMA WC 66 Only.’’ This print legend may Locations (AALZ). be abbreviated as ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc Only to NEMA WC 66 Cat- REQUIREMENTS AND SURFACE-PRINT MARKINGS egory 6 or 7 Patch Cable.’’ Listed and Verified Cable Non-Listed cable employing a solid conductor and investigated to Listed cable employing a solid conductor that is additionally marked NEMA WC63.1 is marked ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in ‘‘Verified (UL) Category 3, 5, 5E, 6 or 6A [including latest draft number if Accordance with Category 3, 5 or 5E NEMA WC 63.1 Only.’’ This print applicable]’’ has been investigated in accordance with ANSI/TIA-568-C.2, legend may be abbreviated as ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc. Only to NEMA ‘‘Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard – Part 2: Bal- WC 63.1 Category 3, 5 or 5E.’’ anced Twisted-Pair Cabling Components.’’ Listed cable employing a Non-Listed cable employing a stranded conductor is marked ‘‘Verified stranded conductor is marked ‘‘Verified (UL) Category 3, 5, 5E, 6 or 6A by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in Accordance with Category 3, 5 or 5E [including latest draft number if applicable] Patch Cable.’’ Patch Cable NEMA WC 63.1 Only.’’ This print legend may be abbreviated Listed cable employing a solid conductor that is additionally marked as ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc. Only to NEMA WC 63.1 Category 3, 5 or 5E ‘‘Verified (UL) Category 5e, 6, 6A, 7 or 7A ISO/IEC 11801’’ has been inves- Patch Cable.’’ tigated in accordance with ISO/IEC 11801, ‘‘Information Technology – Non-Listed cable employing a solid conductor and investigated to BS Generic Cabling for Customer Premises.’’ Cable that bears this surface EN 50173-1 is marked ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in mark has had the cable performance investigated to requirements as Accordance with Category 5, 6 or 7 BS EN 50173-1 Only.’’ This print leg- stated in IEC 61156-5, ‘‘Multi-Core and Symmetrical Pair/Quad Cables for end may be abbreviated as ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc. Only to BS EN Digital Communications – Part 5: Symmetrical Pair/Quad Cables with 50173-1 Category 5, 6 or 7.’’ Cable that bears this surface mark has had the Transmission Characteristics up to 1,000 MHz-Horizontal Floor Wiring – cable performance investigated to requirements as stated in BS EN Sectional Specification.’’ Listed cable employing a stranded conductor is 50288-1. Non-Listed cable employing a stranded conductor is marked marked ‘‘Verified (UL) Category 5e, 6, 6A, 7 or 7A Patch Cable ISO/IEC ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in Accordance with Category 11801.’’ 5, 6 or 7 Patch Cable BS EN 50173-1 Only.’’ This print legend may be Listed cable employing a solid conductor that is additionally marked abbreviated ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc. Only to BS EN 50173-1 Category 5, ‘‘Verified (UL) Category 6 or 7 NEMA WC 66’’ has been investigated in 6 or 7 Patch Cable.’’ accordance with NEMA WC 66, ‘‘Performance Standard for Category 6 LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

140 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK COMMUNICATIONS CABLE VERIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL OR INTERNATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION CABLE (DVCS) (DVBG) 140 Local Area Network Cable Verified for Transmission Cable that complies with the requirements for ‘‘Limited Combustible’’ specified in ANSI/NFPA 90A, ‘‘Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilat- Performance in Accordance with National or International ing Systems,’’ is surface marked ‘‘Limited Combustible.’’ Specifications (DVBI)− Continued PRODUCT IDENTITY The following product identity appears on the product: Non-Listed cable that is marked ‘‘Verified by Underwriters Laboratories Community Antenna Television Cable Inc. in Accordance with [Specification name and/or number and category ADDITIONAL INFORMATION performance number] Only’’ complies with the requirements of the trans- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary mission performance specification referenced in this marking. This print leg- Locations (AALZ). end may be abbreviated as ‘‘Verified by Und Lab Inc Only to [Specification REQUIREMENTS name and/or number and category performance number].’’ The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL MARK ANSI/UL 1655, ‘‘Community Antenna Television Cables.’’ Listed and Verified Cable UL MARK The required surface markings on the product as described above and the The UL symbol on the product and the Certification Mark of UL on the Listing Mark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc. on the attached tag, the reel, attached tag, reel, or on the smallest unit container in which the product is or on the smallest unit container in which the product is packaged is the packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufac- only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products tured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark includes the DUZX Listing Mark and the statement ‘‘Verified in Accordance for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and with [Specification name and/or number].’’ ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file number. The Listing Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic label. The Certification Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic Verified Only (Non-Listed) Cable label. The required surface markings on the product as described above and the Alternate UL Mark Verification Mark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc. on the attached tag, the The UL symbol on the product and the Listing Mark of UL on the reel, or on the smallest unit container in which the product is packaged is attached tag, the reel, or the smallest unit container in which the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufac- its Verification and Follow-Up Service. The Verification Mark for these prod- tured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these ucts includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Direc- products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this tory) together with the word ‘‘VERIFIED,’’ a control number, the product Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the name ‘‘Data Transmission Cable,’’ and the Specification name and/or num- product name ‘‘Community Antenna Television Cable.’’ ber. The Listing Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic label. The Verification Mark for this category requires the use of a holographic ************************* label. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not ************************* assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Guide Information. out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Guide Information. COMPUTER INTERCONNECTION CABLE ASSEMBLIES (DVPJ) COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION USE AND INSTALLATION CABLE (DVCS) This category covers computer interconnection cable assemblies intended USE AND INSTALLATION for installation between units of electronic equipment where the cable is This category covers community antenna television cable for use in accor- outside of the equipment enclosure and within the computer room as dance with Article 820 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). defined in Article 645 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ These PRODUCT MARKINGS cable assemblies may also be used in an office environment where the cable Community antenna television cable is identified by marking on the sur- is visible after installation. face of the jacket or on a marker tape under the jacket. This marking PRODUCT IDENTITY includes one of the following Type designations: The following product identity appears on the product: CATVP — Indicates cable intended for use within buildings in ducts or Computer Interconnection Cable Assembly plenums or other spaces used for environmental air in accordance with Sec- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION tion 820.179(A) of the NEC. This cable exhibits a maximum peak optical For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary density of 0.5, a maximum average optical density of 0.15, and a maximum Locations (AALZ). flame-spread distance of 5 ft when tested per ANSI/NFPA 262, ‘‘Standard REQUIREMENTS Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are Air-Handling Spaces.’’ ANSI/UL 444, ‘‘Communications Cables,’’ ANSI/UL 13, ‘‘Power-Limited — Indicates cable intended for use within buildings in vertical CATVR Circuit Cables,’’ or ANSI/UL 758, ‘‘Appliance Wiring Material,’’ and shafts in accordance with Section 820.179(B) of the NEC. The flame propaga- ANSI/UL 60950-21, ‘‘Information Technology Equipment Safety – Part 21.’’ tion height of this cable is less than 12 ft when tested per ANSI/UL 1666, UL MARK ‘‘Test for Flame Propagation Height of Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Installed Vertically in Shafts.’’ by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and CATV — Indicates cable intended for general use within buildings in Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the accordance with Section 820.179(C) of the NEC. This cable does not spread UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- flame to the top of the tray in the Vertical-Tray Flame Test in ANSI/UL fier(s), and a file number. 1685, ‘‘Vertical-Tray Fire-Propagation and Smoke-Release Test for Electrical Alternate UL Mark and Optical-Fiber Cables.’’ UL MARK CATVX — Indicates cable intended for limited use within buildings (1) The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by where the cables are enclosed in raceway or noncombustible tubing, or (2) UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- in nonconcealed spaces where the exposed length of cable does not exceed vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- 10 ft, or (3) installed in one- or two-family or multifamily dwellings when trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word the cable diameter is less than 0.375 in. in accordance with Section ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Computer Interconnec- LISTED, ′′ 820.179(D) of the NEC. This cable complies with the VW-1 Flame Test tion Cable Assembly.’’ requirements in ANSI/UL 1581. ************************* Cable marked ‘‘sunlight resistant’’ or ‘‘sun res’’ may be exposed to the UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not direct rays of the sun. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or Cable marked ‘‘-30C,’’ ‘‘-40C,’’ ‘‘-50C,’’ ‘‘-60C’’ or ‘‘-70C’’ complies with a any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, cold bend test conducted at that temperature. expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Cable marked ‘‘direct burial,’’ ‘‘for direct burial’’ or ‘‘dir bur’’ has been out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this investigated and found suitable for direct burial in the earth. Guide Information. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

141 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUCTOR TERMINATION COMPOUNDS (DVYW) 141 Continued Conduit and Cable Hardware (DWMU)− CONDUCTOR TERMINATION 3. Sizes and types of conduit, cable, or tubing intended to be supported COMPOUNDS (DVYW) for hangers, staples and straps USE 4. Load rating greater than for the intended applications This category covers conductor termination compounds for use on splice 5. Designated assembly torque when other than intended and termination connections of aluminum, copper-clad aluminum and PRODUCT IDENTITY copper conductors where used to retard oxidation at the conductor/ The following product identity appears on the product: connector interface. These compounds do not have a deleterious effect on Conduit and Cable Hardware the conductor metal, insulation or equipment when used in accordance Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifi- with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. cations. Reference should be made to the product label located on the smallest RELATED PRODUCTS unit container for specific instructions as to the proper use of the com- Cable ties are covered under Positioning Devices (ZODZ). pound. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PRODUCT IDENTITY The following product identity appears on the product: For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Conductor Termination Compound Locations (AALZ). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Locations (AALZ). ANSI/UL 2239, ‘‘Hardware for the Support of Conduit, Tubing, and REQUIREMENTS Cable.’’ The basic requirements used to investigate products in this category are UL MARK contained in UL Subject 546, ‘‘Outline of Investigation for Conductor Ter- The Certification Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the mination Compounds.’’ product and the Certification Mark on the smallest unit container in which UL MARK the product is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- ber. tifier(s), and a file number. Alternate UL Mark Alternate UL Mark UL MARK UL MARK The Listing Mark of UL on the product, or the UL symbol on the prod- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up uct and the Listing Mark on the smallest unit container in which the prod- Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as uct is packaged, is the only method provided by UL to identify products illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Conductor Termina- ′′ LISTED, for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduc- tion Compound.’’ tion of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control num- ************************* ber, and the product name ‘‘Conduit and Cable Hardware,’’ or other UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does appropriate product name as shown in the individual Listings. not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- ************************* turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for ance upon this Guide Information. any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUIT FITTINGS (DWTT) CONDUIT AND CABLE HARDWARE USE (DWMU) This category covers metallic and nonmetallic conduit fittings, such as connectors, couplings, conduit bodies, short-radius conduit bodies, expan- GENERAL sion fittings, locknuts and sealing (liquid-tight) locknuts for use in the This category covers conduit straps, staples, and similar types of hard- assembly of nonmetallic and metallic wiring systems. Also covered are ware for installation and use in wiring systems in accordance with ANSI/ fittings used to provide a transition between metallic and nonmetallic wir- NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), and the manufacturer’s instal- ing systems. All fittings are intended to be installed in accordance with lation instructions and the following information. ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC), and are intended for The mechanical strength of these products is investigated with consider- installation and use in accordance with the following information and the ation given to the intended installation. Metallic devices are also investi- limitations specified in the appropriate conduit or tubing category. gated for resistance to corrosion, and nonmetallic devices may be for flam- Some of these fittings are also suitable for use in certain hazardous (clas- mability and exposure to elevated or cold temperatures. sified) locations where unclassified locations fittings are permitted in CARTON MARKINGS Articles 501, 502, 503, 505 and 506 of the NEC. The product carton for a metallic construction of any conduit and cable This category also includes metal bushings for use in conduit and insu- hardware that is intended for use in spaces used for environmental air is lating bushings for use on conduit inside boxes, gutters, etc. marked ‘‘Suitable for use in Air-Handling Spaces in accordance with Sec- The individual certifications for each connector used with nonmetallic- tion 300.22(B), (C) and (D) of the NEC.’’ sheathed cable may have details about the size and number of the The product carton for a construction made of polymeric material of any nonmetallic-sheathed cable it will secure. conduit and cable hardware that is intended for use in spaces used for All male threaded fittings and nipples have only been investigated for environmental air is marked ‘‘Suitable for use in Air-Handling Spaces in use with locknuts. accordance with Section 300.22(C) and (D) of the NEC.’’ Fittings with internal female threads (e.g., hubs, conduit bodies, cou- The product made of polymeric material that is suitable where exposed plings) have only been investigated for use with threaded rigid conduit. to rain is so indicated on the device or carton. The term ‘‘Wet Location’’ — Conduit bodies that are not provided with a volume Conduit Bodies on the device or carton indicates suitability for use where directly exposed marking are not intended to enclose splices, taps or devices. Conduit bod- to rain. ies that are provided with a volume marking are covered under Metallic Products intended for use at elevated or cold temperatures (above 90°C Outlet Boxes (QCIT) or Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes (QCMZ). Conduit bodies or below -5°C) are so indicated on the device or carton. The application certified for use with specific conduit body covers and conduit body cov- temperature on the device or carton indicates suitability for use at the ers certified for use with specific conduit bodies are covered under Con- extended temperature range. duit Bodies and Covers Certified for Use with Specified Equipment The following, where applicable, is marked on the carton or installation (QCKW). instructions provided on or in the carton: — Short-radius conduit bodies, such as Short-radius Conduit Bodies 1. Types or range of thicknesses of a beam flange, drop wire or rod capped elbows and service-entrance elbows, are not intended to contain 2. Intended mounting orientations, if restricted (for example, vertical or splices or taps and are not marked with a volume. horizontal) LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

142 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) 142 Continued Continued Conduit Fittings (DWTT)− Conduit Fittings (DWTT)− Insulating Bushings for grounding when used in accordance with the NEC. All other trade sizes — Insulating bushings provided either separately or that have been investigated for grounding are marked ‘‘GRND’’ or the as part of a fitting are suitable for temperatures of 150°C if they are colored black or brown, and for 90°C if any other color unless specifically marked equivalent. for a higher temperature. — Liquid-tight flexible Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings metal conduit fittings in the 1-1/4 in. and smaller trade sizes are considered Volume — Fittings or covers for fittings should be judged to contribute no suitable for grounding for use in circuits over and under 250 V and where volume other than the equivalent raceway connected to it unless specifically installed in accordance with the NEC. A straight metallic fitting for use in marked. direct contact with earth is marked ‘‘Direct Burial.’’ Sealing (Liquid-tight) Locknuts — Sealing locknuts are intended for use — Liquid-tight flex- Liquid-tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit Fittings with threaded rigid metal conduit and intermediate metal conduit with one sealing locknut in the outside or the inside and either an ordinary locknut ible nonmetallic conduit fittings are marked as follows: 1. A fitting for Type A conduit only is marked ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible or sealing locknut on the inside of the enclosure for wet locations or liquid- tight applications. Sealing locknuts may also be used with certified wet loca- Nonmetallic Conduit Type A Only,’’ ‘‘LFNC-A only’’ or ‘‘FNMC-A only.’’ tion or liquid-tight fittings where so marked on the fitting carton and used on the inside of the enclosure. 2. A metallic fitting for Type B is marked ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonme- Reusability tallic Conduit Type B Only,’’ ‘‘LFNC-B’’ or ‘‘FNMC-B.’’ — Fittings have not been investigated for reusability. Reus- ability should be determined by the installer and the Authority Having 3. A nonmetallic fitting for Type B conduit only is marked ‘‘Liquid-Tight Jurisdiction. Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit Type B Only,’’ ‘‘LFNC-B only’’ or ‘‘FNMC-B only.’’ CARTON MARKINGS 4. A nonmetallic fitting for Type C conduit only is marked ‘‘Liquid-Tight Fittings for use with electrical metallic tubing (adapters), unthreaded rigid metallic, intermediate metallic conduit or threaded couplings which split to Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit Type C Only,’’ ‘‘LFNC-C only’’ or fit over the ends of threaded rigid metal or intermediate metal conduit and ‘‘FNMC-C only.’’ then are bolted in place have been tested only for use with steel conduit or 5. A straight nonmetallic or metallic fitting for use in direct contact with earth is marked ‘‘Direct Burial.’’ tubing unless marked on the fitting or carton to indicate suitability for use — Nonmetallic fittings suitable for use with rigid Nonmetallic Fittings with aluminum or other material. polyvinyl chloride conduit, high-density polyethylene conduit or reinforced A fitting that is taped completely (from the raceway to the box, or race- thermosetting resin conduit are identified by the appropriate marking on way to raceway) is concrete-tight when the product carton is marked ‘‘CONCRETE-TIGHT WHEN TAPED.’’ the carton. Such fittings are inherently resistant to atmospheres containing Fittings for use with flexible metal conduit have been tested only for use industrial corrosive agents and will also withstand vapors or mists of caus- tic, pickling, acids, plating baths, hydrofluoric, and chromic acids. Fittings with the type of conduit marked on the carton. The carton may be marked ‘‘FMC’’ for all six types of flexible metal conduit, or may also be marked that have been investigated for exposure to other reagents may be identified ‘‘FE,’’ ‘‘AL,’’ ‘‘FERW,’’ ‘‘ALRW,’’ ‘‘FEXRW’’ or ‘‘ALXRW’’ in any combina- by the designation ‘‘Reagent Resistant’’ printed on the surface of the fittings. tion for any combination of the six types of flexible metal conduit. Such special uses are described in greater detail in the individual carton markings or instructions packed with the device. Nonmetallic fittings for Flexible metal conduit fittings for use with conduit less than 1/2 (16) trade size, having an end stop that does not completely encircle the end of the use with rigid PVC conduit are suitable with wires rated 90°C or less. conduit, will have the carton marking ‘‘Armored Cable Bushing Required PVC Conduit Fittings — All PVC conduit fittings are designed for con- nection to both Schedule 40 and 80 PVC conduit by the use of suitable on Flexible Metal Conduit,’’ or will indicate to use another type of bushing. This bushing will provide protection to the conductors as they exit the con- solvent-type cement. Instructions supplied by the solvent-type-cement manufacturer describe the method of assembly and precautions to be fol- duit into the electrical enclosure. Threadless conduit fittings suitable for use in concrete or where exposed lowed. Threadless Fittings to the weather are identified by a marking on the carton. Aluminum fittings — Threadless fittings for use with electrical metallic are not considered suitable for use in concrete or cinder fill unless protected tubing, rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit or threaded cou- plings which split to fit over the ends of threaded rigid metal or intermedi- with an asphalt paint or the equivalent. All liquid-tight fittings are identified on the carton as ‘‘Liquid-Tight.’’ The ate metal conduit and then are bolted in place are considered suitable for term ‘‘Liquid-Tight’’ on the carton indicates suitability for use where grounding for use in circuits over and under 250 V and where installed in accordance with the NEC. directly exposed to oil spray or to rain. A liquid-tight fitting is usable in wet locations and is also rain-tight and — For additional certifications of conduit fittings, see: Additional Fittings concrete-tight. Outlet Bushings and Fittings (QCRV) Nonmetallic-sheathed Cable Connectors (PXJV) A metallic fitting that physically cannot be connected to any type of con- Insulating Bushings (NZMT) duit other than liquid-tight flexible metallic or nonmetallic Type B conduit can have the marking on carton in which the fitting is packed. It is marked Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit (DYIX) ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit Type B Only,’’ ‘‘LFNC-B’’ or Intermediate Ferrous Metal Conduit [for elbows] (DYBY) ‘‘FNMC-B.’’ Armored Cable Connectors [for connectors which may also be suitable Fittings identified with an enclosure type designation or as rain-tight or for use with flexible cord, flexible metal conduit and metal-clad (Type liquid-tight on the carton are intended for use as indicated in Electrical MC) cable] (AWSX) PRODUCT IDENTITY Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). Connectors that are also suitable for use with power and control tray One of the following product identities appears on the product: Adapter cable, nonmetallic-sheathed cable, service-entrance cable, or flexible nonme- Conduit Fitting tallic tubing are so identified by the appropriate marking on the carton. Coupling Connectors designated ‘‘For Use With Nonmetallic Sheathed Cable’’ are also Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- suitable for use with multiconductor underground feeder and branch-circuit tions. cable where used in dry locations. Unless marked otherwise on the carton, the connectors are suitable for connection of only one cable per cable entry. RELATED PRODUCTS Hubs intended for use with conduit that serves as a service mast in accor- A hub having provision for attachment of a grounding conductor may dance with the NEC are marked on the fitting or carton to indicate suitabil- additionally be covered as a grounding and bonding hub under Grounding ity for use with service-entrance equipment. and Bonding Equipment (KDER). GROUNDING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary All metal fittings for metal cable, conduit and tubing are considered suit- able for grounding for use in circuits over and under 250 V and where Locations (AALZ). installed in accordance with the NEC, except as noted for flexible metal con- REQUIREMENTS duit fittings and liquid-tight flexible metal conduit fittings. The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are FITTINGS ANSI/UL 514B, ‘‘Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings,’’ and ANSI/UL 651, — Flexible metal conduit fittings ‘‘Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit.’’ Products that employ ANSI/UL Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings 514B are investigated to the 6th ed. (issued July 13, 2012; last revised June 4, designed for connection to the conduit by clamping around the circumfer- ence of the conduit are considered suitable for grounding for use in circuits 2014). All other products investigated to ANSI/UL 514B are identified by the specific standard/edition/date in the individual certifications. over and under 250 V and when used in accordance with the NEC and con- UL MARK taining conductors protected by overcurrent devices rated 20 A or less. Flex- The UL symbol on the product and the Certification Mark of UL on the ible metal conduit fittings of types other than the clamping type mentioned smallest unit container in which the product is packaged is the only method previously in the 3/8 through 3/4 in. trade size and containing conductors protected by overcurrent devices rated 20 A or less are considered suitable provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

143 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) 143 Continued Conduit Fittings (DWTT)− Flexible Metal Conduit Assemblies, Liquid-tight (DXAS)− Continued and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic dance with Article 350 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ identifier(s), and a file number. (NEC). This product may also be used for installation of conductors in Alternate UL Mark motor circuits, and for electric signs and outline lighting in accordance The UL symbol on the product and the Listing Mark of UL on the small- with the NEC. est unit container in which the product is packaged is the only method Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit assemblies consist of a length of provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and liquid-tight metal conduit terminated at each end with a permanently Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL attached connector. symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit assemblies are suitable for use in cer- the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Conduit tain hazardous (classified) locations as permitted in the NEC. Fitting,’’ ‘‘Adapter’’ or ‘‘Coupling,’’ or other appropriate product name as Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit assemblies are sunlight resistant and shown in the individual Listings. suitable for use outdoors. ************************* Where terminated in fittings investigated for grounding and where UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does installed with not more than 6 ft (total length) in any ground return path, not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- liquid-tight flexible metal conduit in the 3/8 and 1/2 (12 and 16) trade turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for sizes is suitable for grounding where used on circuits rated 20 A or less any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- and the 3/4, 1 and 1-1/4 (21, 27 and 35) trade sizes are suitable for PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- grounding where used on circuits rated 60 A or less. ance upon this Guide Information. All male threaded fittings have only been investigated for use with lock- nuts. The following are not considered to be suitable as a grounding means: Retrofit Fitting Kits Certified for Use with 1. The 1-1/2 (41) and larger trade sizes. Extruded Rigid PVC Conduit (DWUC) 2. The 3/8 and 1/2 (12 and 16) trade sizes where used on circuits rated USE higher than 20 A or where the total length in the ground return path This category covers certified retrofit fitting kits certified for use with is greater than 6 ft. extruded rigid nonmetallic PVC Schedule 40 conduit. These kits are 3. The 3/4, 1 and 1-1/4 (21, 27 and 35) trade sizes where used on cir- intended only for truncating conduit in concrete. They are not intended cuits rated higher than 60 A, or where the total length in the ground for use with conduit in open air. return path is greater than 6 ft. The kits are provided with the tools and instructions necessary for PRODUCT IDENTITY proper installation. Separate fittings intended for use with the tools may The following product identity appears on the product: be sold separately. The kit and installation instructions are marked ‘‘PVC Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit Assembly Conduit Repair Fitting,’’ or the equivalent. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary For additional information, see Conduit Fittings (DWTT) and Electrical Locations (AALZ). Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 360, ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit,’’ and ANSI/UL 514B, ANSI/UL 651, ‘‘Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit.’’ ‘‘Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings.’’ Products that employ ANSI/UL UL MARK 514B are investigated to the 6th ed. (issued July 13, 2012; last revised June The Certification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit con- 4, 2014). All other products investigated to ANSI/UL 514B are identified tainer in which the product is packaged is the only method provided by by the specific standard/edition/date in the individual certifications. UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and UL MARK Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and tifier(s), and a file number. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Additional Certification Markings UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Products covered under this category are additionally marked with the tifier(s), and a file number. following information: Alternate UL Mark RETROFIT FITTING KIT The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by FOR USE WITH RIGID NONMETALLIC PVC SCHEDULE 40 UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up CONDUIT Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as Alternate UL Mark illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word UL MARK ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible The Classification Mark of UL on the product or on the smallest unit Metal Conduit Assembly.’’ container in which the product is packaged is the only method provided ************************* by UL to identify products manufactured under its Classification and UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Follow-Up Service. The Classification Mark for these products includes the not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- UL symbol, the word ‘‘CLASSIFIED’’ above the UL symbol (as illustrated turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for in the Introduction of this Directory), and the following additional infor- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- mation: ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ance upon this Guide Information. RETROFIT FITTING KIT FOR USE WITH RIGID NONMETALLIC PVC SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT Control No. Flexible Metal Conduit, Liquid-tight (DXHR) ************************* USE AND INSTALLATION UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does This category covers liquid-tight flexible metal conduit in trade sizes 3/8 not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- to 4 (metric designators 12 to 103) inclusive, for installation in accordance turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for with Article 350 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- This product may also be used for installation of conductors in motor cir- ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- cuits, and for electric signs and outline lighting in accordance with the ance upon this Guide Information. NEC. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit is sunlight resistant and suitable for use outdoors. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, LIQUID-TIGHT Where terminated in fittings investigated for grounding and where (DWWY) installed with not more than 6 ft (total length) in any ground-return path, liquid-tight flexible metal conduit in the 3/8 and 1/2 (12 and 16) trade sizes is suitable for grounding where used on circuits rated 20 A or less, Flexible Metal Conduit Assemblies, Liquid-tight and the 3/4, 1 and 1-1/4 (21, 27 and 35) trade sizes are suitable for (DXAS) grounding where used on circuits rated 60 A or less. See Conduit Fittings USE AND INSTALLATION (DWTT) with respect to fittings suitable as a grounding means. This category covers liquid-tight flexible metal conduit, in trade sizes The following are not considered to be suitable as a grounding means: 3/8 to 4 (metric designators 12 to 103) inclusive, for installation in accor- 1. The 1-1/2 (41) and larger trade sizes. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

144 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) 144 Flexible Metal Conduit, Liquid-tight (DXHR)− Continued Continued Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit, Liquid-tight (DXOQ)− 2. The 3/8 and 1/2 (12 and 16) trade sizes where used on circuits rated Conduit marked ‘‘___C dry, 60 C wet, 60 C oil res’’ (or ‘‘___C dry, 60 C wet, 60 C oil resistant’’) is for use at a temperature of 105°C (221°F) and higher than 20 A, or where the total length in the ground-return path is greater than 6 ft. lower temperatures in air, and at 60°C (140°F) and lower temperatures 3. The 3/4, 1 and 1-1/4 (21, 27 and 35) trade sizes where used on circuits where exposed to water, oil or coolants, with ‘‘80,’’ ‘‘90’’ or ‘‘105’’ inserted as rated higher than 60 A, or where the total length in the ground-return the dry-locations temperature. PRODUCT IDENTITY path is greater than 6 ft. PRODUCT MARKINGS One of the following product identities appears on the product: LFNC-A Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit suitable for direct burial is marked LFNC-B ‘‘Direct Burial,’’ ‘‘Burial,’’ ‘‘Dir Burial’’ or ‘‘Dir Bur.’’ LFNC-C Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit not marked with a temperature desig- Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit nation or marked ‘‘60 C’’ is intended for use at temperatures not in excess of 60°C (140°F). RELATED PRODUCTS Fittings for use with liquid-tight nonmetallic conduit are covered under Conduit intended for use in dry or oily locations at a temperature higher than 60°C (140°F) is marked ‘‘____ C dry, 60 C wet, 70 C oil res’’ (or ‘‘____ Conduit Fittings (DWTT) and are suitable only for the type of conduit indi- cated by the marking on the fitting. C dry, 60 C wet, 70 C oil resistant’’) with ‘‘80’’ or ‘‘105’’ inserted as the dry- locations temperature. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Conduit marked ‘‘80 C dry, 60 C wet, 60 C oil res’’ or ‘‘80 C dry, 60 C oil For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ). resistant’’ is intended for use at 80°C (176°F) and lower temperatures in air, and at 60°C (140°F) and lower temperatures where exposed to water, oil or REQUIREMENTS coolants. The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is Conduit that has not been investigated for use where exposed to oil is ANSI/UL 1660, ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit.’’ marked ‘‘OIL-FREE ENVIRONMENTS ONLY.’’ UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided PRODUCT IDENTITY by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and The following product identity appears on the product: Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- fier(s), and a file number. For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Alternate UL Mark Locations (AALZ). UL MARK REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ANSI/UL 360, ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit.’’ UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the attached tag, reel, or on the smallest trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word LISTED, unit container in which the product is packaged, with or without the UL ′′ a control number, and one of the following product names as ′′ appropriate: ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit,’’ ‘‘LFNC- symbol on the product, is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The A,’’ ‘‘LFNC-B’’ or ‘‘LFNC-C.’’ Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ************************* UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file num- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or ber. Alternate UL Mark any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising The Listing Mark of UL on the attached tag, the reel or the smallest unit container in which the product is packaged, with or without the UL symbol out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this on the product, is the only method provided by UL to identify products Guide Information. manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (DXUZ) the product name ‘‘Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit.’’ USE ************************* This category covers flexible aluminum and steel conduit in trade sizes UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not 3/8 to 4 (metric designators 12 to 103) inclusive, flexible aluminum and assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or steel conduit Type RW (reduced wall), flexible aluminum and steel conduit any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, Type XRW (extra reduced wall) in trade sizes from 3/8 to 3 (16 to 78) inclu- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising sive, for installation in accordance with Article 348 of ANSI/NFPA 70, out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). This product may also be used for instal- Guide Information. lation of conductors in motor circuits, electric signs and outline lighting in accordance with the NEC. Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit, Liquid-tight Flexible metal conduit (steel or aluminum) should not be used under- (DXOQ) ground (directly buried or in duct which is buried) or embedded in poured concrete or aggregate, or in direct contact with earth or where subjected to USE AND INSTALLATION corrosive conditions. In addition, flexible aluminum conduit should not be This category covers liquid-tight flexible nonmetallic conduit, in trade installed in direct contact with masonry in damp locations. sizes 3/8 in. to 4 (metric designators 12 to 103) inclusive, for installation in For flexible metal conduit in 1-1/4 (35) trade size and smaller, where ter- accordance with Article 356 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ minated in fittings investigated for grounding and where installed with not (NEC). This product may also be used for installation of conductors for elec- more than 6 ft (total length) in any ground-return path, flexible metal con- tric signs and outline lighting in accordance with the NEC. duit is suitable for grounding where used on circuits rated 20 A or less. See PRODUCT MARKINGS Conduit Fittings (DWTT) with respect to fittings suitable as a grounding Liquid-tight flexible nonmetallic conduit suitable for direct burial and in means. poured concrete is marked ‘‘Direct Burial,’’ ‘‘ Burial,’’ ‘‘Dir Burial’’ or ‘‘Dir The following are not considered to be suitable as a grounding means: Bur.’’ 1. The 1-1/2 (41) and larger trade sizes. Liquid-tight flexible nonmetallic conduit suitable for use outdoors is 2. The 1-1/4 (35) trade size and smaller where used on circuits rated marked ‘‘Outdoor.’’ higher than 20 A, or where the total length in the ground-return path is Liquid-tight flexible nonmetallic conduit is marked with the product name greater than 6 ft. in conjunction with the Certification Mark and the type of construction: ‘‘A’’ To prevent possible damage to flexible aluminum conduit, flexible alumi- for layered conduit, ‘‘B’’ for integral conduit and ‘‘C’’ for corrugated con- num and steel conduit Types RW and XRW, care must be exercised when duit, or with ‘‘LFNC-A’’ for layered conduit, ‘‘LFNC-B’’ for integral conduit, installing connectors employing direct bearing set screws. and ‘‘LFNC-C’’ for corrugated conduit. PRODUCT MARKINGS Liquid-tight flexible nonmetallic conduit not marked with a temperature Flexible aluminum conduit is marked at intervals of not more than one ft designation or marked ‘‘60 C’’ is for use at temperatures not in excess of with the letters ‘‘AL.’’ 60°C (140°F). Flexible aluminum conduit Type RW is marked at intervals of not more Conduit for use in dry or oily locations at a temperature higher than 60°C than one ft with the letters ‘‘AL’’ and ‘‘RW.’’ (140°F) is marked ‘‘____ C dry, 60 C wet, 70 C oil res’’ (or ‘‘____ C dry, 60 C Flexible steel conduit Type RW is marked at intervals of not more than wet, 70 C oil resistant’’) with ‘‘80 C’’ or ‘‘105 C’’ inserted as the dry- one ft with the letters ‘‘RW.’’ locations temperature. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

145 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) 145 Flexible Metal Conduit (DXUZ)− Continued Continued Intermediate Ferrous Metal Conduit (DYBY)− Flexible aluminum conduit Type XRW is marked at intervals of not more UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- than one ft with the letters ‘‘AL’’ and ‘‘XRW.’’ Flexible steel conduit Type XRW is marked at intervals of not more than vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the one ft with the letters ‘‘XRW.’’ UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- PRODUCT IDENTITY tifier(s), and a file number. One of the following product identities appears on the product: Alternate UL Mark Flexible Aluminum Conduit UL MARK Flexible Aluminum Conduit Type RW The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Flexible Aluminum Conduit Type XRW Flexible Steel Conduit UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Flexible Steel Conduit Type RW Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as Flexible Steel Conduit Type XRW illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word RELATED PRODUCTS ′′ ′′ LISTED, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Intermediate Metal See Conduit Fittings (DWTT) with respect to fittings suitable as a Conduit’’ (or ‘‘IMC’’). grounding means. ************************* ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE Locations (AALZ). turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for REQUIREMENTS any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- ANSI/UL 1, ‘‘Flexible Metal Conduit.’’ ance upon this Guide Information. UL MARK The UL symbol on the product and the Certification Mark of UL on the RIGID FERROUS METAL CONDUIT (DYIX) attached tag, reel, or on the smallest unit container in which the product is USE AND INSTALLATION packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify products manu- This category covers rigid ferrous metal conduit that includes standard factured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification 10 ft. lengths of straight conduit, with a coupling, special lengths either Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ shorter or longer, with or without a coupling for specific applications or and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identifier(s), and a file number. uses, elbows, and nipples in trade sizes 3/8 to 6 (metric designators 12 to Alternate UL Mark 155) inclusive, for installation in accordance with Article 344 of ANSI/ UL MARK NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). The UL symbol on the product and the Listing Mark of UL on the Corrosion Protection and Coatings attached tag, the reel, or the smallest unit container in which the product Galvanized rigid steel conduit installed in concrete does not require is packaged is the only method provided by UL to identify these products supplementary corrosion protection. manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark Galvanized rigid steel conduit installed in contact with soil does not for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduc- generally require supplementary corrosion protection. tion of this Directory) together with the word ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control num- In the absence of specific local experience, soils producing severe corro- ber, and one of the following product names as appropriate: ‘‘Flexible Alu- sive effects are generally characterized by low resistivity (less than 2000 minum Conduit,’’ ‘‘Flexible Steel Conduit,’’ ‘‘Flexible Aluminum Conduit ohm-centimeters). Type RW,’’ ‘‘Flexible Steel Conduit Type RW,’’ ‘‘Flexible Aluminum Con- Wherever ferrous metal conduit runs directly from concrete encasement duit Type XRW’’ or ‘‘Flexible Steel Conduit Type XRW.’’ to soil burial, severe corrosive effects are likely to occur on the metal in ************************* contact with the soil. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does Conduit that is provided with a metallic or nonmetallic coating, or a not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- combination of both, has been investigated for resistance to atmospheric turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for corrosion. Nonmetallic outer coatings that are part of the required resis- any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- tance to corrosion have been additionally investigated for resistance to the ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- effects of sunlight. ance upon this Guide Information. Nonmetallic outer coatings of greater than 0.010-in. thickness are investi- gated with respect to flame propagation detrimental effects to any under- INTERMEDIATE FERROUS METAL lying corrosion protection, the fit of fittings and electrical continuity of the CONDUIT (DYBY) connection of conduit to fittings. USE AND INSTALLATION Conduit with nonmetallic coatings has not been investigated for use in This category covers intermediate ferrous metal conduit that includes ducts, plenums, or other environmental air spaces in accordance with the standard 10 ft. lengths of straight conduit, with a coupling, special lengths NEC. either shorter or longer, with or without a coupling for specific applica- Rigid metal conduit with or without a nonmetallic coating has not been tions or uses, elbows, and nipples in trade sizes 1/2 to 4 (metric designa- investigated for severely corrosive conditions. tors 16 to 103) inclusive, for installation in accordance with Article 342 of PRODUCT IDENTITY ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ One of the following product identities appears on the product: Galvanized intermediate steel conduit installed in concrete does not Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit require supplementary corrosion protection. ERMC-S Galvanized intermediate steel conduit installed in contact with soil does RELATED PRODUCTS not generally require supplementary corrosion protection. Fittings for use with unthreaded rigid metal conduit are covered under In the absence of specific local experience, soils producing severe corro- Conduit Fittings (DWTT) and are suitable only for the type of conduit sive effects are generally characterized by low resistivity less than 2000 indicated by the marking on the carton. ohm-centimeters. Other certifications for elbows are covered under Conduit Fittings Wherever ferrous metal conduit runs directly from concrete encasement (DWTT). to soil burial, severe corrosive effects are likely to occur on the metal in ADDITIONAL INFORMATION contact with the soil. For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary PRODUCT IDENTITY Locations (AALZ). One of the following product identities appears on the product: REQUIREMENTS IMC The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is Intermediate Metal Conduit ANSI/UL 6, ‘‘Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Steel.’’ RELATED PRODUCTS UL MARK Fittings for use with unthreaded intermediate ferrous metal conduit are The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- covered under Conduit Fittings (DWTT) and are suitable only for the type vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and of conduit indicated by the marking on the carton. Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary tifier(s), and a file number. Locations (AALZ). REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL 1242, ‘‘Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit – Steel.’’ LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

146 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) 146 Continued Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit (DYIX)− Continued Rigid Nonferrous Metallic Conduit (DYWV)− Alternate UL Mark UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided UL MARK The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- fier(s), and a file number. trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Alternate UL Mark ′′ LISTED, ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Electrical Rigid Metal UL MARK Conduit’’ (or ‘‘ERMC-S’’). The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ************************* UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, a control number, and the product name ‘‘Electrical Rigid Metal ′′ LISTED, ′′ expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising Conduit – Aluminum’’ (or ‘‘ERMC-A’’), ‘‘Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Red Brass’’ (or ‘‘ERMC-RB’’) or ‘‘Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Stainless Guide Information. Steel’’ (or ‘‘ERMC-SS’’). ************************* RIGID FERROUS METAL CONDUIT WITH UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or POLYVINYL CHLORIDE COATING VERIFIED any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, FOR PVC ADHESION PERFORMANCE expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising (DYJC) out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Guide Information. SCOPE This category covers Listed rigid ferrous metal conduit with an external REINFORCED THERMOSETTING RESIN coating of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) that has additionally been Verified for PVC adhesion performance. CONDUIT (DZKT) REQUIREMENTS USE AND INSTALLATION The requirements used to investigate conduit covered under this category This category covers reinforced thermosetting resin conduit and fittings are indicated in the individual Verifications. intended for installation in accordance with Article 355 of ANSI/NFPA 70, This conduit is Complementary Listed to Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). (DYIX). Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit is certified in trade sizes 1/2 to 6 MARKING (metric designators 16 to 155) inclusive, in IPS and ID dimensions, and in The authorized marking by UL on the product is the only method pro- trade sizes 3/4 to 6 (metric designators 21 to 155) inclusive, in XW dimen- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Verification and sions as marked on the product. Certification includes straight conduit, Follow-Up Service. The mark for these products includes the following: elbows and other fittings, unless otherwise noted. ELECTRICAL RIGID METAL CONDUIT WITH Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit has been investigated for use at POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) COATING -40°C (-40°F) to 110°C (230°F). VERIFIED FOR PVC ADHESION PERFORMANCE Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit is designed for connection to cou- VERIFIED BY UL plings, fittings and boxes by use of a suitable epoxy-type cement or DYJC drive-on bell and spigot. Instructions supplied by the epoxy-type-cement ************************* manufacturer describe the method of assembly and precautions to be fol- UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not lowed. assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or The conduit is designated ‘‘EB’’ (Encased Burial) or ‘‘DB’’ (Direct Burial), any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, which refers to specific wall thicknesses. EB conduit is suitable for encase- expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising ment in concrete. DB conduit is suitable for encasement in concrete and out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this direct burial. Conduit marked ‘‘Below Ground’’ (or ‘‘BG’’) has been investi- Guide Information. gated for underground use only — for direct burial, with or without being encased in concrete. Conduit marked ‘‘Above Ground’’ (or ‘‘AG’’) has been investigated for use RIGID NONFERROUS METALLIC CONDUIT aboveground, underground and for direct burial with or without encase- (DYWV) ment in concrete. This conduit has been investigated for concealed or USE AND INSTALLATION exposed work where not subject to physical damage. The conduit is desig- This category covers rigid nonferrous metal conduit that includes standard nated ‘‘SW’’ (Standard Wall) or ‘‘HW’’ (Heavy Wall), which refers to specific 10-ft. lengths of straight conduit, with a coupling, special lengths either wall thicknesses. shorter or longer, with or without a coupling for specific applications or XW-type reinforced thermosetting resin conduit, which refers to specific uses, elbows, and nipples in trade sizes 3/8 to 6 (metric designators 12 to wall thicknesses, is certified as suitable for use where exposed to physical 155) inclusive for installation in accordance with Article 344 of ANSI/NFPA damage in accordance with the NEC and is suitable for use wherever IPS 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). and ID conduit may be used. The marking ‘‘AG, XW, RTRC’’ identifies con- Coatings duit suitable for aboveground use and use where exposed to physical dam- Nonmetallic outer coatings are investigated with respect to flame propaga- age in accordance with the NEC. tion, the fit of couplings, and electrical continuity with couplings. Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit, elbows and other fittings investi- Conduit with nonmetallic coatings has not been investigated for use in gated for direct exposure to reagents are identified by the designation ducts, plenums, or other environmental air spaces in accordance with the ‘‘Reagent Resistant’’ and are marked to indicate the specific reagents. NEC. PRODUCT IDENTITY Aluminum conduit used in concrete, in contact with soil, or in severely One of the following product identities appears on the product: corrosive conditions requires supplementary corrosion protection. Adapter PRODUCT IDENTITY Conduit Fitting One of the following product identities appears on the product: Coupling Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Aluminum Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Red Brass RTRC Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Stainless Steel Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifica- ERMC-A tions. ERMC-RB RELATED PRODUCTS ERMC-SS For underground conduit other than reinforced thermosetting resin, see ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Rigid Nonmetallic Underground Conduit, Plastic (EAZX). For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary For aboveground conduit other than reinforced thermosetting resin, see Locations (AALZ). Rigid Nonmetallic Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC Conduit (DZYR). REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ANSI/UL 6A, ‘‘Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Aluminum, Red Brass, and Locations (AALZ). Stainless Steel.’’ REQUIREMENTS LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

147 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) 147 Continued Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (DZKT)− Rigid Nonmetallic Cellular Core Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Continued PVC Conduit (DZLR)− The basic standards used to investigate products in this category are ANSI/UL 2420, ‘‘Belowground Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit ground (Schedule 40) (RTRC) and Fittings,’’ ANSI/UL 2515, ‘‘Aboveground Reinforced Thermo- Rigid Nonmetallic Cellular Core Conduit Aboveground and Under- setting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings,’’ and ANSI/UL 2515A, ground (Schedule 80) ‘‘Supplemental Requirements for Extra Heavy Wall Reinforced Thermoset- RELATED PRODUCTS ting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings.’’ For additional certifications of rigid nonmetallic conduit suitable for UL MARK underground use, see Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (DZKT), The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- Rigid Nonmetallic PVC Conduit (DZYR) and Rigid Nonmetallic High- vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and density-polyethylene Underground Conduit (EAZX). Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the Fittings for rigid nonmetallic cellular core conduit are covered under UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- Conduit Fittings (DWTT). tifier(s), and a file number. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Alternate UL Mark For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary UL MARK Locations (AALZ). The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by REQUIREMENTS UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as ANSI/UL 651, ‘‘Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and PRODUCT CATEGORIES BY CATEGORY CODE illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word Fittings.’’ ‘‘LISTED,’’ a control number, and one of the following product names: UL MARK ‘‘Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit’’ (or ‘‘RTRC’’), ‘‘Conduit Fit- The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method pro- ting,’’ ‘‘Adapter,’’ ‘‘Coupling,’’ or other appropriate product name. vided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and ************************* Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic iden- not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- tifier(s), and a file number. turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for Alternate UL Mark any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- UL MARK ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by ance upon this Guide Information. UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ′′ a control number, and the product name ‘‘Rigid Nonmetallic ′′ LISTED, RIGID NONMETALLIC CELLULAR CORE Cellular Core Conduit Aboveground and Underground (Schedule 40)’’ or SCHEDULE 40 AND SCHEDULE 80 PVC ‘‘Rigid Nonmetallic Cellular Core Conduit Aboveground and Under- ground (Schedule 80).’’ CONDUIT (DZLR) ************************* USE AND INSTALLATION UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does This category covers rigid nonmetallic cellular core Schedule 40 and not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufac- Schedule 80 PVC conduit, including straight conduit in trade sizes 1/2 to turer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for 6 (metric designators 16 to 155) inclusive, intended for installation as rigid any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential dam- nonmetallic raceway for conductors and cable in accordance with Article ages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reli- 352 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). This conduit is ance upon this Guide Information. intended for installation and use in accordance with the following infor- mation. Rigid nonmetallic cellular core Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC con- RIGID NONMETALLIC PVC CONDUIT duit is suitable for aboveground use indoors or outdoors exposed to sun- (DZYR) light and weather where not subject to physical damage, and for under- ground use by direct burial or encasement in concrete. Schedule 40 USE AND INSTALLATION conduit marked ‘‘Underground Use Only’’ is only suitable for under- This category covers rigid nonmetallic PVC conduit including straight ground applications. conduit and elbows in trade sizes 1/2 to 6 (metric designators 16 to 155) Schedule 80 conduit has a reduced cross-sectional area available for wir- inclusive, intended for installation as rigid nonmetallic raceway for wire ing space and is suitable for use wherever Schedule 40 conduit may be and cable in accordance with Article 352 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National used. The marking ‘‘Schedule 80 PVC’’ identifies conduit suitable for use Electrical Code’’ (NEC). This conduit may be Schedule 40, Schedule 80, where exposed to physical damage and for installation on poles in accor- Type A or Type EB. This conduit is intended for installation and use in dance with the NEC. accordance with the following information. Unless marked for higher temperatures, rigid nonmetallic cellular core Schedule 40 conduit is suitable for underground use by direct burial or PVC conduit is intended for use with conductors and cable rated 75°C or encasement in concrete. Schedule 40 conduit marked ‘‘Directional Boring’’ less, including where it is encased in concrete within buildings and where (or ‘‘Dir. Boring’’) is suitable for underground directional boring applica- ambient temperature is 50°C or less. Where encased in concrete in tions. Schedule 40 conduit is also suitable for aboveground use indoors or trenches outside of buildings, it is suitable for use with conductors and outdoors exposed to sunlight and weather where not subject to physical cable rated 90°C or less. damage. Schedule 40 conduit marked ‘‘Underground Use Only’’ is only Certified rigid nonmetallic cellular core PVC conduit is inherently resis- suitable for underground applications. tant to atmosphere containing common industrial corrosive agents and Schedule 80 conduit has a reduced cross-sectional area available for wir- will also withstand vapors or mist of caustic, pickling acids, plating bath ing space and is suitable for use wherever Schedule 40 conduit may be and hydrofluoric and chromic acids. used. The marking ‘‘Schedule 80 PVC’’ identifies conduit suitable for use Rigid nonmetallic cellular core PVC conduit (including couplings) that where exposed to physical damage and for installation on poles in accor- has been investigated for direct exposure to other reagents may be identi- dance with the NEC. fied by the designation ‘‘Reagent Resistant’’ printed on the surface of the Type A, Type EB and Schedule 40 conduit is intended for underground product. Such special uses are described as follows: Where exposed to the use under the following conditions, as indicated in the Certification Mark: following reagents at 60°C or less: Acetic, Nitric (25°C only) acids in con- Type A – Installed with its entire length in concrete in any under- centrations not exceeding 1/2 normal; hydrochloric acid in concentrations ground location. not exceeding 30%; sulfuric acid in concentrations not exceeding 10 nor- Type EB – Installed with its entire length in concrete in trenches out- mal; sulfuric acid in concentrations not exceeding 80% (25°C only); con- side of buildings. centrated or dilute ammonium hydroxide; sodium hydroxide solutions in Schedule 40 – Direct burial with or without being encased in con- concentrations not exceeding 50%; saturated or dilute sodium chloride crete. solution; cottonseed oil, or ASTM 3 petroleum oil. Where conduit emerges from underground installation, the wiring Rigid nonmetallic cellular core PVC conduit is designed for connection method is intended to be of a type recognized by the NEC for the pur- to couplings, fittings and boxes by the use of a suitable solvent-type pose. cement. Instructions supplied by the solvent-type cement manufacturer Unless marked for higher temperature, rigid nonmetallic PVC conduit is describe the method of assembly and precautions to be followed. intended for use with wire rated 75°C or less including where it is PRODUCT IDENTITY encased in concrete within buildings and where ambient temperature is One of the following product identities appears on the product: 50°C or less. Where encased in concrete in trenches outside of buildings it Rigid Nonmetallic Cellular Core Conduit Aboveground and Under- is suitable for use with wires rated 90°C or less. LOOK FOR THE UL MARK ON PRODUCT

148 2015-16 GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT — THE WHITE BOOK CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (DWFV) 148 Continued Rigid Nonmetallic PVC Conduit (DZYR)− Rigid Nonmetallic High-density-polyethylene Underground Continued Conduit (EAZX)− Certified PVC conduit is inherently resistant to atmosphere containing common industrial corrosive agents and will also withstand vapors or mist This category covers plastic types of rigid nonmetallic high-density- of caustic, pickling acids, plating bath and hydrofluoric and chromic acids. polyethylene (HDPE) conduit, including straight conduit, elbows and other PVC conduit and elbows (including couplings) that have been investi- bends, in sizes 1/2 to 6 (metric designators 16 to 155) inclusive, intended for gated for direct exposure to other reagents may be identified by the desig- installation underground as raceway for wire and cable in accordance with nation ‘‘Reagent Resistant’’ printed on the surface of the product. Such spe- Article 353 of ANSI/NFPA 70, ‘‘National Electrical Code’’ (NEC). This con- cial uses are described as follows: Where exposed to the following reagents duit may be HDPE Schedule 40, Schedule 80, EPEC A, or EPEC B. This con- at 60°C or less: Acetic, Nitric (25°C only) acids in concentrations not exceed- duit is intended for installation and use in accordance with the following ing 1/2 normal; hydrochloric acid in concentrations not exceeding 30%; sul- information. furic acid in concentrations not exceeding 10 normal; sulfuric acid in con- The conduit is intended for underground use under the following condi- centrations not exceeding 80% (25°C only); concentrated or dilute tion, as indicated in the Certification Mark: Direct burial with or without ammonium hydroxide; sodium hydroxide solutions in concentrations not being encased in concrete (HDPE Schedule 40, Schedule 80, EPEC A, EPEC exceeding 50%; saturated or dilute sodium chloride solution; cottonseed oil, B). The conduit is intended for use in ambient temperatures of 50°C or less. or ASTM 3 petroleum oil. Unless marked otherwise, HDPE conduit is intended for use with wire Schedule 40, 80 Type EB and Type A PVC conduit is designed for connec- rated 75°C or less, or when directly buried or encased in concrete in tion to all PVC couplings, fittings and boxes by the use of a suitable trenches outside of buildings, it may be used with wire rated 90°C or less. solvent-type cement. Instructions supplied by the solvent-type-cement Where conduit emerges from underground installation, the wiring method manufacturer describe the method of assembly and precautions to be fol- is intended to be of a type recognized by the NEC for the purpose. lowed. HDPE conduit is designed for joining by threaded couplings, drive-on Elbows of material other than PVC are provided with PVC couplings to couplings, or a butt-fusing process. Instructions supplied by the solvent-type be solvent-cemented to PVC conduit. cement manufacturer describe the method of assembly and precautions to PRODUCT IDENTITY be followed. One of the following product identities appears on the product: PRODUCT IDENTITY Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Aboveground and Underground (Schedule One of the following product identities appears on the product: 40) Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground EPEC A Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Aboveground and Underground Extra Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground EPEC B Heavy Wall (Schedule 80) Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground High-density Polyethylene Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground (Polyvinyl Chloride, Sched- Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground Schedule 40 ule 40) Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground Schedule 80 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground for Concrete Encasement RELATED PRODUCTS Only (Type A) For additional certifications of rigid nonmetallic conduit for underground Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground for Concrete Encasement in use, see Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (DZKT) and Rigid Nonme- Outdoor Trenches Only (Type EB) tallic PVC Conduit (DZYR). RELATED PRODUCTS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Additional certifications of rigid nonmetallic conduit suitable for under- For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary ground use are covered under Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit Locations (AALZ). (DZKT) and Rigid Nonmetallic High-density-polyethylene Underground REQUIREMENTS Conduit (EAZX). The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is Fittings for rigid nonmetallic conduit are covered under Conduit Fittings ANSI/UL 651A, ‘‘Schedule 40 and 80 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) (DWTT). Conduit.’’ ADDITIONAL INFORMATION UL MARK For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided Locations (AALZ). by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and REQUIREMENTS Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- ANSI/UL 651, ‘‘Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and fier(s), and a file number. Fittings.’’ Alternate UL Mark UL MARK UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- Follow-Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- UL symbol, the words ‘‘CERTIFIED’’ and ‘‘SAFETY,’’ the geographic identi- trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word fier(s), and a file number. LISTED, ′′ ′′ a control number, and one of the following product names as Alternate UL Mark appropriate: ‘‘Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground High-density Poly- UL MARK ethylene,’’ ‘‘Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground Schedule 40,’’ ‘‘Rigid The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by Nonmetallic Conduit Underground Schedule 80,’’ ‘‘Rigid Nonmetallic Con- UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow-Up Ser- duit Underground EPEC A’’ or ‘‘Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Underground vice. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illus- EPEC B.’’ trated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word ************************* a control number, and one of the following product names as ′′ ′′ LISTED, UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not appropriate: ‘‘Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Aboveground and Underground assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or (Schedule 40),’’ ‘‘Rigid Nonmetallic Con